Skip to main content

Full text of "CSUF Course Catalogs 1959-2007"

See other formats


CATALOG CAL 

IFORNIA STATE 
COLLEGE AT FUL 
LERTOIM SOO NO 
RTH STATE COLL 
EGE BOULEVARD 
FULLERTON, CALI 
FORNIA SS631 
$1.00 PLUS TAX 





GENERAL CATALOG 

and 

ANNOUNCEMENT OF COURSES 
1968-1969 



CALIFORNIA STATE 
COLLEGE 

AT FULLERTON 

800 North State College Boulevard, Fullerton, California 
(714 ) 870-2011 92631 


All material herein is subject to change without prior notice 
Effective Date: September 16, 1968 


COMPLIMENTARY COPY 


TABLE OF CONTENTS 


I. ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION 


Page 


Calendar 6 

Trustees of the California State 

Colleges 1 1 

Officers of the Trustees 12 


Page 

Office of the Chancellor 13 

The California State Colleges 14 

The College Advisory Board . 15 

Advisory councils 16 

Auxiliary organizations 21 


II. THE COLLEGE 


ADMINISTRATION 

College administration 25 

College committees . 27 

OBJECTIVES AND HISTORY 

Objectives of the college 32 

The history of the college 32 

College accrolir.it ion 33 

SPECIAL^ PROGRAMS 
AND SERVICES 

International programs 34 

Late afternoon and evening classes 34 
Summer sessions 35 

Extension program and services 35 

Library 35 

Audiovisual Center ... 36 

Computer Center 36 

Instructional Television Center 36 

Premedical-Prcdental Committee _ 37 
California State College Foundation 37 


RESEARCH CENTERS AND CLINICS 


Center for Economic Education _ 38 

Center for Governmental Studies 38 

Real estate research and 
publications 38 

Speech and hearing clinic 38 

STUDENT PERSONNEL SERVICES 

Relations with schools 39 

Student activities 39 

Student organizations 39 

Student publications 39 

Student news bureau 40 

Athletics 40 

Housing 40 

Student health services 41 

Placement sendees 41 

Counseling services 42 

Testing 42 

Foreign students 43 

International programs 43 

Financial aid 43 


III. ADMISSIONS AND REGISTRATION 


ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE 

Admission requirements 49 

Freshman 49 

Undergraduate transfers 50 

Graduate students 50 

Foreign students — 51 

Summer session student 51 

Readmission 5 1 

Procedures 52 

Statement of residence 52 

Credential programs . 53 

Cancellation of admission 53 

Honors at entrance 53 

Undergraduate entrance testing 53 

Health requirements 54 

Evaluations 54 


REGISTRATION 

Orientation 

Registration 

Late registration 

Change of program 

Concurrent enrollment 

Auditors 

Veterans 

Selective Service 

Fees and expenses 

ACADEMIC ADVISEMENT 

Academic advisement 


57 

57 

57 

57 

57 

57 

58 
58 
58 


61 


2 


TABLE OF CONTENTS-Continued 

IV. REGULATIONS 


Page 


GENERAL REGULATIONS 

Enrollment definitions and 
regulations 65 

Grading practices 65 

Transcripts 67 

Continuous residency regulations 67 

Student honors 68 

Probation and disqualification 68 

Right of petition 69 

GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS FOR 
THE BACHELOR'S DEGREE 

General education 70 

Units 71 


Page 


Scholarship 71 

Major 71 

Minor 71 

Graduation requirement check 71 

Approval and recommendation of 
faculty 71 

THE PROGRAM OF MASTER'S 
DEGREES 

General requirements for the 

master’s degree 72 

Standards for graduate study 72 

Steps in the master’s degree 

program 72 

Graduate policies and procedures .. 73 


V. COLLEGE CURRICULA 


Curricula offered 79 

SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS, 

AND SCIENCE 

Anthropology 83 

Art 84 

Biological science 87 

Chemistry 91 

Communications 94 

Comparative literature 97 

Drama 98 

English 101 

Foreign languages 103 

Geography 105 

History 106 

Interdisciplinary Center 108 

Linguistics 108 

Mathematics 109 

Music 110 

Philosophy 116 

Physics 117 

Political science 120 


Psychology 122 

Science and mathematics education 124 

Social sciences 124 

Sociology 125 

Speech 128 

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 
AND ECONOMICS 

Undergraduate program in business 

administration and economics 133 

Business education 136 

Master of Business Administration 136 
Economics 139 

SCHOOL Of EDUCATION 

Teacher education curricula 145 

Master of Science in Education 158 

Bachelor of Science in Physical 
Education 161 

SCHOOL Of ENGINEERING 

Engineering 167 


VI. ANNOUNCEMENT OF COURSES 


General course numbering code 177 Biological Science 188 

Prerequisites 177 Chemistry 193 

Independent study 177 Communications 196 

SCHOOL Of LETTERS, ARTS, Comparative literature 199 

ANO SCIENCE Drama 201 

Anthropology 178 Drama education 205 

Art 181 English 206 

Art education 187 English education 209 


3 


TABU OF CONTENTS — Continued 


Page 


Foreign languages education 210 

French 210 

Geography 213 

Geology 216 

German 216 

History 219 

Interdisciplinary Center 225 

International Study Courses 227 

Journalism education 228 

Latin 228 

Linguistics 229 

Mathomici 229 

Mathematics education 232 

Music 233 

Music education 238 

Philosophy 240 

Physical science 243 

Physic s 243 

Political science 246 

Portuguese 252 

Ps> c'holoyy . 252 

Russian 256 

Science education 257 

Social welfare 259 

Sociology 259 

Spanish 

Speech 265 

Speech education 270 


Page 

SCHOOL Of BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 


AND ECONOMICS 

Accounting 271 

Business Administration 273 

Economics 273 

Finance 277 

Management 279 

Marketing 281 

Quantitative methods 284 

SCHOOL OF EDUCATION 

Education, Elementary 286 

Education, Junior College 287 

Education, Psychological 

Foundation 288 

Education, Pupil Personnel 288 

Education, Reading 289 

Education, School Administration 290 

Education, Secondary 291 

Education, Service 293 

Education, Social Foundations 294 

Education, Special 294 

Health Education 296 

Physical Education 296 

Recreation 300 

SCHOOL Of ENGINEERING 

Engineering 301 


VII. FACULTY 

Faculty ....... 309 Cooperating public school teachers 326 


4 


ANNUAL CALENDAR 



5 


COLLEGE CALENDAR 


1968-69 


SUMMER SESSION 1968— First Session 


June 7, Friday Last day to register early for either session 

June 17, Monday... First summer session begins — registration and classes 

July 4, Thursday Independence Day (holiday — all offices closed) 

July 26, Friday First summer session ends 

SUMMER SESSION 1968— Second Session 

July 29, Monday Second summer session begins — registration and 

classes 

September 2, Monday Labor Day (holiday— all offices closed) 

September 6, Friday Second summer session ends 


FALL SEMESTER 1968 


February 1 to July 1, 1968 

Period for filing applications for admission to the fall semester 1968 for all 
new students and former students not in attendance during the spring semester 
1968. Applicants are urged to file early in the period in view of probable enroll- 
ment limitation. 


September 16-20 Faculty and student orientation — advisement week 

Monday-Friday _ (semester begins) 

September 17-19 

Tuesday-Thursday Registration 

September 19, Thursday Last day to register without late registration fee. 

Application deadline for baccalaureate degree candi- 
dates for graduation, June 1969 and September 1969 

September 23, Monday Classes begin 

November 11, Monday Veterans Day (all offices closed) 

November 28, 29 

Thursday, Friday' Thanksgiving recess (all offices closed both days) 

December 2, Monday Application deadline for master’s degree candidates 

for graduation, January 1969 

December 2, Monday Applications for admission for spring semester 1969 

due in admissions office 
December 23, Monday Christmas recess begins 


January 6, Monday Classes resume 

January 15, Wednesday Last day of classes 

January 20, Monday Semester examinations begin 

January 24, Friday Semester examinations end (semester ends) 


6 



SPRING SEMESTER 1969 


September 15 to December 2, 1968 

Period for filing applications for admission to the spring semester 1969 for 
all new students and former students not in attendance during the fall semester 
1968. Applicants are urged to file early in the period in view of probable enroll- 
ment limitations. 


February 3-7, 
Monday-Friday 

February 4-6, 

T uesday-Thursday 
February 6, Thursday 


February 10, Monday — 
February 12, Wednesday 
March 31, Monday 
April 7, Monday 
April 10, Thursday 

April 26, Saturday 

May 28, Wednesday 

May 30, Friday 

June 2, Monday 

June 6, Friday 

June 6, Friday 


Faculty and student orientation — advisement week 
(semester begins) 

Registration 

Last day to register without late registration fee. 
Application deadline for baccalaureate degree candi- 
dates for graduation January 1970 
Classes begin 

Lincoln’s Birthday (holiday — all offices closed) 
Spring recess begins 
Classes resume 

Application deadline for master’s degree candidates 
for graduation, June 1969 
Day of the Titan 
Last day of classes 

Memorial Day (holiday — all offices closed) 

Semester examinations begin 
Semester examinations end 
Commencement (semester ends) 


SUMMER SESSION 1969— First Session 

June 2, Monday Last day to register early for either session 

June 16, Monday First summer session begins — registration and classes 

July 4, Friday — Independence Day (holiday — all offices closed) 

July 25, Friday First summer session ends 


SUMMER SESSION 1969— Second Session 

July 28, Monday __ Second summer session begins— registration and 

classes 

September 1, Monday Labor Day (holiday — all offices closed) 

September 5, Friday Second summer session ends 


7 


ORGANIZATION AND 
ADMINISTRATION 


BOARD OF TRUSTEES 
OFFICE OF THE CHANCELLOR 
THE CALIFORNIA STATE COLLEGES 
ADVISORY BOARD AND COUNCILS 














TRUSTEES 

OF THE CALIFORNIA STATE COLLEGES 


Ex Officio Trustee* 

Ronald Reagan, B.A. State Capitol, Sacramento 95814 

Governor of California and President of the Trustees 

Robert H. Finch, B.A., LL.B. ...State Capitol, Sacramento 95814 

Lieutenant Governor of California 

Max Rafferty, A.B., M.A., EdX>_ 721 Capitol Mall, Sacramento 95814 

State Superintendent of Public Instruction 

Jesse M. Unruh, B.A. State Capitol, Sacramento 95814 

Speaker of the Assembly 

Glenn S. Dumkc, A.B., M.A., Ph.D., LL.D., L.H.D 5670 Wilshire 

Chancellor of the California State Colleges Boulevard, Los Angeles 90036 

Appointed Trustees 

Appointments are for a term of eight years expiring March 1 on dates in paren- 
theses. Names are listed in order of accession to the board. 

Louis H. Heilbron, A.B., LL.B., LL.D. (1969) 

44 Montgomery Street, San Francisco 94104 
Charles Luckman, LLD., A.F.D. (1974) 

9220 Sunset Boulevard, Los Angeles 90069 
Paul Spencer, B. A. (1969) 

1323 La Terracita Drive, San Dimas 91773 
Theodore Meriam, A.B. (1971) 

P.O. Box 370, Chico 95927 
Albert J. Ruffo, LL.B., B5. in E.E. (1971) 

600 Bank of America Bldg., San Jose 95113 
Mrs. Philip Conley, B.A. (1972) 

3729 Huntington Boulevard, Fresno 93702 
E. Guy Warren, B.A. (1973) 

P.O. Box 59, Hayward 94541 
Daniel H. Ridder, B.A. (1975) 

604 Pine Street, Long Beach 90801 
George D. Hart, A3. (1975) 

111 Sutter Street, San Francisco 94104 
James F. Thacher, A.B., LL.B. (1970) 

310 Sansomc Street, San Francisco 94104 
Alec L. Cory. B.A M LL.B. (1973) 

1900 First National Bank Building, San Diego 92101 
William A. Norris, A.B., LL3. (1972) 

609 South Grand, Los Angeles 90017 
Edward O. Lee, B.A. (1974) 

1 1 00-67 th Street, Oakland 94608 
Earle M. Jorgensen (1970) 

10650 South Alameda, Los Angeles 90054 
Dudley Swim, A.B., M.A. (1976) 

P.O. Box 1590, Monterey 93940 
Karl L. Wcnte, MS. ( 1976) 

5565 Tesla Road, Livermore 94550 


11 


Trustees 


Officers of the Trustees 

Governor Ronald Reagan Theodore Meriam 

President Chairman 

Chancellor Glenn S. Dumke 
Secretary -T reasurcr 


12 


OFFICE OF THE CHANCELLOR 

OF THE CALIFORNIA STATE COLLEGES 


5670 Wilshire Boulevard, Los Angeles 90036 
213 938-2981 

Glenn S. Dumke Chancellor 

Raymond A. Rydell -Executive Vice Chancellor 

Russell G. Whitsel Vice Chancellor, Academic Affairs 

Harry E. Brakcbill Vice Chancellor, Business Affairs 

C. Mansel Keene Assistant Chancellor, Faculty and Staff Affairs 


13 


THE CALIFORNIA STATE COLLEGES 


California State College, Dominguez 
Hills 

809 East Victoria Street 
Dominguez Hills 90247 
Leo F. Cain, President 
213 532-4300 

California State College at Fullerton 
800 North State College Boulevard 
Fullerton 92631 

William B. Langsdorf, President 
714 870-2011 

California State College at Hayward 
25800 Hillary Street 
Hayward 94542 

Ellis E. McCune, Interim President 
415 538-8000 

California! State College at Long Beach 
6101 Blast Seventh Street 
Long Beach 90804 
Carl W. McIntosh, President 
213 433-0951 

California State College at Los Angeles 
5151 State College Drive 
Los Angeles 90032 
John A. Greenlee, President 
213 224-2011 

California State College at 
San Bernardino 
5500 State College Parkway 
San Bernardino 92407 
John M. Pfau, President 
714 887-6311 

California State Polytechnic College 
Kellogg-Voorhis Campus 
3801 West Temple Avenue 
Pomona 91766 

Robert C. Kramer, President 
213 964-6424 

California State Polytechnic College, 
San Luis Obispo 
San Luis Obispo 93401 
Robert E. Kennedy, President 
805 546-0111 
Chico State College 
1st and Normal Streets 
Chico 95926 

Robert E. Hill, President 
916 343-4411 


Fresno State College 
Shaw and Cedar Avenues 
Fresno 93726 

Frederic W. Ness, President 
209 487-9011 
Humboldt State College 
Areata 95521 

Cornelius H. Siemens, President 
707 822-1771 

Sacramento State College 
6000 J Street 
Sacramento 95819 
Robert Johns, President 
916 454-6011 
San Diego State College 
5402 College Avenue 
San Diego 92115 
Malcolm A. Love, President 
714 286-5000 

San Fernando Valley State College 
18111 Nordhoff Street 
Northridge 91324 
Ralph Prator, President 
213 349-1200 

San Francisco State College 
1600 Holloway Avenue 
San Francisco 94132 
John Summerskill, President 
415 469-9123 
San Jose State College 
125 South Seventh Street 
San Jose 95114 
Robert D. Clark, President 
408 294-6414 
Sonoma State College 
1801 Elast Cotati Avenue 
Rohnert Park 94928 
Ambrose R. Nichols, President 
707 795-2011 
Stanislaus State College 
800 Monte Vista Avenue 
Turlock 95380 

Alexander Capurso, President 
209 634-9101 

California State College in Kern County 
615 California Avenue 
Bakersfield 93304 
Paul F. Romberg, President 
805 327-9101 


14 


THE CALIFORNIA STATE COLLEGES 

The California State Colleges are a unique development of the democratic con- 
cept of tax-supported public higher education for all qualified students. 

Spanning the state from Humboldt County in the north to San Diego in the 
south, the 18 campuses of the California State Colleges (with another campus 
soon to be constructed) represent the largest system of public higher education 
in the western hemisphere and one of the largest in the world. Current enroll- 
? ment exceeds 188,000 full- and part-time students. The faculty and administrative 
staff numbers more than 10,000. 

The individual colleges, each with a geographic, curricular and academic char- 
acter of its own, offer solid basic programs in the liberal arts. Beyond this, each 
college is noted for its individuality in academic emphasis which makes for a 
diversified system. Course offerings leading to the bachelor’s and masters degree 
are designed to satisfy existing student interests and to serve the technical and 
professional manpower requirements of the state. 

The California State Colleges are dedicated to rigorous academic standards. Con- 
stant striving for academic excellence is at the heart of the system. The primary 
responsibility of each faculty within the system is the instructional process on the 
teacher-student level, with appropriate recognition of the necessary and construc- 
tive role of research in any institution of higher education. 

Responsibility for the California State Colleges is vested in the Board of Trustees, 
which is appointed by the Governor, and the board’s administrative arm, the chan- 
cellor. The trustees and the chancellor set broad policy for the colleges while dele- 
gating considerable independent responsibility for implementation at the college 
level. A statewide Academic Senate, made up of representatives elected by the 
faculty at each college, acts as a consultative body to the chancellor on academic 
affairs. 

Although the oldest of the colleges, San Jose State College, dates back a cen- 
tury, the California state college system under an independent board of trustees 
was created by the Donahoe Act of 1960. Formerly, the colleges were under the 
jurisdiction of the State Board of Education. 

Today, the California State Colleges are in a particularly dynamic period of 
their development. Before World War II, there were seven state colleges with a 
peak total enrollment of some 13,000. Since 1947, 11 new colleges have been es- 
tablished and a site has been selected for a new college in Kem County. Enroll- 
ment in the system is expected to reach 225,000 by 1970. 

CALIFORNIA STATE COLLEGE AT FULLERTON 

ADVISORY BOARD 


Leland G Launer, Chairman 

Partner, Launer, Chaffee and Hanna Fullerton 

Arnold O. Beckman 

Chairman of the Board, Beckman Instruments, Inc. Corona del Mar 

Mrs. Nicholas A. Begovich Fullerton 

Donald S. Bums 

President, Don Bums, Inc. — Volkswagen Garden Grove 

EL B. Buster 

Vice President, West Coast, Townsend Company Santa Ana 

H. L. (Jack) Caldwell 

Senior Vice President and Director, Macco Realty Co. Newport Beach 

IS 


Advisory Councils 


ADVISORY BOARD— Continued 


C. Stanley Chapman 

Chapman Ranch - Fullerton 

Rodney (Bud) Coulson 

California Pancakes, Inc. ... Anaheim 

Manuel E. Esqueda 

Assistant Manager, Bank of America Santa Ana 

William J. McGarvey, Jr. 

McGarvey-Thompson Realty, Inc. -Fullerton 

Charles A. Pearson 

Anaheim Truck and Transfer - Anaheim 

John O’Hara Smith, Jr. Corona del Mar 

Harold M. Williams 

President, Hunt Wesson Foods „ Fullerton 


ADVISORY 

Engineering Advisory Council 
John R. Moore, Chairman 
Executive Vice President 
North American Aviation, Inc. 

El Segundo 
Nicholas A. Begovich 
Vice President, Ground Systems 
Group 

Hughes Aircraft Company 
Fullerton 

Alfred V. Gangnes 
President 

Interstate Electronics Corporation 
Anaheim 
Louis B. Horwitz 

Vice President and Division Manager 
Time-Share Computing Division 
Scientific Data Systems 
Ell Segundo 
Joseph W. Lewis 
San Marino 


COUNCILS 


Frank W. Lynch 
Vice President and Manager 
Systems Support, Nortronics Division 
Northrop Corporation 
Anaheim 
Wendell B. Sell 
President 

Packard-Bell Electronics Corporation 
Los Angeles 
John L. Si grist 
Vice President 

Douglas Missile and Space Systems 
Division 

Space Science Center 
Huntington Beach 
Warren E. Wilson 
Chairman 

Department of Engineering 
Harvey Mudd College 
Claremont 


16 


Advisory Councils 


Science Advisory Council 

A. L. Antonio 
Group Vice President 
Aerojet-General Corporation 
El Monte 

Merl J. Carson, M.D. 

Medical Director 
Children’s Hospital of 
Orange County 
Orange 

Earl A. Coddington 
Professor of Mathematics 
University of California 
Los Angeles 
Robert P. Dilworth 
Professor of Mathematics 
California Institute of Technology 
Pasadena 
Joseph Kaplan 
Professor of Physics 
University of California 
Los Angeles 
Ernst H. Krause 
Vice President 
Aerospace Corporation 
Newport Beach 


H. W. Magoun 
Dean of Graduate Division 
University of California 
Los Angeles 
Thane H. McCulloh 
Professor of Geology 
California Institute of Technology 
Pasadena 

Andreas Rechnitzer 
Project Engineer 
Autonetics, Division of North 
American Aviation, Inc. 
Anaheim 
N. Allen Riley 
Laboratory Director 
Chevron Research Company 
La Habra 

Howard Steinberg 
Vice President and Director of 
Research 

U.S. Borax Research Corporation 
Anaheim 


Advisory Councils 


Teacher Education Advisory Council 
Hilton D. Bell 
Superintendent 

Garden Grove Unified School 
District 
Garden Grove 
Mrs. Hubert O. Came 
Garden Grove 
Douglas C. Dyer 
Social Science Department 
Santa Ana Senior High School 
Santa Ana 

Mrs. Cymbre P. Ferguson 
Curriculum Consultant 
Centralia School District 
Buena Park 
Clarence Johnson 
Fountain Valley High School 
Fountain Valley 
Donald S. Jordan 
County Board of Education 
Garden Grove 
William H. Klaustermeyer 
Chairman, Division of Social Studies 
Fullerton Junior College 
Fullerton 

Barron G. Knechtel 
Department of Mathematics 
Orange Coast College 
Costa Mesa 

Mrs. Margaret McKillop 
Coordinator, Child Welfare and 
Attendance 

Garden Grove Unified School 
District 
Garden Grove 


Mrs. Mildred D. Mohney 
Association of Cypress Teachers 
Buena Park 
Edwin N. Norvell 
Dean of Liberal Arts 
Santa Ana Junior College 
Santa Ana 
Robert Peterson 

County Superintendent of Schools 
Santa Ana 
Mrs. Joan Reiner 
Dean of Instruction 
Sonora High School 
La Habra 
Mrs. Marie Smith 
San Joaquin School District 
Irvine 

William Stocks 
Assistant Superintendent 
Instruction and Personnel 
San Joaquin School District 
I rvine 

Mrs. Man ha Zabel 
Department of English 
Katella High School 
Anaheim 


18 


Advisory Councils 


r echnical Communications Advisory Council 

John Pallottini 


Vice President 

Electronic Technical Writing 
Institute 
Los Angeles 


Borman Abell 

Management Systems Analyst 
Information Systems Division 
North American Rockwell 
Corporation 
Downey 
L W. Bunning 
Manager of Publications 
Collins Radio Company 
Newport Beach 
ames J. Caron 
Technical Communications 
Management 
Space Division 

North American Aviation, Inc. 
Downey 
Frank Cueto 

Quality' Control Engineer 
Space Division 
North American Rockwell 
Corporation 
Downey 

Mrs. Mildred H annum 
Technical Writer 
South Laguna 
Walter J. Lowe 
Training Representative 
Space Division 
North American Rockwell 
Corporation 
Downey 


Mrs. Theresa A. Philler 
Technical Writer 
Redlands 

Erank A. Quackenbush, Jr. 

Head, Graphic Communications 
Section 

Information Media Department 
Hughes Aircraft Company 
Fullerton 

Miss HyDee Small 
Technical Data Consultant 
Honeywell, Inc. 

West Covina 
John M. Stormes 
Publications Coordinator 
Space and Information Systems 
Division 

North American Aviation, Inc. 
Downey 




19 


Advisory Councils 


Urban Advisory Council 
Ted B. Adsit 
Planning Consultant 
Corona del Mar 
H. L. Caldwell 

Senior Vice President and Director 
Macco Realty Company 
Corona del Mar 
Jerry F. Christie 
Vice President 
Fullerton Savings and Loan 
Association 
Fullerton 
Forest Dickason 
Planning Director 

Orange County Planning Commission 
Santa Ana 
Ralph Diedrich 
Building Contractor 
Buena Park 
Les Fant 

Manager of Real Estate 
The Irvine Company 
Irvine 

William M. Harrison 
President 

College Park Fullerton 
Fullerton 

Donald P. Kennedy 
President 

First American Title Insurance 
Company 
Santa Ana 


William J. McGarvey, Jr. 

President 

McGarvey-Thompson Realty, Inc. 
Fullerton 
John Parker 
Vice President 

Coldwell-Banker and Company 
Newport Beach 
Chester Schultz 
McLean and Schultz 
Consulting Engineers 
Fullerton 
Don N. Schneider 
Owner 

D. N. Schneider Construction 
Company 
Placentia 
Andrew Trevedi 
Economist 

Economic Research Associates 
Los Angeles 
Ray Watson 
Vice President 
The Irvine Company 
Irvine 
Gin Wong 
President 

W. L. Pereira and Associates 
Los Angeles 


20 


AUXILIARY ORGANIZATIONS 


Friends of the College 

Officers and Executive Committee: 

Donald H. Roberts, President 
Fullerton 

Mrs. C. Stanley Chapman, 

Vice President 
Fullerton 

Mrs. John G. Fluck, Secretary 
Fullerton 

Mrs. Donald F. Bauman, Treasurer 
Fullerton 

Giles T. Brown 
Newport Beach 

Rodney (Bud) Coulson 
Anaheim 

Mrs. Joseph E. Daniger 
Santa Ana 

Miss Jane Deming 
Fullerton 

Everette C. Farnsworth 
Fullerton 


William M. Harrison 
Fullerton 
Mrs. Phyllis Key 
Fullerton 

William J. McGarvey, Jr. 

Fullerton 
Ralph S. McLean 
Fullerton 

John E. Scheidt, M.D. 

Fullerton 
Arnold M. Small 
Fullerton 

Conrad G. Tuohey 
Fullerton 

Mrs. Philip S. Twombly 
Fullerton 
M. W. Welds 
Fullerton 


Auxiliary Organizations 

Patrons of the Library 

Officers and Board of Governors: 

Mrs. Dorman L. Commons, President 
Fullerton 

Lester W. McLennan, Vice President 
Fullerton 

Earl Roget, Second Vice President 
La Habra 

Mrs. Joe W. Johnson, Secretary 
Fullerton 

Mrs. Nicholas A. Begovich, Treasurer 
Fullerton 

Everett J. Bannister 
Fullerton 

Mrs. Dean O. Bowman 
Fullerton 

Russell R. Brooks 
La Habra 

Mrs. Irvin C. Chapman 
Fullerton 

Keith F. Cordrey 
Fullerton 

Mrs. Stanley E. Cramer 
La Habra 

Mrs. Jack L. Dain 
Fullerton 

Robert Erickson 
Fullerton 


Mrs. Donald R. Fix 
Fullerton 

Herman A. Hiltscher 
Fullerton 
Robert L. Larsen 
Santa Ana 
John A. Murdy, Jr. 

Newport Beach 
Mrs. Henry E. North, Jr. 

Fullerton 
Jacob W. Onstott 
Laguna Beach 
Mrs. Herbert G. Osborne 
Fullerton 

Stanley J. Pawlowski 
Anaheim 
N. Allen Riley 
Fullerton 

A. Leonard Robbins 
Santa Ana 
W. Leo West 
Brea 

Harold M. Williams 
Fullerton 

John W. Williams 
Anaheim 


22 


THE COLLEGE 


ADMINISTRATION 
OBJECTIVES AND HISTORY 
SPECIAL PROGRAMS AND SERVICES 
RESEARCH CENTERS AND CLINICS 
STUDENT PERSONNEL SERVICES 



ADMINISTRATION 


COLLEGE ADMINISTRATION 

President . William B. Langsdorf 

Administrative Assistant Donald H. Gard 

Executive Dean Stuart F. McComb 

Building Coordinator Milton C. Blanchard 

Vice President, Administration L. Donald Shields 

Administrative Assistant Paul A. Reichardt 

Director of Development — Edward W. Smith 

Personnel Officer Marie M. Hoffman 

Publications Manager Jerry J. Keating 

Vice President, Academic Affairs Bernard L. Hyink 

Administrative Assistant Doris B. Kostal 

Dean, School of Letters, Arts and Science Miles D. McCarthy 

Dean, School of Business Administration and 

Economics (acting 1967-68) Paul T. Kinney 

Jack W. Coleman 

Dean, School of Education Eugene L. McGarry 

Dean, School of Engineering Robert G. Valpey 

Dean of Educational Services and Summer Sessions Gerhard E. Ehmann 

Dean of Graduate Studies Giles T. Brown 

College Librarian Ernest W. Toy, Jr. 

Director of Audiovisual Services Raymond E. Denno 

Director of Extension and Coordinator of Evening 

Classes R. Harold Van Cleave 

Director of Office of Faculty Records Lois S. Herron 

Director of Institutional Research and Studies Kenneth R. Doane 

Director of Instructional Television Allen M. Zeltzer 

Dean of Students (on leave) Ernest A. Becker 

(acting) Ronald M. Bristow 

Administrative Assistant William G. D. Pollock 

Associate Dean of Students and Director of Admissions 

and Records Ralph Bigelow 

Admissions Officer John B. Campbell 

Registrar Mildred H. Scott 

Associate Dean of Students and 

Director of Counseling and Testing (acting) Charles W. Buck 

Counselor Arthur W. Lynn 

Counselor Daniel T. Kawakami 

Counselor .Treva Sudhalter 

Counselor and Test Officer Jack Russell 

Psychological Consultant, Mental Health Program Anthony R. Hybl 

Foreign Student Adviser Louise Lee 

Psychometrist and Research Coordinator Howard M. Morton 

Associate Dean of Students and 

Director of Relations with Schools — — Emmett T. Long 

Associate Dean of Students and 

Director of Student Activities and Housing T. Roger Nudd 

Activities Adviser Roger W. Garret 


UBRARY — 

CAL^TATR rULLERTOIf 


25 


Schools and Departments 


Activities Adviser 

Director of Housing 

Director of Placement Services .... 

Placement Supervisor 

Director of Financial Aids 

Medical Director 

Business Manager 

Administrative Assistant 

Accounting Officer 

Chief of Plant Operations 

Business Services Officer ..... 


M. Patricia White 

Dudley A. Stier 

Max W. Burke 

Bradley Weyman 

Thomas D. Morris 

Helen L. Morton, M.D. 
(acting) Thomas A. Williams 


Stan N. Chase 

.. Beryl E. Kempton 
Paul H. Rodet 


SCHOOLS AND DEPARTMENTS 


School of Letters, Arts and Science 


Miles D. McCarthy, Dean 
J. Justin Gray, Associate Dean 


Anthropology Department 
Art Department . 


Biological Science Department 
Chemistry Department . 


Communications Department 

Drama Department 

English Department 


Foreign Languages and Literature Department 

Geography Department 

History Department . 


Charles A. Povlovich, Associate Dean 
Hazel J. Jones, Associate Dean 

Hans H. Leder 

... Gerald D. Samuelson 

Donald D. Sutton 

Andrew F. Montana 

J. William Maxwell 

James D. Young 
M. John Wagner 


Mathematics Department 
Music Department 


Philosophy Department 
Physics Department ... 


Walter D. Kline 
Gertrude M. Reith 
.Warren A. Beck 

Dennis B. Ames 

Joseph W. Landon 
Paul C. Hayner 


Political Science Department 
Psychology Department 


Raymond V. Adams 
Ivan L. Richardson 
Robert E. Edwards 
George C. Turner 


Science and Mathematics Education Department 

Sociology Department F. James Davis 

Speech Department Lee E. Granell 


School of Business Administration and Economics 


Accounting Department . 

Economics Department 

Finance Department 

Management Department . 

Marketing Department 

Quantitative Methods Department 


(acting 1967-68) 
Paul T. Kinney, Dean 
Jack W. Coleman, Dean 
Fred R. Colgan, Associate Dean 
John D. Lafky, Associate Dean 

Dorsey E. Wiseman 

(acting) Levem F. Graves 

Sylvia Lane 

. — Donld R. Shaul 

Frank L. Roberts 

— Herbert C. Rutemiller 


School of Education Eugene L. McGarry, Dean 

(acting) Robert A. Lemmon, Associate Dean 
Health Education, Physical Education and Recreation 
Department Elmer L. Johnson 


26 


College Committees 


Program Directors: 

Elementary Education — -..Barbara A. Hartsig 

Secondary Education James W. Cusick 

Pupil Personnel — Louis O. Brockmann 

School Administration ... Ernest G. Lake 

Junior College Education Gerhard E. Ehmann 

Reading Education Hazel M. Croy 

Special Education Calvin C. Nelson 

School of Engineering Robert G. Valpey 


COLLEGE COMMITTEES 1967-68 

President's Cabinet 


William B. Langsdorf, Chairman 

Ronald M. Bristow 

Giles T. Brown 

Gerhard E. Ehmann 

Donald H. Gard 

Bernard L. Hyink 

Paul T. Kinney 

Miles D. McCarthy 

Faculty Council 
Paulina June Salz, Chairman 
Morton C. Fierman, Vice Chairman 
Gertrude M. Reith, Secretary 
Emmett T. Long, T reasmer 
Dennis B. Ames 
Warren A. Beck 
Ronald M. Bristow 
Roland L. Calhoun 
Nick Chilton 
Sherwood P. Cummings 
Seth A. Fessenden 
David M. Feldman 
Julian F. S. Foster 
George Giacumakis 
Lee E. Granell 
Levem F. Graves 
Joan Greenwood 
Paul C. Hayner 
Bernard L. Hyink 
Gregory D. Ivy 


Campus Planning Committee 
William B. Langsdorf, Chairman 
Ronald M. Bristow 
Milton C. Blanchard 
Arthur L. Burroughs 
Jack C. Emmons, College Facility 
Planner , Office of the Chancellor 
Bernard L. Hyink 


Stuart F. McComb 
Eugene L. McGarry 
Paulina June Salz 
L. Donald Shields 
Robert G. Valpey 
Thomas A. Williams 
Nick Chilton 


Donald W. Keran 
Paul T. Kinney 
Walter D. Kline 
Bernard Kravitz 
William B. Langsdorf 
Robert A. Lemmon 
James A. McCleary 
David J. Pivar 
Frank L. Roberts 
Danton B. Sailor 

L. Donald Shields 
Morris G. Sica 
Edsel F. Stiel 
Donald D. Sutton 
Eric A. Teel 

Norman Townshend-Zellner 
Robert G. Valpey 

M. John Wagner 
Allen M- Zeltzer 

Charles A. Povlovich, Parliamentarian 


Ralph S. McLean 
John W. Olsen 
Herbert J. Powell, Consulting 
Architect 
Paulina June Salz 
Thomas A. Williams 


27 


College Committees 


Academic Affairs Cabinet 
Bernard L. Hyink, Chairman 
Ralph E. Bigelow 
Ronald M. Bristow 
Giles T. Brown 
Fred R. Colgan 
Gerhard E. Ehmann 
J. Justin Gray 
Hazel J. Jones 
Paul T. Kinney 

Graduate Council 
Giles T. Brown, Chairman 
Louis O. Brockmann 
J. Justin Gray 
Robert R. Hodges 
Eugene B. Hunt 


Doris B. Kostal 
John D. Lafky 
William B. Langsdorf 
Robert A. Lemmon 
Miles D. McCarthy 
Eugene L. McGarry 
Charles A. Povlovich 
Ernest W. Toy, Jr. 
Robert G. Valpey 


Bernard L. Hyink 
Perry E. Jacobson 
John D. Lafky 
Alvin H. Rothman 


Advisory Committee on Radiological Safety 
Robert E. Spenger, Chairman 
Raymond V. Adams, Radiological 
Safety Officer 


L. Jack Bradshaw 
Helen L. Morton, M.D. 
Thomas A. Williams 


Council on Educational Television 
Giles T. Brown, Chairman 
John H. Bryden 
James W. Cusick 
Raymond E. Denno 


Kenneth R. Doane 
J. William Maxwell 
James D. Young 
Allen M. Zeltzer 


Student-Faculty Athletics Board 
James A. McCleary, Chairman 
Elmer L. Johnson, Secretary 
Leland W. McCloud 
Andrew F. Montana 


Ernest Clayton 
Hal Coons 
Mitchell Wise 


Student-Faculty Lecture Series Board 
Robert S. Feldman, Chairman 
Roger R. Dittman 
Gerhard E. Ehmann 
Paul T. Kinney 
Gertrude M. Reith 


Sandra V. Bruska 
David P. Cearley 
Harold E. Glass 
Linda R. Johnson 


Student-Faculty Publications Board 

David J. Pivar, Chairman 
Charles G. Bell 
J. William Maxwell, 

Executive Secretary 


Willis E. McNelly 
Ed Conry 
Dave Fantz 
Tom Garrett 


28 


College Committees 


Student-Faculty Public Events Board 

William C. Langworthy, Chairman Donald Carufo 

Alvin J. Keller Robert Sandoval 

Robert E. Lepper Victor Stevens 

L. Donald Shields, Executive 
Secretary 


STANDING COMMITTEES OF THE FACULTY 
COUNCIL 1967-68 


Academic Standards Committee 
Cecil B. Thompson, Chairman 
Ralph E. Bigelow, ex officio 
F. James Davis 

Curriculum Committee 
Hazel J. Jones, Chairman 
Giles T. Brown, ex officio 
Bernard L. Hyink, ex officio 
Bernard Kravitz 
Arthur W. Lynn 
Miles D. McCarthy 

Educational Services Committee 
Warren A. Beck, Chairman 
Martin P. Andersen 
Gerhard E. Ehmann, ex officio 

Elections Committee 
Charles G. Bell, Chairman 
Paul C. Hayner 
Joe E. Morrow 

Faculty Affairs Committee 
Alexander Omalev, Chairman 
Roland L. Calhoun 
Munir R. El-Saden 
Seth A. Fessenden 


George L. Friend 
Edsel F. Stiel 
Harold Shultz, Jr. 


Paul C. Obler 
Donald D. Sutton 
Wayne W. Untereiner 
Robert G. Valpey 
James Coen, Jr. 


David W. Greenfield 
Harry B. McColgan 


Charles A. Povlovich, Jr. 
Alvin H. Rothman 
Clarence E. Schneider 


Emmett T. Long, ex officio 
Donald R. Shaul 
David L. Walkington 


Fiscal Affairs and Statewide Issues Committee 


Frank L. Roberts, Chairman 
John H. Bryden 
Kenneth R. Doane 
Anne T. Feraru 


Levem F. Graves 

David J. Pivar 

L. Donald Shields, ex officio 

Thomas A. Williams, ex officio 


International Education 

Giles T. Brown, Chairman , ex officio 

Oswaldo Arana 

Donald B. Bright 

Jack B. Campbell, ex officio 


Barbara A. Hartsig 
Louise G. Lee, ex officio 
Chandrakant C. Shah 
Nick Chilton 


29 


Preprofessional Committee 


Library Committee 
Joan V. Greenwood, Chairman 
Gerald L. Boarino 
William J. Ketteringham 

Personnel Committee 

J. Justin Gray, Chairman 
Edwin R. Carr 
Richard C. Gilbert 

Research Committee 

David M. Feldman, Chairman 
Bayard H. Brattstrom 
Mildred R. Donoghue 
Robert E. Edwards 
Sylvia Lane 

Student Affairs Committee 
Willis E. McNelly, Chairman 
Natalie Barish 
Edwin Duerr 
George O. Enell 
George Giacumakis, Jr. 

Executive Committee 
Paulina June Salz, Chairman 
Sherwood P. Cummings 
Morton C. Fierman 
Levem F. Graves 
Walter D. Kline 


Ernest W. Toy, Jr., ex officio 
Robert E. Spenger 
Sandra V. Bruska 


J. William Maxwell 
James A. McCleary 
Betty M. Unterberger 


Ivan L. Richardson 
L. Donald Shields, ex officio 
Ernest W. Toy, Jr. 

Thomas A. Williams, ex officio 
James D. Young 


Mary K. Lepper 
Paul J. Pastor 
David O. Thorsen 
Milton L. French 


Emmett T. Long 
David J. Pivar 
Gertrude M. Reith 
Robert G. Valpey 


PREPROFESSIONAL 

Premedical Committee 

Miles D. McCarthy, Chairman 
Ronald M. Bristow 
Ronald J. Crowley 
Richard C. Gilbert 


COMMITTEE 1967-68 


Andrew F. Montana 
Helen L. Morton, M.D. 

Mildred H. Scott 
Donald D. Sutton 

of the faculty council are ex 


The president of the college and the chairman 
officio members of all faculty conmtittees. 


30 


College Foundation Trustees 


CALIFORNIA STATE COLLEGE AT FULLERTON 
FOUNDATION 
BOARD OF TRUSTEES 


Charles A. Povlovich, President 
Robert R. Unterberger, Vice President 
Kent E. McKee, Treasurer 
Ernest A. Becker 
jVlrs. Walter B. Chaffee 
Paul W. Cook 
William B. Langsdorf 


Thomas W. Mathew 

Orrington C. Ramsay 

Orville F. Recht 

Phil N. Scheid 

Clarence J. Schwartz 

L. Donald Shields 

Norman Townshend-Zellner 






31 


OBJECTIVES AND HISTORY 


OBJECTIVES OF CALIFORNIA STATE COLLEGE 
AT FULLERTON 

The main functions of an institution of higher learning are to disseminate and 
advance knowledge. The philosophy which guides an institution can limit or pro- 
mote the successful achievement of these objectives. Therefore, from its inception, 
the college has directed its educational program toward the fullest possible devel- 
opment of the individuals who participate in it. For both faculty and students this 
entails a commitment to high standards of scholarship, a comprehensive rather than 
a narrow approach to major areas of study, and a concern with research and other 
creative activity. 

The college holds to the belief that an enduring educational experience must be 
founded upon exploration of our cultural heritage, through basic studies in the 
liberal arts and sciences, and that it can and should at the same time prepare for 
success in a chosen occupation or profession. Accordingly, the required general 
education program has as its objective the development in each student of: 

1. The effective use and interpretation of the written and spoken language. 

2. An understanding of the wide range of human endeavor and accomplishments 
in liberal arts and sciences, their interrelationships, and the various choices 
and values they represent. 

3. An understanding of information and principles in some areas of the liberal 
arts and sciences in sufficient depth to encourage critical and creative thought 
and expression. 

4. A spirit of inquiry into the past and into the future, in order to cope with 
conditions in the continually changing world. 

5. An understanding of the rights, privileges and responsibilities of citizenship 
in the community and nation, and of effective participation in today’s world. 

In addition, the college requires of all students who are candidates for a degree — 
whatever their special purpose — the pursuit of a subject major. 

(For specific details, see page 70). 


HISTORY OF CALIFORNIA STATE COLLEGE 
AT FULLERTON 

Orange County is situated on a coastal plain southeast of the City of Los Angeles. 
A decade ago the county was regarded as being one of rural characteristics, with 
emphasis on the production of oranges and other citrus fruits. Today it is referred 
to as one of the fastest growing counties in the nation, having multiplied its pop- 
ulation almost five times in the last fifteen years. Orange County reached the one 
million mark in population in 1963, to make it the third most populous county in 
California. The median age of the population is 26.6 years, and 42 per cent are 
less than 20 years of age. Much of the county is still rural, the county having a 
population density of 1.37 persons per acre. There are sections, however, that are 
as dense as 16.64 persons per acre. Every indication points to continued growth, 
with a predicted population of two million by 1980. Thousands of acres of irri- 
gated agricultural land have been converted to subdivisions, business and industry, 


32 


Accreditation 


freeways, and schools. The electronics industry is the leader in growth among in- 
dustries and businesses in the county. 

California State College at Fullerton was established by act of the Legislature 
jnder the terms of Chapter 1681 of the Statutes of 1957. On March 13, 1958, the 
Public Works Board selected the site of the college, located in the northeast section 
d ( the City of Fullerton. It now consists of 225 acres, and is bounded on the north 
jy Yorba Linda Boulevard, on the west by State College Boulevard, on the south 
3y Nutwood Avenue, and on the east by the proposed Orange Freeway. The 
college is located within five miles of 60 percent of the industry and within 10 
niles of 70 percent of the population of Orange County. It is also within easy 
driving range of Orange County beaches and mountains, and of the other cultural 
centers of southern California and their recreation and entertainment areas. 

Dr. William B. Langsdorf was appointed president of the college on January 16, 
1959, and with two aides came to Fullerton on March 2, 1959, to begin planning 
for the opening of the new college. Arrangements were made with the Fullerton 
Union High School District to lease quarters for the college administrative offices 
on the Fullerton Union High School campus, and to hold classes at the Sunny Hills 
High School for the 1959-60 school year. During the first eight years, the average 
annual enrollment has grown from 466 to 7,500 individuals. Envisioned are average 
annual enrollments of 10,000 in 1969-70; 15,000 in 197+-75; and 30,000 individuals 
when the college reaches its master plan enrollment of 20,000 full time equivalent 
students in the early nineteen eighties. 

In the fall of 1960, the college opened classes on its own campus where it occu- 
pied 12 temporary buildings. The first permanent building, the Letters and Science 
Building, was occupied in 1963. The Music-Speech-Drama Building was completed 
in 1964, the Physical Education Building in 1965, the Library and Audiovisual 
Center in 1966, the Commons, 1967. Other permanent buildings will be opened in 
approximately the following order: Humanities-Social Sciences Building and Art 
Building, 1969; Administration-Business Administration Building and Engineering 
Building, 1970; and Education Building, 1971. Additional buildings are being planned 
for the future. 


ACCREDITATION 

The college is fully accredited by the Western Association of Schools and 
Colleges, California State Board of Education, the American Association of Col- 
legiate Schools of Business, and the National Association of Schools of Music. 


33 


SPECIAL PROGRAMS AND SERVICES 




INTERNATIONAL PROGRAMS 

The California State Colleges offer academic year programs of study at a number 
of distinguished universities abroad. For 1968-69 the cooperating universities are: 
University of Aix-Marseille, France; Free University of Berlin and University of 
Heidelberg, Germany, University of Florence, Italy; Waseda University, Tokyo, 
Japan; University of Granada and University of Madrid, Spain; University of 
Stockholm and University of Uppsala, Sweden; National University, Taiwan. Aca- 
demic work successfully completed at the cooperating universities abroad may be 
applied toward the degree requirements of the college in accordance with college 
regulations. 

A selection among applicants from all California State Colleges is made on the 
basis of academic, linguistic and personal qualifications. The criteria are: 

(a) Upper division or graduate standing by the beginning of the academic year 
abroad; 

(b) Academic achievement; 

(c) Proficiency in the language of instruction; 

(d) Faculty recommendations. 

Cost to the student includes round trip transportation from San Francisco to the 
host university, room and board for the academic year, and medical insurance. 
In 1968-69 these costs are: France, Germany, Spain, $2,070; Italy, Japan, $2,170; 
Sweden, $2,370; Taiwan, $1,770. Payments may be scheduled throughout the year. 

Programs in Italy, Japan, Sweden and Taiwan do not require previous linguistic 
preparation; applicants for all other programs must demonstrate adequate facility 
in the language of instruction at the host university. 

Application for the 1969-70 academic year should be made early in the fall 
semester of 1968. Detailed information may be obtained at the counseling center. 
Room S264, or by writing to the Office of International Programs, the California 
State Colleges, 1600 Holloway Avenue, San Francisco 94132. 

LATE AFTERNOON AND EVENING CLASSES 

The educational program of the college is offered continuously from 8 a.m. 
until 10 p.m., Monday through Friday. Classes held during the late afternoon and 
evening hours are part of the regular college offering and are taught by the 
college faculty. 

Students enrolling in these classes must have met all admission requirements of 
the college, including the filing of an official application for admission, the filing 
of complete official transcripts from other schools and colleges, and in the case 
of lower division applicants, the completion of required tests for admission. 

A class schedule, listing all classes meeting in the late afternoon and evening 
hours, may be obtained at the Titan Bookstore or the Office of the Coordinator 
of Evening Classes. Applications of new students for admission to the college 
must be filed with the Office of Admissions prior to the deadline. This date, for 
both the fall and spring semesters, is carried in the calendar of this catalog. 


34 


Summer Sessions 


SUMMER SESSIONS 

The college will conduct two six-week summer sessions, from June 17 through 
July 26, and from July 29 through September 6. There will also be two-week and 
three-week workshops running concurrently. Day and evening classes are scheduled, 
and credits earned in the summer sessions meet degree and credential requirements 
with the same validity as credits secured in the fall and spring semesters. A maxi- 
mum of one unit of college credit may be earned for each week of attendance. 

In addition to much of the regular curriculum, summer offerings include special 
workshops and seminars for teachers and other professional groups. A program of 
recreational activities is planned to serve a wide variety of interests. 

A tuition fee of $21 per unit is charged, plus an associated student membership 
fee of $5 per person. The summer session class schedule announcing all courses 
is published in February, and may be obtained by writing the dean of summer 
session. 


EXTENSION PROGRAM AND SERVICES 

The college cooperates with all community agencies (business and professional 
associations, chambers of commerce, school districts, industrial firms, economic and 
cultural groups, city and county governmental units, etc.) in the development of 
educational programs. These activities may' be classes, conferences, institutes, work- 
shops, seminars or they may be consultant services, depending upon the need. In 
this manner, the college provides opportunities for the professional, vocational, and 
cultural improvement of persons unable to pursue an acadmic program in residence. 

Extension Courses. Off-campus extension courses may be planned for those wish- 
ing to earn college credit and under certain conditions this credit may be applied 
toward a degree or a teaching credential. Extension offerings are equivalent in level 
and quality to residence courses. These courses may be modified and designed to 
meet the particular needs of certain groups and may be initiated at various times 
during the year. Any adult may enroll in an extension course, provided he meets 
the prerequisites of the course. Matriculation is not required. Refer to the section 
of this catalog on fees and expenses for information on fees. 

Persons wishing information about organizing an extension course or about cur- 
rent extension offerings should address inquiries to the director of extension. 

Conferences and Institutes. The college is interested in taking an active part in 
the development of conferences and institutes. The conference director, in coopera- 
tion with the respective academic departments and divisions, will work with agency 
representatives in planning the program, selection of a competent staff, and the 
general conduct of the conference. 

Requests for information or assistance with particular educational problems which 
might be met through the extension program should be directed to the conference 
director. 


THE COLLEGE LIBRARY 

The college library is housed in the first and fourth through sixth floors of the 
new Library Building completed in the summer of 1966. The total space occupied 
by the library is approximately 115,000 square feet. As collections and enrollments 
grow, the library will occupy the remaining two floors of the building. The floors 
now available are designed to seat approximately 1,625 persons and to house about 
205,000 volumes, besides related materials. Group study rooms, typing rooms, study 
carrels, seminar rooms, and individual and group music listening rooms are avail- 
able. The library has facilities for Xerox and Filmac copying. 

The main book collection will contain about 210,000 volumes at the beginning of 
the 1968-69 academic year. During the year about 60,000 volumes will be added. The 


35 


Audiovisual Center 

library also has about 9,000 volumes of sample elementary and secondary textbooks 
and juvenile literature, and a collection of about 6,000 pamphlets and other ephemera. 

The library is a selective depository for U.S. government documents. This collec- 
tion will reach a total of nearly 70,000 items in the course of the academic year. The 
library is also a depository for California curriculum materials, which will reach 
about 3,500 items during the year, and for California state documents. 

In addition to these collections the library has about 8,000 reels of microfilmed 
U.S. government documents, chiefly State Department records, but also including 
such items as the Congressional Record and various presidential papers; about 16,000 
reels of other microfilmed materials, mostly files of newspapers and periodicals, and 
about 7,000 volumes on micro-opaque cards and sheet microfilm. Readers for these 
materials are available adjacent to their storage area on the fourth floor. 

The library subscribes to about 3,000 periodicals. In addition to the filmed back- 
files mentioned above, the periodicals collection contains about 9,000 bound volumes. 

Besides attempting to build a balanced collection of basic works, the library, as 
a part of its development program, has concentrated its efforts in several subject 
areas. As a result, relatively strong collections are now available in such fields as 
World War II, international relations since 1870, Kant, Shakespeare, Melville, Joyce, 
historiography and historical bibliography, and contemporary music. As the result 
of a gift, a special collection of about 1,200 volumes on angling is also available. 
These collections will increase in strength and number during the next several years. 

Library hours are posted in the elevator lobby and at other convenient locations 
in the building. A library handbook is available at the reference desk, where pro- 
fessional librarians are on duty at all times to aid students and faculty in the use of 
library resources. 


AUDIOVISUAL CENTER 

The Audiovisual Center is located in the basement of the Library Building and 
occupies approximately 20,000 square feet. Services to faculty and students include 
use of all types of audiovisual equipment and materials (motion pictures, filmstrips, 
instructional kits, tape recordings and study prints); campuswide distribution of 
AV materials and equipment upon request, rental of films from major rental libra- 
ries in the United States; for faculty: production of transparencies, embossographs, 
charts, posters and diagrams; production of three-dimensional media; and all types 
of still and motion photography. Eight preview rooms and four audition rooms 
are available for faculty and student use. 

COMPUTER CENTER 

The present computing facilities include an IBM 1620, Model 2, with an IBM 
1311 disc drive and other peripheral equipment. This facility is used for instruc- 
tion, research and administrative applications. Instruction on computers is offered 
by several departments in the college. Scheduled processing of students' programs 
is available several times daily. The Computer Center maintains a large library 7 
of computer programs and offers consulting facilities. 

INSTRUCTIONAL TELEVISION CENTER 

The Television Center is fioused in the TV Studio (M166) of the Music-Speech- 
Drama Building and includes a large professional television studio, control rooms, 
and storage rooms. Television service available to the college community include 
(1) videotaping facilities and use of professional broadcast cameras and allied 
television equipment in the television studio and (2) a complete portable camera 
and videotape system available on or off campus for instructional use. 


36 


College Foundation 


PREMEDICAL-PREDENTAL COMMITTEE 

Student counseling with respect to preprofessional programs in medicine, den- 
tistry and other health sciences as well as professional school admission problems 
are the concern of this committee. (See membership listing, page 30). 

PREMEDICAL PREPARATION 

Medical schools are currently seeking applicants with as broad and liberal an 
educational experience as possible. They recommend that applicants pursue collegi- 
ate major programs which are of vital interest to the student. However, all medical 
schools require a basic minimal training in the natural sciences which includes the 
following course work: 

one year of general biology or zoology with laboratory 

one semester of embryology or comparative anatomy 

one year of inorganic college chemistry including qualitative analysis with lab- 
oratory 

one semester of quantitative analytical chemistry with laboratory 

one semester of organic chemistry with laboratory 

one year of college physics with laboratory 

Most medical school applicants complete a baccalaureate degree program prior 
to beginning their medical training. However, applications to medical school are 
processed normally at the termination of the sixth semester (junior year). The 
medical college admission test, required of all medical school applicants, is taken 
normally during the Spring of the sixth semester (junior year). The prospective 
medical school applicant should therefore normally plan to complete the above 
natural science minimal requirements by the end of the junior year. Thus he should 
begin inorganic chemistry in his freshman year in order to satisfy the prerequisite 
requirements for the advanced courses in chemistry. 

Since medical school admissions are limited, the best prepared applicants are 
likely to have an advantage. Many medical schools recommend certain courses in 
the natural sciences in addition to those listed above in the minimal requirements. 
The prospective applicant is advised to consult the catalogs of those medical schools 
to which he anticipates applying for additional recommended preparatory subjects. 
He is further advised to consult a member of the Premedical Committee for assist- 
ance in planning his total collegiate program and to obtain copies of optimal 
programs from the Chairman of the Premedical Committee. 

THE CALIFORNIA STATE COLLEGE 
AT FULLERTON FOUNDATION 

The California State College at Fullerton Foundation was established and incorpo- 
rated. in October 1959 to provide essential student and faculty services which cannot 
be provided from state appropriations; to supplement the program and activities 
of the college in appropriate ways; and to otherwise assist the college in fulfilling 
its purposes and in serving the people of the State of California — especially those 
of the area in which the school is located. 

Services provided by the foundation include the operation of various college 
auxiliary organizations including the bookstore, residence halls, and food service; 
business administration of scholarship and student loan funds; sponsored research 
programs; and certain institutes. 

The foundation’s overall policies are administered by a board of trustees made 
up of members of the college faculty, administration and community leaders. 


37 


RESEARCH CENTERS AND CLINICS 


CENTER FOR ECONOMIC EDUCATION 

The Center for Economic Education is one of many such centers at colleges and 
universities in the United States working with the national Joint Council on 
Economic Education to expand economic understanding. Center programs include 
(1) services to schools and colleges, individual educators, and the community; (2) 
research and professional training; and (3) operation of an economic education 
information center. The center consists of a broadly based executive policy board; 
an administrative staff; and formally organized groups of participating users. 

CENTER FOR GOVERNMENTAL STUDIES 

The Center for Governmental Studies is part of the Department of Political 
Science’s expanding research and teaching activities. Established in 1965, the center 
has four major functions: first, to collect and make available fugitive governmental 
and political materials; second, to assist local government agencies and citizen 
groups in the study of local governmental problems; third, to provide students with 
instruction and experience in research techniques and methodology; and fourth, 
to provide facilities for community institutes and seminars. 

REAL ESTATE RESEARCH AND PUBLICATIONS 

The college participates in a continuing research program, with special emphasis 
on urban development in Orange County. Studies are undertaken in cooperation 
with various public and private agencies, including the University of California 
at Irvine. In conjunction with the research program the college publishes a 
quarterly Urban Review , which is distributed nationally and sponsored by the 
California Division of Real Estate. Opportunities exist for student participation 
in the various research activities. 

SPEECH AND HEARING CLINIC 

The College Speech and Hearing Clinic operates as a nonprofit California State 
College Foundation agency. In addition is an off-campus clinical program for 
graduate students that involves experiences within medical and paramedical set- 
tings. The primary purpose of the clinics both on campus and off campus is to 
provide opportunities for teaching, service and research. College students receive 
clinical experience and opportunity for observation. 


38 


STUDENT PERSONNEL SERVICES 


Student Personnel Services at the college are administered from the Office of 
Admissions and Records, the Office of Relations with Schools, the Counseling 
and Testing Center, the Activities and Housing Office, the Office of Placement 
Services, and the Student Health Center. Collateral responsibilities include foreign 
student advising, coordination of the California State Colleges international student 
programs, selective service and veterans’ affairs, and financial aids. Coordination 
of this general program rests with the dean of students. 

RELATIONS WITH SCHOOLS 

The Office of Relations with Schools administers a collegewide program to articu- 
late college curricula with other colleges and schools and to offer preadmission 
guidance to prospective students, their parents, and school counselors. The college 
believes this program should be vigorously pursued so students may (1) choose 
the kind of college experience appropriate for them and (2) may have the proper 
academic preparation for the curricula of this college. 

STUDENT ACTIVITIES AND HOUSING 

ACTIVITIES 

The college recognizes the important role of student activities in education. 
The activities program represents a variety of areas intended to serve every student 
according to his interest, ability and available time. 

All registered students are members of Associated Students of California State 
College at Fullerton. The Associated Students are governed through the executive, 
legislative, and judicial branches of the Associated Students organization. The 
president and commissioners constitute the executive branch which has the responsi- 
bility for the development and administration of the program, including such 
activities as publications, drama, religious clubs, intercollegiate athletics, intramural 
athletics, forensics, and music. The Associated Students Senate has full responsi- 
bility for legislation by which this program is directed and for the allocation of 
student funds for the program. The judicial branch serves as the legal body for 
interpretation of the constitution and enforcement of Associated Student policies. 

Student Organizations 

Student organizations are encouraged and aided by the college whenever stu- 
dents express a desire for activities which add to their educational opportunities. 
As a relatively young institution, the development of new organizations to serve 
the needs of a growing student population is rapid. More than 60 organizations 
are now recognized, including two local and three national social fraternities, four 
local social sororities, departmental professional fraternities, and many service, spe- 
cial interest and religious groups. 

Student Publications 

The college newspaper, the Titan Times , is published twice a w'eek as a product 
of the journalism classes and financed by the Associated Students. In addition, a 
handbook is available for use by organizations in the development and operation 
of their program. The Tit cm Illustrated , a literary magazine, is also published by 
students. 


39 


Housing 


Student News Bureau 

The Student News Bureau was organized in 1960 to provide the outside press 
with news of student activities on the campus. It is financed by a budgeted alloca- 
tion from Associated Students. 

Athletics 

The intercollegiate athletic program consists of teams in baseball, basketball, 
cross country, golf, gymnastics, soccer, swimming, tennis, track and field, water 
polo and wrestling. Football will be added to the program in 1969-70. A year-round 
program of intramural activities includes basketball, badminton, flag football, hand- 
ball, softball, tennis and wrestling, swimming and weight lifting. 

The college is a member of the California Collegiate Athletic Association 
(CCAA). Since the fall of 1965 all indoor home athletic contests have been played 
in the Titans’ new Physical Education Building. 

In the spring of 1960, a group of Orange County citizens organized a Boosters 
Club to help foster intercollegiate athletic competition at California State College 
at Fullerton. Its members are dedicated to the encouragement of a sound program 
of athletics and contribute financially and by way of enthusiasm to helping to 
develop a first-rate athletic program based on a well-rounded concept of the rela- 
tionship between sports and academic achievement. All athletic teams compete 
under rules of the National Collegiate Athletic Assocation (NCAA). 

Intramural Activities 

The intramural program is conducted on a seasonal basis and involves a variety of 
athletic and recreational activities for both men and women. Rules and regulations 
which govern participation in the intramural program are available in the Office 
of the Director of the Intramural Program or in the Office of Student Activities. 

Extra Mural Activities 

Participation by women in extramural volleyball, basketball, tennis, and golf is 
provided through membership in the Extramural Coordinating Council of Southern 
California and the American Recreation and Athletic Federation for College 
Women. 

HOUSING 

The college provides housing for 581 unmarried students in two modem co- 
educational residence halls located adjacent to the College. Designed for educational 
living, the halls have study areas, lounges for informal discussions, classrooms, and 
a library. Ample social and recreational facilities are available. 

Rooms are mostly four-person occupancy; however, a few doubles and triples 
are also available. Each room has its own private bath. The buildings are fully air 
conditioned and carpeted. A dining hall is conveniently located for resident stu- 
dents. 

The residence advisers and wing advisers of each hall promote a social, cultural 
and educational program which supports and expands the classroom experience. 
The resident has the opportunity to study, assume responsibility through hall gov- 
ernment, and discuss serious topics of the day with guest speakers. A new' program 
in experimental education, Project Titan, w'as begun in the fall semester of 1967. 
Regularly scheduled college classes are scheduled in the residence hall in order to 
promote a meaningful dialog between faculty members and students in an informal 
setting. 

Because of the importance of the living arrangements to educational achieve- 
ment, California State College at Fullerton requires that all students under 21 
years of age who are not married must live either at home or in college-approved 

40 


Student Health Services 


housing. Approved housing is at present limited to the residence halls, fraternities 
and sororities. 


STUDENT HEALTH SERVICES 

The purpose of the Student Health Center is to help keep the student in class by 
providing high quality medical service early in the course of an illness, to provide 
a healthy and sanitary environment on campus in which to live and study, to 
stimulate better health awareness among the students, and to educate them to the 
high standards of good therapeutic and preventive care. 

The Student Health Center is in Room 580 of the Letters and Science Building 
and is open from 8 ajn. to 5 p.m. each weekday that classes are in session. No staff 
is available for night or weekend services of any kind, and there are no off-campus 
calls made at any time. Special care and time are given to sympathetic counseling 
of both emotional and physical problems. Several physicians and nurses are con- 
tinuously on duty during the day to care for emergencies and for the treatment 
of immediate illnesses and injuries. 

Among the services presently offered are the following: 

1. Diagnosis and treatment of the usual medical and surgical problems. 

2. Physical examinations as required. 

3. Emergency care. 

4. Routine immunizations. 

5. Laboratory facilities. 

6. Followup care as may be recommended by the student’s private physician 
within the scope of available facilities. 

7. Electrocardiograms. 

8. Physical therapy treatment. 

9. Medical counseling. 

10. Psychiatric counseling and diagnosis. 

11. Specialists’ diagnostic services when directly referred by the Student Health 
Center. 

All fees for care in the Student Health Center, unless otherwise specifically stated, 
have been prepaid by the State of California and by the student’s registration fee. 
All undergraduates and all graduates registering for more them 6 units of credit are 
eligible for all or any of the health services offered. Emergency service is available 
to everyone on campus. 

Health , Accident , Hospital Insurance 

All students are urged to carry this type of insurance. An excellent policy at a 
low premium is available to all students through the Associated Students’ Business 
Office. 

All students living in college-sponsored housing, and foreign students, are re- 
quired to be covered by this policy. 

PLACEMENT SERVICES 

A centralized Placement Office is maintained with responsibilities for assisting 
students in finding both part-time and career employment. The college believes 
that it best serves both the student and employers only when its graduates have 
been placed in the professions for which they are prepared and trained. 

Part-time Placement 

Students wishing part-time jobs either on or off campus are eligible to receive 
the assistance of the office if they are taking seven units or more. New students 


41 


Counseling and Testing Services 

may receive service as soon as they have notice of their admission to the college. 
Secretarial skills are in great demand; but calls for schoolbus drivers, custodians, 
teacher aids, draftsmen, waiters, clerks, youth and recreation leaders, sitters, gar- 
deners, etc., are received. If students must augment their resources while going to 
school they are encouraged to limit their work hours to approximately 10 per week. 

Business , Industry, and Government Placement 

The Career Placement Interviewer assists graduating seniors and graduate students 
seeking career employment in business, industry, or public service through personal 
counseling in defining occupational preference, providing active job leads and 1 
making up resumes. 

In addition, the Placement Center makes arrangements for the on-campus recruit- 
ment program which brings the employers to the students. Also available through 
the center are applications for two computerized job placement services operated 
by the College Placement Council. They are SCAN (Student Career Automated \ 
Network) for the graduating senior and GRAD (Graduate Resume Accumulation j 
and Distribution) for the CSCF alumni seeking new professional opportunities. 

Located in the Placement Center is the Career Library with an ever-expanding 
selection of resource materials on career opportunities. Federal, state, county, city 
and armed forces brochures and applications are also available for student access. 

The Placement Center serves as liaison office for the Peace Corps and VISTA 
offering counseling and information brochures to any interested student. 

Educational Placement 

Students in the teacher education, pupil personnel services, supervision, or admin- 
istration curriculum of the college, who are in the final semester of a credential 
program, or who are in student teaching or directed field work, are eligible to I 
register and receive the services of the Placement Office, chief of which is help in I 
establishing a professional employment file. Such registrants are supplied informa- 
tion in openings and helped to establish their candidacies in the school districts and ; 
educational institutions. 

Students who are not in the student teaching program but who are completing 
their credential program at the College are also eligible for service. This includes I 
those about to receive their master's degree, who plan to apply for a junior college 
credential. 


COUNSELING AND TESTING SERVICES 

Counseling 

Students who need assistance with such concerns as choosing an academic major j 
or vocational goal, with study skills, or with personal problems affecting their aca- 
demic progress may obtain help through the Counseling Center. The staff of 
professionally trained counselors and psychologists has available a variety of re- 
sources including occupational information files, special testing materials, college 
catalogs, and directories of various kinds to assist the student. 

The Counseling Center also maintains contact with agencies and professional 
persons in the community' to whom students may be referred. 

Counseling services are available only to fully matriculated, registered students 

Testing 

Collegewide testing programs are coordinated and administered by the Testing 
Center. These include college admissions tests and general tests for graduate school 
admission. In addition, the Testing Center provides advice and consulting services 
to instructional departments in the development and administration of admission, 
selection, and placement tests for use by r a specific department. 


42 


Financial Aid 


The Testing Center also conducts ongoing research on the validity and appro- 
priateness of tests used in college testing programs. 

Testing requirements for students seeking admission are listed in the admissions 
section of the catalog. Students seeking information about testing requirements for 
specific instructional programs should inquire in the appropriate instructional divi- 
sion or the Counseling and Testing Center. 

Foreign Students 

Special services for foreign students are coordinated by the foreign student 
adviser. These services include aid with problems concerning visa status and em- 
ployment; orientation to academic procedures and requirements; advisement related 
to finances, social standards, and customs; and to resources and opportunities offered 
by campus and community. 

International Programs 

Information concerning study opportunities for American students in foreign 
universities is available in the Counseling Center. The foreign student adviser co- 
ordinates the selection of students applying for admission to one of the interna- 
tional programs operated by the California State Colleges in seven foreign countries. 

FINANCIAL AID 

Scholarships 

A limited number of scholarships are available for outstanding students. Qualified 
students should obtain scholarship applications from the Financial Aid Office, 
Room 270, Letters and Science Building, and return by April 15 for the fall semes- 
ter and December 15 for the spring semester. Scholarship applications are evalu- 
ated by the Financial Aids Review Committee. Awards are based on scholastic 
record, financial need and personal qualifications. Some scholarships are limited 
to students majoring in specified disciplines. Departmental recommendations weigh 
heavily in such cases. 

Scholarships offered by California State College at Fullerton are made possible 
by interested organizations, business firms and individuals. Recent contributors to 
the scholarship program include: 

Alpha Chi Omega Sorority 

Aunt Jemima’s Pancake House, Disneyland 

Bert Noble Foundation 

California Congress of Parents and Teachers, Inc. 

California State Employees Association (CSCF Chapter) 

California State Firemen’s Association 

Edward Mittleman Memorial Scholarship 

Epsilon Lambda Chapter, Epsilon Sigma Alpha Sorority 

Fourth District, California Parents and Teachers Association 

Fullerton District Board of Realtors 

Fullerton Rotary Club 

Gamma Phi Beta Sorority (Orange County Alumnae) 

Junior Women’s Civic Club of Garden Grove 

Kappa Delta Phi Sorority 

Kiwanis Club of Greater Fullerton 

Los Amigos Club of Fullerton 

Mu Phi Epsilon Scholarship Fund 

Music Teachers Association of Orange County 

Roberta King Maxwell Memorial Scholarship Fund 

Sadie Landon Memorial Music Scholarship Fund 


43 


Financial Aid 


Sheryl Cummings Memorial Scholarship Fund 

Society of California Accountants (Orange County Chapter) 


Loans 

The generosity of organizations and individuals enables the college to offer short- 
term loans to students who meet unexpected financial difficulties of a temporary 
nature. Loans from these funds arc made for various periods of time and to specified 
categories of students, according to college regulations and the wishes of the 
donors. The prime purpose of these loans is to meet educationally related expenses, 
and thus loans cannot be made for the purposes which are normally financed by 
private lending institutions. Application for a short-term loan may be made at any 
time during the school year. 

The following is a listing of the loan funds available during the 1967-68 school 
year: 

Altrusa Club of Fullerton Loan Fund 
Betty Casault Memorial Loan Fund 
Brea Rotary Club Loan Fund 

California Retired Teachers Association (Laura Settle Fund) 

Donna Cherry Memorial Fund 

Gordon S. Fyfe Memorial Loan Fund 

James Merrick Memorial Loan Fund 

Juliann Ashford Memorial Loan Fund 

Kenneth G. Ryhal Memorial Loan Fund 

Laura E. Imhoff Memorial Loan Fund 

Marcella Fisk Memorial Loan Fund 

Michael R. Young Memorial Loan Fund 

Newport Harbor Children’s Theater Loan Fund 

Pan-Hellenic Club of Northern Orange County Loan Fund 

Rotary Club of Fullerton, Foreign Students Loan Fund 

Soroptimist International Club of Fullerton Loan Fund 

Student Emergency Loan Fund 

Trust-Davis Memorial Loan Fund 

YVilma Doig Steen Memorial Loan Fund 

Zonta Club of Fullerton Loan Fund 

National Defense Student Loans 

California State College at Fullerton joins with the federal government and the 
State of California in making long-term, low-interest loans available to students 
under the National Defense Education Act. Details and applications are available 
at the Financial Aid Office. Deadlines for submissions of applications are December 
1 for the spring semester, April 1 for the summer sessions and July 1 for the 
fall semester. 

All unmarried applicants for an NDEA loan are required to file a parents’ con- 
fidential statement with the College Scholarship Sendee, Box 1025, Berkeley 94701, 
designating California State College at Fullerton as one of the recipients. The par- 
ents’ confidential statement assists the college to evaluate financial need, and, since 
it must be on hand before the loan application can be acted upon, early submission 
is advised. These forms can be obtained at most secondary schools or at the 
Financial Aid Office. 

United Student Aid Funds 

Long-term loans are also available under the United Student Aid Funds program 
to assist students who have completed their freshman year. United Student Aid 


44 


Financial Aid 


Funds, Inc., a private, nonprofit corporation, will endorse loans to students upon 
recommendation by the college. 

A maximum of $1,000 per year, or a combined total of $3,000, may be borrowed 
for undergraduate or graduate education. The loan is repaid in 36 monthly install- 
ments, beginning the fifth month after the student leaves school. Maximum interest 
rate is 6 percent simple. Applications and additional information are available at 
the Financial Aid Office. 

California State Guaranteed Loan Program 

The college cooperates with the State of California and private lending institu- 
tions in making guaranteed loans available to full-time students. A loan recipient 
under this program must meet the following qualifications: 

a. be a legal resident of California 

b. have an adjusted family income of less than $15,000 per year 

c. be a full-time student 

d. be enrolled and in good standing at the college or accepted for enrollment. 

The interest on these loans may not exceed 6 percent per annum on the unpaid 

balance. The United States Office of Education will pay all interest while the 
student is enrolled as a full-time student and 3 percent thereafter. Repayment 
ranges from 5 to 10 years following graduation, according to arrangements made 
with the lender. Applications and further information may be obtained from the 
Financial Aid Office, Room 270, Letters and Science Building. 

College Work-Study Program 

The college cooperates with the U.S. Department of Health, Education, and 
Welfare in providing work-study jobs. Students who can establish “need eligibility” 
may work up to 15 hours a week during the school year and up to 40 hours 
in the summer. Under this program there are on-campus opportunities such as 
library and instructional aides, clerks, buildings-and-grounds aides, computer center 
aides, and laboratory and research assistants. Off-campus jobs in nonprofit com- 
munity agencies include teacher aides, recreation leaders, office trainees, and ad- 
ministrative interns. A limited member of these on - and off-campus positions are 
held open for incoming freshmen who qualify. 

Educational Opportunity Grants 

Federal funds have been made available to the College to use in making grants 
to undergraduate students who display “exceptional financial need” and who would 
otherwise be unable to continue their education. These grants range from $200 to 
$800 per year and are non-repay able. These grants are always awarded in conjunc- 
tion with other forms of aid, and thus a Parents’ Confidential Statement is required. 
Deadlines are the same as for the National Defense Student Loans. 


45 























ADMISSION AND 
REGISTRATION 


ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE 

REGISTRATION 
ACADEMIC ADVISEMENT 


:> 










ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE 


Requirements for admission to California State College at Fullerton are in accord- 
ance with Title 5, Chapter 5, Subchapter 2 of the California Administrative Code 
as amended by the Board of Trustees of the California State College on January 
21, 1965. A prospective applicant who is unsure of his status under these require- 
ments is encouraged to consult with a school or college counselor or the college 
admission office. 


ADMISSION AS A FRESHMAN 

An applicant who has had no college work will be considered for admission 
under one of the following provisions. Except as noted, submission of the results 
of the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) or the American College Test (ACT) is 
required. 


California High School Graduates and Residents 

An applicant who is a graduate of a California high school or a legal resident 
for tuition purposes must have a grade point average and total score on the SAT 
or composite score on the ACT which provides an eligibility index placing 
him among the upper one-third of California high school graduates. For 1968-69 
the minimum eligibility index is 3,072 using the SAT (741 with the ACT). It is 
computed by multiplying the grade point average by 800 and adding the result 
of the total SAT score, or by multiplying the grade point average by 200 and 
adding the result to 10 times the composite ACT score. The grade point average 
is based upon the last three years and does not include physical education or 
military science. The table below does not cover every case, but gives several 
examples of the test score needed with a given grade point average to be eligible 
for admission. 

Grade point average SAT/ ACT needed 


3.20 and above 

2.80 

2.40 

2.00 

1.99 and below 


Eligible wifh any score 
832/19 
1152/27 
1472/35 
Not eligible 


Nonresidents Graduating From High Schools in Other States or Possessions 
An applicant who is a nonresident for tuition purposes and who is a graduate 
of a high school in another state or a U.S. possession must have an eligibility 
index which would place him among the upper one-sixth of California high school 
graduates for 1967-68. The minimum required eligibility index is 3,402 using 
the SAT (826 with the ACT) and is calculated as in the previous section. 


Graduates of High Schools in a Foreign Country 
A graduate of a foreign high school must have preparation equivalent to that 
required of eligible California high school graduates. The college will carefully 
review the previous record of all such applicants and only those with promise 
of academic success equivalent to that of eligible California high school graduates 
will be admitted. Such applicants are not required to take either the SAT or the 
ACT tests. Ordinarily, the college does not accept foreign student applicants 
directly from foreign countries. 


49 


Admission of Undergraduate Transfers 

Non-high-school Graduates 

An applicant who is over 21 years of age, but has not graduated from high 
school, will be considered for admission only when his preparation in all other 
ways is such that the college believes his promise of academic success is equivalent 
to that of eligible California high school graduates. 

High School Students 

A student enrolled in high school as a senior will be considered for enrollment 
in certain special programs if he is recommended by his principal and his prepara- 
tion and ability are such that in the judgment of the college, the probability 
of his academic success is equivalent to that required of eligible California high 
school graduates. Such admission is only for a given program and does not 
constitute the right to continued enrollment. 

Other Applicants 

An applicant not admissible under one of the above provisions should enroll in 
a junior college or other appropriate institution. Only under the most unusual 
circumstances will such applicants be permitted to enroll in the college. Permis- 
sion is granted only by special action. 

Recommended Preparation 

Overall excellence of performance in high school subjects and evidence of 
academic potential provide the best bases for predicting success at California State 
College at Fullerton. While no course pattern is required, the applicant to be 
prepared properly to undertake a full program of studies and particularly to 
pursue the required program in general education, is strongly encouraged to 
include the following subjects in his preparation for college work at Fullerton: 
college preparatory English; foreign language; college preparatory mathematics; 
college preparatory laboratory science; college preparatory history or social science, 
or both; and study in speech, music, art, and other subjects contributing to a 
general academic background. 


ADMISSION OF UNDERGRADUATE TRANSFERS 

An applicant who meets the requirements for admission with freshman standing 
and who has earned credit in one or more accredited junior colleges, colleges, or 
universities may be admitted if he has a grade-point average of 2.0 (grade C on a 
five-point scale) or better in the total program attempted at such colleges or 
universities and is in good standing at the last degree-granting college or university 
attended. 

An applicant who does not meet the requirements for admission with freshman 
standing must as a condition for admission have earned 60 or more units of college 
credit with a grade-point average of 2.0 (grade C on a five-point scale) or better 
in the total program attempted and must be in good standing as noted above. 

An applicant who does not meet the requirements set forth above may be found 
eligible for admission on probation with advanced undergraduate standing if, in the 
opinion of the proper college authorities, he is likely to succeed in an academic 
program. 


ADMISSION OF GRADUATE STUDENTS 


An applicant who has completed a four-year college course and holds an 
acceptable baccalaureate degree from an accredited institution, or who has 


50 


Readmission of Former Students 


completed equivalent academic preparation as determined by the college, will be 
admitted as an unclassified graduate student. Such admission does not constitute 
acceptance to graduate degree curricula. For information about requirements and 
procedures for admission to graduate degree courses of study (classified graduate 
status) see page 72 of this catalog. 


ADMISSION OF FOREIGN STUDENTS 

At the present, the college usually does not accept foreign student applicants 
directly from foreign countries, with certain very rare exceptions. Only two cate- 
gories of foreign students will normally be accepted: 

(1) Those who have completed a two-year transfer program in a junior college 
in the United States with a good academic record. 

(2) Those who have completed a bachelor’s degree in an accredited college in 
the United States and wish to enroll as graduate students. 

Application procedures are the same as for other students, except that foreign 
language transcripts must be accompanied by certified English translations. 


THE SUMMER SESSION STUDENT 

Although the quality of the program and most of the course offerings are the 
same as in the regular session, the college does not require an advance application 
or transcripts from students registering for credit courses in the summer session. 
However, students must be high school graduates and are expected to have satisfied 
the prerequisites for the courses in which they register. Admission to summer 
session does not grant admission to the regular session. 


READMISSION OF FORMER STUDENTS 

A student previously enrolled in the college, planning to return after an absence 
of one or more semesters, must file a new application for admission in accordance 
with procedures set forth below. The application fee of $10 is required if the 
student was not enrolled in either of the two semesters prior to the semester to 
which he is seeking admission or if he was enrolled in another institution during 
his absence from California State College at Fullerton. Unless a leave of absence 
was granted, catalog requirements at the time of readmission will apply. 

Former Students in Good Standing 

A student who left the college in good standing will be readmitted provided 
any academic work attempted elsewhere since the last attendance does not change 
his scholastic status. Transcripts of the record of any work attempted in the 
interim are required. 

Former Students Who Were on Probation 

A student on probation at the close of his last enrollment will be readmitted 
on probation provided he is otherwise eligible. The student must furnish tran- 
scripts of any college work taken during his absence. 

Former Students Who Were Disqualified 

The readmission of a previously disqualified student is by special action only. 
Ordinarily the college will consider an application for reinstatement only after 


51 


Procedures for Admission 


the student has remained absent for a minimum of one semester following dis- 
qualification and has fullfilled all recommended conditions. In every instance, 
readmission action is based on evidence, including transcripts of study completed 
elsewhere subsequent to disqualification, which in the judgement of the college war- 
rants such action. If readmitted, the student is placed on scholastic probation. 


PROCEDURES FOR ADMISSION 

All prospective students, whether for part-time or full-time programs of study 
in day or evening classes, must file an application for admission and other required 
documents not later than the announced deadline. Applicants must be formally 
admitted to the college to enroll in classes. Because of probable enrollment limi- 
tations prospective students are advised to file applications for admission earlier 
than the announced deadline. 

How to apply: 

1. Submit a completed application for admission, including the statement of resi- 
dence, within the announced filing period accompanied by the required appli- 
cation fee of $10. 

2. Request required transcripts of record of all previous scholastic work from 
each school or college attended. The transcripts must be sent by the issuing 
institution directly to 

Office of Admissions and Records 

California State College at Fullerton 

800 North State College Boulevard 

Fullerton, California 92631. 

The transcripts required are 
— for undergraduates — 

(a) the high school transcript, and 

(b) a transcript from each college or university attended. Undergraduate 
applicants for a teaching credential must submit two copies of the 
transcript from each college or university attended; 

— for graduates — 

(a) applicants for unclassified graduate standing with no degree or cre- 
dential objective must submit a transcript from the college or univer- 
sity where the baccalaureate was earned. 

(b) applicants for a master s degree or teaching credential, or both, must 
submit two copies of the transcript from each college or university 
attended. 

All students are advised that they should also have a complete set of college 
transcripts for their personal use at all times of advisement. 

All transcripts must be received directly from the issuing institution to be 
considered official and cannot be returned to the student. 

3. If required, submit the scores from either the Scholastic Aptitude Test or 
the American College Test. Scores are required for all undergradute appli- 
cants with fewer than 60 completed semester units of study (90 quarter 
units). 

Statement of Residence 

All applicants for admission to the College must file a Statement of Residence with 
their application. Students in continuous attendance during successive semesters are 


52 


Procedures for Admission 


not required to complete this form after the initial filing unless there has been a 
change in their status. Students are held responsible for reporting any change in 
residence status to the Office of Admissions and Records. Any interruption in 
attendance requires a new Statement of Residence before re-entrance. 

The determination of residence status is governed by laws found in the Govern- 
ment Code and the Education Code, and by court cases interpreting these statutes. 
For admission and tuition purposes “a resident student” means any person who has 
been a bona fide resident of the State of California for more than one year im- 
mediately preceding the opening of the semester. The status date is the last date a 
student may register without payment of the late registration fee. 

Normally, the legal residence of an unmarried minor is that of his parents. Excep- 
tions to the rules on residency determination, or waivers of nonresident tuition, 
apply under certain conditions for exchange students, a child or spouse of an aca- 
demic or administrative employee of the California State Colleges, a minor child 
of an active member of the Armed Forces stationed in California, and full-time 
teachers in the public schools holding a valid credential and pursuing instruction 
for required certification qualification for their current position. 

Admission to Credential Programs 

Admission to the college as a student does not constitute admission to the teaching 
credential program. Students who plan to work toward teaching credentials must 
apply to the School of Education during their first semester of attendance. Details 
are available from the School of Education. 

Cancellation of Admission 

A student who is admitted to the college for a given semester but who does not 
register in the specified semester will have his admission canceled. The student must 
file a new application form when he again seeks admission and must follow the 
complete application procedure and meet the then current admission requirements. 

Honors at Entrance 

Honors at entrance are awarded to both freshmen and transfer students who 
have demonstrated outstanding achievement in past academic work. For first-time 
freshmen with no previous college units earned, a grade-point average of 3.5 on a 
5-point scale must be earned in the coursework considered for admission to the 
college. Students who have completed fewer than 60 college semester units of credit 
must meet the grade-point average criteria for first-time freshmen and must also 
have earned a 3.5 grade-point average on all this past college work attempted. 
Students who have completed 60 or more semester college units are eligible if a 
grade-point average of 3.5 is earned in all college work completed. 

Undergraduate Entrance Testing Requirements 

All undergraduate students, who have completed fewer than 60 semester or 90 
quarter units of college work, are required to submit scores from either one of 
two national testing programs before eligibility for admission to the college can be 
determined. This requirement does not affect undergraduate students who have 
previously attended California State College at Fullerton and who have submitted 
ACT or SAT scores at the time of their first admission. 

Tests will be administered at established test centers. Dates that tests are given 
and location of established test centers may be obtained from high school and 
junior college counseling offices, the Testing Office at this college (Room 264, 


53 


Evaluations 


Letters and Science Building), or by writing to the testing services. The addresses 
of the testing services are: 

American College Testing Program, P.O. Box 21-4127, Sacramento 95821 
College Entrance Examination Board, Box 1025, Berkeley 94701 

To take one of these tests: 

1. Obtain a registration form and a Student Information Bulletin from your high 
school or junior college counselor, from one of the addresses above, or from 
the College Testing Center (Room S-264). Select a test center near your 
home from the list printed in the Bulletin. 

2. Send the completed registration form and the appropriate test fee to the 
proper address. Do not send to the Fullerton campus. 

3. Have your ACT or SAT scores reported to the Testing Center, California 
State College at Fullenon. These scores should be received before the deadline 
for application. Use the appropriate code number for score reports. 

If you have already taken either the ACT or SAT send $1 to the appropriate 
testing agency and request that your scores be reported to the Testing Center. 
Use appropriate code number when requesting such reports, and provide complete 
information concerning testing date, test center, name and address changes, etc. 
These test scores when included on high school or college transcripts are not 
acceptable. 

Health Requirements for Admission 

Undergraduate and graduate students registering for more than six units of 
credit must, upon admission, submit completed health history and physical exam- 
ination forms. In addition, evidence of a negative chest X-ray taken within 12 
months before their registration must be presented. A tuberculin skin test may be 
obtained in lieu of an X-ray without cost at the Student Health Center. Evidence 
of a smallpox vaccination within the past five years is also required. 

Undergraduate and graduate students registering for six units or less of credit in 
any one semester must comply with the following: 

L Filing a minimum informational form with the health center. 

2. Presenting evidence of a negative chest X-ray or a negative tuberculin skin 
test, signed by a physician, nurse, or public health department official and 
dated not more than 12 months prior to the date of registration at Cali- 
fornia State College at Fullerton. 

3. Evidence of a smallpox vaccination within the past five years. 

All health requirements must be satisfactorily completed before the student 
will be allowed to complete registration. It is urged that the health clearance be 
obtained before the date of registration as this will conserve the student’s registra- 
tion time in considerable measure. 

EVALUATIONS 

Evaluation of Transfer Credits 

The Office of Admissions will evaluate previous college work in terms of its 
relationship to the requirements of California State College at Fullerton. All degree 
and credential candidates will be issued a credit summary, usually during the first 
semester of attendance, which serves as a basis for determining specific remaining 
requirements for the student’s specific objectives. 

Once issued to a student, the evaluation remains valid as long as the student en- 
rolls at the date specified, pursues the objective specified, and remains in con- 
tinuous attendance. The student will not be held to additional graduation re- 


54 


Evaluations 


quirements unless such requirements become mandatory as a result of changes in 
the California Administrative Code or the California Education Code. If the 
student does not remain in continuous attendance and has not applied for and been 
granted a formal leave of absence, the evaluation issued upon readmission will 
specify the remaining requirements for the student’s specific objectives. 

In view of the foregoing regulations, the student should notify the Office of 
Admissions immediately if he changes the objective specified in his evaluation. 
While the evaluation for a student remains valid, the student is held responsible 
for complying with all changes in regulations and procedures which may appear 
in subsequent catalogs. 

Acceptance of Credit 

Credit for work completed at accredited institutions will be accepted toward 
the satisfaction of degree and credential requirements at the college within limi- 
tations of residence requirements, junior college transfer maximums, and course 
applicability. 

General Policy 

Transfer credit is not limited to those courses which precisely parallel the 
courses offered at the college. Credit is normally granted for all courses completed 
at other accredited institutions which reasonably correspond to one of the various 
curricula described in this catalog. Courses which do not appear to correspond 
with offerings at the college are ordinarily not granted transfer credit. Courses 
in vocational or shop-type courses, and remedial courses are examples of courses 
not accepted for transfer credit. Students who have completed work at professional 
schools in the field of art or music or similar fields may expect a reduction in credit 
if the work completed carries a credit value in excess of that normally allowed for 
corresponding courses or areas at the college. 

Transfer of Credit From a Junior College 

Upper division credit is not allowed for courses taken in a junior college. Cre- 
dential credit is not allowed for courses in professional education taken in a junior 
college. This does not invalidate credit for preprofessional courses taken at a 
junior college, such as introduction to education, art or design, arithmetic, or music 
for classroom teachers. After a student has completed 70 units of college credit, 
whether at a junior college or a four-year institution, or at both, no further 
junior college units will be accepted for unit credit. 

Credit for Military Service 

Students who have been in active military service for at least a year may be 
granted six units of undergraduate credit. Courses taken in service schools may be 
given credit on the basis of an evaluation which determines that they are of 
college level. Any credit for military experience will be given only upon request. 
Records verifying such experience must be filed with the Office of Admissions. 

Credit for Extension and Correspondence Courses 

The maximum amount of credit through correspondence and extension courses 
which may be allowed toward the bachelor’s degree is 24 units, of which not more 
than 12 may be transferred from another college or university. 

Credit by Advanced Placement 

Students who have successfully completed courses in the advanced placement 
program (defined as receiving a score of 3, 4 or 5) shall be granted credit toward 


55 


Evaluations 

graduation, advanced placement in the college’s sequence courses, and credit for 
curriculum requirements. 

Credit by Examination 

Students may be granted credit for a course toward graduation and to meet 
curriculum requirements by the satisfactory completion of a challenge examina- 
tion in that course requirement. The examinations are to be comprehensive and 
administered by the department in which the course is offered. Well in advance 
of the challenge examination the student will secure written approval of his major 
adviser and the chairman of the department in which the course is offered. Upon 
the successful completion of the examination, the notation on the permanent 
record of the student will be made as “CR” for the course. “CR” is to indicate 
credit for the course with a passing grade. Upon failure of the examination, the 
notation on the permanent record of the student will be made as “No CR” for 
the course. Credit by examination may not be used to fulfill the minimum resi- 
dence requirements. The challenge examination for any course may be attempted 
only once. A maximum of 30 credits can be earned by challenge examination, 
including those achieved by advanced placement. 

College Level Examination Program 

The college will consider examination results from the College Level Examination 
Program of the College Entrance Examination Board for placement and credit. 
Study is currently underway to establish specific policy on placement and credit 
in degree curricula for those who complete one or more examinations in the College 
Level Examination Program. Further information about this program may be ob- 
tained from the Office of Relations with Schools. 


56 


REGISTRATION 


Orientation 

An orientation program for new students is conducted at the beginning of the 
registration period each semester. At this time, information relating to academic 
planning, student services and activities, and other aspects of college life as well 
as opportunities for student questions are provided. 

Registration 

Registration is the final step in enrollment. When a student has been admitted by 
the Office of Admissions, he should obtain a Class Schedule before the beginning 
of each term. The Class Schedule contains details regarding courses offered and 
the registration schedule. Students consult with their advisers during registration. 

At registration, every student is required to file a program card with the Office 
of the Registrar. The filing of a program card by the student and its acceptance 
by the college obligates the student to perform the designated work to the best 
of his ability. All undergraduates are urged to declare a major at the earliest 
practicable time and not later than at the time they have completed 60 units of col- 
lege work. Registration is not official until fees have been paid, and no student is 
allowed to attend classes until all steps in the registration process have been com- 
pleted. 

Late Registration 

The last day to register late each semester will be announced in the Class 
Schedule. Late registrants will find themselves handicapped in arranging their pro- 
grams and must pay a $5 late registration fee in addition to regular fees. 

Change of Program 

Each student is responsible for the program of courses he selects and lists when 
he registers. Changes may not be made thereafter without the filing of a change 
of program form in the Office of the Registrar. All applications for courses 
dropped or added cost a $1 change of program fee. No classes may be dropped 
during the last four weeks of instruction, although complete withdrawal from col- 
lege is still possible. 

Concurrent Enrollment 

A student enrolled at the college may enroll concurrently for additional courses 
at another institution only with advance written approval from the student’s aca- 
demic adviser on official forms filed in the Office of the Registrar. Permission 
will not be granted when the study load in the proposed combined program 
exceeds the units authorized at this college. 

Auditors 

A properly qualified student may enroll in classes as an auditor. The student 
must meet the regular college admission requirements and must pay the same fees 
as other students. An auditor may not change his registration to obtain credit 
after the last date to add courses to the study list. An auditor is not permitted 
to take examinations in the course. 


57 


Fees and Expenses 


VETERANS 

California State College at Fullerton is approved by the Bureau of Readjustment 
Education, State Department of Education, to offer programs to veterans seeking 
benefits under state and federal legislation. All students seeking veterans benefits 
must have a degree or credential objective. 

Applications for benefits should be filed well in advance of the semester in which 
the veteran plans to use these benefits in order to have the authorization at the 
time of registration. 


SELECTIVE SERVICE 

Male students requiring certification of student status for selective service purposes 
may request the Office of Admissions and Records to submit SSS Forms 103, 109, 
or 109A, to their local boards. The college requires that undergraduate students 
register for and complete 12 units a semester to be considered full time for this 
purpose. Graduate students who register for and complete nine units of study 
may be considered full time provided at least three units are 500-level courses. 

All students are advised that by enrolling each consecutive term at the mini- 
mal level to qualify for full-time certification they may not achieve the degree 
and credential programs within the time limit allowed by the Selective Service 
System. 


FEES AND EXPENSES 

Application fee (nonrefundable) $10.00 

Registration Fees 

Regular students (more than 6 units) 

Materials and service fee $43.00 

Associated Students fee 9.00 

College Union fee 6.00 


Total per semester $58.00 

Limited students (1—6 units) 

Materials and service fee $22.00 

Associated Students fee 4.00 

College Union fee 3.00 


Total per semester $29.00 

Music studio lesson fee 

Per semester $70.00 

Summer Session fees 

Per unit or fraction of unit $21.00 

Associated Students fee 2.00 

College Union fee 3.00 

Extension fees 

Per unit or fraction of unit —$16.50-33.00 


58 


Fees and Expenses 


Other Fees or Charges 

Nonresident tuition fee (in addition to fees required of resident students, 
except for enrollment in extension or summer session) 

15 units or more per semester — $360.00 

Less than 15 units, per unit or fraction of unit 24.00 

Nonresident foreign students (in addition to fees required of resident 
students) 

15 units or more per semester — $127.50 

Less than 15 units, per unit or fraction of unit _ 8.50 

Late registration fee (in addition to other fees listed above) 5.00 

Check returned from bank for any cause 2.00 

Change of program fee 1 .00 

Transcript fee (no charge for first copy) 1.00 

Failure to meet administrative required appointment or time limit 2.00 


Auditors pay the same fees as others 

Fees are subject to change by the Trustees of the Calif omia State Colleges 

Refund of fees 

Upon withdrawal from college, the materials and service fee may be refunded 
if written application for refund, on forms provided by the college, is submitted 
to the Registrar not later than 14 days following the day of the term that instruction 
begins; provided that the amount of $10 shall be retained to cover the cost of 
registration. Late registration fees, change of program fees and application fees are 
not refundable. 

The entire fee may be refunded if a student is unable to continue his registration 
because of a college regulation or because of compulsory military service. Applica- 
tion for refund under such circumstances may be made at any time before the 
date when the student receives any academic credit for the courses for which he 
is registered. 

The difference between the applicable materials and service fee, less $5, may be 
refunded if the unit load of the student is reduced to a lower materials and service 
fee category within the 14 days following the day of the term that instruction 
begins. 


Parking fees 

Semester pass (nonreserved spaces): 

Regular student $13.00 

Limited student (1-6 units) 6.00 

Coin operated gate, per admission .25 

Summer session, each six-week period 5.00 


Typical Student Expenses 

Although each student must determine his own budget in keeping with his 
individual needs and resources, the college does provide an estimate for what is 
considered one semester’s minimum expenses for a single student. Not included 
we transportation costs, since distance from home varies with each student. 


59 


Fees and Expenses 


Materials and service fee * * — 

Associated Students fee — — 

Parking and health insurance fees 

Room and board (17 meals per week) 

Books and supplies t 

Clothing 

Miscellaneous 

College Union fee—. 


Students living 


in campus 

Commuting 

residence halls 

students 

$43 

$43 

9 

9 

22 

22 

530 


60 

60 

50 

50 

100 

100 

6 

6 

$820 

$290 


* Out-of-state students add $360. Music students add $70 for music lesson fee. 
t Art students should budget additional funds for supplies. 


60 


ACADEMIC ADVISEMENT 


All undergraduate students working toward a degree or credential are assigned 
an adviser in the major field. Those seeking a credential will also be assigned a 
professional adviser in the School of Education. 

Graduate students in all instructional areas except education will be assigned a 
major adviser. In education, all will have a professional adviser. Those students 
seeking a credential for teaching secondary schools will be assigned both a pro- 
fessional adviser and a major adviser. 

California State College at Fullerton believes its students have the capability to 
plan their schedules and to make a selection among available sections of a course. 
Such matters are the proper responsibility of the student and not of his adviser. 

Advisers are assigned by department chairmen. The adviser is basically a resource 
person who will help the student plan his academic program so that he meets the 
requirements of the major or credential objective in the most desirable manner. 
While the adviser can provide valuable information and suggestions to the student, 
the ultimate responsibility for the program the student plans and the courses he 
chooses lies with the student himself. 


61 













REGULATIONS 


GENERAL REGULATIONS 
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS FOR 

BACHELORS DEGREE 
THE PROGRAM OF MASTERS DEGREES 

















GENERAL REGULATIONS 


ENROLLMENT DEFINITIONS AND REGULATIONS 

Unit of Credit 

Each college semester unit represents three hours of college work per week for 
one semester. Courses are of three types: 

(1) Lecture — one hour in class plus two hours of study. 

(2) Activity — two hours of class plus one hour of study. 

(3) Laboratory — three hours in class. 

Some courses may combine two or more of these types. 

Classification in College 

Undergraduate students who have completed 0-2914 semester units of work are 
classified as freshmen, 30-59 54 semester units as sophomores, 60-8954 semester units 
as juniors, and 90 or more as seniors. 

Study List Limits 

A student is normally permitted to enroll in a maximum of 16 units each semester 
(engineering students are excepted), with 12 units considered the minimum full- 
time load. However, upon written approval of his adviser, the student may carry 
additional units. The foregoing limits apply to undergraduate students attending 
college on a full-time basis. Students with outside responsibilities are strongly 
advised to reduce their program of study. The minimum full-time program of 
study for graduate students as defined in the “Graduate Policies and Procedures” 
section of this catalog. 

Undergraduate Students Taking Graduate Level Courses 

Graduate level (500) courses are organized primarily for graduate students. 
Undergraduate students may be permitted to enroll in a graduate level (500) 
course if: 

(a) They are within 9 units of completion of graduation requirements, or 

(b) They are exceptionally qualified seniors whose undergraduate work in the 
related field or fields has been of 3.5 grade-point average or better, and 
whose cumulative overall grade-point average is at least 325. 

Such cases shall require specific approval by the chairman of the department in 
which the course is offered and by the chairman of the student’s major department. 

Graduate level (500) courses taken under (a) above may be applied to a gradu- 
ate program. 

Graduate level (500) courses taken under (b) above may be applied to the under- 
graduate program only. 


Grading System 


Satisfactory grade 
A 
B 
C 
Cr 


GRADING PRACTICES 


Grade-point value 
4 
3 
2 

None assigned 


65 


Grading Practices 


Unsatisfactory grade Grade-point value 

NR (No Report) 0 

Special grade 

E (Incomplete) r 0 

AU (Auditor) (no credit toward degree or credential) _ None assigned 
W (Passing withdrawal) None assigned 


With the exception of the grades of E, AU, W, and Cr, all units attempted are 
computed in the student’s grade-point average. 

Incomplete Work 

A grade of E may be given only when, in the opinion of the instructor, a stu- 
dent cannot complete a course during the semester of enrollment for reasons be- 
yond his control. Such reasons are assumed to include: illness of the student, or 
of members of his immediate family, extraordinary financial problems, loss of out- 
side position, and other such exigencies. In assigning a grade of E, the instructor 
will file with his department a statement of the specific requirements for comple- 
tion of coursework. Such requirements will not include or necessitate retaking 
the course. This statement will also include a provisional grade indicating the 
quality of work completed at that time, and the instructor’s designation of the time 
limit allowed for completion of course requirements. Upon later completion of the 
course requirements, or upon expiration of the time limits for completion of course 
requirements, the instructor shall initiate a change to a grade of A, B, C, D, or F. 
Instructional departments will determine procedures for completion of course 
requirements and assigning grades for such completed course work, in those spe- 
cial circumstances where the instructor is no longer available. 

Grade Reports to Students 

A report of the final grades assigned in classes is sent to each student at the end 
of each semester. 

Student Writing 

Students will be required to demonstrate, in all classes where written expression 
is appropriate, their ability to write clearly and correctly about the materials of 
the course. Ability of a student to demonstrate writing proficiency shall be used 
as a part of the final grade determination in any course. 

Examinations 

Final examinations are required in all courses and are given at times scheduled 
by the college. No examination may be scheduled for a class at another time unless 
approved by the dean of the school. No makeup final examination will be given 
except for reason of illness or other verified emergencies. 

Grade-Point Averages ; Repetition of Courses 

Grade-point averages are calculated by dividing grade points earned by units 
attempted. Work attempted at all institutions, including California State College 
at Fullerton, is included in all-college calculations. Work attempted at other insti- 
tutions may not be included in CSCF-only averages. 

When any course is repeated both grades are considered in computing grade- 
point averages. However, successful repetition of a course originally passed carries 
no additional unit credit towards a degree or credential. 


66 


Transcripts 


TRANSCRIPTS 

Upon request to the Office of the Registrar, each student will be provided with 
one official copy of his college record without charge. A charge of $1 will be made 
for each additional transcript requested by the student. No transcript will be 
supplied for college work taken in other institutions. 

CONTINUOUS RESIDENCY REGULATIONS 

Good Standing 

“Good standing” indicates that a student is eligible to continue or to return, and 
is free from financial obligation to the college and from disciplinary action. A 
student under academic or disciplinary disqualification is not eligible to receive a 
statement of “good standing” on transcripts issued by the college. 

Election of Regulations 

A student remaining in continuous attendance in regular sessions and continuing 
on the same curriculum in a state college may, for purposes of meeting graduation 
requirements, elect to meet the graduation requirements in effect either at the time 
of his entering the curriculum or at the time of his graduation therefrom, except 
that substitutions for discontinued courses may be authorized or required by the 
proper college authorities. 

Leave of Absence 

A student may petition for a leave of absence and if approved may upon his 
return continue under the catalog requirements that applied to his enrollment 
prior to the absence. Except in the case of required military service a leave of 
absence may be granted for a maximum of one year. Illness and compulsory 
military service are the only routinely approved reasons for a leave of absence. 

Policy on Grades for Withdrawal 

Students are obliged to notify the Office of the Registrar of changes in their 
programs involving dropped classes. Failure to file an official change may result 
in a penalty mark being recorded. Through the sixth week of instruction in the 
semester no record of enrollment will be made of dropped classes. After six weeks 
students are expected to complete all courses in which they are enrolled. However, 
for reasons of ill health or other unforeseen problems the student may drop a class, 
or classes, and receive a grade (W — withdrawal, or F — failure) by obtaining the 
signature of the professors involved and filing the change with the Office of the 
Registrar on the forms provided. 

Ordinarily, classes may not be dropped during the last four weeks of instruc- 
tion, although complete withdrawal from college is still possible. 

Complete Withdrawal From College 

Students who wish to withdraw from the college must complete a withdrawal- 
from-college card. See section on refund of fees for possible refunds. No student 
may withdraw after the date shown on the college calendar as the last day of 
instruction. Complete withdrawal from college is accomplished by following the 
procedures for dropping classes in addition to procedures for withdrawal. 


67 


Student Honors 


STUDENT HONORS 

Dean's List 

Academic achievement is recognized with the publication each semester of a list 
of students whose grade-point average for the previous term has been 3.5 or better. 
Students are notified in writing by the dean of students when they have earned 
this distinction. Eligibility is based on a minimum of 12 units of course work. 

Honors at Graduation 

Honors at graduation have been defined by the Faculty Council in three classi- 
fications: 

With honors GPA 3.5 

With high honors GPA 3.85 

With highest honors GPA 4.0 

PROBATION AND DISQUALIFICATION 

Academic Probation 

Academic probation serves to identify and to bring to the attention of appro- 
priate college authorities a student who is experiencing academic difficulties. 

A student shall be placed upon academic probation if either his cumulative grade- 
point average or his grade-point average at California State College at Fullerton 
falls below 2.0 (grade of C on five-point scale). The student shall be advised of 
probation status promptly and, except in unusual instances, before the end of the 
first week of instruction of the next consecutive enrollment period. 

A student shall be removed from the probation list and restored to clear standing 
when he earns a cumulative grade-point average of 2.0 (C) in all academic work 
attempted, and in all such work attempted at California State College at Fullerton. 

Academic Disqualification 

A student on academic probation shall be subject to academic disqualification if: 

1. As a lower division student (fewer than 60 semester hours of college work 
completed) he falls 15 or more grade points below a 2.0 (C) average on all 
college units attempted or in all units attempted at this college. 

2. As a junior (60 to 89^2 semester hours of college work completed) he falls 
9 or more grade points below a 2.0 (C) average on all college units attempted 
or in all units attempted at this college. 

3. As a senior (90 or more semester hours of college work completed) he falls 
6 or more grade points below a 2.0 (C) average on all college units attempted 
or in all units attempted at this college. 

A graduate student (unclassified or classified) shall be disqualified if he falls 
below a 2.0 (C) average in all units attempted at this college as a graduate student. 

Student Conduct 

The college properly assumes that all students are in attendance to secure a sound 
education and that they will conduct themselves as mature citizens of the campus 
community. Compliance with not only the common law but with all regulations 
of the college is therefore expected. If, however, on any occasion a student or an 
organization is known to have compromised accepted standards of conduct and 
good taste, appropriate disciplinary action must be taken by authorities of the 
college. Conduct which is prejudicial to the good name of the institution by any 
student or student group will not under any circumstances be tolerated or over- 
looked. Every effort will be made to encourage and support the development of 


68 


Right of Petition 


self-discipline and control by students and student organizations. The dean of 
students, aided by all members of the faculty and advised by the Student Affairs 
Committee of the faculty, is responsible to the President of the College for the 
behavior of students in their relationships to the college. The President in turn 
is responsible to the Chancellor and the Trustees of the California State Colleges 
who themselves are governed by specific laws of the State of California. 

RIGHT OF PETITION 

Students may petition for review of certain college academic regulations when 
unusual circumstances exist. In such instances, students are requested to file a 
petition on a form designated for this purpose in the Office of Admissions and 
Records. All petitions must first be reviewed and signed by the student’s adviser. 
Action will then be taken on the petition and the student will be notified of this 
decision. A copy of the action will also be placed in the student’s folder in the 
Office of the Registrar. 

Students also have the right to appeal certain disciplinary actions taken by 
appropriate college authorities. Regulations governing original hearings and appeal 
rights and procedures have been carefully detailed to provide maximum protection 
to both the individual charged and the college community. Information about the 
operation of the judicial system involving student discipline may be obtained in 
the Office of the Dean of Students. 


69 


GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS FOR 
THE BACHELOR'S DEGREE 


A student is eligible for graduation if he is in good standing and fulfills the 
following requirements: 

?. General Education 

To be eligible for the bachelor’s degree from California State College at Fuller- 
ton, the candidate shall have completed a minimum of 50 semester units of general 
education including at least six units in upper division courses. The courses in 
general education shall be distributed in the following manner: 

Units 

(a) Social sciences 12 

The social sciences shall include required instruction in U.S. history 
(Hist 170A or Hist 170B), U.S. Constitution and California state and 
local government and American ideals (Pol Sci 100 or a combination of 
Pol Sci 101 and Pol Sci 311), and courses in anthropology, economics, 
geography, history, political science, sociology, and similar fields. 
Courses must be selected from three or more of these fields. 

(b) Natural sciences 9 

The natural sciences shall include at least one course selected from the 
physical sciences and at least one from the biological sciences. The 
physical sciences include astronomy, chemistry, geology and physics. 

The biological sciences include biology, botany, physiology and zoology. 

(c) Humanities , 12 

The humanities shall include a year of instruction in college-level Eng- 
lish composition and literature. The remaining units may be chosen 
from the following subject fields: comparative literature, communica- 
tions, English, philosophy, and intermediate or advanced courses in 
French, German, Spanish, or other foreign languages. 

d - l ine and applied arts 9 

The fine and applied arts shall include a course in oral communication. 
Additional courses shall be chosen from the following subject areas: 
art, drama and music. 

(e) Psycholog> 3 

This should be the standard introductory course in psychology. 

(f) Economics or mathematics 3 

Either a course in college mathematics which would have as its pre- 
requisite a minimum of two years of high school mathematics or its 
equivalent, or a college-level introductory course in economics will 
meet this requirement. 

(g) Health and physical education 2 

A minimum of two units required by completing four semesters of ac- 
tivity courses which include instruction in health education. Not more 
than one activity course within any one semester may be counted 
toward general education. Credit in intercollegiate athletics courses 
may meet not more than two semesters of the college general educa- 
tion requirement in physical education. Not more than six units of 
credit in physical education activities courses, including intercollegiate 
athletics, may be applied toward credit for graduation. (A student 


70 


Bachelor's Degree 


under 25 years of age at the time of admission to the college is required 
to take all four semesters of the requirement.) 

Units 

Total 50 

All baccalaureate degree programs of the college will be expected to meet the 
college general education requirements. However, for certain degree programs, 
other than the bachelor of arts degree, where accreditation or certification may 
require a higher proportion of professional course work, the general education 
requirements as set forth by Title 5, California Administrative Code, may be sub- 
stituted for the college general education requirements, after due consideration 
of the alternative possibility of expanding the required number of units in the 
particular degree program. 

2. Units 

(a) Total units 

A minimum of 124 semester units is required for graduation with a bachelor 
of arts degree. The Bachelor of Science in Engineering requires a minimum 
of 136 semester units. 

(b) Upper division units 

Completion of a minimum of 40 units of upper division credit is required. 

(c) Resident units 

Completion of a minimum of 24 semester units in residence is required. At 
least one-half , of these units must be completed among the last 20 semester 
units counted toward the degree. Extension credit, or credit by examination, 
may not be used to fulfill the minimum residence requirement. 

3. Scholarship 

(a) A grade-point average of 2.0 or better is required on all units attempted, 
including those accepted by transfer from another institution. 

(b) A grade-point average of 2.0 or better is required on all units in the major. 

(c) A grade-point average of 2.0 or better is required on all units attempted at 
California State College at Fullerton. 

4. Major 

Completion of all requirements for a major as specified by appropriate college 
authority is required. 

5. Minor 

Completion of a minor field is not required for the baccalaureate degree at this 
time. 

6. Graduation Requirement Check 

A candidate for graduation should file an application for a graduation require- 
ment check in the Office of the Registrar during registration of the semes- 
ter prior to the semester in which he expects to graduate. No graduation 
requirement check should be requested unless and until the senior has completed 
100 semester hours and a substantial portion of his major requirements (including 
the current work in progress). If the candidate does not complete the require- 
ments in the semester indicated, he must request a second graduation check indi- 
cating the new date. 

7. Approval and Recommendation by the Faculty of the College 


71 


THE PROGRAM OF MASTER'S DEGREES 


Master’s degree programs offered at California State College at Fullerton are 
listed on page 79 and are described in the appropriate section of this catalog 
under “College Curricula.” Program descriptions and additional information are 
contained in the Graduate Bulletin , copies of which are available in the Office of 
Admissions and the Graduate Office. 

Master’s degrees in other areas are under consideration and will be announced 
when approved. 

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE 
MASTER'S DEGREE 

General requirements for the master’s degree are 30 semester units of approved 
coursework completed within seven years with a 3.0 (B) minimum grade-point 
average. Of the 30 units of approved coursework: 

1. No less than 12 shall be in graduate (500-series) courses. 

2. No more than a total of six shall be in extension and/or transfer credit. 

3. No more than six shall be allowed for a thesis, if appropriate. 

4. Six shall be in related fields outside the department or concentration. 

Some type of final evaluation, near the end of the student’s work toward his 
master’s degree, is required. It may be a thesis, a project, a comprehensive exami- 
nation, or any combination of these. 

These requirements, except for those concerning the related units and “final 
evaluation,” are drawn from the California Administrative Code and apply to all 
master’s programs in all the California State Colleges. In addition, each master’s 
degree program has its own special requirements. 

STANDARDS FOR GRADUATE STUDY 

Graduate study deals with more complex ideas and demands more sophisticated 
techniques, searching analysis, and creative thinking than undergraduate study. The 
research required is extensive in both primary and secondary sources and the 
quality of writing expected is high. The student is advised to consider these 
factors when deciding upon the amount of coursework to be undertaken during 
any one semester. 

STEPS IN THE MASTER'S DEGREE PROGRAM 

1. Admission to the College 

2. Declaration of Objective 

3. Securing Transcripts 

4. Taking Appropriate Tests 

5. Informal Advisement 

6. Classified Status ( admission to a program) 

7. Advancement to Candidacy (after 12 units with a B average) 

8. Successful Fulfillment of Study Plan Requirements 

9. Final Steps 

a. Request for check on completion of requirements 


72 


Master's Degree 

b. Thesis or project approval and arrangements for binding and microfilm- 
ing (if appropriate) 

c. Written and/or oral examination (if appropriate) 

d. Commencement 

SPECIAL GRADUATE POLICIES AND PROCEDURES 

The following are in addition to other policies and procedures for students 
described elsewhere in this Catalog. Students are advised also to consult the 
Graduate Bulletin. 

Applicability of Catalog and Graduate Bulletin Regulations 

A student remaining in continuous attendance in regular sessions and continuing 
in the same curriculum may elect to meet the degree requirements in effect either 
at the time of his classification or at the time of the completion of degree require- 
ments, except that substitutions for discontinued courses may be authorized or 
required by the proper College authorities. 

Graduate Credit for Seniors 

Students in the last semester of their senior year may petition on a form available 
in the Office of Admissions and Records to receive postgraduate credit for such 
current coursework as is not required for the bachelor’s degree. 

A senior may take a 500-series course if he is within nine units of completion 
of graduation requirements and with the specific approval of the chairman of the 
department or dean of the school in which the course is offered and by the chair- 
man of the student’s major department. If he is not within nine units of graduation, 
he may take a 500-series course only if in addition to the approval of appropriate 
chairmen he has a minimum overall GPA of 3.25 and of 3.5 in the field or fields of 
his intended graduate program. If he is not within nine units of graduation he may 
not get postgraduate credit for a 500-series course. 

Limitation on Preclassification Coursework 

No more than nine units of postgraduate work taken prior to classified status at 
California State College at Fullerston may be applied to a student’s master’s degree 
program. Students who receive postgraduate credit for courses taken during their 
final semester as a senior may accumulate as many as 12 units. 

Admission From Nonaccredited Schools 

A student who is a graduate of a nonaccredited school must apply for admission 
as an undergraduate to complete requirements for a bachelor’s degree from this 
institution. However, once admitted, a student in this category who gives evidence 
of unusual promise and superior background may petition the department con- 
cerned for reclassification as an unclassified graduate student, and if the petition 
is granted he may then proceed in the graduate program. 

Waiver of Prerequisites for Exceptional Students 

Graduate students of unusual promise , who have not met the normal master’s 
degree undergraduate prerequisites in the designated major, may, under careful 
review and procedures, be admitted to master’s degree programs, providing they 
demonstrate this unusual promise by substantial evidence that they are superior in 
background to those who normally qualify. Consult the Office of the Dean of 
Graduate Studies for details. 


73 


Master's Degree 


Tests Required for Admission to Piaster's Degree Programs 

Although a graduate student may be admitted to the College in unclassified grad- 
uate status without taking tests, most of the master’s degree programs require the 
student to take certain tests, usually some part of the Graduate Record Examina- 
tion, before he can be considered for classified status. See program descriptions in 
this catalog for the types of tests required. The GRE tests are nationally adminis- 
tered and are given only a few times a year on specified dates. A current list of 
these dates is available at the Office of Counseling and Testing or departmental/ 
school offices. The student must make written application for the tests on a form 
available at the above offices which must be submitted by the application deadline. 
Since test results are measured against those of students who normally take the 
tests in their senior year and since they' are required before the student can be 
admitted to a degree program (that is, become a classified student), the taking of 
the tests should not be deferred. 

Grade-Point Average Standards 

The required GPA for admission to a master’s degree program (classified status) 
varies with the department or school. Consult departmental or school descriptions 
of programs elsewhere in this Catalog and in the Graduate Bulletin. However, a 
student must have earned a 3.0 average in all postbaccalaureate course work taken 
at this College plus such transfer courses as are applied to his study plan. Exception 
to this rule may be granted by a department or school in response to a student 
petition only if it is evident that courses whose grades are not to be computed 
in the GPA are inapplicable and inappropriate to the degree program. 

The 30 semester units of adviser-approved coursework required for the degree 
must be completed with a 3.0 (B) minimum grade-point average. If a student ap- 
proaches the completion of the degree requirements with less than a 3.0 average, 
he may request a change in his study plan to add no more than six units of course- 
work in order to achieve at least a 3.0 average (see “Changes in Study Plan,” as 
follows). If a student’s average at any* time falls below such a level that it cannot 
be raised to a 3.0 within the prescribed limits of coursework, he has in effect 
withdrawn himself from his master’s program. 

Changes in Study Plan 

The student must complete the courses shown on his approved study plan on 
file in the Graduate Office and in the department or school office with at least a 
3.0 GPA. If a student wishes to make a change in his study plan, he should file 
the appropriate form in the department or school of his major prior to registration. 
The form must be signed by his adviser. No course for which a grade has been 
assigned may be removed from a study plan. Forms for this purpose may be ob- 
tained in the Graduate Office and in department or school offices. 

Minimum Full-Time Load 

Ordinarily', nine units of course work a semester shall constitute a minimum 
full-time program for graduate students, provided at least three units are in 500- 
level or higher courses. 

Courses Over Seven Years Old 

All coursework for the master’s degree must be completed within seven years 
of the date when all the requirements for the degree are completed, except that 
the College, at its option, may extend the time for students who pass a compre- 
hensive examination in the relevant course. Requests to take such comprehensive 
examinations should be made to departmental graduate studies committees. 


74 


Master's Degree 


Inapplicable Courses 

Courses numbered 100 to 299 cannot be credited toward a master’s degree. Courses 
numbered 300 to 399 do not give graduate credit unless included on an approved 
graduate study plan. 

CR, S, or P Grades 

The applicability of courses to the master’s degree study plan in which grades 
CR, S, or P are given will be determined by the graduate committee in each de- 
partment or school. The unit credit of study plan courses with grades of CR, S, 
or P will count toward the degree but neither the units nor grades of such courses 
will be factors in GPA computations. 

Theses and Projects 

When a thesis is required, the approved original copy and a microfilm of it 
must be deposited in the College Library. An abstract, of not more than 150 
words, must accompany the thesis. Arrangements which include publication of the 
abstract in Master's Abstracts are made through the College Foundation Office. 
The fee for microfilming, publication of the abstract, and the archival copy is $18 
(for theses with more than 240 pages there is an additional charge). The fee for 
binding is $7.50. 

When a project is required, it will be filed with the department or school of the 
degree program. When the department or school recommends, a project or its 
written record may be treated as a thesis. 

The thesis and where appropriate the project must conform in matters of style 
and format to the rules in “Form of Master’s Theses,” duplicated instructions avail- 
able in department or school offices and the Graduate Office. 

Second Master's Degree 

A graduate student desiring to work for a second master’s degree from CSCF 
must request the department concerned and the Graduate Council for permission 
to enter a curriculum leading to the second master’s degree. If the request is 
granted the student must as a minimum satisfy all prerequisites and all requirements 
of the new degree program. Approval of candidacy for the second degree will be 
given only after the first degree has been awarded. 

Graduate Assistantships 

There are a limited number of appointments as graduate assistants available to 
outstanding graduate students who are working on graduate degree programs. 
These may pay up to $1,100 per semester. If interested, consult the chairman of 
the department in which degree study is being taken. 

Waiver of Nonresident Tuition Fee 

Worthy graduate students who are not residents of California may, under certain 
circumstances, obtain a waiver of the nonresident tuition fee. Forms for this pur- 
pose are available at the Admissions and Records Office. 

International Study 

The college participates in the California State Colleges’ program of study abroad. 
Under this program, limited studies taken at designated foreign universities, when 
arranged in advance, may be applied toward the requirements of a degree awarded 
by CSCF. It is important that plans be completed several months before starting 
such a program. For details consult the foreign student adviser. 

Policies and procedures are subject to change, by proper college authority. Stu- 
dents should consult class schedules and other official announcements for possible 
revision of procedures stated herein. 


75 









































COLLEGE 

CURRICULA 



COLLEGE CURRICULA 


California State College at Fullerton offers the following baccalaureate degree 
programs which are described on the pages listed: 


B.A. Anthropology . 

Page 
83 

B.A. German ..... 

Page 

104 

B.A. Art 

84 

B.A. History ..... 

106 

B.A. Biological science 

... 87 

Interdisciplinary Center 

108 

B.A. Business administration 

134 

B.A. Linguistics 

108 

B.A. Chemistry 

91 

B.A. Mathematics 

... 109 

B.A. Communications 

94 

B.A. Music .. . 

112 

B.A. Comparative literature 

97 

B.A. Philosophy 

- 116 

B.A. Drama 

98 

B.S. Physical education 

161 

BA. Economics 

139 

B.A. Physics 

117 

B.S. Engineering 

167 

B.A. Political science 

120 

B.A. English ... 

101 

B.A. Psychology 

122 

Foreign languages 

..... 103 

B.A. Sociology 

125 

E.A. French 

104 

B.A. Spanish .. 

104 

R.A. Genvranhv 

105 

B.A. Speech 

127 

The following master’s degree programs 

are offered: 


M.A. Art 

Page 
. 86 

M.A. English . 

Page 

102 

M.A. Biology 

90 

M.A. Foreign languages , 

.... 105 

M.B.A. Business administration 

136 

M.A. History 

. 107 

M.A. Communications 

96 

M.A. Music 

115 


M.A. Drama 


100 

140 


M.A. Economics 
M.S. Education (with emphasis in 
reading, school administra- 
tion, school counseling or 

special education) 158 

M.S. Engineering 172 


M.A. Political science 

M.P.A. Public administration 
M.A. Psychology 


M.A. Social sciences __ 

M.A. Sociology 

M.A. Speech 


121 

121 

123 

124 
126 
129 


The college is accredited by the California State Board of Education for pro- 
grams leading to the following credentials: 

1. Standard teaching credential with specialization in elementary school teaching. 

2. Standard teaching credential with specialization in secondary school teaching. 

3. Standard teaching credential with specialization in junior college teaching. 

4. Standard teaching credential with specialization, in lieu of minor, in the 

teaching of exceptional children in the area of mentally retarded children, 
and a limited credential to teach the trainable mentally retarded. 

5. Standard teaching credential with specialization, in lieu of minor, in the 

teaching of exceptional children in the area of speech and hearing handicapped 
children. 

6. Standard designated services credential with a specialization in pupil person- 
nel services. 

7. Standard supervision credential. 


79 




























LETTERS, ARTS 
AND SCIENCE 














SCHOOL OF 
LETTERS, ARTS AND SCIENCE 

Dean: Miles D. McCarthy 


DEPARTMENT OF ANTHROPOLOGY 

Professor: Untereiner (chairman) 

Assistant Professors: Christensen, Joesink-Mandeville, Joseph, Leder, See 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN ANTHROPOLOGY 

The major in anthropology is designed for students desiring a broad generalist 
background, students preparing to become teachers of social sciences, and students 
preparing for graduate work in anthropology and in advanced areal and inter- 
national specializations. 

Unit Requirements 

The required minimum for the major is 45 units, in addition to those taken for 
the general education requirement, distributed as follows: 

Courses in Anthropology 

Thirty-three units must be taken in anthropology, 24 in upper division courses. 
Anthropology 201, 202, 203, 301, 401, 410, 470 and 480 are required. One course is 
required from areal offerings in the field: Anthropology 321, 325, 328, 340, 345, 
347, 350, and 360. Two courses are required from theoretical/institutional courses 
in the field: Anthropology *313, 403, 411, 413, 415, # 416, 420, 421, *422, 423, 425, 
428, 429, 430, 450, *453, and 460. (The courses marked * are cross-listed with other 
departments and programs. They may be used to satisfy the major requirement for: 
either the courses in anthropology; or related courses.) 

Minimum units 33 

Related Courses 

Twelve upper division units are to be taken in the related social science fields 
of economics, geography, history, political science, sociology, and psychology, to 
be approved by the major adviser. Advanced work in biological science, the fine 
and applied arts, and the humanities may be substituted for these units by stu- 
dents with specialized interests with the approval of their advisers. Students inter- 
ested in specializing in anthropological linguistics are urged to take courses from 
the college’s interdisciplinary program in linguistics. Students interested in special- 
izing in physical anthropology are urged to take some of the following Biological 
Science courses: 161 Principles of Zoology; 312 Genetics; 361 Mammalian Anatomy 
and Physiology^; 424 Evolution; 463 Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy; 465 Ani- 
mal Ecology; and 471 Natural History of the Vertebrates. Students interested in 
specializing in primitive art are urged to take many of these Art courses: 451 
Oceanic Art; 452 Art of Non-European Africa; 461 Art of North American 
Indians; 462 Art of Mesoamerica; 471 Art of Central and South America. 


Minimum units 12 

Minimum total units for the major 45 


83 


Art 


Students considering advanced professional careers in research, teaching, or 
applications of anthropology are urged to explore and sample widely from course 
offerings in the other social sciences, the biological and natural sciences and the hu- 
manities and arts. Through a judicious selection of these courses it is hoped that 
Anthropology majors will broaden their interests and diversify and develop their 
skills in working towards a variety of individualized career objectives. 

Teaching Minor in Anthropology 

The minor in anthropology is intended as a second field for persons completing 
a major in another discipline in preparation for a teaching credential. Twenty -one 
units must be taken in anthropology; 15 of these in upper division courses. An- 
thropology 201 or 203 and 202 and 301 are required. Two additional courses 
must be selected from areal offerings in the field. Anthropology 321, 325, 328, 
340, 345, 347, 350, and 360. Another course must be selected from theoretical/insti- 
tutional courses in the field: Anthropology 406, 410, 411, 413 , 415, 421, 423 , 425, 428, 
430, 450, and 460. A final course must be either Anthropology 401 or 480. 

Graduate Work in Anthropology 

The Anthropology Department offered its first graduate courses in 1967-68, and 
it is expanding its graduate program this year. 

DEPARTMENT OF ART 

Professors: Dietz, Hein, Ivy, Kester, Olsen, Panin, V. Smith 
Associate Professor: Samuelson (acting chairman) 

Assistant Professors: Ching, Evjenth, Gleeson, Jeffries, Jordan, Kerciu, Lyon, Myers 
Instructor: Curran 

The Depanment of An offers a program which includes the several fields of 
an history, theory, and appreciation; drawing, painting, sculpture; design, and 
crafts; and an education. The broadest objective of the program is to contribute 
to the intellectual, social, and creative development of the student as he prepares 
for citizenship in a democratic society. More specifically, the an program provides 
opportunities for students: (1) to develop a knowledge and understanding of those 
general principles of visual organization and expression basic to all forms and fields 
of an; (2) to develop a critical appreciation and understanding of historical and 
contemporary an forms through a study of these principles as they relate to the 
range of artistic production of mankind; (3) to use these general principles as a 
means to express more clearly their ideas, thoughts, and feelings in the creation of 
visual forms; (4) to develop those understandings and skills needed to pursue gradu- 
ate studies in the field, to teach an in the schools, or to qualify for a position in 
business and industry 7 as an an specialist. 

Undergraduate curricula leading to the bachelor of arts degree have been de- 
signed to meet the specialized needs of the following groups: (1) students who 
wish to study an as an essential pan of their personal and cultural development; 
(2) students seeking vocational competence in an; (3) students planning to teach 
an at the secondary level who wish either a teaching major or minor in art; and 
(4) students planning to teach in the elementary schools who wish to have an as 
either an academic major or minor. 

To qualify for a baccalaureate degree with a major in an, students must have 
a C average in all courses required for the degree. No credit toward the major 
will be allowed for specific major courses in which a grade of D is obtained. As 
is customary, the An Depanment reserves the right to hold projects completed by 
a student for class credit for a period of three years. 


84 


Art 


MAJOR IN ART FOR THE BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE 

Five course programs have been planned to meet the individual needs and in- 
terests of students working for the bachelor of arts degree with a major in art. 

In the development of specific course offerings which make up these programs, 
it has been the concern of the art faculty to see that each program contains: (1) 
basic courses in art history, theory, appreciation, and studio practice which have 
as their primary focus the study of those general principles of visual organization 
and expression underlying all fields of art; (2) more specialized courses which pro- 
vide for adequate preparation in depth in a single field of art. The teaching of art 
history, theory, and criticism is not confined to courses bearing that title. Rather, 
each studio course involves theory as well as the practice of art, includes as part 
of its content the study and reference to related historical art forms, and has as part 
of its purpose the development of those critical abilities which are necessary to a 
valid evaluation and appreciation of the art expressions of man. 

Plan I provides for an emphasis in the area of art history, theory, and apprecia- 
tion and is particularly recommended for those students who wish to pursue gradu- 
ate studies in art history or museology. 

Plan II is designed for those students who prefer a studio-type program with an 
area of specialization selected from the following: (1) design; (2) crafts; (3) draw- 
ing and painting, or (4) sculpture. 

Plan III is for those students who wish to meet the requirements of the standard 
teaching credential with specialization in secondary teaching. 

Plan IV is for those students who wish to meet the requirements of the standard 
teaching credential with specialization in elementary teaching. 

Plan V is for those students who wish to meet the requirements for teaching 
in junior college. 

All five plans require a minimum of 48 units in art or approved related courses 
with a minimum of 24 units of upper division in art except for Plan IV which re- 
quires a minimum of 36 units of art including a minimum of 24 units of upper 
division in art. 

In addition to the requirements listed below for the major, students must meet 
the other college requirements for a bachelor of arts degree (see page 69). Stu- 
dents following Plans III and IV also must meet any specific requirements for the 
desired teaching credential (see section in catalog for School of Education). 
Graduate students who plan to meet the requirement for a standard teaching cre- 
dential with specialization in secondary school teaching with a major in art must 
complete six units in art as approved by the major adviser on and beyond the 
specific course requirements listed in Plan III before they can be recommended 
by the Art Department for student teaching. 

Students following Plan III divide their student teaching between two semesters 
and register for three units of credit each semester. (See prerequisites and course 
description for Art Education 749.) 

PLAN I: ART HISTORY AND APPRECIATION EMPHASIS 

Units 

Lower Division: Art history and appreciation (9 units); art structure (3 
units); approved electives (12 units) in: art, anthropology, drama, foreign 

languages, history, literature, music or philosophy 24 

Upper Division: Art history and appreciation (24 units), including a minimum 
of 3 units in special studies and coverage of four of the following fields: 
primitive, classical, medieval, renaissance, baroque, modem, Oriental, 

American — 24 

Reading knowledge of one modem foreign language 
Comprehensive examination in art history 


85 


Art 


PLAN II: STUDIO EMPHASIS 

Lower Division : Art history and appreciation (9 units) ; drawing and paint- 
ing including life drawing (9 units); design and crafts (6 units) 

Upper Division: Art history and appreciation (6 units); area of specialization 
(12 units); an electives (6 units) 


Units 

24 

24 


PLAN III: TEACHING EMPHASIS 
(Secondary) 

Lower Division: An history and appreciation: Art 201 A, B (6 units); An 
111 (3 units); drawing and painting: An 107 A, B (6 units); Art 117 A, 

B, C or equivalent (3 units); design: Art 103, 104 (6 units); crafts: 106A 
(3 units); required elective: Communications 218A, Introduction to Pho- 
tography (2 units) 24 

Upper Division: Art History and appreciation: An 411 and 412 (3 units); 
drawing and painting: An 307A (3 units); design An 313A, 323A and 
453A (8 units); sculpture: An 316A (3 units); crafts: An 305A (3 units); 
upper division an electives (4 units) 24 


PLAN IV: Teaching Emphasis 
(Elementary) 

Lower Division: Basic course in art history and appreciation, drawing and 

painting including life drawing (1 unit), design and crafts 12 

Upper Division: An history and appreciation (6 units); drawing and painting 
(3 units); design (3 units) ; crafts (3 units) ; electives (9 units) 24 


PLAN V: TEACHING EMPHASIS 
(Junior College) 

Lower Dnision: Same as Plan II. 

Upper Division: Same as Plan II. 

See Junior College Teacher Education Program page 150. 

MINOR IN ART FOR THE BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE 

A minimum of 24 units is required for a minor in art for the bachelor of arts 
degree of which a minimum of 10 units must be in upper division courses. In- 
cluded in the program must be a basic course in each of the following areas: (1) 
art history and appreciation; (2) design; (3) drawing and painting; and (4) crafts. 
Those students planning to qualify for a standard teaching credential with special- 
ization in elementary or secondary teaching and art for a minor must obtain ap- 
proval from the Art Department for the courses selected to meet the upper divi- 
sion requirements for a minor in art. 


MASTER OF ARTS DEGREE IN ART 

The program of studies leading to the master of arts degree in art provides a 
balance of theory and practice for those who desire to teach art or wish to develop 
a sound basis for continued advanced work in this field. The program offers each 
student the opportunity to expand his intellectual and technical resources and to 
acquire greater richness and depth in terms of creative understanding and achieve- 
ment in one of the following areas of concentration: (1) drawing and painting 
(including printmaking); (2) crafts (including ceramics); (3) design; and (4) 
sculpture. 


86 


Biological Science 


Prerequisites for the Program 

Prerequisites to the program include: 

(1) an undergraduate major in art or 24 units of upper division art including at 
least 12 units of upper division study in the elected area of concentration with 
a GPA of 3.0 or better; 

(2) a committee evaluation of the student’s background and record in art before 
9 units of the approved study program for the degree have been completed in- 
cluding the presentation of a portfolio of representative work by the student; 

(3) completion not later than the first semester of the aptitude test of the Graduate 
Record Examination. 

Program of Studies 

The degree program requires 30 units of graduate study approved by the student’s 
graduate committee of which 15 must be 500 level courses. The 30 units are 
distributed as follows: 

Units 

1. 500 level courses in art 15-21 

A. Core courses in art, history, philosophy, analysis and criticism 9 

(1) Art 500: Graduate Seminar in Art (3 units) 

(2) Art 501: Graduate Seminar in Art History and Apprecia- 
tion (6 units) 

(On the recommendation of the adviser, the student may 
substitute 3 units in Philosophy 311, Philosophy of Art, or 
a 400 number art history course as partial fulfillment of this 
requirement.) 

B. Course work in the area of concentration selected from one of 

the following areas 6 

(1) Drawing and painting 

(2) Crafts 

(3) Design 

(4) Sculpture 


C. Project or thesis 3-6 

2. Additional courses 9-12 

A. 500- and/or 400-level courses in art to extend the student’s field 

in depth 3-6 

B. 500-, 400- and/or 300-level courses either in courses outside the 

art department related to the student’s special area of interest 
or in courses within the art department outside the area of 
concentration to expand the student’s field in breadth 6 

Total 30 

All courses must be completed with a B average, and all courses in the area of 
concentration must be graded B or better. 

Also see “The Program of Master’s Degrees,” page 72. 


DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE 

Professors: Brattstrom, McCarthy,* McCleary, Sutton (chairman), Turner 
Associate Professors: P. Adams, Barish, Bradshaw, Rothman, Walkington 
Assistant Professors: Banks, Bright, Greenfield, McClanahan, Wagner 
The Department of Biology offers a program leading to the bachelor of arts 
degree in biology for students preparing to enter graduate and professional schools, 


College administrative officer. 


87 


Biological Science 

for those preparing to teach, and for those preparing for careers in industry and 
government service. 

It is the conviction of the faculty in biology that the purposes of all these stu- 
dents can best be served by building their curricula on a core of courses funda- 
mental to the science of biology. This core curriculum includes biological prin- 
ciples, ecology, genetics, microbiology, and physiology. 

In considering the curricula beyond this core of subjects, the faculty in biology 
has agreed that the interests and goals of individual students can best be satisfied 
through individual counseling rather than through prescribed programs. After dis- 
cussion with their advisers, students will elect those upper division courses which 
will satisfy their individual interests and professional goals. Eight units of electives 
must be in one area of interest (e.g., biology, botany, microbiology, or zoology) 
and four units in another area. 

To qualify for a baccalaureate degree in biological sciences, students must have a 
C average in all courses required for the major including those in the related 
sciences. No credit toward the major will be allowed for biology courses in which 
a grade I) is obtained. A proficiency in one modern foreign language (Russian, 
German, French, others by petition) is required. A reading comprehension of a 
second modem foreign language is strongly recommended for students planning 
graduate study leading to the Ph.D. degree. This requirement is normally met by 
completing three semesters of a college foreign language with a C grade or better 
or by taking a foreign language for two years in high school and one semester of 
intermediate language in college with a minimum of a C grade in the college course. 

Advanced students will be permitted to enroll in Biological Science 499, Inde- 
pendent Study. All full-time upper division students are expected to attend the 
depanmental seminars. 

The Department of Biology also offers a curriculum for students majoring in 
other fields who wish to minor in biology. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE 

One hundred twenty-four units including general education # (see page 70), 
foreign language, 38 units in biology courses, and supporting courses in physical 
sciences and mathematics. The supporting courses must include one year of inor- 
ganic college chemistry including qualitative analysis with laboratory, two semesters 
of organic chemistry with laboratory, one semester of college mathematics, and 
one year of college physics with laboratory.t 

Minimum Course Requirements for the Major t 


Lower Division 

Biological Science Units 

101 Elements of Biology 5 

141 Principles of Botany 4 

161 Principles of Zoology 4 


13 13 


* Transfer students should have completed as many of the general education courses as possible before 
admission. However, uncompleted units may be satisfied while the upper division work is in 
progress by concurrent enrollment at a junior college or with appropriate courses offered at 
the college. 

t Those students seeking careers in biology at the Ph.D. level and careers in medicine should 
take a full year of organic chemistry, a year of analytical geometry and calculus, and 
quantitative chemistry with laboratory. 

X Substitutions in the program may be made for transfer students and others upon the recommen- 
dation of the adviser and the approval of the department chairman. 


88 


Biological Science 


Upper Division 

Biological Science Units 

311 Microbiology 4 

312 Genetics Lecture 3 

315 Molecular Biology 4 

Electives — 14 units, of which 4 must be a course in Ecology 
and 4 must be outside area of emphasis 14 


25 25 


SUGGESTED EIGHT-SEMESTER PROGRAM 
Semester I 

Units 

Engl 101 Comp, and World Lit. 3 


Bio Sci 101 5 

Chem 101 A Gen. Chemistry 5 

Lang 203 or Hist 170A 
U.S. History 3 


16 

Semester III 

Physics 211 A 4 

Bio Sci 161 Prin. Zoology 4 

Pol Sci 100 or other General 

Education Course 3 

Math HOB or elective 4 


38 

OF MAJOR IN BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE 
Semester II 

Units 

Engl 102 World Lit. and Comp. 3 
Bio Sci 141 Prin. Botany 4 

Math 150A, or Math 120 3-4 

Chem 101B Gen. Chemistry 1 5 


15-16 


Semester IV 

Physics 2 11B 4 

Bio Sci 315 or Bio Sci 311 4 

Bio Sci elective 4 

General Education 3 


15 


Semester V 

Bio Sci 311 or Bio Sci 315 4 

Chem 301 A Organic Chem. 3 

Bio Sci 312 Genetics 3 

General education 6 


15 

Semester VI 

Chem 301 B, 302 A, 302B Organic 


Chem 5 

For Lang or electives 5 

Psych 101 Introd. Psych. 3 

General education 3 


16 


Semester VII 

Bio Sci — upper div. electives 8 

For Lang or electives 5 

General education 3 


16 


16 


Semester VIII 

Bio Sci — upper div. elective 4 

For Lang or electives 3 

Electives 6 

General education 3 


16 


Four %-unit physical education courses are suggested 
semesters to fulfill the general education requirement. 


uuiuig 




89 


Biological Science 


Minimum Requirement for Biological Science Minor f 


Biological science Units 

101, 141, 161 Principles 13 

424 Evolution or 

312 Genetics 3 

311 General Microbiology 4 

361 Mammalian Anatomy and Physiology or 
315 Molecular Biology or 

444 Plant Physiology 4 


MASTER OF ARTS IN BIOLOGY 

General Characteristics 


24 


The program for this degree is based on the assumption that modem science 
necessitates broad preparation through the master’s level of training. It permits 
breadth of preparation and at the same time concentration in an area such as 
botany, microbiology or zoology. In design it offers sufficient breadth and depth 
to strengthen the student’s academic understanding and improve his competence 
for (a) advanced graduate work toward the doctoral degree in biological science, 
(b) teaching at all levels — elementary, secondary, and junior college, (c) techno- 
logical work in the health sciences, (d) participating in research programs, (e) 
entering the field of public health service, and (f) participating in various field 
service and conservation positions with both the state and national governments. 


Prerequisites 

Prerequisite to entering the program is a B.A. in Biology at CSCF or equivalent 
coursework with a GPA of at least a 3.0 in the major and related science courses. 
Satisfactory scores on the aptitude test of the Graduate Record Examination are 
also required. Students may be admitted provisionally with limited subject or grade 
deficiencies, but such deficiencies must be removed by completing additional courses, 
selected in conference with the adviser, with at least a B average. 


Programs of Study— Thesis or Examination 

A student who meets the prerequisites may apply for Classified Graduate status. 
He must file a program of study, either (1) a thesis study plan or (2) an examina- 
tion study plan. 

The thesis study plan must include 30 units of adviser-approved graduate 
work, at least 12 of which must be at the 500 level. The study plan may include 
six units of graduate level medical biology taken in an approved clinical laboratory 
school. All study plans must include Bio Sci 599 (Independent Graduate Research), 
and Bio Sci 598 (Thesis), and at least one departmental seminar. Twelve units must 
be distributed between two of the following areas: biology, botany, microbiology, 
or zoology. An added six units must be outside the principal area. Further electives 
may be possible. Required is a thesis or a published paper, or a paper accepted for 
publication, acceptable to the adviser and committee, covering a field or laboratory 
research problem. A final oral examination on his research is also required. 

The examination study plan for the degree must include 30 units of adviser- 
approved graduate work, at least 12 of which must be at the 500 level. All study 
plans must include between 3 and 6 units of Bio Sci 599 (Independent Graduate 
Research), and must include at least two department seminars. Twenty units 
must include coursework in the four areas of biology, botany, microbiology, and 

t Substitutions in the program may be made for transfer students and others upon the recommen- 
dation of the adviser and the approval of the department chairman. 


90 


Chemistry 

zoology. In addition a student must pass a written comprehensive examination, 
and an oral examination of from 1 to 3 hours. 

For more detailed information or advisement, students should consult the chair- 
man of the Biological Science Department, or the graduate coordinator of the 
Biological Science Department. 

Also see “The Program of Master’s Degrees,” page 72. 

DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY 

Professor: Bryden, Shields # 

Associate Professors: Langworthy, Montana (chairman). Pan, Prenzlow, Spenger 
Assistant Professors: Baur, Dorer, Hiegel, Huotari, Willis 

The curriculum is planned to provide thorough instruction in the basic principles 
and concepts of chemistry for students who will (1) advance to graduate work 
in chemistry; (2) teach in the science programs of secondary schools; (3) seek 
employment in industry or government; or (4) pursue a chemistry minor of funda- 
mental courses in chemistry in support of other areas such as physics and biology. 

To qualify for a baccalaureate degree in chemistry, students must have a C 
average in all courses required for the majors including those in the related sci- 
ences. A proficiency in one modern foreign language (Russian, German, French) 
is required. A reading comprehension of a second modem foreign language is 
strongly recommended for students planning graduate study leading to the PhD 
degree. This requirement is normally met by taking three semesters of college 
foreign language including a course in scientific French, German, or Russian or 
four semesters of fundamental and intermediate language. Students may meet the 
requirement by taking either the scientific course or two semesters of intermediate 
language. Under unusual circumstances the requirement may be met by examination 
upon approval by the appropriate department chairman. Examinations will be given 
in October and March of each academic year. For details of examination procedure, 
apply at department office. 

No credit toward the major will be allowed for specific major courses in which 
a grade D is obtained. A placement test will be given to students in the Depart- 
ment of Chemistry to determine whether they are ready to start Chemistry 101 A. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN CHEMISTRY 

The Bachelor of Arts degree is granted under two plans: Plan A should be 
selected for those students planning a professional career in Chemistry (graduate 
work or chemical industry) and Plan B, for those students who are candidates for 
professional schools as medicine, dentistry, etc., or those planning careers in sec- 


ondary education. 

PLAN A 

Required courses m Chemistry: 

Courses Units 

Gen Chem (101 A3) 10 

Quant Chem (312) 4 

Org Chem (305 A3) 10 

Physical Chem (371A3) 6 

Phys Chem Lab (441) 3 

Adv Inorg (425) 3 

Indep. Study (499) or 

Senior Research (495) - 2 

Electives (at least one lecture 
or lecture lab course) 4 


Total units 42 

* College administrative officer. 


91 


Chemistry 


Related areas (satisfies the general education requirement in physical science , 


mathematics and biology ): Units 

Physics (22lA,B,C) 13 

Mathematics (150A$, 250A, 250B or 291) 14 

Biology 5 

Total Units 32 

Total units in Science and Mathematics 74 

General Education units, not including 12 units of physical science, 
mathematics, and biology (see the general education requirements 

page 70) 38 

Undesignated units 12 I 

Total units for the B.A. degree in Chemistry (Plan A) 124 


PLAN B 

Required courses in Chemistry : 


Courses Units 

Gen Chem (101A,B) 10 

Quant Chem (312) 4 

Org Chem (305A3) 10 

Phys Chem (371A,B) 6 

Phys Chem Lab (441) 3 

Adv Inorg (425) 3 

Ind Study (499) 

Senior Rsch (495) 2 


Total units 38 

Related areas (satisfies the general education requirements in physical science , 
mathematics, and biology ) : 

Units 


Physics (211A3) or (221A3) 8-10 

Mathematics (150A,B, 250A) 11 

Biology 5 

Total units 24-26 

Total units in Science and Mathematics 62-64 

General Education units, not including 12 units of physical science, 
mathematics, and biology (see the general education requirements 

page 70) 38 

Undesignated units . 24-22 

Total units for the B.A. degree in Chemistry (Plan B) 124 


MINOR IN CHEMISTRY 

A minimum of 24 acceptable units of chemistry, including organic chemistry 
(8) and physical chemistry (6), are required for a chemistry minor. 


Suggested Eight Semester Program for a Major in Chemistry (Plan A) 
First Semester (Freshman) Second Semester (Freshman) 

Units 


Chem 101 A Gen. Chem. 5 

Math 150 A Anal. Geo. and Calc. 4 
Eng 101 Composition and Lit. 3 
Hist 170A or 170B U.S. History 3 
PE Phys. ed. activity % 


\5Vi 


Units 

Chem 101 B Gen. Chem. 5 

Math 150B Anal. Geo. and Calc. 4 
Phys 221 A Fundamental Physics 4 
Eng 102 Lit. and Composition _ 3 

PE Phys. ed. activity l A 

l6Vz 


92 


Chemistry 


Units 


Third Semester (Sophomore) 

Chem 305 A Org. Chem. 5 

Math 250A Inter. Calc. 3 

Physics 22 IB Fundamental 

Physics _ 5 

Pol Sci 100 Amer. Government 3 

PE Phys. ed. activity l A 


16 l A 

Fifth Semester (Junior) 

Chem 371 A Physical Chem. 3 

For Lang Mod. For. Lang 5 

General education courses 3 

Chem 312 Quant. Chem. 4 

15 

Seventh Semester (Senior) 

Chem 441 Phys. Chem. Lab 3 

Chem (495 or 499) 2-3 

Chem 425 Adv. Inorg.. 3 

For Lang 203 or 303 3 

General education courses 4 


Units 

Fourth Semester (Sophomore) 


Chem 305B Org. Chem. 5 

Math (250B or 291) 3 

Physics 22 1C Fundamental 

Physics 3 

PE Phys. ed. activity X A 

Bio Sci 5 


16*/ 2 

Sixth Semester (Junior) 

Chem 37 IB Physical Chem. 3 


Elective in chemistry 2-4 

For Lang 102 Mod. For. Lang. _ 5 
General education courses 5 

15-17 

Eighth Semester (Senior) 

Elective in chemistry 2-3 

General education courses 13 


15-16 


15-16 


This type of schedule allows the student to elect his last semesters according to 
the branch of chemistry which attracts him the most. 

Below are listed the possible electives which would be available during the stu- 
dents last three semesters in residence. 


Possible electives in the sixth semester: 
Chem 403 Qual. Org. 

Chem 411 Instr. Anal. 

Chem 431 Adv. Org. 

Possible electives during the eighth semester: 
Same as those of the sixth semester plus 
Chem 427 Prep. Techniques 
Chem 451 Adv. P. Chem. 

Chem 461 Stat. Thermo. 

Chem 472 Chem. Cryst. 

Chem 475 Theo. Spec. 


Suggested Program for a Major in Chemistry (Plan B) 

This program is essentially the same as under Plan A except the number of 
required chemistry, mathematics and physics courses is reduced. A student planning 
on a career in teaching will, in addition, fulfill requirements of the School of 
Education. 


93 


Communications 


DEPARTMENT OF COMMUNICATIONS 

Professor: Maxwell (chairman) 

Associate Professors: Alexander, Smythe 
Assistant Professors: Johnson, Sommer 
Instructor: Lawrence 

The department offers a major in communication with emphases in advertising, 
news communication (journalism), photocommunication, public relations, tech- 
nical communication, and telecommunication. 

The M.A. program in Communications is designed to provide advanced study 
in communications and related disciplines for those who wish to teach, engage in 
research, or follow professional careers in the mass media of communication. 

The communications major helps to prepare those desiring various careers related 
to mass communication — careers that may involve newspapers and magazines, tele- 
vision and radio, advertising, public relations, photography, industrial or govern- 
mental communications, and teaching. Also, because of the program’s emphasis on 
general principles of communication, it can serve well those with aspirations for 
administrative work in many areas of business, industry, government and education. 
Additionally, communication courses will benefit those who wish a better under- 
standing of the functions of the mass media in a democratic society. 


BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN COMMUNICATIONS 

Requirements: A combined total of 48 units — 36 within the Communications 
Department and 12 collateral units* in other departments, as follows: 

Communications Core (21 units) 

The courses in the core are required of all students majoring in communica- 
tions.t 

Reporting and Writing (3) 

Reporting and Writing (3) 

Mass Communication in Modem Society (3) 
Communication and the Law (3) 

History and Philosophy of American Mass Communication 
(3) 

World Communication Systems (3) 

Seminar on Current Issues in Mass Communication (3) 


Communications 101 
Communications 102 
Communications 333 
Communications 407 
Communications 425 


Communications 426 
Communications 427 


EMPHASIS FOR COMMUNICATION MAJORS 

Every communications major must select an area of emphasis and complete the 
courses in it. 


| Advertising Units 

Comm 353 Advertising Copy and Layout — 3 

Comm 356 Advertising Production (1,1) 2 

Comm 2 18 A Introduction to Photography 2 

Comm 354 Retail Advertising 3 

Comm 439 Mass Media Internship 2 

Comm 451 National Advertising Campaigns 3 


* Some flexibility may be permitted in collateral units, depending on the student’s preparation in 
these areas. 

t Because of extensive need for mathematics and science in the technical communication emphasis, 
some variation will be permitted, through advisement only, to include additional mathematics 
and science in the program. Collateral units in other departments will exceed 12 for this 
emphasis, but total units required for the major will not exceed 48. 

X This emphasis is still in its developmental stage. Other courses are being prepared few inclusion 
in it. 


94 


Communications 


Collateral Requirements in Other Departments Units 

Art 103 Two-dimensional design j 

Eng 303 The Structure of Modem English J 

Mktg 351 Principles of Marketing 3 

Phil 310 Ethics j 

News Communication (Journalism) 

Comm 338 Newspaper Production . 3 

Comm 332 Copy Editing and Makeup 3 

Comm 335 Reporting of Public Affairs 3 

Comm 218A Introduction to Photography . 2 

Comm 218B Communications Photography 2 

Comm 439 Mass Media Internship 2 

Collateral Requirements in Other Departments 

Econ 403 Comparative Economic Systems 3 

Eng 462 Modem British and American Novels 3 

Hist 476 United States Since 1933 3 

Psych 351 Social Psychology 3 

* Photocommunication 

Comm 2 18 A Introduction to Photography - 2 

Comm 218B Communications Photography 2 

Comm 306 Photographic Production 2 

Comm 319 Documentary Film Production 3 

Comm 375 The Documentary Film 3 

Comm 3 58 A Publications Production 2 

Comm 439 Mass Media Internship 2 

Collateral Requirements in Other Departments 

Art 103 Two-dimensional Design 3 

Art 338A Creative Photography 3 

Econ 201 The American Economy 3 

Psych 351 Social Psychology 3 

Public Relations 

Comm 361 Theory and Practice of Public Relations 3 

Comm 463 Public Relations Methods 3 

Comm 465 International Public Relations 3 

Comm 358 Publications Production 2 

Comm 218A Introduction to Photography 2 

Comm 439 Mass Media Internship 2 

Collateral Requirements in Other Departments 

Econ 403 Comparative Economic Systems 3 

Eng 303 The Structure of Modem English 3 

Mgmt 341 Principles of Management 3 

Psych 351 Social Psychology 3 

* Technical Communication 

Comm 332 Copy Editing 3 

Comm 334 Feature Article Writing 3 

Comm 401 Report Writing 3 

Comm 403 Technical Writing 3 

Comm 404 Advanced Technical Writing and Editing 3 


* This emphasis is still in its developmental stage. Other courses are being prepared for inclusion in it. 

95 


Communications 


Collateral Requirements in Other Departments Units 

Physics 211 A Elementary Physics 4 

Physics 21 IB Elementary Physics 4 

QM 361 Business and Economic Statistics 3 

QM 364 Computer Logic and Programming 3 

* Telecommunication 

Comm 380 Introduction to Radio and Television 3 

Comm 371 Radio-television News and Public Affairs 3 

Comm 375 The Documentary Film 3 

Comm 2 18 A Introduction to Photography 2 

Comm 319 Documentary Film Production 3 

Comm 439 Mass Media Internship 2 

Collateral Requirements in Other Departments 

Drama 382 Television Techniques 3 

Eng 303 The Structure of Modem English — 3 

Psych 351 Social Psychology 3 

Spch 333 Business and Professional Speaking 3 


MINOR IN COMMUNICATION 

This minor offers a basic core of writing and publication courses for teacher 
candidates and others who wish some training in communications. 

Requirements: A combined total of 21 units, as follows: 

Lower division (maximum of 7) 

Communication 101 or 102 (3) 

Communication 218A and 218B (2, 2) 

Upper division (minimum of 14 units) 
t Communication 331 or equivalent (3) 

Communication 333 (3) 

Communication 338 (3) 

Communication 358A or 358B (2) 

Communication 425 (3) 

TEACHER CREDENTIAL REQUIREMENTS 

Communication majors who are teacher candidates should complete the commu- 
nication core and the news communication (journalism) emphasis. They must 
complete Communication 358AB as part of their major requirements. These candi- 
dates must have their minor approved by the chairman of the Communications 
Department and must complete the required professional education courses in 
addition to their major and minor requirements. (See “Journalism Education,” 
page 228.) 

MASTER OF ARTS IN COMMUNICATIONS 

The Master of Arts in Communications is designed to provide advanced study 
in communications and related disciplines, and to develop a research emphasis in 
one of the following: advertising, journalism education, news, photo-communica- 
tion, public relations, technical communication, or telecommunication. 

Such study will enable the graduate of the program to apply advanced com- 
munications concepts and skills in careers that may involve newspapers and maga- 
zines, television and radio, advertising, public relations, photography, and technical 

* This emphasis is still in its developmental stage. Other courses are being prepared for inclusion in it. 
t Some variation in these requirements may be permitted on the basis of professional experience 
or interest. 


96 


Comparative Literature 


and scientific communications. Communications abilities are also highly applicable 
to administrative careers in industry, government and education. Students complet- 
ing the Communications M.A. with a journalism education research emphasis are 
eligible for journalism teaching positions in high school or junior college. 

Prerequisites 

Students must possess a baccalaureate degree and have completed a basic core 
of courses in communications as prerequisites to the M.A. program. Before admis- 
sion to classified graduate status, students must take the Graduate Record Exam- 
ination Aptitude Test. 

Program of Studies 

Students are required to complete 30 units of approved studies, including 18 
units in graduate level communications courses. Six of the 18 units of graduate 
level courses are applicable to research for a thesis or project. In addition, students 
must satisfy a “collateral field requirement” in a related discipline. 

Also see “The Program of Master’s Degrees,” page 72. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN COMPARATIVE LITERATURE 

(An Interdisciplinary Program) 

The program in Comparative Literature is an interdisciplinary program directed 
by the Committee on the Program in Comparative Literature. The members of 
this Committee are appointed by the chairmen of the departments of English and 
Foreign Languages, and the Committee is responsible for formulating curriculum 
policies, approving courses, and advising students. Courses in Comparative Litera- 
ture are taught by faculty from both the English and Foreign Language Depart- 
ments. The Chairman of the English Department administers the program. The 
major in comparative literature provides professional competence and personal 
enrichment for students with an exceptional concern and appreciation for the 
study of the interrelationships between the languages and literatures of various 
civilizations from the dawn of mankind to the present. The program offers courses 
in the study of literature with special emphasis on the global interrelatedness of 
literary form and content, theory and philosophy, genres and movements, providing 
an insight into the developments and backgrounds of mankind’s worldwide cultures 
and literatures. The literary works are read in English or English translations and 
the courses conducted in English. 

Upper Division Requirements 

(A) 15 units selected from courses listed under comparative literature. 

(B) 3 units of French, German, Italian, Russian, or Spanish selected from course 
numbers 431, 441, 451, 461, or any other 400 course approved by the ad- 
viser. 

(C) 6 units selected from courses listed under English and numbered 300 or 
above 

(D) 3 units of either History 415A or History 110A. 

(E) 9 units selected from any 300 or 400 literature course in comparative litera- 
ture, English, French, German, Italian, Russian, or Spanish. 

T otal: 36 units. 

Majors in comparative literature are strongly advised to include in their pro- 
gram courses in related areas, such as art, anthropology, drama, history, linguistics, 
philosophy. 

Students must consult with an adviser in comparative literature through the 
Department of English or the Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures 
before submitting their individual courses of study for approval by the Committee 
on the Program in Comparative Literature. 


97 


Drama 


DEPARTMENT OF DRAMA 

Professor: Young (chairman) 

Associate Professors: Brown, Duerr, Kuni, Zeltzer 
Assistant Professors: Forest, Henry, Keller 
Instructors: Barber, McColgan, Odle 

The Department of Drama program includes the several fields of playwriting, 
oral interpretation, acting-directing, technical theatre, theatre history and theory, 
radio-television and dance. Specifically, the course work is arranged to provide 
opportunities for students (1) to develop an appreciation for the theatre; (2) to 
become aware, as audience or participants of the shaping force of the theatre in 
society; (3) to improve the understandings and skills necessary for work in the 
theatre as a profession; (4) to prepare for teaching theatre; and (5) to pursue 
graduate studies. 

To qualify for the bachelor of arts degree with a major in drama, students 
must have a C average in all required courses. No credit towards the major will 
be given for such courses in which a grade of D is assigned. In addition to the 
course requirements, all students majoring in drama must participate in the casts 
or crews for a minimum of eight theatre productions. The productions chosen for 
credit will be selected with the aid of the departmental adviser. 

MAJOR IN DRAMA FOR THE BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE 

Four course programs have been planned to meet the individual needs and 
interests of students working for the bachelor of arts degree with a major in 
drama. 

Plan 1 is for those who wish to study drama as a cultural contribution or 
who wish to pursue graduate degrees in drama with emphasis in theatre history 
and theory. It is strongly recommended that students electing this plan support the 
major with approved electives from art, drama, music, foreign languages, litera- 
ture, philosophy, or speech. 

Plan II is designed to develop the necessary competency for pursuing drama 
as a profession, or for pursuing graduate degrees in drama with an emphasis in 
an area of concentration other than history of the theatre. Areas of concentration 
are: playwriting; acting-directing; interpretation; radio-television, technical thea- 
tre and dance. 

Plan III meets the requirements of the standard teaching credential with speciali- 
zation in elementary’ teaching. 

Plan IV meets the requirements of the standard teaching credential with speciali- 
zation in secondary or junior college teaching. A minor is required and will be 
selected with the aid of the departmental adviser. 

All four plans require a minimum of 36 units in drama with a minimum of 
24 units of upper division in drama. The lower division requirements are the same 
for all four plans. 

In addition to the requirements listed below for the major, students must meet 
the other college requirements for a bachelor of arts degree. Students following 
Plans III and IV also must meet any specific requirements for the desired teaching 
credential (see section in catalog for School of Education). Graduate students who 
plan to meet the requirements for a standard teaching credential with specialization 
in secondary’ teaching and a major in drama must complete or be enrolled in 
six units in drama as approved by the major adviser beyond the specific course 
requirements listed in Plan IV before they can be recommended by the Drama 
Department for student teaching. 


98 


Drama 


PLAN I: THEATRE HISTORY AND THEORY EMPHASIS 

Lower Division: Acting or stage movement, technical theatre, costume or 
makeup, oral interpretation. 

Upper Division: Drama 370 A or B, Fundamentals of Directing (3 units) , Drama 
473 AB, World Drama (6 units); Drama 475AB, History of the Theatre (6 
units); Drama 477, Contemporary Critical Techniques (3 units); electives, 

PLAN II: PROFESSIONAL EMPHASIS IN AN AREA OF CONCENTRATION 

Lower Division: Same as in Plan I. 

Upper Division: In one of the following areas of concentration: 

Play writing — Drama 364, Seminar in Playwriting (6 units), or Drama 364 (3 
units) and Drama 383, Radio and TV Writing (3 units); Drama 378A or B, 
Experimental Theatre (3 units); Drama 370AB, Fundamentals of Directing 
(6 units); Drama 475AB, History of the Theatre (6 units); Drama 473 AB, 
World Drama (6 units); Drama 477, Contemporary Critical Techniques (3 

Oral Interpretation— Drama 311, Oral Interpretation (3 units); Drama 314AB, 
Reading Theatre (6 units); Drama 473A, World Drama (3 units); Drama 
475AB, History of the Theatre (6 units); electives (6 units in upper divi- 
sion drama courses) 24 

Acting-Directing — Drama 370AB, Fundamentals of Directing (6 units); Drama 
373 AB, Advanced Acting (6 units) OR 470AB, Directing (6 units); Drama 
473 AB, World Drama (6 units); Drama 475 AB, History of the Theatre (6 
units); Drama 374, Dance (2 or 4); Drama 376, Stagecraft (2 or 4) — ... 30 

Technical Theatre — Drama 376AB, Advanced Stagecraft (4 units); Drama 377A 
or B, Stage Costuming (2 units); Drama 370A, Fundamentals of Directing (3 
units); Drama 475AB, History of the Theatre (6 units); Drama 386, Stage 
Lighting (2 units); Drama 478, Rehearsal and Performance (1 unit); Drama 
488 AB, Advanced Scene Design (6 units) — 24 

Radio-Television— Drama 370AB, Fundamentals of Directing (6 units); Drama 
380, Introduction to Radio and Television (3 units); Drama 382, Television 
Techniques (3 units); Drama 383, Radio and Television Writing (3 units); 
Drama 475AB, History of the Theatre (6 units); Drama 376A, Stagecraft (2 
units); Drama Educ. 484, Educational Television Production (3 units) 26 

Dance — Drama 374AB, Dance Theatre and Production (4 units); Drama 377A 
or B, Stage Costuming (2 units); Drama 475AB, History of Theatre (6 units); 
Drama 370A, Fundamentals of Directing (3 units); Drama 376A, Stagecraft 
(2 units); Drama 373 A, Advanced Acting (3 units); Drama 474, Special 
Studies in Dance (2 units); Drama 473 AB, World Drama (6 units) 28 

PLAN III: TEACHING EMPHASIS 
(Elementary) 

Lower Division: Same as Plan I 

Upper Division: Drama 311, Oral Interpretation, (3 units); Drama 314A, Read- 
ing Theatre (3 units); Drama 374A, Dance Theatre and Production, (2 units); 
Drama 377, Stage Costuming (2 units); Drama 402, Dramatic Activities for 
Children (3 units); Drama 403, Children’s Theatre, (3 units), Drama 475 A, 
History of Theatre, (3 units) ; electives (5 units) 24 


99 


Drama 


PLAN IV: TEACHING EMPHASIS 
(Secondary or Junior College) 

Lower Division: Same as Plan I 

Upper Division: Drama 370AB, Fundamentals of Directing, (6 units); Drama 
376 AB, Advanced Stagecraft, (4 units); Drama 475AB, History of Theatre, 

(6 units); Drama 377, Stage Costuming, (2 units); electives (6 units) 24 

MINOR IN DRAMA 

The minor in drama consists of 24 units, 13 of which must be in upper division. 
Lower Division: Drama 211, Introduction to Oral Interpretation, (3 units); 
Drama 273A or B, Acting, (3 units); Drama 276AB, Beginning Stagecraft, 

(4 units); drama 285 A, Theatrical Makeup, (1 unit). 

Upper Division: Drama 314AB, Reading Theatre, (6 units) OR Drama 370AB, 
Fundamentals of Directing, (6 units); Drama 377 A, Stage Costuming, (2 units); 
Drama 475 A, History of Theatre (3 units) ; Drama 442, Teaching Drama in 
the Secondary School, (2 units). 

Candidates for the secondary teaching credential who wish to minor in drama 
must obtain approval from the Drama Department for the courses selected to meet 
the upper division requirements. Students minoring in drama must participate in 
the casts or crews for a minimum of four theatre productions. 

MASTER OF ARTS IN DRAMA 

The master of arts degree in drama is designed to provide a program of 
coordinated graduate studies built on the framework of the undergraduate prepa- 
ration; to provide added incentive for intellectual growth reflected in improvement 
in teaching and professional recognition; and to provide a sound basis for con- 
tinued graduate study in the field of drama. The student is expected to demon- 
strate a high degree of intellectual and creative competence and to demonstrate 
mastery of his field of concentration in one of the areas of emphasis in drama; 
(1) theatre history, (2) dramatic literature and criticism, (3) acting and directing, 
(4) play writing, (5) technical theatre, (6) oral interpretation, (7) radio and tele- 
vision, (8) dance. 

Prerequisites 

In addition to the college requirements, students admitted to this program must 
have earned 24 upper division units in drama. Specific course prerequisites arc 
Drama 473AB, Drama 475 AB, Drama 477; or in the case of transfer students, 
courses equivalent to these. Students will complete an oral interview before being 
admitted to a program of studies. 

Program of Studios 

The degree study” plan with concentration in drama will include at least 30 units 
of adviser-approved graduate studies, 15 units of which must be in 500-level 
courses. Each program will have at least 15 units in drama; a core of 6 units (Drama 
500, Introduction to Graduate Study— taken very’ early in the program), Drama 
597 or 598 (Project or Thesis); and six units of adviser-approved supporting courses 
in related fields in other departments. Before the degree is granted each student 
will pass an oral and written examination. 

Also see “The Program of Masters Degrees,” page 72. 


100 


English 


DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH 

Professors: Cummings, Jones®, Obler, Ramsay, Schneider, Wagner (chairman), 
Watkin 

Associate Professors: Abraham, Cox, Greenwood, Haaker, Hughes, McNelly, 
Rubinstein, Salz, Scott 

Assistant Professors: Austin, Edwards, Epstein, Friend, Gilde, Hengeveld, Hodges, 
Hurley, Petalas, Pitkin, Scoufos, Seller, Sharma, Spangler, Sullivan, Tumas 
Instructors: Antonelli, Cabanel-Evans, Fuller, Hayden, Heinze, Kilker, Mauch, 
Oleyar, Shapiro 

Lecturers: dcFrance, Farmer, Lynn, Romotsky, Sears 

The English department offers courses designed to acquaint the student with 
the nature and development of our language, with the literatures of England and 
America, and with the disciplines involved in the various kinds of writing. Except 
for the required freshman English offerings, courses in world literature in English 
translation are listed separately, under Comparative Literature. In addition the 
Department of English offers some specialized professional courses for the prepara- 
tion of teachers. On the senior and graduate levels, various opportunities are pro- 
vided for seminar work and independent study. 

English 101 and 102 or their equivalents or the consent of the instructor is 
a prerequisite to all English and comparative literature courses numbered 200 and 
above. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE: ENGLISH MAJOR 

Requirements: A total of 36 units beyond English 101 and 102 or their equiva- 
lents, with the following distribution: 

Lower Division (maximum of 9 units) 

May include survey courses in British, American, or World Literature. 

Basic Course (3 units) 

201 Analysis of Literary Forms 
Upper Division (minimum of 27 units) 

Language and composition (minimum of 3 units), selected from the following: 

301 Advanced Composition 

303 The Structure of Modem English 

490 History of the English Language 

American Literature: 

321 American Literature to Whitman 

322 American Literature from Twain to the Moderns 
Major Author Courses (9 units) 

333 Chaucer 

334 Shakespeare 

341 Milton 

Period courses (minimum of 6 units, at least 3 in a period preceding the Roman- 
tic Movement) selected from the following: 

335 Elizabethan and Jacobean Drama 

336 Elizabethan Poetry and Prose 

337 Seventeenth Century Poetry and Prose 

342 The Age of Reason in English Literature 

343 The Romantic Movement in English Literature 

344 The Literature of the Nineteenth Century after 1830 

345 The Development of the English Novel through Jane Austen 

* College administrative officer. 


101 


English 


346 The Development of the Nineteenth-Century English Novel 

462 Modem British and American Novels 

463 Contemporary British and American Novels 

464 Modem British and American Drama 

466 Modem British and American Poetry 

Transfer students should consult with their advisers who may recommend the 
granting of further credit for lower division work completed at other institutions. 

Electives to complete a minimum of 36 units selected from additional courses 
in language and composition, period courses, literary criticism, senior seminars, and 
comparative literature. Comparative literature offerings are listed separately, but 
count toward an English major. 

A program of literary studies gains in perspective through the study of history, 
sociology, philosophy, and psychology. These fields offer vital lifelines which 
nourish and deepen understanding of literature. Students of literature are strongly 
advised to include such courses in their program, particularly in the areas of 
philosophy and psychology. 

English majors who intend to pursue graduate study are urged to acquire pro- 
ficiency in at least one foreign language. Note: Freshmen intending to major in 
English should complete two years of course work in a foreign language, or dem- 
onstrate equivalent accomplishment by transfer or by examination. 

MINOR IN ENGLISH 

Requirements: a total of 21 units. 

Lower Division (maximum of 9 units) 

201, 211, 212, or any lower division course beyond English 101 and 102 or the 
equivalent. 

Lower Division electives (3 units) 

Upper Division (minimum of 12 units), including: 

American Literature (minimum of 3 units), selected from the following: 

321 American Literature to Whitman 

322 American Literature from Tw'ain to the Modems 

Language and composition (minimum of 3 units), selected from the following: 

301 Advanced Composition 

303 The Structure of Modern English 

490 History of the English Language 
Major Author Courses (minimum of 6 units) 

334 Shakespeare 

333 Chaucer or 

341 Milton 

MASTER OF ARTS IN ENGLISH 

To qualify for admission to the program for the MA. in English (classified 
graduate status) a student must hold a bachelor’s degree in English from an ac- 
credited institution at w’hich he has maintained at least a 3.0 grade point average 
in the major courses; or if he holds a bachelor’s degree in another major, he must 
have completed 24 units of upper-division course work in English with at least 
a 3.0 grade point average. If the student lacks the prerequisite number of English 
courses, he must make them up before he may begin work in the master’s degree 
program, earning at least a 3.0 in such make-up coursework. In the event that the 
student’s G.P.A. in prerequisite English courses is less than 3.0, he may be allowed 
to take from 6 to 9 units of probationary, adviser-approved coursework. If his 


102 


Foreign Languages and Literatures 


G.P.A. in these probationary courses is 3.0 or better, he may be admitted (classi- 
fied) and the courses, if appropriate, may be applied to the master’s program. 

A student is required to have two years of one foreign language at the college 
level or 6 units of study in comparative literature. If taken as graduate work, these 
6 units may be applied to the master’s degree under “units in subjects related to 


English.” 

Program: 

Minimum units in courses restricted to graduate students (500 series) 18 

Maximum units in specified upper-division courses in English — 6 

Units in subjects related to English — ~ 6 

Total 30 


During his last semester or session, the student must enroll in Independent Gradu- 
ate Research (English 599) as one of his “500” courses. At the conclusion of this 
course he will take the written comprehensive examination for the master’s degree. 

Note: The student is strongly advised to take the steps necessary for admission 
to the program (see page 72) before registering for his first graduate courses. 
Part of the admission process is to confer with the graduate adviser, who will 
analyze prerequisites and designate those courses which will apply to the degree 
program. Courses taken by an unclassified student do not necessarily apply toward 
a degree. At the time the student achieves classified status, no more than 9 units 
of postgraduate coursework may be applied to the master’s degree program. 

Also see “The Program of Master’s Degrees,” page 72. 


DEPARTMENT OF FOREIGN LANGUAGES 
AND LITERATURES 

Professors: Kline (chairman), Mathieu 

Associate Professors: Arana, Feldman, Merrifield, Shapley, Van Ginneken 
Assistant Professors: Boarino, Cartledge, Clay don, Zimmermann 
Instructors: Pena, Tussing 

Lecturers: Bloom, Bosse, Cochrum, Coquillat, Stephan 

The program of the Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures is de- 
signed to meet the needs of several types of students, including those who seek 
a liberal arts education with an emphasis on a foreign language and its literature; 
those who intend to teach at the elementary, secondary, or college level; those 
who plan to use foreign languages in professional careers; or those who desire 
to pursue graduate studies. The program emphasizes high standards of achievement 
in the practical use of the language, in the study of its literature and its culture, 
in the mastery of applied linguistics, and in methodology of teaching, the latter 
acquired in part through apprenticeship. 

A student may enroll at any point in the sequence of courses for which his pre- 
vious study has prepared him. A proficiency examination will be administered to all 
incoming students early in Orientation Week. 

Two awards are available annually to students majoring in this department: 
(1) a cash award to the winner of the F. F. Beer Annual Essay Contest in French, 
German and Spanish; (2) a cash award, given by the Club Los Amigos of Fullerton, 
to an upper division student who is a prospective teacher of Spanish and whose 
scholarship merits recognition. 


103 


Foreign Languages and Literatures 

MAJOR IN A FOREIGN LANGUAGE 

Three options are offered: French, German or Spanish. Requirements: Courses 
101, 102, 203, 204, 213, 214, or their equivalents completed satisfactorily; plus a 
minimum of 24 units of upper division courses, including 317, 375, 431, 441, 
451, 461. 

Attention is directed to the courses in foreign literatures in translation listed else- 
where in this catalog under Comparative Literature. These courses may not be 
counted toward a major in a foreign language. 

MINOR IN A FOREIGN LANGUAGE 

Requirements : Courses 101, 102, 203, 204, 213, 214, or their equivalents, completed 
satisfactorily; plus nine units in upper division courses selected in consultation with 
the adviser. 

MAJOR IN LINGUISTICS 

Requirements for the bachelor of arts degree in linguistics are listed on page 
108 of this catalog. 

CREDENTIAL PROGRAMS 

All prospective teachers, before being admitted to a credential program, must 
pass a proficiency examination in which their skills of listening, speaking, reading, 
writing and knowledge of linguistic principles will be tested. The examination is 
administered twice yearly, in September and February. Students should make 
arrangements with the Department to take the test during their senior year or 
during the first semester of their fifth year. 

STANDARD TEACHING CREDENTIAL WITH A SPECIALIZATION 
IN ELEMENTARY TEACHING 

Students who are candidates for the standard teaching credential with a special- 
ization in elementary teaching must also complete the professional requirements, 
including Foreign Languages Education 432 and 433. 

STANDARD TEACHING CREDENTIAL WITH A SPECIALIZATION 
IN SECONDARY EDUCATION 

The credential program is the same as for the liberal arts major, with the fol- 
lowing additional requirements: 

Foreign Languages Education 442; 

French or German or Spanish Applied Linguistics 466; 
plus six units in the major language selected with the approval of the adviser and 
taken in the senior year or thereafter at the 400 and 500 level. 

THE INTERNATIONAL PROGRAM 

In accordance with recommendations made by the Modem Language Association 
of America, the Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures encourages all 
majors interested in a teaching career to participate in a study-abroad program. 
This will enable a student to perfect his mastery of the language and afford him 
additional insights into the foreign culture. To this end, the California State Col- 
leges International Programs offer a wide variety of study opportunities on the 
junior, senior and graduate level. Language majors are, however, required to com- 
plete a minimum of three literature courses at the 400 level on the Fullerton 
campus. For further information see page 43. 

THE LANGUAGE LABORATORY 

Students enrolling in courses 101, 102, 203, 204 are required, in addition to the 
regular class periods, to practice for the minimum of prescribed time in the lan- 
guage laboratory. The 30-station laboratory operates like a library; students may 


104 


Geography 


use it at a time most convenient to them, preferably every day in sessions of 15 
to 30 minutes. Further details will be announced by each instructor and by the 
supervisor of the language laboratory. 

Students are invited to make use of the collection of literary and cultural record- 
ings in French, German, Portuguese, Russian and Spanish available in the language 
laboratory. 

MASTER OF ARTS IN FOREIGN LANGUAGES 

The degree of master of arts in foreign languages, with concentrations in French, 
German, or Spanish, requires a minimum of 30 semester units beyond the bachelor’s 
degree. A candidate presenting a B.A. which has fewer than 24 upper division units 
in the major, or is otherwise inadequate, normally will be required to take addi- 
tional courses to build a full undergraduate major before beginning the graduate 
program. The 30 units in the graduate program are distributed as follows: 

Units 


Language and linguistics courses (minimum of 9 on 500 level) 12 

Literature courses (minimum of 6 on 500 level)-. 12 

Subjects in an approved related field 6 

Minimum total 30 

A part of the 30 units may be assigned to a thesis. 


The candidate for the master of arts degree must consult a graduate adviser 
before beginning his program. He must take the Graduate Record Examination 
(aptitude and advanced test in the language area) before being admitted to clas- 
sified graduate status. 

See also “The Program of Master’s Degrees,” page 72. 


DEPARTMENT OF GEOGRAPHY 

Professor: Earick (chairman) 

Associate Professors: Helin, Reith, Sutton 
Assistant Professor: Ketteringham 
Instructor: Sager 

BACHEIOR OF ARTS IN GEOGRAPHY 

The major in geography provides knowledge concerning variety and change in 
the earth’s physical foundation and in man’s economic, cultural and political rela- 
tionship to that foundation. In doing so, it contributes to a broad, liberal education 
and furnishes sound preparation for employment in business, planning, and govern- 
ment service. The field also provides a foundation for teaching on the elementary 
and secondary levels and for advanced geographic study on the graduate level 
leading to university and college teaching and research. 

Unit Requirements 

The major consists of 36 units of geography, including no more than 12 units of 
lower division work and excluding all work applied toward the general education 
requirement. To fulfill the major a student must complete, with no grade lower 
than a C, a 12 unit core in basic geography consisting of Geography 100, 206, 210, 
and 343, and a 24 unit concentration in advanced geography distributed in one of 
the two following ways: 

1. Advanced work for students electing a liberal arts program or planning a career 
in elementary or secondary teaching. 


105 


History 


24 upper division units in geography: Units 

Physical 6 

Human 9 

Geography 431 and 2 other regional courses 9 

2. Advanced work for students electing a program leading to graduate training 
in geography, or to a career in business or government service. 

24 upper division units in geography: Units 

Physical 6 

Techniques 6 

Optional 6 


Every student electing the major must consult with a departmental adviser an- 
nually in order to structure or review his academic program. Each student is urged 
to buttress his major by developing a proficiency in a technique that supports his 
geography concentration, such as a foreign language, statistics or mathematics. 

TEACHING MINOR IN GEOGRAPHY 

The minor in geography is intended as a second field for persons completing a 
major in another discipline in preparation for a teaching credential. It is designed 
to give a basic understanding of earth science and geographic relationships helpful 
to the classroom teacher. The program provides a balance between the physical 
and social sciences. 

Required Courses 

Geography Core. 

One course from each of the following groups: physical, human and regional. 

CLASSIFICATION OF GEOGRAPHY COURSES 

Core: 100, 206, 210, 343 
Physical: 312, 323 

Human: 333, 450, 453, 463, 464, 471, 481 
Techniques: 475, 478, 490 
Regional: 431 through 439, 445 
Graduate: 500, 513, 523, 597, 598, 599 


DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY 

Professors: Beck (chairman). Brown,* Langsdorf,* Povlovich,* Unterberger 
Associate Professors: de Graaf, Etue, Newby, Onorato, Sailor, Toy* 

Assistant Professors: Bello:, Breese, Feldman, Flickema, Giacumakis, Hansen, Hardy, 
Hunter, Jordan, Pivar, Putnam, Van Deventer, VVeleba 
Lecturers: Shin, Shumway, Stewart 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN HISTORY 

The undergraduate major in history is designed to provide an understanding of 
the present through a careful study of the past. This major may be pursued to ful- 
fill various professional and cultural objectives common to a liberal arts program. 
It serves, especially, as a preparation for teaching, law, government, and other pub- 
lic services, and as the foundation for advanced study at the graduate level. 

The major is composed of a minimum of 24 units in the upper division, plus 
the basic courses in world civilizations (History’ 110A-110B) and United States 

* College administrative officer. 


106 


History 


History (History 170A-170B). The basic courses may also be used to meet general 
education requirements. Students majoring in history are encouraged to include in 
their lower division programs some work in such fields as anthropology, eco- 
nomics, geography, literature, philosophy, political science and sociology. 

Students intending to do graduate work in history should acquire a reading 
knowledge of at least one foreign language appropriate to the pursuit of advanced 
research in a field of history. 

The 24 units of upper division courses required for the major must include: 

History 399 Historiography (3 units) 

Six units in United States history 

Six units in European history (from ancient Greece to modern times) 

Six units in the history of Asia, Africa, and Latin America 

TEACHING MINOR IN HISTORY 

The teaching minor in history is composed of at least 20 units in history exclu- 


sive of the general education requirements: 

Recommended teaching minor: Units 

World civilization (or equivalent) ----- 6 

Upper division work in history — 15 

Total 21 


MASTER OF ARTS IN HISTORY 

The program of studies leading to the master of arts in history is composed of 
30 units approved by the graduate adviser.® Fifteen units of graduate courses (500 
level) must be taken, including: 

History 501 Seminar in the Content and Method of History (3 units); 

History 590 History and Historians (3 units) ; and 

History 598 Thesis (3 or 6 units) 

Other course requirements include six units in upper division or graduate work 
outside the History Department but related to the study pattern. 

Prerequisite to this master’s degree is an undergraduate major in History with 
a GPA of at least 3.0 in upper division history courses. While students may be 
admitted with limited subject, grade, or breadth deficiencies, such deficiencies 
must be made up by completing courses approved by the graduate coordinator 
in history in addition to those required for the degree, with at least a B average. 

Students entering the program must demonstrate a broad cultural understanding 
of one or more foreign countries of import to the master’s degree study program. 
This requirement may be met by a reading knowledge of an appropriate foreign 
language or an approved selection of comparative studies, but the method must 
be approved by the student’s adviser. In addition, the completion of the aptitude 
test and the advanced test in history of the Graduate Record Examination is re- 
quired. 

An oral examination on the thesis and course work offered for the degree will 
be given. 

See also “The Program of Master’s Degrees,” page 72. 

* Consult the graduate coordinator in history about prerequisites. 


107 


Linguistics 


THE INTERDISCIPLINARY CENTER 

The Interdisciplinary Center has been established to encourage and develop a 
variety of courses and programs which often crosscut the established disciplines. 
Such courses may involve the interrelating and synthesizing of ideas, methods, or 
factual materials from two or more fields of knowledge. In addition to the courses 
being offered by the established departments and sponsored by the Center, there 
are currently some dozen courses offered by the Center itself (see page 225). The 
Center hopes to increase these offerings and is expecting to sponsor a Faculty 
Interdisciplinary Seminar to which students may be invited. 

For information write to the Director, Dr. Paul C. Obler, Interdisciplinary Center. 


BACHELOR OF ARTS IN LINGUISTICS 
(An Interdisciplinary Program) 

The degree in linguistics is an interdisciplinary program administered by the 
Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures in collaboration with the 
Departments of Anthropology, English, Mathematics, Philosophy, Quantitative 
Methods and Speech through their representatives on the Linguistics Committee. 

This program is designed for students with an exceptional interest in and apti- 
tude for the study of the systems of human communication. It enables the under- 
graduate student to perceive the function of language in the development of 
civilization; to understand the essential relationships between language and thought 
and language and culture; to gain substantial familiarity with the structure of for- 
eign languages as well as English; to observe several types of linguistic structures; 
and to become conversant with the historical study of language and formal tech- 
niques and theoretical foundations of linguistic analysis. The program will enable 
the student with linguistic and philological interests to grasp the scope of the entire 
field and, in addition, to determine more accurately the most meaningful concen- 
trations in graduate study. 

Lower Division Requirements 
One year of Latin or Greek (6) 

Anthropology 202 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology' (3) 

Philosophy 210 Logic (3) 

Upper Division Requirements (minimum of 30 units) 

Linguistics 406 Descriptive Linguistics (3) 

Linguistics 530 Historical Linguistics (3) 

Linguistics 490 Linguistics in Relation to Other Disciplines (1-4) 

Linguistics 410 Language and Culture (3) 

English 490 History of the English Language (3) 

317 course in a modem foreign language (3) 

Linguistics 341 Phonetics (3) 

Linguistics 404 General Semantics (2) 

Linguistics 375 The Philosophy of Language (3) 

One elective (or more) from the following: 

Mathematics 305 Elements of Set Theory (3) 

Quantitative Method 364 Computer Logic and Programming (3) 

Psychology 161 Elementary' Statistics (3) or 

Mathematics 335 A, B Probability and Mathematical Statistics (3) 

Speech 403 Speech Development (3) 

English 303 Structure of Modem English (3) 


108 


Mathematics 


Mathematics 304 Mathematical Logic (3) 

400 course in a modem foreign language (3) 

Philosophy 368 Symbolic Logic ( 3 ) 

Linguistics 402 Phonetic Analysis of Speech (3) 

Students must consult with an adviser in linguistics through the Department of 
Foreign Languages and Literatures, before establishing their individual course of 
study. 


DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS 

Professors: Ames (chairman), Gilbert 

Associate Professors: Benson, V. M. Klassen, Sandberg, Stiel 
Assistant Professors: V. J. Klassen, Marley, Miller, Ow, Qualls 

BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN MATHEMATICS 

The program of studies in mathematics offers courses stressing the understanding 
of mathematical concepts and the axiomatic approach. A sufficient variety of courses 
is given to satisfy the needs of: 

(1) The proficient student aiming toward graduate study, 

(2) The student planning to use mathematics in a career in industry and gov- 
ernment service, 

(3) Preprofessional students in other science areas, 

(4) The prospective elementary and secondary teacher. (See special programs 
of study below.) 

In addition to mathematics, the major in the regular program will be required 
to pursue a year of general college physics with a calculus prerequisite. 

The department encourages the study of a modem foreign language. Each major 
is expected to complete with at least a C average a semester of German, French, 
Russian, Spanish or its equivalent. In particular those students considering grad- 
uate work should complete the 203 or 303 course in German, French, or Russian. 

No credit toward the major will be allowed for specific major courses in which 
a grade of D is obtained. To qualify for a baccalureate degree in mathematics, 
students must have a C average in all courses required for the major including 
those in the related sciences. 

A placement test is given to students in the Department of Mathematics to 
determine their readiness to start the calculus. 

The basic courses in mathematics may also be used to meet the general education 
requirements. 

Major Program in Mathematics 


Required Courses Units 

Analytic geometry and calculus 8 

Intermediate calculus 6 

Linear algebra 3 

Modem algebra 3 

Advanced calculus — 6 

Topology 3 

Complex analysis 

Real analysis [ Any three 9 

Abstract algebra 
Differential geometry 

Any other 400 level course in mathematics 3 


109 


Music 


Minor Program in Mathematics 

A mathematics minor shall consist of 20 units of coursework selected from the 
courses offered by the Mathematics Department. They must include Mathematics 
291 and at least six upper division units from the Mathematics Department. Each 
course must be completed with a grade C or better. 


Option in Mathematics for Teacher Education 
for Elementary or Secondary Education 

Math 150A-B Analytic Geometry and Calculus 

Math 250A-B Intermediate Calculus ..... 

Math 291 Linear Algebra 

Math Ed 311 Fundamental Concepts of Mathematics — Algebra 

Math Ed 312 Fundamental Concepts of Mathematics — Geometry 

Math 320 Projective Geometry 

Math 330 Number Theory 

Math 335AorB Probability and Mathematical Statistics 

Electives in mathematics, 300 courses or higher 


Units 
_ 8 

.. 6 

„ 3 
3 

_ 3 
- 3 
~ 3 
. 3 
9 


41 

Grade requirements and foreign language requirements for the candidate in the 
option for teacher education are as above. Furthermore, he may choose either the 
year of physics with the calculus prerequisite or a semester each of chemistry' for 
science majors and a semester of physics with a calculus prerequisite. 

Minor Program in Mathematics for Teacher Education 

A. For elementary education the minor shall consist of 20 units of course work 
selected from the course listings in mathematics and mathematics education. These 
courses must include Mathematics 150B and Mathematics Education 303 A,B. 

B. For secondary education the minor shall consist of 20 units of course work 
selected from the course listings in mathematics and mathematics education. These 
courses must include Mathematics 291 and six units of upper division courses in 
mathematics or mathematics education. 


DEPARTMENT OF MUSIC 

Professors: Gray,* Landon (chairman), Lewis, Thorsen 
Associate Professor: Michalsky 

Assistant Professors: Charlton, Fuszek, Karson, Kincaid, Reims, Remsen, Vaughan 
Instructors: Chadwick, McCarty, Unruh. 

Lecturer: Minor 

Lecturers in applied music (pan time): Bloch (clarinet), Caudill (string bass), 
Fleming (trombone), Johnson (tuba), Kemalyan (voice), Lustganen (cello), 
Moritz (flute), Muggeridge (oboe), Nowlin (bassoon), Olsson (voice), Parkening 
(guitar-lute), Paul (voice), Peebles (trombone), Plummer (violin), Remsen 
(harp), Shaffer (organ), Voorhies (piano) 

The Department of Music offers courses in music for both majors and non- 
majors. The fundamental purpose of the music major curriculum leading toward 
the baccalaureate degree is to provide the necessary' training in each of the related 
aspects of music such as its history' and literature, theoretical studies, and musical 

•College administrative officer 


110 


Music 


performance. Such a program of studies is based on the need to provide serious 
students with a core curriculum which will prepare the individual in such areas 
as (a) the knowledge of the history and relationships of music as an art form, (b) 
a comprehensive and analytical understanding of musical literature, (c) a working 
knowledge of music theory and structure, (d) a high degree of competence in a 
performing field, and (e) a specialization within the major. 

The music program is designed to educate: 

1. Students in general, in terms of composite minors, music minors, or broad 
offerings in the humanities or liberal arts. 

2. Students preparing to teach in the elementary and/or secondary schools, with 
a major field concentration in music (special music teachers). 

3. Students preparing to teach in the elementary schools with a major field con- 
centration in music (classroom teachers). 

4. Students preparing to teach in the junior colleges and four-year colleges with 
a major field concentration in music. 

5. Students other than music majors preparing to teach as classroom teachers in 
the elementary schools. 

6. Students wishing to prepare for various vocations in music, such as: 

a. Church music directors and organists 

b. Teachers of music in private studios 

c. Music librarians 

d. Professional performers of music 

e. Composers and arrangers 

f. Industrial and recreational music directors 

REQUIREMENTS OF THE DEPARTMENT OF MUSIC 

Note: Special requirements are available in detail from the office of the Depart- 
ment of Music, M262. 

1. Entrance examinations in basic piano, voice, theory, and music history will 
be given all music majors at the time of entrance to the college and to lower 
division students before acceptance in upper division music major sequence. 
These examinations plus auditions in the major performance areas are for 
placement and to satisfy credential requirements in the minor performance 
fields. Students who are deficient in any of these areas will be expected to 
take additional work as suggested by the faculty adviser. 

2. Music majors will be expected to declare a principal area of performance with 
the approval of the department chairman and faculty adviser, no later than the 
beginning of the junior year. It will be expected that each student will pre- 
pare for suitable development within this major area of performance, culmi- 
nating in the successful presentation of a senior recital before he may be ap- 
proved for graduation. The following steps should be taken as a part of this 
preparation: 

a. Declaration of an area of performance concentration (voice, piano, instru- 
ment, or combination solo instrument or voice and conducting) at the 
time of entrance to the college. 

b. Demonstration of performance progress before a faculty jury each se- 
mester. 

c. Appearance in at least one minor recital or an assisting performer at 
least once each semester. 

3. All music majors are required to participate in a major performance group 
(band, orchestra, or chorus) each semester of the regular school year. Students 
who are wind or percussion instrument majors in their applied field must 


111 


Music 


register for band (or orchestra if designated by instrumental faculty) every 
semester; string majors must register for orchestra every semester; voice majors 
must register for chorus every semester. Music education majors whose per- 
formance area is piano or organ should be assigned to one major performance 
group by academic adviser. Exceptions to this requirement may be made only 
by action of the music faculty. 

4. Instrumental and piano majors are required to take part in small ensembles 
for a minimum of two semesters. 

5. The major area of performance concentration for major in music requires 
work in applied music, as follows: 

a. Piano, voice and instrumental majors — must complete a minimum of 8 
semesters of applied music in the major field of concentration, leading 
toward the successful presentation of a senior recital in the major per- 
formance field. 

b. Choral or instrumental conducting majors — must complete a minimum of 
eight semesters of applied music in the major field of performance con- 
centration, in addition to a minimum of six units in conducting, leading 
toward the successful presentation of a joint recital in the major per- 
forming field or a conducting recital or both. 

c. A preliminary functional piano examination in piano will be taken at the 
beginning of the junior year. Before the end of the senior year, students 
in the secondary credential program must pass a functional piano exam- 
ination. 

d. Composition majors must complete a minimum of eight units, including: 
Mu 322A, B; Mu 370 (2 units); Mu 377 (2-4 units). This course of study 
will culminate in the successful completion of a composition recital, for 
the B.A degree. 

6. Senior transfer students entering California State College at Fullerton with a 
major in music, or graduate students in music entering to complete credential 
requirements are expected to complete a minimum of one semester of suc- 
cessful upper division work in music before they may be approved for di- 
rected teaching. Required courses and competencies expected of all the college 
music majors must be satisfied before endorsement by the faculty committee 
for acceptance in the credential program. 

7. Elementary credential candidates majoring in music (B.A. in Music) are re- 
quired to complete 2 units of Mu 499 in the semester immediately preceding 
Student Teaching and to take Mu 599 for one unit concurrently with Student 
Teaching. Normally, both courses will be taken in the student’s graduate year. 

8. All music majors will be expected to attend a weekly departmental organization 
class (Mu 400) each semester of enrollment. 

MUSIC DEGREE PROGRAMS 

The Department of Music offers a variety of courses and programs leading 
to baccalaureate and graduate degrees in teaching and the professions. These 
degrees may be earned in two degree patterns. It is possible to elect suitable 
concentration within these specializations in such areas as applied music, composi- 
tion, conducting, music education, and music history and literature. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN MUSIC 

This program prepares students in either (1) music history and literature, or 
(2) music for elementary classroom teachers. 


112 


Music 


The music history and literature specialization provides suitable preparation for 
advanced degrees in musicology and for certain preprofessional goals, including 
the fields of musical acoustics, music therapy, ethnomusicology, library science 
in music, and music in industry and recreation. 

The emphasis for classroom teaching is not designed for the music specialist 
in public schools (see Bachelor of Music) and would require additional course 
work in some areas if used as preparation for most graduate degrees in music. 

The bachelor of arts in music shall consist of no fewer than 45 units, of which 
at least 25 shall be in the upper division. The following minimum requirements are 
basic to this degree objective: 


Music Requirements : 

Lower Divison Units 

Music Theory (Mu 111 A3; 211 A3) 12 

Music History and Literature (151A3) 4 

Applied Techniques (including ensemble, principal instrument or voice) — 4 


Total 


20 


Upper Division 

Music Theory 6 

(Note: Majors in musicology must include Mu 3 12 A3 (4), counter- 
point, and Mu 321A, Form and Analysis, or Mu 323A, Orchestra- 
tion) 

Music History and Literature (Mu 351 A,B) 6 

Specialization in the major and general electives in music 13 

Music History and Literature • Classroom Teaching 

Emphasis Emphasis 

Must include three period or Must include Mu 333, Music 

specialized music history and and Child Development — 3 units 

literature courses 6 units 


Total 


25 


Total, lower and upper division 45 

Allied Requirements: 

Music History and Literature Emphasis 

1. An academic minor 20 

(by approval of the academic adviser and the department) 


To provide suitable preparation in academic disciplines outside the field 
of music in such areas as 

(a) liberal arts studies; 

(b) supportive courses for advanced degrees in musicology; and, 

(c) preprofessional goals 

2. Foreign language, to be satisfied by one of the following: 

(a) four years study of foreign language at the secondary school level, 

(b) a pass examination given by the Department of Foreign Languages 
and Literatures, or 

(c) completion of the second semester of the 10-unit beginning course 
in foreign language. 

* Elementary credential candidates must take a minimum of two units each of piano and voice 
(nonprincipal) and pass satisfactorily the junior level proficiency in each. 


113 


Music 


Classroom Teacher Emphasis 

1. Diversified studies in academic areas appropriate for classroom teachers 
such as English, literature, mathematics, science, art, drama, social sci- 
ences, foreign language, and physical education and health by consulta- 
tion with the major and professional advisers. 

2. A course in diction or foreign language. 

(May be satisfied by a minimum of 1 semester of foreign language or 
Mu 390, Diction for Singers) 

3. Completion of Ed 311, Ed 331 and admittance to Teacher Education. 

BACHELOR OF MUSIC 

This degree program is for the development of persons specializing in perform- 
ance and applied music techniques.* * 

The music major, professional degree program, shall consist of no fewer than 
64 semester units, of which at least 36 shall be in the upper division. The following 
minimum requirements are basic to this degree objective. 


Lower Division 

Music Theory (Mu 111A,B; 211A,B) 

Music History and Literature (Mu 151A,B) 
t Applied techniques: 

Principal instrument or voice 8 

Major performance ensemble .. 


3 


Units 
- 12 
- 4 

. 12 


Total 

Upper Division 

Music Theory 

Music History and Literature (Mu 351A,B) 
Applied techniques: 

Principal instrument or voice _ 

Major performance ensemble 


4 ) 


28 

8 

6 


t Specialization in the major (to be selected in consultation with and with 
the approval' of the academic adviser) from appropriate areas of: 

Chamber or allied performance ensembles 2} 14 

Composition, conducting, and/or performance 12) 


Total 


36 


Total, lower and upper division 


64 


MINOR IN MUSIC 

The minor in music may be used as an appropriate area of study by persons 
whose majors are in other fields, or may be used to satisfy minor field requirements 
for elementary or secondary teaching credentials. A maximum of 12 units from 

* This program also can prepare the student for a teaching career as a music specialist in the public 
elementary or secondary schools and junior colleges of California. The music education emphasis 
is a five year program leading toward the Standard Teaching Credential, Secondary School 
Teaching Specialization. Holders of this credential, secondary specialization, may teach music 
in either or both secondary and elementary public schools of California. For complete pro- 
fessional education requirements, see School of Education section. In the post-graduate year, 
students must complete the music education techniques block (MuEd. 441, 442, 443 and 449) 
before admission to student teaching. 

t Music education lower division emphasis will include principal instrument or voice — 4 units; 
functional piano and/or voice— 4 units. Upper division emphasis will include conducting — 
6 units; and orchestral instruments — 8 units. 


114 


Music 


the lower division may be included in work counted toward the music minor. The 
music minor requires a minimum preparation of 20 units. 


Composite of Lower Division and Upper Division Units 

Theory of Music (selected from Mu 101, 111A,B, 211A,B or any 300- or 
400-level theory classes for which student is qualified) 6 

Music history and literature (Mu 100, 151A,B, 350 or courses at the 300 

or 400 level for which student is qualified) 4-6 

Applied Techniques (including ensemble, conducting, piano or voice, or- 
chestral instruments, and principal instrument or voice) 8-10 


Note: Students expecting to use the minor for teaching must complete 
four units (two courses) of Mu 281 a-e. Orchestral Instruments and a 
minimum of two units in an ensemble appropriate to their area of speciali- 
zation. — 

Total 20 


MASTER OF ARTS IN MUSIC 

The program of studies leading to the master of arts in music provides advanced 
studies in breadth as well as in an area of graduate specialization. The program 
is further intended to provide advanced course work with a suitable balance in 
such music studies as theory, composition, history, literature and advanced applied 
techniques. There are suitable graduate specializations in the areas of history and 
literature of music; advanced applied techniques; theory-composition; and music 
education. 

The master of arts in music is especially designed for teachers and supervisors 
of music; persons intending to specialize in applied fields in the pursuit of occu- 
pational goals; individuals preparing for college teaching; and persons intending to 
pursue advanced degrees beyond the master’s level. 

Prerequisites for Admission to the Program 

The student must have a baccalaureate degree with a major in music (or the 
equivalent of a major, i.e., 24 upper division courses in music). Opportunity is 
given the student to remove deficiencies by taking certain prescribed courses. 
Such courses cannot be applied to the master’s degree program. The student must 
also take the aptitude and advanced music tests of the Graduate Record Exam- 
ination and pass the graduate music placement-proficiency examination. 

Requirements for the Degree 

The degree program requires 30 units of graduate study, no more than nine of 
which shall be outside the field of music, and at least 12 of which must be in 
500-level courses in the major. The student will take Mu 500 (Graduate Studies 
in Music, two units) early in his program, and must include at least four units in 
history and literature of music, four in advanced techniques, two in theory com- 
position, and an added six units in one of the above, or in music education, as an 
area of specialization. A thesis or project is required, for which three units may 
be granted. In addition, each program will include at least six units of study out- 
side the field of music, but supportive to the program. Each program is individu- 
ally designed in conference with the adviser. 

Also see “The Program of Master’s Degrees,” page 72. 

FEES FOR APPLIED MUSIC 

Applied music (private instruction in voice or major instrument), per lesson, 
$l-$6. 

Average studio lesson fee, including 14 half-hour lessons (one unit) and exami- 
nation, per semester $70-$96. 

115 


Philosophy 


DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY 

Professors: Alamshah, Becker,* Hayner (chairman) 

Associate Professor: Silvers 
Assistant Professor: Overvold 
Instructor: Hitchcock 
Lecturer: Cronquist 

The aim of the Department of Philosophy is twofold: (1) to present curricular 
offerings in a manner that will awaken an appreciation for philosophical concerns; 
delineate the significant contributions made to the history of ideas by the great 
philosophers; and develop in those who concentrate in the field an appreciable 
degree of precision in communicating the subject matter of philosophy; (2) to 
draw attention to the significance of philosophical analysis in areas of vital concern 
for the life of society. 

Coursework in philosophy, therefore, has the following objectives: 

(1) To help students understand their own philosophical concerns; 

(2) To uncover and to delineate sound methodology for the clarification of 
philosophical problems; and 

(3) To prepare students who arc seeking higher degrees in philosophy. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE: PHILOSOPHY MAJOR 

Requirements : A total of 36 units, beyond general education requirements, with 
the following distribution: 

Lower Division (maximum of 12 units, beyond general education requirements) 
Core requirements (6 units) 

211 A Ancient Philosophy (3) 

21 IB Ancient Philosophy (3) 

Electives (6 units) 

Note: Students who have taken their lower division work elsewhere will be 
given credit for equivalent coursework. Up to 12 units of such coursework may 
be allowed for credit at the discretion of the department. 

Upper Division (minimum of 24 units) 

Core requirements (15 units) 

331 History of Philosophy: Rationalism and Empiricism (3) 

332 History of Philosophy: Kant and the 19th Century' (3) 

Plus choice of one of the following: 

417A, 417B Aristotle (3,3) 

427A, 427B Spinoza (3,3) 

437A, 437B James (3,3) 

447 A, 447B Plato (3,3) 

457A, 457B Hume (3,3) 

467A, 467B Kant (3,3) 

Plus 499 Independent Study (3) 

Electives (minimum of 9 units) 

A program in philosophy' profits greatly through the study of literary' master- 
pieces, psyxhology', and the social sciences. Students of philosophy are advised to 
supplement their studies in philosophy with coursework offered in these fields. 
Philosophy' majors are urged to acquire proficiency in a foreign language. 

* College administrative officer. 


116 


Physics 


MINOR IN PHILOSOPHY 

Requirements: A total of 21 units (beyond general education requirements) 
Lower Division (maximum of 9 units) 

Core requirements (6 units) 

211 A Ancient Philosophy (3) 

21 lB Ancient Philosophy (3) 

Electives (3) 

Upper Division (minimum of 12 units) 

Core requirements (6 units) 

331 History of Philosophy: Rationalism and Empiricism (3) 

332 History of Philosophy: Kant and the 19th Century (3) 

Electives (6) 


DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS 

Professors: Adams, R. (chairman), Blend 
Associate Professor: Dittman 

Assistant Professors: Bengtson, Cooperman, Crowley, Johnston 

BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN PHYSICS 

The program leading to the bachelor of arts in physics provides the funda- 
mental instruction basic to the needs of the student who is preparing (1) to teach 
in elementary or secondary schools, (2) to undertake graduate work in physics 
or related fields, (3) to pursue additional collegiate studies leading to professional 
degrees in dentistry, law, medicine, nursing, and other professional, related areas, 
and (4) to seek employment in technical and applied fields. 

The faculty is concerned that the student of physics shall have adequate educa- 
tion in other liberal arts subjects, including foreign language. Through curriculum 
requirements and through elective subjects, the physics student will be expected 
to have a broad education in traditional liberal arts subjects, the several sciences, 
and mathematics. In particular, the student is urged to make his selections of 
elective courses outside the field of physics. 

To qualify for the bachelor of arts in physics, students must have a C average 
in all courses required for the major, including those in mathematics and the related 
sciences. A proficiency in one modern foreign language (Russian, German, or 
French) is required. A reading comprehension of a second foreign language is 
strongly recommended for students planning graduate study leading to the Ph.D. 
degree. This requirement is normally met by completing two semesters of funda- 
mental foreign language (10 units) plus one semester of scientific foreign language 
(3 units) with a grade of C or better in each course. Under unusual circumstances 
the requirement may be met by examination upon approval of the department 
chairman. Application must be made in the departmental office by October 15 for 
examination during the fall semester and by February 1 for examination during 
the spring semester. 

No credit toward the major will be allowed for major courses in which a 
grade of D is received. 


117 


Physics 


MINIMUM DEPARTMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR DEGREE * 

Lower Division Units 

Freshman Seminar 1 

General chemistry (satisfies general education physical science requirement) 10 
Mathematics: analytic geometry and calculus (satisfies general education 

mathematics requirement) 14 

Fundamental physics 13 

Modem foreign language (Russian, German or French) 

Proficiency in one language required. (For details see paragraph above.) 


Upper Division Physics f 

431 Electricity and Magnetism 3 

441 Analytical Mechanics 3 

411 Theory of Wave Motion 3 

455 Introduction to Quantum Physics 3 

453 Nuclear Physics or 

451 Modern Physics 3 

416 Thermodynamics 3 

481 A Experimental Physics (electrical measurements and electronics) 3 

48 IB Experimental Physics (mechanics, acoustics, physical optics, atomic 

spectra 3 

48 1C Experimental Physics (atomic and nuclear physics) 3 

48 ID Experimental Physics (selected experiments in classical and modem 

physics) 3 

Total 30 

Required Mathematics 

Mathematics courses in addition to analytic geometry’ and calculus 9 


MINOR IN PHYSICS 

A minimum of 20 units of physics are required for a minor. These shall include 
12 units of lower division physics (or equivalent as determined by the department 
of physics), and a minimum of 9 units of upper division physics, including a mini- 
mum of 3 units of Experimental Physics. 

Suggested Eight-semester Program for Major in Physics 


Semester 1. Freshman 

Phy r s 101 Freshman Seminar 1 

Math 150A Analytic Geometry and Calculus 4 

Engl 101 Composition and World Literature 3 

For Lang 101 Fundamental Russian, German, or French 5 

Any required general education course 3 

Any physical education activity course Yi 

16 ft 

Semester 2. Freshman 

Math DOB Analytic Geometry’ and Calculus 4 

Engl 102 World Literature and Composition— 3 

For Lang 102 Fundamental Russian, German, or French 5 

Phy s 221 A, 222 A Fundamental Physics 5 

Any physical education activity course ft 

Total I7H 


* Substitutions in the program may be made on approval by the department chairman, 
t Theory courses will normally be taken in the order of listing. Laboratory courses will normally 
be taken in numerical order of course number. 

118 


Physics 


Semester 3. Sophomore 

Math 250A Intermediate Calculus 

Phys 22 IB, 222B Fundamental Physics 

For Lang 203 Intermediate Russian, German, or French 

Chem 101 A General Chemistry 

Any physical education activity course — 

Total 


Semester 4. Sophomore 

Math 250B Intermediate Calculus 3 

Phys 22 1C Fundamental Physics 3 

Any required general education course - 3 

Any required general education course 3 

Chem 101 B General Chemistry 5 

Any physical education activity course Zi 

Total 17 Vi 

Semester 5. Junior 

Math 291 Linear Algebra 3 

Phys 431 Electricity and Magnetism 3 

Phys 481 A Experimental Physics 3 

Any required general education course 3 

Bsc 101 Elements of Biology 5 

Total 17 

Semester 6. Junior 

Math 350A Advanced Calculus 3 

Phys 441 Analytical Mechanics 3 

Phys 48 IB Experimental Physics 3 

Phys 411 Theory of Wave Motion.- 3 

Any required general education course 3 

Any required general education course 3 

Total 18 

Semester 7. Senior 

Math 350B Advanced Calculus 3 

Phys 455 Introduction to Quantum Physics 3 

Phys 48 1C Experimental Physics 3 

Any required general education course 3 

Any required general education course 3 

Total 15 

(Honor students may add Physics 491, Senior Report (1).) 

Semester I. Senior 

Phys 416 Thermodynamics 3 

Phys 453 Nuclear Physics or 

Phys 451 Modem Physics — 3 

Phys 48 ID Experimental Physics 3 

Electives 6 

Total 15 

(Honor students may add Physics 492, Senior Report (2).) 


Units 
„ 3 
5 

.. 3 

_ 5 
- Zi 


\6Vr 


119 


Political Science 


DEPARTMENT OF POLITICAL SCIENCE 

Professors: Hyink,* Mason, Richardson (chairman) 

Associate Professors: Baldwin, Bell, Foster, Kerschner 

Assistant Professors: Feraru, Fisher, Kim, Lepper, Ross, Shah, Surphen, Wilcox, 
Yinger 

Lecturer: Brown 


BACHELOR OF ARTS IN POLITICAL SCIENCE 

The undergraduate major in political science prepares students for teaching, gov- 
ernment employment on the local, state and national level, foreign service, grad- 
uate work in political science, law school, or leadership in civic and political ac- 
tivities. Political science is also of value to prospective special librarians and 
journalists. 

Unit and Cowrsa Requirements 

The major consists of 30 units in political science of which at least 24 units must 
be in the upper division, plus 12 units in related departments taken with the ap- 
proval of the adviser. These units are in addition to those meeting the general edu- 
cation requirements. Prospective majors are encouraged to take courses in anthro- 
pology, economics, geography, history, philosophy, psychology, sociology, and 
statistics. 

All majors are required to take: 

Political Science 100 (American Government) 

Political Science 231 (Comparative Study of Political Systems) 

Political Science 306 (Research Proseminar) 

Political Science 341 (Fundamental Principles of Political Theory) 

In addition, majors are required to take any two of the following: 

Political Science 251 (International Affairs) 

Political Science 320 (Public Administration and Policy) 

Political Science 371 (The Judicial Process) 

Each student will be assigned to a member of the department for individual 
guidance and advice designed to prepare the student for his educational and pro- 
fessional objectives. Students planning on a career in the foreign service are en- 
couraged to take their elective units in American culture, geography, and history. 
Proficiency in a foreign language is strongly recommended for students planning 
on graduate work or the foreign service. A course in statistics is advisable for 
others. 

The public administration courses are designed to prepare students for public 
service careers with local, state and federal government agencies, and for graduate 
work in public administration. Students will have opportunities to study, observe, 
and serve as interns in governmental agencies in the area. 

The prelaw student may work out an individual program in consultation with 
his adviser to meet the specific requirements for admission to the law school of his 
choice. Courses in related fields may include work in anthropology, economics, his- 
tory, psychology', and sociology; also in accounting and report writing. 

TEACHING MINOR IN POLITICAL SCIENCE 

The teaching minor is composed of 21 units of political science, in addition 
to those meeting the general education requirements. Fifteen of these units must be 
taken from the courses required of all majors in political science. 

* College administrative officer. 


120 


Political Science 


MASTER OF ARTS IN POLITICAL SCIENCE 

This degree is planned for students interested in advanced graduate work toward 
the doctoral degree in political science, for the professional improvement of high 
school and junior college teachers, government employees, personnel in the military 
services, and for individuals interested in civic and political leadership. 

Prerequisites 

A student desiring to enter the M.A. program must have completed a minimum 
of 24 hours of upper division work in political science and/or pertinent related 
fields, with a GPA of 3.0 as approved by the Graduate Coordinator. The aptitude 
test of the Graduate Record Examination is required, and the GRE Advanced Test 
in Government may also be required. A reading knowledge of a foreign language, 
a demonstrated knowledge of appropriate research methods (PS 306 or its equiva- 
lent), of statistics or computer programming or both will be required by the 
M.A. committee as preparation if pertinent to the student’s professional needs. 

Each student’s record and background will be carefully evaluated before ad- 
mission to classified status. Students may be admitted with limited subject de- 
ficiencies which must be removed by taking courses or challenge examinations 
as approved by the Graduate Coordinator. Grade and subject deficiencies must be 
removed before admission to classified status. Courses taken to remove deficiencies 
may not be counted toward the requirements for the M.A. degree. 

Program of Study 

A student must design a study plan of 30 units of course work, subject to the 
approval of his MA. committee (as part of the requirements for admission to 
classified status). At least 18 of these units must be in political science, of which 
15 units, exclusive of thesis or project, must be 500-level courses. Political Science 
506 is strongly recommended for those students who are seriously considering work 
beyond the master’s level. A thesis or project (3-6 units) may be required. A com- 
prehensive final written examination is required; an oral examination may also be 
required. 

No more than 9 units of postgraduate work taken prior to classified status may 
be applied to a student’s master’s degree program. 

See also “The Program of Master’s Degrees,” page 72 and the Graduate Bulletin. 

For advisement and further information, consult the Department of Political 
Science. 

MASTER Of PURLIC ADMINISTRATION 
Gunoral Chora ctuHstics: 

The general objective of the program is to educate persons for the vital area of 
managing public agencies and functions. Within this, there are three specific ob- 
jectives. First, to educate those who wish to enter a generalist career such as that 
of city manager, county manager, or city administrative officer. Second, to increase 
the competence of those already embarked on a general administrative career. 
Third, to aid functional specialists who feel the need for a broader education in 
administration due to promotion into an administrative position within the func- 
tional specialty. This would include employees in such areas as public works, plan- 
ning, personnel, and finance. 

Prerequisites 

A student desiring to enter the program must have a bachelor’s degree from an 
accredited institution with an undergraduate major in political science or a combi- 
nation of courses and work experience which the MPA coordinator evaluates as 
satisfactory experience. Additional prerequisites are a B average in the upper 
division courses in the student’s major and satisfactory completion of the Aptitude 
Test of the Graduate Record Examination. 


121 


Psychology 


Students with limited subject or grade point deficiencies, but who have exten- 
sive experience in an administrative capacity, may be classified in the program 
after they have demonstrated their ability for advanced work by taking 6-9 units 
of approved courses with grades of not less than B. Such courses are in addition 
to those required on the graduate program. 

Program of Study 

The degree study plan must include 30 units of committee-approved coursework 
of which 15 must be at the 500 level. A minimum of 15 units must be in public 
administration, but the remainder may be assigned on an interdisciplinary basis 
from courses related to the needs of individual students. Unless the student has had 
acceptable governmental experience, he must undertake an internship (Political 
Science 429). Course requirements will include a thesis or project and a compre- 
hensive written examination. 

No more than 9 units of postgraduate work taken prior to classified status may 
be applied to a student’s master’s degree program. 

See also “The Program of Master’s Degrees,” page 72 and the Graduate Bulletin. 

For advisement and further information, consult the Department of Political 
Science. 


DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY 

Professors: Edwards (chairman), Lindlcy, Schmidt, Tsai 
Associate Professors: Calhoun, Carlson 

Assistant Professors: Curtis, Dondis, Jatfee, Lindner, Morrow 
Lecturers: Ebersole, Krivanek, Thomas 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN PSYCHOLOGY 

The major in psychology consists of 36 units of lower and upper division work 
designed for students (1) who want a sound background in psychology as a science, 
(2) who want a basic understanding of human behavior as a supplement to some 
other major course of study, and (3) those who wish to acquire a thorough under- 
graduate training in psychology in anticipation of graduate study. 


Requirements for the Major 

Lower Division Units 

Psychology 101 Introductory Psychology 3 

Psychology 161 Elementary Statistics 3 

Psychology 202 Principles of Psychology’ _ 3 


Upper Division 

A minimum of 27 units of upper division work is required for a major in psy- 
chology. Fifteen units arc required as follows: 

Psychology 302 Experimental Psychology: Learning and Motivation 3 

Psychology 303 Experimental Psychology: Sensation Perception or 


Psychology 321 Physiological Psychology’ 3 

Psychology 351 Social Psychology or 

Psychology 331 Psychology of Personality ........ 3 

Psychology’ 461 Group Psychological Testing 3 

Psychology 408 History of Psychology 3 


A minimum of 12 additional units in psychology’ courses will be selected in con- 
sultation with the academic adviser. Not more than 3 units of Psych. 499, Inde- 
pendent Study, may* be counted toward the major. 


122 


Psychology 


Recommended Related Courses 

Courses from each of the following areas according to the student’s interests: 
(1) social sciences; (2) physical sciences; (3) biological sciences; (4) mathematics; 
(5) humanities. 

Students planning to do graduate work in psychology are advised to plan addi- 
tional work in biological and physical sciences and to include at least a one- 
semester course in college mathematics. Undergraduate work in foreign languages 
is also recommended. 


MASTIR OF ARTS IN PSYCHOLOGY 

This degree is planned to extend the body of psychological knowledge developed 
in the undergraduate major and result in the development of greater depth in 
understanding the content of psychology; increased skill in research capabilities; 
the professional reporting of research; potential career skills; and sound preparation 
for students planning to go on to advanced graduate work. On completion of this 
program, students will have a better understanding of the many and complex dis- 
ciplines in psychology as well as an understanding of related behavioral and scien- 
tific areas of study. 

Students to be admitted to the program must: (1) meet the general prerequisites 
for graduate work formulated and recommended by the college; (2) have com- 
pleted a bachelor’s degree with a major in psychology or 24 units in upper division 
psychology including a course in statistics, a course in the history of psychol- 
ogy, an upper division laboratory course in psychology, at least two of the follow- 
ing courses: physiological psychology, learning, sensation and perception, motiva- 
tion, and at least one of the following courses: social psychology, personality, 
developmental psychology; psychological testing; (3) have completed or must 
complete within the first year of graduate study a course in college mathematics, 
a course in the biological sciences beyond the college’s general education require- 
ment, and a course in sociology or anthropology beyond the college’s general edu- 
cation requirement; (4) have completed a baccalaureate degree with a 2.5 general 
average and a 3.0 average in psychology; (5) show satisfactory performance on 
the aptitude test and the advanced test in psychology, which are parts of the 
Graduate Record £xamination. 


Program of Study 


The Master of Arts in Psychology requires a minimum of 24 units of approved 
graduate work in the major field, including the completion and acceptance by the 
Psychology Department Graduate Study Committee of a written thesis, plus six 
units of approved work for graduate credit from other related areas. 

The student, in consultation with an adviser on the staff of the Psychology De- 
partment, shall develop a program of studies which will be submined to the 
Graduate Study Committee of the Department of Psychology for approval. 

Course requirements for the M.A. in Psychology: 


Units 

Psychology 500 Advanced General Psychology 3 

Psychology 510 Advanced Experimental Design 3 

Psychology 520 Seminar: Experimental Psychology 3 

Psychology 521 Seminar: Personality and Social Psychology 3 

Psychology 598 Thesis 3-6 

Related courses outside psychology 6 

Elective courses in psychology 6-9 


T otals 


15-18 

6 

6-9 


Total units for M.A. in psychology 


30 


123 


Science and Mathematics Education 

Students will be required to pass a comprehensive examination in psychology in 
addition to satisfactory performance in the above courses. 

See also “The Program of Master’s Degrees,” page 72. 


DEPARTMENT OF SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS 
EDUCATION 

Professors: Lay, Turner (chairman) 

Associate Professor: Lepper 

Assistant Professors: Fletcher, Williams, Woyski 

The department does not offer any degree program at this time. 

The Department of Science and Mathematics Education prepares students to 
teach in the areas of science and mathematics at the elementary and secondary 
levels, to provide guidance for experienced teachers in the study and use of edu- 
cational practices developed for the teaching of sciences and mathematics and to 
help teachers develop original ideas in their areas of specialization. 

The offerings of this department include basic professional training courses re- 
quired for teacher certification, advanced coursework in science and mathematics 
education, and certain academic content offerings designed especially for teacher 
preparation. 

Requirements for teaching majors and minors in science and mathematics are 
listed under the respective academic departments. 


REQUIRED COURSEWORK 

The following courses offered by the Department of Science and Mathematics 
Education are required for teaching credential candidates. 

Elementary School Credential Candidates — Any Major 

Math Ed 303 A Fund. Concepts of Math,— Arithmetic 
Sci Ed 310 Elementary Experimental Science 

Secondary School Credential Candidates— Science 

Sci Ed 442 Teaching Science in the Secondary’ School 
Sci Ed 749 Student Teaching in Science — Secondary' 


Secondary School Credential Candidates — Mathematics 


Math 

Math 

Math 

Math 

Math 


Ed 303 A,B Fund. Concepts of Math. — Arithmetic 
Ed 311 Fund. Concepts of Math. — Algebra 
Ed 312 Fund. Concepts of Math. — Geometry 
Ed 442 Teaching Mathematics in the Secondary School 
Ed 749 Student Teaching in Mathematics — Secondary 


MASTER OF ARTS IN SOCIAL SCIENCES 

(An Interdepartmental Program) 

The master of arts in social sciences allows a student to pursue advanced work 
in two or three related fields.* Selection may' be made from the following: an- 
thropology', economics, geography, history* political science, psychology', and so- 
ciology’. The thirty’ (30) units approved by the graduate adviser, from the depart- 
ment of the student’s first field, are to be arranged in one of the following patterns: 

* Consult individual departments about prerequisites. 


124 


Sociology 


Panem A (two fields) First field 18 or 15 units 

Second field 12 or 15 units 

30 30 units 

Pattern B (three fields) First field 15 or 12 or 12 units 

Second field 9 or 12 or 9 units 

Third field .. 6 or 6 or 9 units 


30 30 30 units 

Specific requirements include: 

At least 12 units of graduate courses (500 level); 

An upper division or graduate level course in research methods and bibliography 
in one of the social sciences; 

Thesis or project (or approved papers prepared for graduate seminars, in lieu 
of a project) 

Oral examination on the thesis or project and on the courses offered for the 
degree; 

Completion of the aptitude test of the Graduate Record Examination; 

The Advanced Test in Social Sciences of the Graduate Record Examination 
may be required. 

There is no foreign language requirement, but certain fields may require work 
in statistics. An undergraduate major in social sciences, or 24 units of upper divi- 
sion courses in social sciences (approved by the adviser) with a GPA of at least 
3.0 is required. The graduate adviser will be selected from the first field. In case 
of the 15-15 pattern, the adviser is chosen from the department in which the thesis 
or project is written. 

See also “The Program of Master's Degrees,” page 72. 


DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY 

Professor: Davis (chairman) 

Associate Professors: Hagedorn, Jacobson, Palisi, J. R. Smith, Works 
Assistant Professors: Copp, Lackey, Mend, Poorkaj, Ransford, Sakuma 

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN SOCIOLOGY 

The major in sociology provides knowledge concerning the structure and func- 
tioning of human society. It may serve as preparation for: (1) graduate study 
in sociology and careers in teaching and research, (2) employment or graduate 
study in social work, corrections and related careers, or (3) careers in business 
and industry, various areas of government service, and the study of law. Sociology 
has applications to a wide range of careers and to participation as a citizen. 

Unit Requirements 

The required minimum for the major is 42 units, in addition to those taken for 
the general education requirement, distributed as follows: 

Courses in Sociology 

Thirty units must be taken in sociology, 24 in upper division courses. So- 
ciology' 201 is required, and 3 additional units are acceptable from lower divi- 
sion offerings. The minimum of 24 upper division units must include 331 A, 

33 1 B, 341, 481, and at least one of the following: 436, 470, 473, 477. 

Minimum units 30 


125 


Sociology 


Related Courses 

Twelve upper division units are to be taken in the related fields of anthro- 
pology, economics, geography, history, political science, and psychology, to 
be approved by the major adviser. 

Minimum units 12 


Minimum total units for the major — 42 


TEACHING MINOR IN SOCIOLOGY 


For teaching credential purposes a minor consists of 21 units in sociology, dis- 
tributed as follows: 


Credits 

201 3 

202 or 411 or 413 or 431 3 

341 or 451 3 

477 or 480 or 481 3 

Electives in sociology 9 


21 

Social Welfare 

Students seeking employment or graduate study in social work may major in 
sociology; but satisfactory preparation is also provided by other majors, such as 
psychology, anthropology, economics, or political science. There is no major in 
social welfare, but three courses — Social VVelfare 311, Welfare Institutions; 351 A, 
Social Work Methods; and 35 IB, Social Work Methods — provide a thorough intro- 
duction to the field by professional social workers. The best preparation for a 
welfare position with the B.A. degree, or for graduate study in social work, is a 
broad background in the social sciences. 

MASTER OF ARTS IN SOCIOLOGY 

The program for this degree provides advanced study in general sociology. 
It offers an opportunity to broaden one’s knowledge of society, to strengthen 
skills of sociological analysis, and to do research in depth in an area of particular 
interest. It may be used as preparation for study toward the doctorate in sociology, 
for junior college teaching, participation in research, or for a variety of positions 
in business and industry, corrections, the community, or government. 

Prerequisites 

Admission to the program requires a minimum of 18 upper division units in soci- 
ology, including the following courses or their equivalents: 

331 A Social Research Methods (design, collecting data, etc.) 

33 IB Social Research Methods (elementary’ statistics) 

341 Social Interaction 
481 Sociological Theory 

Also required is a GPA of 3.0 (B) for all work in sociology , a 2.5 average for all 
previous college work, and satisfactory' performance on the aptitude test of the 
Graduate Record Examination. Students with limited grade or course deficiencies 
may be considered for admission to the program on completion of adviser-approved 
courses with a B average. 


126 


Speech 


Program of Study 

The study plan for the degree must include the following: Units 

1. Sociology 531 Methods and Measurements in Sociology 3 

2. Sociology 581 Analysis of Sociological Theory 3 

3. Sociology 598 Thesis 6 

4. Any two graduate seminars in sociology (3 units each) 6 

5. Upper division or graduate work in sociology 6 

6. Upper division or graduate work in related fields 6 


30 

To complete the requirements, the candidate must successfully defend the thesis 
in an oral examination by a committee, and pass a comprehensive examination. 

For requirements “5” and “6” above, any adviser-approved 400-level or 300-level 
course taken as a graduate student may be used. Additional seminars, or Sociology 
599, Independent Graduate Research, may be used for requirement “5”, but not 
in lieu of the thesis. Normally the student will register for thesis two different 
times, for three units each semester. 

Also see “The Program of Master’s Degrees,” page 72. 


DEPARTMENT OF SPEECH 

Professors: Andersen, Fessenden (chairman), Long*, Nelson 
Associate Professors: Granell, Kaplan, Nichols 

Assistant Professors: Booth, Enell, Good, Harris, Melhuish, Riley, Treon 
Instructor: Baker 

Course work in the Department of Speech is directed toward five goals: (1) to 
provide an understanding and appreciation of the importance of the role of oral 
communication in our society; (2) to provide professional training in such areas 
as teaching, business, law, and others where the ability to speak well and to 
communicate effectively is basic; (3) to prepare specialists in public address and in 
speech pathology and audiology; (4) to provide active intramural and intercollegi- 
ate forensic programs; and (5) to correlate school and community clinic experi- 
ences with the theory, principle, and history of speech pathology and audiology. 

A master of arts degree program is offered for students who need this level of 
work in their professional fields and those who plan to continue toward the doc- 
torate in speech. 

MAJOR IN SPEECH FOR THE BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE 

The major requires a total of 36 units, 24 of which must be from 300- and 400- 
level courses. 

Course programs are planned (1) to prepare students who seek to fulfill the 
liberal arts objectives of the college with an emphasis in the field of speech, and 
(2) to prepare students who seek a standard teaching credential. 

A. Liberal Arts Major Programs: These programs include the following core re- 
quirements and emphases. 

Cora requirements • 

1. Lower division: 

A minimum of 8 units (excluding Speech 101) 

A basic course in public speaking: Speech 231 

* College administrative officer 


127 


Speech 


2. Upper division: 

A course in discussion: Speech 324 or Speech 424 

A course in phonetics: Speech 341 

An advanced course in public speaking: Speech 334 

Emphasis in either public address or speech pathology and audiology 

1. Public address: 

A basic course in logic and evidence: Speech 235 
An advanced course in argument: Speech 335 
A course in rhetoric: Speech 434 or 436 
Electives in public address, adviser approved, to complete the required 36 
units. 

2. Speech pathology and audiology: 

A course in speech science: Speech 340 
A general course in speech correction: Speech 342 
An advanced course in speech pathology: Speech 441 
A course in audiology: Speech 463 

Electives in speech pathology and audiology, adviser approved, to complete 
the required 36 units. 

B. Standard Teaching Credential Programs: These programs are built on the 
liberal arts major program with a public address emphasis. 

1. For elementary teaching add Speech 202 to lower division requirements and 
301 to upper division requirements. 

2. For secondary teaching add Speech 138 to lower division requirements and 
338 to upper division requirements. 

The fifth year is required for either of the above credential programs and is to 
include a minimum of six units of adviser approved electives in speech. Speech 
Ed 442 must be taken by the student seeking the secondary teaching credential 
before he can be approved for student teaching. 

3. For junior college teaching the student follows the program given for the 
secondary school teaching. In addition, the master of arts degree in speech is 
required. 

MINOR IN SPEECH 

The minor in speech is to follow one of these two patterns: 

1. The minor for the elementary teaching credential is 24 units as follows: 
Speech 101 (not to be included as credit for minor), 211 or 311, 231, 235, 301, 334, 
341, 403 or 441, and 434 or 436. 

2. The minor for secondary teaching or junior college teaching is 23 units as 
follows: Speech 101 (not to be included as credit for minor), 138, 231, 235, 324 or 
424, 334, 341 or 403, 434 or 436, and 442. 

SPECIALIZED PREPARATION FOR THE TEACHING OF EXCEPTIONAL CHILDREN 
IN THE SPEECH AND HEARING AREA 

Specialized preparation for the teaching of exceptional children in the speech and 
hearing area is a five-year program, is offered in lieu of a minor, and requires an 
academic major, which may appropriately be the program set forth above for 
the elementary teaching credential goal. The following are the programs for which 
the college is accredited and which it is authorized to offer in this field. 

Completion of all of the general education requirements for the bachelor’s 

degree: 50 units to include (a) Mathematics Educ 100 A; (b) a year of English 

and in addition competency in composition*, (c) the requirement in United 

States Constitution*, and (d) other course work as listed in this catalog. 


128 


Speech 


This specialized preparation should include the following (courses with an 

asterisk (•) must be included): 

a. Educ 452, ‘Educ 471, ‘Speech 403, ‘Educ 431 

b. # Speech 341, ‘Speech 340, ‘Speech 441, ‘Speech 443, ‘Speech 404, ‘Psychol- 
ogy 341 

c. Select with adviser from Speech 451, Speech 452, Psychology 342, Speech 
557 A-H, Speech 563 

d. ‘Speech 464, ‘Speech 465, ‘Speech 463 

e. ‘Speech 458 and/or 558 (minimum of 135 clock hours over a period of three 
semesters), ‘Speech Educ 459 (minimum of 90 clock hours) 

f. The department offers the student two options: either of which fulfills the 
requirements for the credential. Option A will carry the recommendation of 
the School of Education. Option B is not designed to prepare the student 
for regular classroom teaching; therefore, the student following this option 
will not receive the recommendation of the School of Education for the 
standard teaching credential. 

Students following Option A: 

‘Educ 401, Educ 311, Educ 331, and 90 clock hours of student teaching in a 

contained classroom. 

Students following Option B: 

‘Educ 401 or Educ 406 
•Psychology 311 or Educ 311 
•Speech 451 and ‘Speech 452 

MASTER OF ARTS IN SPEECH 

General Characteristics 

This degree, with concentrations in public address and speech pathology and 
audiology, is a coordinated program of graduate studies to provide incentive for 
intellectual growth, to contribute to improvement in teaching and professional 
recognition, and to provide a sound basis for continued graduate study in speech. 
The student is expected to demonstrate a high degree of intellectual and creative 
competence, to evaluate critically, and to show mastery of his field of concentra- 
tion. 

Prerequisites 

In addition to the college requirements, students admitted to this program must 
possess at least 24 semester units of upper division studies in speech and background 
studies supporting the area of emphasis or both. A minimum of 18 semester units 
must be in or directly related to the area of emphasis. Students must also have com- 
pleted the aptitude test of the Graduate Record Examination. To advance in the 
program, students must demonstrate oral proficiency and their effectiveness in 
graduate studies in the initial courses of the program. 

Program of Studies: 

The degree study plan will include at least 30 units of adviser-approved graduate 
studies, 15 units of which must be in 500-level courses. Each program will have at 
least 15 units in one of the areas of concentration; a core of six units, to include 
Speech 500 (Introduction to Graduate Study — taken very early in the program), 
and Speech 597 or 598 (Project or Thesis); and six units of adviser-approved 
supporting courses in related fields. Before the degree is granted, each student 
will pass an oral and written comprehensive examination. 

See also “The Program of Masters Degrees,” page 72. 


129 








BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

AND ECONOMICS 








SCHOOL OF BUSINESS 
ADMINISTRATION AND ECONOMICS 

Acting Dean: Paul T. Kinney 


Department of Accounting 
Professors: Hirsch, Wiseman (chairman) 

Associate Professors: Dennison, Woo 

Assistant Professors: Corman, Frye, Hardman, Mortimer, Nieminsky 
Department of Economics 

Professors: Graves (acting chairman), Townshend-Zellner 
Associate Professors: Kasun, Lafky, Phillips, Pontney, Schick 
Assistant Professors: Horton, Lancaster, Morkre, Pickersgill, Thompson, Vinod, 
Voyadjis 

Lecturers: Bell, Carlson, Chapman, Young 
Department of Finance 
Professor: Kinney 

Associate Professors: Lane (acting chairman), Nichols 
Assistant Professors: Racster, Roebuck, Sharma 
Lecturer: Mlynaryk 
Department of Management 
Professors: Barres, McCloud, Shaw 

Associate Professors: Colgan, McKee, Shaul (acting chairman), Trego 
Assistant Professors: Babcock, Baillie, Flores, Hall, Merritt, Wiley 
Department of Marketing 
Professors: Forrest, Roberts (chairman), T. Smith 
Assistant Professors: Busby, Lange 
Lecturers: Layden, Morgan, D. Smith 
Department of Quantitative Methods 
Associate Professors: Blank, Rutemiller (chairman) 

Assistant Professors: Dickie, Joun 
Lecturer: Colman 

THE UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM IN BUSINESS 
ADMINISTRATION AND ECONOMICS 

Through a study of the various theoretical and practical business policies and 
procedures, the School of Business Administration and Economics affords a 
basic education for managerial and professional positions in business, government, 
and education. Although emphasis is given to theory, factual content which is essen- 
tial in specific vocations such as accounting, economics, finance, marketing, manage- 
ment, and business education is provided to enable students to enter apprenticeships 
in these fields with the expectation that their education should expedite their prog- 
ress, either to managerial positions or to staff positions as professional accountants, 
economists, educators, and marketing and business consultants. 

In our ever-expanding, complex society, the managers of tomorrow must be men 
and women with breadth of understanding and vision. Students who concentrate 
in a special area are encouraged to elect courses in other divisions of the college, 
particularly in the areas of the behavioral, social, and political sciences, and foreign 
languages. It is assumed that the first half of their college work toward a bachelor’s 
degree represents a required basic education in communication, mathematics, a 


133 


Business Administration 


laboratory science, social science, and the humanities. With the broadening of our 
cultural and business horizons, it is desirable to become increasingly better versed in 
the language of our neighbors, Spanish, and in such languages as French, German, 
and Russian. Since the understanding of mathematics is becoming increasingly 
important in business and the social sciences, students who contemplate enrollment 
in either business administration or economics are encouraged to take four years of 
high school mathematics. College algebra, or three years of high school mathematics 
including a second course in algebra, will be a minimum prerequisite for entrance 
to the program. 

If credits for either or both elementary accounting and principles of economics 
have not been earned, it will be necessary to enroll in these courses the first semes- 
ter of the junior year. 

Students enrolled in the school and working toward a college degree are subject 
to the general requirements of the college as to courses and credit hours required 
for graduation. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

The degree requirements are as follows: 

1. Completion of a minimum of 50 semester credit hours in business administra- 
tion and economics courses in the School of Business Administration and 
Economics, of which 35 semester credit hours must be upper division courses. 

2. Completion of at least 15 semester credit hours in the School of Business 
Administration and Economics at the college. 

3. Completion of the required core courses in the School of Business Adminis- 
tration and Economics. 

4. Completion of 12 semester credit hours of required courses in an area of 
concentration to be selected by the student. 

5. Completion of at least 62 semester credit hours in areas other than business 
administration and economics. 

6. Students must attain at least a 2.0 grade point average (C average) in all 
college work attempted, in all courses taken in the School of Business Admin- 
istration and Economics, and in his area of concentration. 

CORE: The business administration and economics courses listed below are re- 


quired of all students majoring in business administration: 

Course Units 

Economics 100 American Economic History 3 

Economics 200 or 200A-B Principles of Economics 5-6 

Quantitative Methods 265 Computer Programming and Applications 3 

Accounting 201 A-B, or 200 Elementary Accounting „ 6-5 

Finance 330 Business Finance 3 

Management 341 Principles of Management 3 

Management 346 Business Law 3 

Marketing 351 Principles of Marketing 3 

Quantitative Methods 361 Business and Economic Statistics 3 

Quantitative Methods 462 Math Models in Business and Economics 3 

Management 449 Seminar in Business Policies * 3 


37-39 

AREAS OF CONCENTRATION FOR MAJORS IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

A student in business administration should select an area of concentration by the 
second semester of the junior year and take the required courses in the area. 

* Students taking business economics as their area of concentration will take Econ 401 — Govern- 
ment and Business — in lieu of Mgmt 449 — Business Policies. 


134 


Business Administration 


Accounting Units 

301A-301B Intermediate Accounting 6 

302 Cost Accounting 3 

And at least one of the following courses: 

303 Governmental Accounting 3 

308 Federal Income Tax 3 

401 Advanced Accounting 3 

402 Auditing 3 

407 Integrated Data Processing Systems 3 

Economics 

302 Intermediate Economic Analysis 3 

303 Intermediate Economic Analysis 3 

402 Monetary and Fiscal Policy 3 

Management 446 Managerial Economics 3 

Finance 

324 Money and Banking 3 

331 Financial Analysis 3 

And at least two of the following courses: 

335 Investment Principles and Practices 3 

337 Real Estate Finance 3 

431 Capital and Money Markets 3 

433 Problems in Business Finance 3 

Management 

342 Production Management 3 

343 Personnel Management 3 

444 Management of Systems 3 

446 Managerial Economics 3 

Marketing 

353 Marketing Administration 3 

452 Marketing Research 3 

459 Marketing Problems 3 

A minimum of one of the following courses: 

307 Distribution Costs 3 

354 Principles of Advertising 3 

355 Credit and Credit Administration 3 

356 Creative Motivation in Marketing 3 

357 Industrial Purchasing 3 

358 Physical Distribution 3 

Quantitative Methods 

Quantitative Methods majors are required to take Mathematics 150A, Calculus 

461 Advanced Statistics 3 

At least three of the following courses: 

362 Introduction to Econometrics 3 

364 Computer Logic and Programming 3 

446 Computer Programming Theory 3 

464 Computer Applications in Industry 3 

465 Linear and Non-Linear Programming 3 

467 Statistical Quality Control 3 

Mktg. 452 Marketing Research 3 

Exon. 462 Advanced Econometrics 3 


135 


Business Administration 


BUSINESS EDUCATION 

Students who wish to major in Business Administration in preparation for a 
career as a secondary school teacher in business subjects must meet the require- 
ments of the School of Business Administration and Economics and the secondary 
school teacher education program including the requirements for the proper cre- 
dential as outlined in the catalog. 

The requirements for a major in this area are as follows: 

1. The core requirements as set forth for all business administration majors, 
page 134. 

2. Twelve hours of advanced work in one of the six areas of concentration: 

a. Accounting 

b. Economics 

c. Finance 

d. Management 

e. Marketing 

f. Quantitative methods 

3. Completion of four to six credit hours of electives which may include secre- 
tarial studies * to meet the School of Business minimum requirement of 50 
credit hours in business administration and economics courses. 

4. A maximum of 12 credit hours in the secretarial field, including those applied 
as electives, may count toward the degree in business administration and 
economics.* 

5. Completion of at least 62 credit hours in areas other than business administra- 
tion and economics are required for the degree. 

Education courses required for a credential will be detailed by the School of 
Education. 


MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

Applicants, as well as continuing students should read carefully the college 
requirements for master’s degree programs, page 72. 

Note: The School of Business Administration and Economics requires that a 
student include 6 units of 500-level coursework among the 12 units to be completed 
before advancement to candidacy. 

The Programs for the M.B.A. Degree 

The School of Business Administration and Economics offers two plans for the 
M.B.A. degree. 

Plan I is a broad integrated program designed primarily for students with an 
undergraduate degree in a field other than business administration or economics. 
To insure breadth in the program, the student is not permitted to take more than 
nine units in any one functional area. 

Plan II is an integrated program allowing some concentration in an area of spe- 
cialization. Under this plan the student is required to complete 12 units in an area 
of concentration. It is designed primarily for students with baccalaureate degrees 
in business administration and economics. 

The degree is earned by completion of 30 units in courses approved for graduate 
work with an overall grade-point average of not less than 3.0. 

The M.B.A. degree can be achieved via three combinations: 

a. 30 units of coursework; or 

b. 27 units of coursework and an approved project; or 

c. 24 units of coursework and an approved thesis. 

* The college does not offer work in secretarial training, typewriting, or business machines. Con- 
sult the dean of the School of Business Administration and Economics to arrange for transfer 
of approved courses to satisfy these requirements. 


136 


Business Administration 


Candidates for the M.B.A. degree must complete the prescribed coursework, 
must satisfactorily pass a comprehensive examination and must receive the endorse- 
ment of the faculty of the School of Business Administration and Economics. 

PLAN I 

Prerequisites 

Acceptance into the program requires the completion of the following pre- 
requisites or equivalent with a grade-point average of not less than 2.5. 


Units 

Math 120 Finite Mathematics or 

Math 250A Calculus 3 

QM 264 Computer Programing 1 

Acctg 300 Accounting Fundamentals 3 

Econ 300 Basic Economics 3 

Fin 330 Business Finance 3 

Mgmt 341 Principles of Management 3 

Mgmt 346 Business Law 3 

Mktg 351 Principles of Marketing ... 3 

QM 361 Business and Economic Statistics 3 

Total 25 


In addition, the student must take the admission test for graduate study in busi- 
ness before or during the first semester of residence. 

CURRICULUM 

The coursework required of all candidates (24 units) under this option is as 
follows: 


Accounting 

Required 

500 Industrial Accounting 3 

501 Seminar in Administrative Accounting 3 

Electives 

407 Integrated Data Processing Systems 3 

502 Seminar in Accounting Theory. 3 

504 Seminar in Contemporary Managerial Accounting Problems 3 

Other 400- and 500-level accounting courses 


Economics 

Required 

403 Comparative Economic Systems 3 

510 Competition, Monopoly, and Public Policy 3 

Electives 

511 Economic Problems and Public Policy 3 

Other 400- and 500-level economics courses 


Finance 

Required 

5 32 Seminar in Corporate Financial Management 3 

Electives 

533 Seminar in Financial Administration 3 

534 Seminar in Financial Markets 3 

535 Seminar in Investment Management 3 

536 Seminar in Risk Management 3 

Other 400 and 500 level finance courses 


137 


Business Administration 


Management Units 

Required 

544 Seminar in Organization Behavior, Theory, and Administration 3 

Electives 

541 Seminar in Production Problems 3 

542 Seminar in Labor Relations 3 

543 Seminar in Personnel Administration 3 

548 Seminar in International Management 3 

549 Seminar in Policy Planning and Administration 3 

Other courses at the 400 level that are approved 

Marketing 

Required 

551 Seminar in Marketing Problems 3 

Electives 

452 Marketing Research 3 

552 Seminar in Pricing and Price Policy 3 

553 Seminar in Product Planning 3 

Other 400- and 500-level marketing courses (except Marketing 459) 


Quantitative Methods 

Required 

563 Statistical Decision Theory, or 

560 Operations Research 3 

Electives 

446 Computer Programming Theory .. 3 

461 Advanced Statistics 3 

464 Computer Applications in Industry 3 

465 Linear and Nonlinear Programming 3 

565 Seminar on Computers in Industry 3 

566 Design of Experiments 3 

Other 400- and 500-level courses 


PLAN II 

Prerequisites 

Acceptance into the program requires the completion of the following prerequi 
sites or equivalent with a grade-point average of not less than 2.5. 


Math 120 Finite Mathematics or 

Math 250A Calculus 3 

QM 264 Computer Programming 1 

Acctg 201 AB Accounting Principles 6 

Econ 200AB Principles of Economics 6 

Fin 330 Business Finance 3 

Mgmt 341 Principles of Management 3 

Mgmt 346 Business Law 3 

Mktg 351 Principles of Marketing 3 

QM 361 Business and Economics Statistics 3 

Total 31 


In addition, the student must take the admission test for graduate study in busi 
ness before or during the first semester of residence. 


138 


Economies 


CURRICULUM 

In addition to the prerequisites listed above, each student will be held responsible 
to the department of his choice for the specialized background prescribed for that 
area of concentration. The area of concentration shall be selected from account- 
ing, finance, management, marketing and quantitative methods. 

1. The required graduate core program in the Plan II M.B.A. shall be 15 to 18 


units: 

Acctg 500 Industrial Accounting, or Units 

Acctg 501 Seminar in Administrative Accounting - 3 

Fin 532 Seminar in Corporate Financial Management — 3 

Mgmt 544 Seminar in Organizational Behavior, Theory, and Administra- 
tion 3 

Eicon 403 Comparative Economic Systems, or 

Econ 510 Competition, Monopoly, and Public Policy 3 

Mktg 551 Seminar in Marketing Problems 3 

QM 563 Statistical Decision Theory, or 

QM 560 Operations Research 3 


2. In addition to the graduate core, each student shall elect an area of con- 
centration of at least 12 but not more than 15 units to be approved by an 
adviser, the department chairman concerned, and the graduate coordinator. 
See also “The Program of Master’s Degrees,” page 72. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN ECONOMICS 

The economics major is designed to prepare students for positions in business 
education, and government, and for graduate work in economics and related dis- 
ciplines. 

Required of all students for the degree: 

1. Completion of 37 semester credit hours of courses in business administration 
and economics in the School of Business Administration and Economics, of 
which 24 semester credit hours must be in upper division courses. 

2. Completion of at least 15 semester hours in the School of Business Admin- 
istration and Economics at the college. 

3. Completion of the major course requirements for economics majors, in the 
Schoql of Business Administration and Economics. Students in economics are 
required to take Quantitative Methods 265 or equivalent as prerequisite to 
Quantitative Methods 361. 

4. Completion of at least 62 semester credit hours in areas other than business 
administration and economics. 

5. Students must attain at least 2.0 grade-point average (C average) in all college 
work attempted, and in all courses in the School of Business Administration and 
Economics. 

Business administration and economics courses required of all students majoring 
in economics are listed below: 

Lower Division 

Course Units 

Econ 100 American Economic History 3 

Econ 200 or 200A-B Principles of Economics 5-6 

Acctg 201 A-B or 200 Elementary Accounting— 6-5 

Total 13-15 


139 


Economics 


Upper Division 

Course Units 

Econ 302 Intermediate Economic Analysis. 3 

Econ 303 Intermediate Economic Analysis 3 

Econ 324 Money and Banking 3 

Econ 401 Government and Business 3 

Econ 402 Monetary and Fiscal Policy 3 

QM 361 Business and Economic Statistics 3 

Six hours of electives in the School of Business Administration and 
Economics approved by the student’s major adviser 6 

Total 24 


MINOR IN ECONOMICS 

A minor in economics may be achieved by taking the following courses: 


Economics Units 

100 American Economic History 3 

200 Principles of Economics 5 

302 or 303 Intermediate Economic Analysis 3 

401 Government and Business or 

402 Monetary and Fiscal Policy 3 

403 Comparative Economic Systems 3 

Elective 3 


Total 20 


MASTER OF ARTS IN ECONOMICS 

The master of arts in economics is a part-time, evening (and late-aftemoon) 
degree program, designed especially for candidates who will be employed full or 
part-time while working for the M.A. degree. 

The procedural steps for admission to, and completion of, the Master of Arts 
in economics degree follow. 

Admission Requirements 

1. Apply for admission to the college in unclassified graduate status and declare 
the objective to be a Master of Arts in economics degree. This must be accom- 
plished at the Office of Admissions before the dates established in the college 
calendar. 

2. Apply for admission to the Master of Arts in economics program. This must 
be accomplished at the Department of Economics and the Graduate Office after 
admission to the college, but before registration. Specific admission requirements 
include: 

a. An overall grade-point average in all undergraduate work of not less than 2.7. 

b. Competency in mathematics through fulfillment of one of the following: 
Courses in college algebra and calculus; completion of California State College 
at Fullerton courses QM 265 and QM 462 (or equivalent); satisfactory com- 
pletion of a mathematics proficiency test developed by the Department of 
Economics, comprising mathematical applications in economics. 

c. Satisfactory level of performance in a written examination in economics. 

d. Satisfactory* level of performance on the Graduate Record Examination 
(Verbal and Quantitative), aptitude only. 

e. Interview. 


140 


Economics 


Prerequisites 

Acceptance into the program requires the completion of the following pre- 
requisite courses, or equivalent: 

1. For students without an undergraduate major in economics (a grade-point 
average of not less than 3.0 in the following prerequisites is required): 


Units 

Principles of economics 6 

Intermediate economic theory (micro) 3 

Intermediate economic theory (macro) 3 

Statistics (analytical) 3 

Money and banking 3 

Government and business 3 

Monetary and fiscal policy 3 


Total 24 

2. For students with an undergraduate major in economics: 24 semester units of 
work in economics or related courses (e.g., statistics), with a minimum grade- 
point average of 3.0. The 24 units must include the following courses or 
their equivalent, with a minimum grade of 3.0 in each course: Intermediate 
economic theory (micro), intermediate economic theory (macro), statistics 
(analytic), money and banking. 


Program 

1. A core of 12 graduate units in economics is required: 

Economics 502, Advanced Microeconomic Analysis 

Economics 503, Advanced Macroeconomic Analysis 

Economics 505, Methodology in Economic Research 

Economics 506, Seminar in Micro- and Macro-Economic 
Applications ( project required) 


Units 
. 3 
. 3 
3 

. 3 


Total 12 

2. Electives*: 

a. Elect one graduate course in economics (other than the required core 

courses, and outside the quantitative field) 3 

b. Elect one upper-division or graduate-level course in quantitative or 

mathematical economics 3 

c. Elect two upper division or graduate level courses in fields other than 

economics, yet related to economics and approved as part of the 
student’s integrated program 6 

d. Elect two upper division or graduate level courses both in economics 

or both in other related fields, or one in economics and one in 
other related fields s 6 


Total 18 

See also “The Program of Master’s Degrees,” page 72. 


* If nine or more units are taken in fields outside economics in elective areas c. and d., then 
three of these units must be at the graduate level. 


141 



EDUCATION 



SCHOOL OF EDUCATION 

Acting Dean: Eugene L. McGarry 


Professors: Brockmann, Carr, Coppolino, Croy, Denno,® Doane,® Ehmann,® Hart- 

sig, Imhoff, Johnson, Lake, McComb,® Pastor 
Associate Professors: Barrett, Cusick, Donoghue, Fierman, Holmes, Kravitz, Lem- 
mon, McGarry, Nelson, Omalev, Preble, Sica, Smith, Yessis 
Assistant Professors: Albrecht, Bates, Fardy, Fulton, Gould, Hanauer, Jaeckel, 

McCullough, McLaren, Scheel, Schild, Schmidt, Schultz, Simpson, Stark, Stovall, 

Witchey 

Instructors: Matson, Powlison 
Lecturer: Gerfen 

The courses, programs, and services of the school are directed toward the 
following objectives of students: 

1. Master of Science in Education with concentration in school administration, 
school counseling, special education, or reading. 

2. Preservice teacher education (elementary school, secondary school, junior 
college, mentally retarded) 

3. In-service teacher education 

4. Professional preparation of administrative and counseling personnel for the 
public schools 

5. Program for the preparation of reading specialists 

6. Major in physical education leading to the bachelor of science degree 

7. The portion of the general education requirements in physical education and 
health 

Instruction concentrates on the central principles of human behavior, human 
development, human learning, individual differences, physical activity, the school 
as a basic institution of our culture, the methods and materials associated with 
effective teaching, school administration, school counseling, and the current and 
persistent problems that confront administrators, teachers, counselors and other 
professional workers in educational institutions. In addition to using published 
source materials and attending class sessions for presentations and discussions, many 
of the school’s courses require field work in schools and other educational agencies. 


TEACHER EDUCATION CURRICULA 

California State College at Fullerton is accredited by the California State Board 
of Education for programs leading to the following credentials: 

1. Standard teaching credential with specialization in elementary school teaching 

2. Standard teaching credential with specialization in secondary school teaching 

3. Standard teaching credential with specialization in junior college teaching 

4. Standard teaching credential with specialization, in lieu of minor, in the 
teaching of exceptional children in the area of mentally retarded children also 
limited teaching credential for trainable mentally retarded 

5. Standard teaching credential with specialization, in lieu of minor, in the teach- 
ing of exceptional children in the area of speech and hearing handicapped 
children 

* College administrative officer. 


145 


Education 


6. Standard designated services credential with a specialization in pupil personnel 
services 

7. Standard supervision credential. 

The School of Education has administrative responsibility for teacher education. 
All curricula provide for completing the requirements for graduation with the 
bachelor of arts degree at the end of the usual four collegiate years and an addi- 
tional year of work to satisfy requirements for a teaching credential. Preparation 
for teaching in a junior college requires the master’s degree. Details of the pro- 
grams are provided in special brochures available from the School of Education or 
the Credentials Office. Information about the professional services authorized by 
the above credentials will be provided by professional advisers or the Credentials 
Office. 


CURRICULUM IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOL TEACHER EDUCATION * 

The program leading to the recommendation for the standard teaching creden- 
tial with specialization in elementary school teaching includes the following: 

1. A bachelor’s degree from an approved institution. 

2. A fifth year of college or university postgraduate education taken at the upper 
division or graduate level. (If the student does not complete all requirements, 
the credential may be awarded on the basis of partial fulfillment at the end 
of four or more years of work if he has a bachelor’s degree from an approved 
institution, has an approved major, and has completed the student teaching re- 
quirement.) 

3. A minimum of 45 semester hours in five of the following six areas: (1) social 
sciences, (2) natural sciences, (3) humanities (excluding foreign languages), 
(4) fine arts, (5) mathematics, and (6) foreign languages. The humanities 
requirement must include a year of English, and, a course in advanced com- 
position. (To prepare himself to meet professional responsibilities, an ele- 
mentary school teacher education candidate should include in his program 
Art 100, Music 101, PE 123, PE 149, and Speech 101 or Speech 231.) These 
45 semester hours of coursework for the credential can be met through the 
college general education requirements for the bachelor’s degree with the 
proper selection of courses. (Not more than six hours of coursework taken 
to satisfy these requirements shall apply toward the fulfillment of the re- 
quirements for either a major or a minor.) 

4. Three semester hours of coursework in the theory of the structure, arithmetic 
and algebra, of the number system or three semester hours of coursework 
in calculus. Math Education 303 A meets this requirement.) 

5. One of the following: 

a. A major consisting of at least 24 semester hours of upper division or gradu- 
ate level courses in an academic subject matter area commonly taught in the 
public elementary schools. These majors are currently available for this 
specialization at the college: anthropology, art, biological science, chem- 
istry, comparative literature, drama, economics, English, French, geography, 
German, history, linguistics, mathematics, music, philosophy, physics, polit- 
ical science, psychology, sociology, Spanish, speech. (Note: the specifica- 
tions above are state minima, and do not necessarily satisfy requirements 
for a major for graduation from the college.) 

b. A major and a minor, each of which is in a subject matter area commonly 
taught in the public elementary schools, and one of which is in an aca- 
demic subject matter area. The academic major shall consist of at least 

* Regulations for the credential are subject to change by the State Board of Education; any cur- 
ricular changes will be available in later college publications. 


146 


Education 


24 semester hours of upper division or graduate coursework. If the major 
is not an academic one, it shall consist of 28 semester hours of upper division 
or graduate coursework. (With a nonacademic major, i.e., business admin- 
istration, physical education, communications with journalism emphasis, 
only the major and minor subjects may be taught in kindergarten and 
grades 1 through 9.) This minor shall consist of a minimum of 20 semester 
hours of coursework. When the major is in an academic subject matter 
area specialized preparation in such areas as mentally retarded or speech 
and hearing handicapped may be substituted. 

6. Courses selected from the following ones offered by academic departments 
as part of the basic preparation for elementary teachers. A minimum of 
three courses, selected with the approval of a professional adviser, must be 
completed before student teaching. 

Art 380 Art and Child Development (3 units) 

English 433 Children’s Literature (3 units) 

Math Educ 303B Fundamental Concepts of Mathematics (3 units) 

Music 333 Music and Child Development (3 units) 

PE 333 Physical Education and Human Development (3 units) 

Sci Educ 310 Elementary Experimental Science (3 units) 

7. Professional education requirements which are currently met by the following 
program: 

Educ 311 Psychological Foundations of Education (4 units) 

Educ 329 Fieldwork in Methods of Teaching in Elementary Schools (1 unit) 
Educ 331 Elementary School Principles, Curricula, and Methods (7 units) 

Educ 339 or 739 Student Teaching in the Elementary School (8 units) 

Educ 401 Sociological, Historical, and Philosophical Foundations of Education 
(4 units) 

COMPOSITE LOWER DIVISION, UPPER DIVISION, AND FIFTH YEAR WORK 

A student seeking recommendation for the standard teaching credential with 
specialization in elementary school teaching after five years of preservice teacher 
education should complete — 

In the lower and upper division: 

a. Coursework listed in 3, 4, and 5 above. 

b. A minimum of three courses from item 6 above. These courses are to be 
selected in consultation with and with the approval of his professional 
adviser. 

c. Courses in professional education 
Junior year, Education 311 (4) 

Senior year, second semester, Education 329 (1) and Education 331 (7) 

d. Additional courses selected in consultation with his professional adviser. 

In the fifth year: 

a. Courses in professional education 
First semester, Education 739 (8) 

Second semester, Education 401 (4) 

b. Additional courses from item 6 above as needed and other courses selected 
in consultation with his professional adviser. 

(The applicant for the standard teaching credential with specialization in 
elementary school teaching must complete 30 units of upper division and/or 
graduate work after he has completed all requirements for the bachelor’s 
degree.) 


147 


Education 


A student seeking the standard teaching credential with specialization in elemen- 
tary school teaching on partial fulfillment of requirements should complete — 

In the lower and upper division: 

a. Course work listed in 3, 4, and 5 above. 

b. A minimum of three courses from item 6 above. These courses are to 
be selected in consultation with and with the approval of his professional 
adviser. 

c. Courses in professional education 
Junior year. Education 311 (4) 

Senior year, first semester, Education 329 (1) and Education 331 (7) 

Senior year, second semester, Education 339 (8) 

d. Additional courses selected in consultation with his professional adviser 

In the fifth year (to be completed during the first seven years of 
teaching) : 

a. Courses in professional eduction 
Education 401 (4) 

b. Additional courses from item 6 above as needed and other courses selected 
in consultation with his professional adviser. 

(The applicant for the standard teaching credential with specialization in 
elementary school teaching must complete 30 units of upper division and/or 
graduate work after he has completed all requirements for the bachelor’s 
degree.) 

CURRICULUM IN SECONDARY SCHOOL TEACHER EDUCATION * 

Composite of Requirements in Lower Division , Upper Division , and 
Graduate Work Leading to the Standard Teaching Credential 
With Specialization in Secondary School Teaching 

Credential requirements and the program leading to the recommendation for 
the standard teaching credential with specialization in secondary school teaching 
includes the following: 

1. A bachelor’s degree from an approved institution. 

2. A fifth year of college or university postgraduate education taken at the upper 
division or graduate level. (The postgraduate year is defined by California 
State College at Fullerton as 30 semester units of upper division or graduate 
level course work.) 

3. Forty-five semester hours of coursework, including the English and the com- 
petency described below, and including four of the following six areas: (1) 
humanities (excluding foreign languages), (2) social sciences, (3) natural 
sciences, (4) mathematics requiring as a prerequisite an understanding and 
knowledge of high school algebra and geometry, (5) fine arts, and (6) foreign 
languages. The humanities requirement must include a year of English, and 
in addition, the applicant for the credential shall demonstrate competence in 
composition either by passing a course in advanced composition or by passing 
an examination in lieu thereof. 

(Note: This 45 semester hours of coursework for the credential can be met 
through the college general education requirement for the bachelor’s degree 
with proper selection of courses. Not more than six hours of coursework 
taken to satisfy these requirements shall apply toward the major or minor for 
the credential.) 

* This is the curriculum for the standard teaching credential with specialization in secondary 
school teaching. Credential requirements are subject to regulatory changes. Any such changes 
will be described in later college publications. 


148 


Education 


4. Preparation in subject matter areas commonly taught in the public secondary 
schools for the purpose of credential requirements for majors and minors. 

a. One of the following: 

Option 1. A major in an academic subject matter area commonly taught 
in the public secondary schools. 

Option 2. A major and a minor, each of which is in a subject matter area 
commonly taught in the public high schools, and one of which 
is in an academic subject matter area. 

b. Major requirements for the credential must include at least 24 upper divi- 
sion and graduate level units. At least six units in the major must be taken 
at the graduate level. Six postgraduate units in the minor may be taken in 
lieu of this requirement for the major. See the general course numbering 
code on page 177 for the description of graduate level courses for the cre- 
dential. Also see the appropriate sections of this catalog for descriptions of 
requirements in specific majors. The college will recognize single subject 
areas as satisfying Option 1 provided the student supplies additional upper 
division or graduate units in supporting areas structured by the department 
in which the baccalaureate degree is taken and in consultation with the 
other departments involved. This option should be considered carefully, 
since it may not be practical in terms of job placement. Some departments 
of the college will require that the student must present a minor. Stu- 
dents must consult with academic and professional advisers concerning 
Option 1. 

c. Minor requirements vary, but must include 20 units in a single subject in 
this credential program at CSCF. (Note: A minor is not required for 
graduation from the college but is required for the recommendation of the 
college for Option 2.) 

Each student will complete a major planned with and approved by his 
major adviser. Majors presently available are: art, biology, business admin- 
istration, chemistry, communications with journalism emphasis, drama, 
economics, English, French, geography, German, history, mathematics, 
music, physical education, physics, political science, Spanish, and speech. 

Each student will complete a minor planned with and approved by his 
professional adviser. Minors presently available are: art, biology chemistry, 
communications with journalism emphasis, drama, economics, English, 
French, geography, German, history, mathematics, music, physical education, 
physics, political science, Spanish and speech. Students may also present 
specialized preparation to serve as a teacher of exceptional children in the 
area of the mentally retarded or speech and hearing handicapped in lieu of 
the minor. 

Students majoring in business administration, communications with a 
journalism emphasis, and physical education must have an academic minor 
with a minimum of 20 units in subjects commonly taught in the public 
secondary schools. Students with these majors must complete 12 units of 
upper division or graduate level work in the minor area. 

5. Credential requirements in courses for preservice professional education are 
met in the following program in professional education: 

COURSES IN PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION 

Units 


Educ 340 Principles and Curricula of Secondary Education 3 

Educ 311 Psychological Foundations of Education 4 

Educ 401 Sociological, Historical, and Philosophical Foundations of Educa- 
tion 4 


149 


Education 


Units 


Educ 442 Teaching (art, English, etc.) in the Secondary Schools (also 

listed in respective departments) 3 

Educ 449 Field Work in Methods of Teaching in Secondary Schools 1 

Educ 749 Student Teaching (art, English, etc.) in the Secondary School 
and Seminar (also listed in respective departments). — 6 


Students normally will begin their work in professional education in the junior 
year, and it is expected that, except for Education 401, the courses above will 
be taken in the indicated sequence. Students who begin their work in professional 
education as seniors or as graduate students will follow a somewhat different 
sequence, and should consult professional advisers when planning their programs. 
Graduate students without professional education backgrounds may be required 
to extend their program beyond a single academic year to complete the college 
secondary school teacher education program. In all cases students are required 
to take Education 340 the first semester they are enrolled in professional education. 

NOTE: Admission to the college does not include admission to the secondary 
school teacher education program. See the description on page 155 for the 
procedures for admission to teacher education which does include admission to this 
credential program. It is the responsibility of each student to file his application 
for admission to teacher education by the end of the semester in which he com- 
pletes Education 340. It is also the responsibility of each student to arrange to 
complete his requirements for admission to teacher education early in his work 
in professional education. Students must be admitted to teacher education prior 
to taking Education 442 and Education 449. 

Admission to teacher education does not include admission to student teaching. 
See the description of the procedures for admission to student teaching on page 
155. The student must observe the deadline and must meet other requirements for 
admission to student teaching. 

CURRICULUM IN JUNIOR COLLEGE TEACHER EDUCATION 

The program requirements leading to the college-recommended standard teach- 
ing credential with a specialization in junior college teaching are: 

1. A master’s or higher degree from CSCE or from an accredited institution. 

2. Preparation in subject matter areas commonly taught in public junior colleges 
in either of the following: 

a. An academic major in a single subject commonly taught in public junior 
college. (The subject in which a master’s degree has been granted consti- 
tutes a major in that subject for these purposes.) 

b. If the major is nonacademic (the candidate holds a master’s degree in a 
subject such as business administration, physical education, or journalism), 
the candidate must have an academic minor of a minimum of 20 semester 
hours in a single subject commonly taught in the public junior college. 
Twelve of the units in the minor must be of upper division or graduate 
level. 

3. Professional education requirements in CSCF recommended program: 

Units 

Educ 744 Principles of Junior College Teaching 3 

Educ 799 Junior College Student Teaching and Seminar 4 


150 


Special Education 


ADMISSION TO JUNIOR COLLEGE TEACHER EDUCATION PROGRAM 

Admission to the college does not constitute admission to junior college teacher 
education. 

The candidate must: 

Have a master’s or higher degree from a fully accredited institution in a field 
in which the college offers a major 

or 

have classified graduate status (master’s degree candidacy) at CSCF and 
possess a baccalaureate degree. 

Admission to junior college teacher education follows in general the procedure 
described on page 150. For exact procedures see Credentials Office. 

The student is responsible for filing his application for admission as early as 
possible and is also responsible for admission to teacher education. 

Application for junior college student teaching and seminar is not included in 
admission to the program. The student is responsible for following the procedures 
listed on page 156 under “Application for Student Teaching.” 

The courses in professional education listed above will be taken in sequence. 
The student must have postgraduate standing before he enrolls in these courses. 
Student teaching may be taken in either the last semester in which the master’s 
degree will be completed or after the degree has been granted. 

N.B.: The above is a description of the program leading to the recommenda- 
tion of the college for the credential. This program includes student teaching 
and work in professional education not required by the state. The college pro- 
gram is designed to meet the job placement needs of candidates for positions 
in junior colleges. 


SPECIAL EDUCATION 

CURRICULUM IN PREPARATION OF TEACHERS OF THE MENTALLY RETARDED * 

Students preparing to become teachers of the mentally retarded must complete 
the curriculum in either elementary or secondary school teacher education as 
described on pages 146 and 148. When the major is in an academic area commonly 
taught in the elementary or secondary schools (as appropriate), the 22 units of 
specialized preparation described below (not including student teaching) may be 
substituted for the minor. On successful completion of the program the student 
will be recommended for the standard teaching credential with specialization in 
elementary or secondary teaching with specialized preparation to serve as a teacher 
of exceptional children, area of the mentally retarded. Upon receipt of this creden- 
tial, the student will be authorized to teach in special classes for the mentally 
retarded as well as in regular classes at the appropriate level. 

Students desiring to prepare as teachers of the mentally retarded should proceed 
as follows: 

1. Apply for admission to teacher education as described on page 155. 

2. File the “Application to Enter the Program for Specialization in the Teaching 
of Mentally Retarded Pupils” at the same time as application is made to be 
admitted to teacher education. (Application forms are available from the 
School of Education.) 

3. Arrange for a personal interview with a faculty member involved in the 
program. This faculty member will advise the student about the appropriate 
sequence of courses. 

* Restricted credential for teaching the educable mentally retarded. This credential authorizes 
service at all grade levels with service restricted to the educable mentally retarded. Persons may 
qualify for the credential by earning the baccalaureate degree, completing a fifth year of college 
work, and completing course work in special education. Interested students should contact the 
Special Education Office for details. 


151 


Special Education 


4. Upon completion of the necessary prerequisite courses, apply for admission 
to student teaching as described on page 156. Students in this specialized 
program will have their student teaching assignment divided between regular 
classes and special classes. 

Students seeking recommendations for this special credential to teach the men- 
tally retarded should complete the courses listed below in lieu of the minor 
required for the Standard Teaching Credential. 

Units 


Educ 471 Exceptional Children .. . 3 

Educ 473 Mental Retardation and Brain Injury 3 

Educ 474 Curriculum and Methods for Teaching the 

Mentally Retarded 3 

Educ 475 Observation and Individual Instruction with the 

Mentally Retarded 3 

Educ 779 Student Teaching with Mentally Retarded Pupils 4 

Educ 452 Principles of Guidance 3 

Speech 403 Speech Development ......... 3 

Electives from courses related to teaching the mentally retarded (4 units); 
electives must be approved by the adviser — 

Total number of units in special education not 
including student teaching 22 


RECOMMENDED SEQUENCE OF COURSES IN PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION FOR 


STUDENTS PREPARE 

Junior year, first semester 
Junior year, second semester 

Senior year, first semester 

Senior year, second semester 

Fifth year, first semester 

Fifth year, second semester 


AS TEACHERS OF THE 
Elementary 

. Educ 311 (4) 

Educ 471 (3) 

Educ 331 (8) 

Educ 473 (3) 

Educ 474 (3) 

Educ 475 (3) 
Speech 403 (3) 
Electives in special 
education (4) 
Educ 401 (4) 

Educ 779 (4) 

Educ 739 (4) 

Educ 452 (3) 


MENTALLY RETARDED 
Secondary 

Educ 311 (4) 

Educ 471 (3) 

Educ 340 (3) 

Educ 442 (3) 

Educ 473 (3) 

Educ 474 (3) 

Educ 401 (4) 

Educ 475 (3) 

Speech 403 (3) 
Electives in special 
education (4) 

Educ 779 (4) 

Educ 749 (2) 

Educ 452 (3) 


REQUIREMENTS FOR A LIMITED CREDENTIAL TO TEACH THE 
TRAINABLE MENTALLY RETARDED 

Successful completion of this program qualifies the student for a credential 
restricted to the teaching of the trainable mentally retarded. A fifth year of study 
is not required; courses may be completed either as an undergraduate or a graduate 
student. The student does not need to complete requirements for the Standard 
Elementary or Standard Secondary 1 eaching Credential. 

In addition to the completion of the requirements for the baccalaureate degree 
at California State College at Fullerton or other accredited institutions, the student 
must follow Plan I or Plan II listed below. 


152 


Speech and Hearing 


RECOMMENDED SEQUENCE OF COURSES IN PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION FOR 
STUDENTS PREPARING AS TEACHERS OF THE TRAINABLE 
MENTALLY RETARDED 

Plan I: Recommended for students selecting program in the junior year 

(credential will be issued with bachelor’s degree upon completion of program) . 
Major: Recommend Psychology, Sociology, or Speech, but others are accept- 


able. 

Junior year, first semester Educ 311 (4) 

Junior year, second semester Educ 471 (3) 

Senior year, first semester Educ 473 (3) 

Educ 479 (6) 

Senior year, second semester Speech 403 (3) 

Educ 779 (4) 


Plan II: For Graduate Students 

Educ 311 Psychological Foundations of Education 

Educ 471 Exceptional Children (optional) 

Educ 473 Mental Retardation and Brain Injury 

Speech 403 Speech Development (optional) 

Educ 479 Seminar and Practicum in Education of the TMR 
Educ 779 Student Teaching with the Mentally Retarded 


Units 

4 

3 

3 

6 


READING 


CURRICULUM IN PREPARATION OF READING AND REMEDIAL READING SPECIALISTS 

Teachers who wish to enter the program for the preparation of specialists in 
reading and remedial reading, including both primary and secondary school levels, 
may enroll in the following 18-unit specialty: 


SEQUENCE OF COURSES IN READING 


Curriculum and Research: Reading 

Etiology of Reading Difficulties 

Analysis of Reading Difficulties 

Analysis of Corrective Reading Practices 3 

3 


Units 
_ 3 

.. 3 

_ 3 


Educ 506 
Educ 516 
Educ 581 
Educ 582 

Educ 583A Remedial Reading: Casework 
Educ 583B Remedial Reading: Casework 3 

Completion of the reading sequence will entitle the student to a statement of 
completion of the reading specialty. 


SPEECH AND HEARING 

CURRICULUM IN PREPARATION OF TEACHERS OF SPEECH 
AND HEARING HANDICAPPED 

Details of this teacher education program are found on page 128. The program 
is administered by the Speech Department in consultation with the School of 
Education. 




153 


Personnel Services 


PROGRAM LEADING TO THE CALIFORNIA CREDENTIAL— SPEECH 
AND HEARING SPECIALIST 

Students wishing to pursue the major in Speech and Hearing and to complete a 
fifth year for the “Restricted Teaching Credential for Services as a Speech and 
Hearing Specialist” (1967) should follow the major for Speech for the B.A. degree 
with emphasis in Speech Pathology and Audiology to be followed by a fifth year 
of adviser-approved specialized preparation. 

Required in the undergraduate and graduate years will be the completion of 
60 semester units constituting a well-integrated program that includes 18 semester 
units in courses that provide fundamental information applicable to the normal 
development and use of speech, hearing, and language, and their relationship to the 
educative process, and 42 semester units in courses that provide information about 
and training in the management of speech, hearing, and language disorders and that 
provide information supplementary to these fields. 


STATUTORY REQUIREMENTS FOR CREDENTIALS 
FOR TEACHING 

The curricular requirements for credentials for teaching in California elementary' 
schools and secondary schools arc included in the above curricula. In addition, an 
applicant for a credential for teaching is asked questions about his citizenship, and 
about his ethical and moral character. The applicant must sign an oath of allegiance, 
must present a certificate of health from a qualified physician, and present official 
transcripts of collegiate studies. The applicant must present two sets of personal 
identification cards, including fingerprints. He must present evidence of having 
passed a course or suitable examination on the United States Constitution. Each 
application for a credential costs $15. 


PERSONNEL SERVICES FOR TEACHER 
EDUCATION STUDENTS 

Advisement is available to any student seeking a public school credential and a 
bachelor of arts degree. Before registration, the student should consult an adviser 
in the department in which he expects to major and an adviser in the School of 
Education who will help him select courses and build his program. A student 
from another institution should bring transcripts of previous work and a tentative 
selection of courses. Each student is responsible for meeting all requirements set 
forth in the catalog and supplements. 

During the first semester after enrollment, a student seeking a bachelors degree 
will receive an evaluation of his credits from the college Office of Admissions. If a 
student changes his degree or credential objective, he must have an evaluation 
for each new credential. The evaluation will serve as a guide for the student and 
the advisers in planning a complete program. Any deviation from this evaluation 
must be approved through written petitions submitted to the dean of the School 
of Education. Transferred education courses must be of upper division level and 
taken within the past 15 years to be applicable to upper division credential re- 
quirements.* 

* Selected courses completed in lower division at institutions outside of the State of California 
may be applied to professional education credential requirements. 


154 


Admission to Teacher Education 


ADMISSION TO TEACHER EDUCATION 

To become a candidate for a teaching credential the student must be enrolled, 
in good standing, and must be admitted to “teacher education” in the Office of 
Admissions and Advisement of the School of Education. Application for admis- 
sion to teacher education should be filed during the first semester of the junior 
year or the first semester of attendance at the college, if the student enters with 
advanced standing. 

Admission to teacher education is required of each student before he files the 
application for student teaching.t 

A faculty committee will review information concerning the applicant’s intel- 
lectual resources and mastery of important concepts in the common curricular 
areas of higher education, command of fundamental skills of communication 
(English language usage, written composition, speech, hearing, reading compre- 
hension, handwriting, mathematical skills), scholarship, personality and character, 
interest in teaching, and health. Data related to these criteria are gathered from 
transcripts and records from other schools and colleges, group and individual 
tests, personality inventories, estimates of the potential of the applicant, and from 
the Student Health Center. Students should normally qualify for admission and 
be advised of their status during the second semester of the junior year or their 
first semester of attendance if they enter with advanced standing with degrees from 
accredited colleges. 

Students who show weaknesses in any of the fundamental skills of communication 
are advised of their standing. If there are weaknesses in only one or two of the 
areas noted above, the student will be advised of refresher courses and given a 
specified time to meet the standard. 

If the applicant has serious deficiencies in communication skills or does not meet 
the standards of mastery in the common curricular areas, personality and character, 
scholarship, interest in teaching, or health, the faculty committee will deny ad- 
mission to teacher education. 

The student must arrange to take the required battery of group and individual 
tests and inventories necessary to provide information needed by the faculty 
committee. The tests of breadth of understanding, reading, English usage, number 
skills, composition, handwriting, and personality are given by the School of Educa- 
tion for admission to teacher education; consult the Office of Admissions and 
Advisement of the School of Education for dates. 

The student who comes to CSCF to work toward a credential for teaching in a 
secondary school and who already has a bachelor’s degree must, before he is ad- 
mitted to teacher education, consult with an adviser in the major and must submit 
a statement, signed by the adviser, which indicates the following: 

1. That the student’s undergraduate preparation in his major is considered to be 
adequate for the credential sought, or 

2. Specific courses which the student must complete to have a major adequate 
for the credential sought, and which he must complete before he will be 
admitted to student teaching. These may be in addition to the minimum of the 
six upper division or graduate units required in the major in the postgraduate 
year, or may, in part or in whole, satisfy this six unit minimum requirement. 

Full details on standards and procedures for admission to teacher education are 
described in “Instructions and Standards for Admission to Teacher Education,” 
which is available from the Office of Admissions and Advisement, School of Edu- 
cation. 

t Exceptions will be made in the case of new transfer students. 


155 


Application for Student Teaching 

APPLICATION FOR STUDENT TEACHING 

Admission to teacher education as described above is the first step in a cumulative 
and continuing evaluation of a candidate’s fitness to teach. The applicant for 
admission to student teaching must have a grade-point average of 2.5 in the major, 
2.5 in the minor, and 2.5 in professional education. Marks of C, or better, are 
required in all professional education courses. Applicants for admission to elemen- 
tary school student teaching must be classified as postgraduate students or be within 
15 units of the baccalaureate degree. Applicants for admission to secondary school 
student teaching or to junior college student teaching must be classified as post- 
graduate students. All applicants must have completed at least 12 units at California 
State College at Fullerton. The applicant must present a favorable report on health 
status and history. He must present evidence of readiness for student teaching 
responsibility as testified by the major adviser, the professional adviser, and other 
college faculty. This evidence relates to scholarship, breadth of understanding, 
command of the subjects to be taught, fundamental skills of communication, person- 
ality and character, interest and potential for teaching, and health. 

Competence is required in all subjects and skills for which the candidate is seeking 
a credential. For the elementary school teacher education student, this includes all 
subjects and skills commonly taught in the first eight grades of the public schools. 
Secondary school and junior college teacher education students must meet the 
requirements for major and minor (s) as specified by the academic divisions. 

All instructors of the college are asked to participate in the continuing evaluation 
of students in relation to those aptitude, personality and character traits which are 
considered essential to admission to the teaching profession. Dependability in 
fulfilling assignments, class attendance, ability to get along with people, industry, 
and emotional stability are representative criteria. In addition to the evaluations 
by instructors, the applicants may be interviewed by a faculty committee, and 
attention will be directed to general appearance, dress, vitality, poise, temperament, 
integrity, and social attitudes. 

The application for admission to student teaching is submitted to the coordinator 
of elementary education or the coordinator of secondary education. The application 
must be submitted by October 15 or March 1 of the semester preceding the 
semester in which the student teaching assignment is expected. A faculty committee 
will gather the information described above and report to the student in time to do 
planning for the following semester. 

Except for graduate students who are in their first sequester of study at CSCF, 
applications will be accepted only from those who have completed all requirements 
for admission to teacher education. 

Full details on standards and procedures are described in “Instructions and 
Standards for Admission to Student Teaching,” available in the Office of Elemen- 
tary and Secondary Education. 


STUDENT TEACHING 

Each candidate for the standard teaching credential with specialization in elemen- 
tary school teaching will do his student teaching in the last semester he is in the 
teacher education curriculum or in his postgraduate year at the college. Each 
candidate for the standard teaching credential with specialization in secondary 
school teaching, or for the standard teaching credential with specialization in junior 
college teaching will do his student teaching during a postgraduate year. Details 
about student teaching in special education classes are available in the Office of 


156 


Other Credential Programs 


Elementary and Secondary Education. Student teaching assignments are made in 
the elementary and secondary schools of districts geographically accessible to the 
college. Junior college student teaching assignments are made in nearby junior col- 
leges. Students will be assigned to work under the supervision of carefully selected 
supervising teachers; a college supervisor makes frequent visits to the student 
teacher and the supervising teacher. Student teachers meet in a weekly seminar 
under the leadership of the college supervisor to discuss performance and problems. 


STUDY LIMITS OF STUDENT TEACHERS 

Students who enroll in Educ 339 or 739, Student Teaching in the Elemen- 
tary School, will be limited to one additional course for that semester. Students 
who enroll in Educ 749, Student Teaching in the Secondary School, will be 
limited to two additional courses for that semester. It is expected that students 
will not carry out-of-college work responsibilities during the semester of the student 
teaching assignment. 

If a student is under hardship because of these limitations, he may submit a 
petition to the coordinator of elementary education or to the coordinator of 
secondary education, as appropriate, requesting permission to carry not more than 
13 units, including student teaching. The petition must set forth, in full, the 
circumstances necessitating the petition. 


PERMISSION TO SUBSTITUTE TEACHING EXPERIENCE 
FOR STUDENT TEACHING 

A candidate for a teaching credential who has had two years of successful, 
regular teaching experience must petition the School of Education, through his 
professional adviser, for permission to substitute such experience for the student 
teaching requirement. Substitution of teaching experience for student teaching will 
be considered only if the applicant: 

1. Has been admitted to teacher education at the college. 

2. Has submitted an official verification from his former supervisor, principal, 
or superintendent to the School of Education certifying at least two years of 
successful, regular teaching experience at the appropriate level. A form for 
this verification is available in the Office of the School of Education. 


OTHER CREDENTIAL PROGRAMS 

Administration and Supervision 

Students are required to take Educ 503, Foundations of Administrative Leader- 
ship, during their first registration in school administration , or be accepted in the 
internship in school administration. To continue in the program beyond this course 
the student must be granted a “letter of admission to the program” and possess an 
official CSCF program evaluation. Both the internship and the regular credential 
program are an integrated whole. Students who desire only isolated courses from 
the program are normally denied admission to such courses. Experienced school 
administrators, holding a California Administrative credential and exempt from 
degree requirements may register for any course in the School Administration con- 
centration. Teachers wishing to take courses in school administration directed at 
helping them to understand administration problems are welcome to take selected 
courses. 


157 


Other Credential Programs 


The Internship in School Administration 

A selected number of teachers, who have completed a minimum of five years 
teaching experience, will be offered an opportunity to study and to practice school 
administration as school interns in administration. A candidate must obtain admis- 
sion to the program and agreement must be reached with a sponsoring school or 
college district to employ the candidate as a full-time administrator during the 
school year. All candidates will be given a temporary credential for supervision and 
administration according to the regulations of the California Administrative Code, 
Title V, Section 6555. Such candidates should register in two courses: 

Educ 561 Organization of School Systems 

Educ 563 Principles of School Personnel Administration 
Both courses must be completed in the summer session if the student is to do his 
internship beginning in the fall semester. Applications for admission to the admin- 
istrator internship program should be sent to Dr. Ernest G. Lake, Chairman, Intern- 
ship Program in School Administration, by June 1. Careful planning of electives 
will enable candidates to receive the master of science degree in education with a 
concentration in school administration upon further study after completing the 
requirements of the internship. 

Pupil Personnel Services (Standard Designated Services) 

Students must take Education 452, Principles of Guidance, during their first reg- 
istration in this field. At or near the end of this course, students are normally 
admitted to the program by a screening process. Students who transfer this course 
in from other institutions must see an adviser for approval of the next course before 
continuing in the program. Details of this program are contained in a brochure 
available from the School of Education. 


PUBLICATIONS AVAILABLE FROM THE SCHOOL OF EDUCATION 

1. Master of Science in Education with concentration in reading. 

2. Master of Science in Education with concentration in school administration. 

3. Master of Science in Education with concentration in school counseling. 

4. Master of Science in Education with concentration in special education. 

5. Admission to teacher education standards, instructions, application. 

6. Admission to student teaching standards, instructions, application. 

7. Program in elementary school teacher education. 

8. Program in secondary school teacher education. 

9. Program in junior college teacher education. 

10. Program in teaching mentally retarded children. 

11. Program in teaching children with speech and hearing handicaps. 

12. Program in school administration and supervision. 

13. Program in pupil personnel services. 

14. Program for specialists in reading. 

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION 

General Characteristics 

This degree is reserved for professionally qualified graduate students who desire 
to prepare for or advance their careers in school counseling , school administration, 
special education , or reading. Most students in school counseling and administration 
can meet credential requirements in either Pupil Personnel Services or Administra- 
tion (including supervision) while completing the degree. 


158 


Other Credential Programs 


Prerequisites 

Only students who have a teaching credential, successful teaching experience, an 
approved academic major, acceptable scores on the Graduate Record Examination 
(area tests), 30 units of adviser-approved study past the baccalaureate degree, a 
2.5 GPA on previous academic and related work, and who have been screened 
into the program on these and professional leadership criteria, may proceed to 
the last 30 units of study on the program. Credit will be given for previous post- 
baccalaureate studies when possible. While otherwise well-qualified students may 
be admitted with limited subject or grade deficiencies, these may often be removed 
in the first 30 units of postbaccalaureate study. 


Programs of Study 

Reading Units 

The final adviser-approved 30 units (minimum) will include the following: 

Core Studies 6 

Educ 510 Research Design and Analysis (3 ) or 
Educ 511 Survey of Educational Research (3) 

One of the following: 

Educ 402 Comparative Education (3) 

Educ 403 History of Education (3) 

Educ 406 Educational Sociology (3) 

Educ 501 Philosophy of Education (3) 

Supporting courses from other disciplines 6 

Courses for the concentration in reading 20 

Educ 506 Curriculum and Research: Reading (3) 

Educ 516 Etiology of Reading Difficulties (3) 

Educ 581 Analysis of Reading Difficulties (3) 

Educ 582 Analysis of Reading Practices (3) 

Educ 583 A Remedial Reading: Casework (3) 

Educ 583B Remedial Reading: Casework (3) 

Educ 597 Graduate Project (1-3) or 

Educ 598 Graduate Thesis (1-3) 

School Administration 

Students concentrating in school administration will take Educ 503, Foundations 

for Administrative Leadership, as soon as they identify their interest in this M.S. 

degree. The final adviser-approved 30 units (minimum) will include the following: 

Units 

Core Studies 6 

Educ 511 Survey of Educational Research (3 ) or 
Educ 510 Research Design and Analysis (3) 

(By specific permission of the adviser ) 

One of the following: 

Educ 402 Comparative Education (3) 

Educ 403 History of Education (3) 

Educ 406 Educational Sociology (3) 

Educ 501 Philosophy of Education (3) 


Other Credential Programs 


Units 

Supporting courses from other disciplines 6 

Courses for the concentration in school administration 16 

Educ 505 The Supervision of Curriculum (4) 

Educ 561 Organization of School Systems (3) 

Educ 563 Principles of School Personnel Administration (2) 

Educ 567 AB Field Work and Seminar in School Administration (2-2) 

(Project or Thesis) 

One of the following 3 

Educ 566 The Elementary School Principal and Supervisor (3) 

Educ 586 The Secondary School Principal and Supervisor (3) 

School Counseling 

Students concentrating in school counseling will take Educ 452, Principles of 
Guidance as soon as they identify their interest in this concentration in the M. S. 
Education degree. At or near the end of this course students are normally admitted 
to this program by a screening process. Students who transfer this course in from 
other institutions must see an adviser for approval of the next course before con- 
tinuing in the program. This second course then becomes the screening course for 
transfer students. 

The final adviser-approved 30 units (minimum) will include the following: 

Units 

Core Studies „ 6 

Educ 510 Research Design and Analysis (3 ) or 
Educ 511 Survey of Educational Research (3) 

One of the following: 

Educ 402 Comparative Education (3) 

Educ 403 History of Education (3) 

Educ 406 Educational Sociology (3) 

Educ 501 Philosophy of Education (3) 


Supporting courses from other disciplines 6 

Courses for the concentration in school counseling 20 

Educ 550 Counseling Theories and Processes (3) 


Educ 551 Educational and Career Orientation (3) 

Educ 552 Group Processes in Guidance (3) 

Educ 553 Administration and Organization of Pupil Personnel Services (3) 

Educ 559AB Field Work in Pupil Personnel Services (3-3) 

Educ 597 Project or Educ 598 Thesis (1-1) 

School Psychometry 

Students interested in school psychometry follow the program for school counsel- 
ing outlined above and then add certain adviser approved courses for the Standard 
Designated Services credential in School Psychometry. 

Special Education 

Students electing to concentrate in special education shall, in addition to the 
prerequisites for admission to the masters program, either (1) possess a California 
credential authorizing service as a teacher of exceptional children or (2) have 
completed requirements comparable to those required for the minor for a Cali- 
fornia credential to teach exceptional children. 

Before a candidate can be awarded the Master of Science degree in Education 
with a concentration in special education, he must complete Educ 510 or Educ 511 


160 


Other Credential Programs 


ind one of Educ 402, Educ 403, Educ 406, or Educ 501. In addition, six semester 
iours of upper division or 500-level courses must be taken in disciplines other than 
iducation; such courses must be approved by the student’s adviser and should 
►upport the special education concentration. The remaining 18 hours of the stu- 
dent's coursework will be selected from the following list with the approval of 
the student’s adviser and shall include Educ 514; additional courses may be added 


f s needed. 

Units 

Educ 503 Foundations for Educational Leadership 3 

Educ 514 Graduate Seminar: Behavioral Research on Children 

with Learning Disorders 3 

Educ 521 Group Processes in the Classroom 3 

Educ 522 Behavior Disorders in the Classroom 3 

Educ 523 Learning Disorders in the Classroom 3 

Educ 552 Group Processes in Guidance 3 

Educ 555 Individual Diagnosis 3 

Educ 570 Graduate Clinic in Exceptional Children: 

Advanced Developmental Psychology 3 

Educ 571 Graduate Clinic in Exceptional Children: 

Advanced Psychology of Learning 3 

I Educ 581 Analysis of Reading Difficulties 3 

Educ 597 Graduate Project or 

Educ 598 Thesis 1-3 

See also “The Program of Master’s Degrees,” page 72. 


BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION 

The department offers a bachelor of science in physical education for students 
ipreparing to teach, for those preparing to pursue graduate work in physical edu- 
cation and for those preparing for careers in business, industry and government 
service. 

The major consists of 40 units in health education, physical education and recre- 
ation, and six units of electives in upper division in supporting and related fields. 
Electives are to be approved by the students’ departmental adviser. Requirements 
if or the major, including proficiency requirements, prerequisite and lower division 
^courses, are indicated below. 

Proficiency Requirements for Major Students 
All physical education majors must demonstrate proficiency in the areas of 
aquatics, rhythms, gymnastics, combatives (men), modem dance (women) and in 
individual and team sports. Intensive skill courses in these areas should be taken 
in the lower division. All major students must attain satisfactory proficiency in all 
categories listed below in any one of the following ways: 

L Complete course with grade of C or better. 

2. Pass proficiency screening test as administered by the course instructor. 

PROFICIENCY SERIES 

Aquatics: PE 111M, PE 111W, PE 112, PE 113 (select one) 

Combatives: PE 132M Combatives (M) 

Rhythms: PE 141 or PE 142, PE 143 (W), PE 144 (W) 

Gymnastics: PE 131M or PE 131W, PE 151 

Individual sports: PE 130, PE 136, PE 137, PE 139, PE 138 or PE 135, PE 150, 
PE 157 

Team sports V PE 121M and 122M, PE 121W and 122W 

* Two semesters of team sport competition on an intercollegiate team may be taken in lieu of 
team sports requirement (applies to both men and women). 


Other Credential Programs 


MAJOR IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION 

Prerequisites Units 

Chemistry 100* Introductory Chemistry 4 

or 

Physics 211 A* Elementary Physics 4 

or 

Physical Sci 201* Modern Physical Science 4 

Biology 101 Elements of Biology 5 

Biology 361 Mammalian Anatomy and Physiology 4 


Total _ 13 

Electives: Interdisciplinary 

Six units of electives in upper division in supporting or related fields. Elec- 
tives will be approved by the student’s depanmental adviser 6 

Total 6 

Courses in Health, Physical Education and Recreation 
Lower Division (all required) 

HE 101 Personal and Community Health 2 

HE 102 Prevention and First Aid 2 

PE 201 Introduction to Physical Education and Recreation ... 3 

Rec 203 Recreation Programs and Activities 2 

Total - 9 

Upper Division (all required) 

PE 324 Theory and Principles of Human Motor Learning 3 

PE 325 Case Studies in Human Motor Learning 3 

PE 416 Kinesiology (pre/Bio 361) ..... 3 

PE 417 Physiology of Exercise (pre/Bio 361) 3 

PE 418 Adapted and Corrective Activities (pre/PE 416) 3 

HE 419 Environmental Health (pre/HE 101) 3 

PE 420 Tests and Measurements in Physical Education 3 

Total 21 

Upper Division (any five courses) f 

PE 311 Analysis of Aquatics ... 2 

PE 312 Analysis of Combatives 2 

PE 313 Analysis of Folk, Square, and Social Dance 2 

PE 314 Analysis of Individual and Dual Sports 2 

PE 315 Analysis of Modern Dance (W) 2 

PE 317A,B Analysis of Team Sports (W) 4 

PE 318 Analysis of Team Sports (M) 2 

PE 319 Analysis of Gymnastics and Tumbling 2 

Total in health, physical education and recreation 40 


* Chemistry or Physics or Physical Science as taught at California State College at Fullerton, 
t Students must have completed the proficiency skills test essential to the course as a prerequisite 
to enrollment in any of the courses listed in the series PE 311-319. 


162 


Other Credential Programs 


MINOR IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION 

A minor consists of 22 units of work as listed below: 

Lower Division: HE 102, PE 201, Rec. 203. 

Upper Division: PE 324, PE 416 or PE 417, PE 419 or PE 420 and select any 
three courses (6 units) from the analysis series: t 
PE 311, 312, 313, 314, 315, 317A, 317B, 318, 319. 

For information about teching credentials, consult the Credentials Office or the 
chairman of the department. 


163 








ENGINEERING 



SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING 




Dean: Robert G. Valpey 


Professors: El Saden, Hunt, Valpey 
Assistant Professor: Chiang 


COURSES IN ENGINEERING 

The School of Engineering offers programs at the undergraduate and graduate 
level. The individual courses are described in the section of this catalog on an- 
nouncement of courses. At the undergraduate level, the school prescribes certain 
patterns of courses, combined with those of other academic departments and 
schools of the college, as a program of 136 semester units leading to the bachelor 
of science in engineering. At the graduate level, the school offers a sequence of 
courses as a program of 30 semester units leading to the master of science in engi- 
neering. In both the undergraduate and graduate programs specific options in 
major fields are offered. 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN ENGINEERING 

The heart of the engineering program is a core curriculum somewhat broader 
than that of the traditional engineering program. This core includes courses in 
mathematics, physics, chemistry, basic engineering sciences, and the humanities, 
and provides a firm basis for more specialized knowledge at an advanced level. 
Beyond the basic core, the student may choose topics in one of the major subject 
options listed below. A minimum of 32 hours of study will constitute a major 
option. During his first 2Vi years, all students in engineering will take the same 
program emphasizing the interrelationship of all engineering subjects to form the 
broad background required of all modem engineers. 

The program of 136 semester units presumes that the entering student brings a 
high school preparation which includes geometry, trigonometry, two years of alge- 
bra, either physics or chemistry, and mechanical drawing. Students deficient in 
any of these areas will be expected to make them up during the summer before 
first registration. Placement examinations are required in mathematics and chem- 
istry. The major options in undergraduate engineering are: 

Electrical engineering 
Mechanical and aerospace engineering 
Structural engineering and engineering mechanics 
Engineering science 

A smooth transition from a junior college into upper-division engineering is 
assured when the following program, as a minimum, has been completed. Students 
deficient in any of these areas may look to our summer catalog for offerings that 
may make up any deficiencies: 

Minimum Number 
of Semester 
Units 
14 
8 
8 
2 
2 
2 
3 
3 


Analytic Geometry and Calculus— 

Chemistry (for engineering and science majors) 

Physics (for engineering and science majors) 

Engineering Graphics 

Properties of Engineering Materials 

Computer Programming 

Electric Circuits 

Analytical Mechanics 


167 


Engineering 


MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE UNDERGRADUATE DEGREE 
Lower Division, Nonengineering (all required for B.S.): Units 

PE (any activities) _... 2 

Hist 170A or 170B U.S. History 3 

Speech 101 Fundamentals of Speech 3 

Eng 101 Composition and Literature 3 

Eng 102 Literature and Composition 3 

Pol Sci 100 Introduction to Politics and Government 3 

Psych 101 Introduction to Psychology 3 

Humanities approved elective .' 3 

Math 150A # Analytic Geometry and Calculus _ 4 

Math 150B * Analytic Geometry and Calculus ..... 4 

Math 250A Intermediate Calculus 3 

Math 250B Intermediate Calculus 3 

Chem 101 A General Chemistry 5 

Chem 105 General Chemistry for Engineers 3 

Phys 221 A Fundamental Physics 5 

Phys 22 IB Fundamental Physics 5 

55 

Lower Division, Engineering (all required for B.S.): 

Engr 101 Introduction to Engineering and Computers 1 

Engr 102 Graphical Analysis 2 

Engr 201 Mechanics 3 

Engr 202 Properties of Engineering Materials 3 

Engr 203 Electric Circuits 3 

Engr 203L Electric Circuits Laboratory 1 

Engr 205 Digital Computation 2 

15 

Upper Division, Nonengineering (all required for B.S.): 

Soc Sci Approved upper division elective 3 

Econ 301 Fundamentals of Economics 3 

Mgmt 341 Principles of Management 3 

Bio Sci Bio-Engineering 2 

11 

Upper Division, Engineering (all required for B.S.): 

Engr 302 Dynamics 3 

Engr 303 Electronics 3 

Engr 303L Electronics Lab 1 

Engr 304 Thermodynamics 3 

Engr 305 Transport Processes 3 

Engr 306 A Unified Laboratory 1 

Engr 306B Unified Laboratory 1 

Engr 308 Engineering Analysis 3 

Engr 312 Linear Systems Analysis 3 

Engr 417 Engineering Economy 2 

23 


courses with additional courses in mathematics. 


168 


Engineering 


Upper Division Courses for Option (32 units required for B.S.): 

Four options are offered within the bachelor of science in engineering program: 

electrical engineering, mechanical engineering, civil engineering, and engineering 

science. For each option, 32 units are required for the B.S. The following list may 

not be all-inclusive or restrictive. 

Units 

Electrical Engineering Option (32 units required for B.S.): 

Engr 313 Networks and Transmission Lines 4 

Engr 314 Applied Electronics 4 

Engr 315 Electronics and Circuits Laboratory 1 

Engr 360 Electrical Engineering Design Projects Lab 2 

Engr 370 Seminar in Electrial Engineering 1 

Engr 375A,B Electrical Engineering Lab 2,2 

Engr 402 Elements of Digital Computers 3 

Engr 402 L Digital Techniques Laboratory 1 

Engr 403 Numerical Analysis 3 

Engr 404 Analog Computation 2 

Engr 404 L Analog Computation Laboratory 1 

Engr 416 Feedback Control Systems 3 

Engr 419 Electromagnetic Field Theory 3 

Engr 423 Engineering Probability and Statistics 3 

Engr 434 Direct Energy Conversion 3 

Engr 443 Electronic Cmmuni cation Systems 3 

Engr 443L Electronic Communication Systems Lab 3 

Engr 445 Pulse and Digital Circuits 3 

Engr 455 Solid State Electronics 3 

Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering Option (32 units required for B.S.h 

Engr 301 Strength of Materials 3 

Engr 316 Applied Thermodynamics 2 

Engr 317 Refrigeration and Air Conditioning 4 

Engr 320 Physical Metallurgy 3 

Engr 335 Mechanical Analysis 3 

Engr 361 Mechanical Engineering Design Projects Lab 2 

Engr 371 Seminar in Mechanical/ Aerospace Engineering 1 

Engr 376A3 Mechanical Engineering Lab 2,2 

Engr 403 Numerical Analysis 3 

Engr 406 Dynamic Response 3 

Engr 406L Dynamic Response Laboratory 1 

Engr 407 Transfer and Rate Processes 3 

Engr 410 Space Dynamics 3 

Engr 412 Theory of Elasticity 3 

Engr 415 Gas Dynamics 3 

Engr 416 Feedback Control Systems 3 

Engr 421 Mechanical Design 3 

Engr 423 Engineering Probability and Statistics 3 

Engr 425 Turbomachinery 3 

Engr 432 Aerospace Vehicle Structures 3 

Engr 433 Aerodynamics 3 

Engr 434 Direct Energy Conversion 3 

Engr 437 Propulsion 3 

Engr 441 Stability and Control of Flight Vehicles 3 

Engr 499 Independent Study 1-3 


169 


Engineering 


Units 


Structural Engineering and Engineering Mechanics Option 


(32 units required for B.S.): 

Engr 301 Strength of Materials 3 

Engr 323 Structural Analysis 3 

Engr 324 Soil Mechanics and Foundations 3 

Engr 324L Soil Mechanics and Foundations Lab 1 

Engr 326 Structural Design 3 

Engr 403 Numerical Analysis 3 

Engr 408 Reinforced Concrete Design 3 

Engr 409 Intermediate Structural Design 3 

Engr 411 Dynamics of Structures 3 

Engr 412 Theory of Elasticity 3 

Engr 414 Matrix Analysis of Structures 3 

Engr 418 Foundation Design 3 

Engr 420 Limit Analysis of Structures 3 

Engr 432 Aerospace Vehicle Structures 3 

Engr 499 Independent Study 1-3 


Engineering Science Option (32 units required for B.S.): 

The program in engineering science is to be selected by the student and his 
adviser and submitted for approval to a committee of the School of Engineering 
(supplemented, if appropriate, by members of the science and mathematics fac- 
ulty). The courses are to be selected from upper division electives in engineering, 
physics, chemistry, mathematics, and biology (additional prerequisites for science 
courses may be required), to meet a special and specific engineering science objec- 
tive of the student, such as engineering physics. 

DETAIL OUTLINE OF TYPICAL * EIGHT-SEMESTER PROGRAM 


FOR B.S. IN ENGINEERING 
(136 Units) 

Semester 1 Freshman Units 

PE (any activity) l / 2 

Hist 170A or B U.S. History 3 

Math 150 A Calculus 4 

Chem 101 A General Chemistry 5 

Engr 101 Introduction to Engineering and Computers 1 

Engr 102 Graphical Analysis 2 

15/2 

Semester 2 Freshman 

PE (any activity) / 

Math 150B Calculus 4 

Physics 221 A Fundamentals of Physics 5 

Chem 105 Chemistry (for engineers) 3 

Engr 205 Digital Computation 2 

Eng 101 Composition and Literature 3 


17/ 


•Note: This program is merely a guide. The student may lighten his academic load each 
semester to meet his needs. For example, a 1 5 -unit load would take nine semesters. (Indeed, 
the national average time to complete a “four-year” engineering curriculum is 4.7 years.) 


170 


Engineering 


Semester 3 Sophomore 

PE (any activity) 

Eng 102 World Literature and Composition 

Pol Sci 100 Introduction to Politics and Government 

Math 2 50 A Calculus 

Physics 22 IB Fundamental Physics 

Engr 201 Mechanics 


Semester 4 Sophomore 

PE (any activity) 

Speech 101 Fundamentals of Speech 

Math 250B Calculus 

Engr 202 Properties of Engineering Materials ... 

Psych 101 Introduction to Psychology 

Engr 203 Electric Circuits 

Engr 203 L Electric Circuits Lab 


Semester 5 Junior 

Engr 303 Electronics 

Engr 303L Electronics Lab 

Engr 304 Thermodynamics 

Engr 305 Transport Processes 

Engr 306A Unified Laboratory 

Engr 302 Dynamics 

Engr 308 Engineering Analysis 

Semester 6 Junior 

BSC Bio-engineering 

Econ 301 Fundamentals of Economics 

Engr 312 Linear Systems Analysis 

Engr 306B Unified Laboratory 

Engineering Option Courses 


Semester 7 Senior 

Soc Sci Elective 

Engr 417 Engineering Economy 
Engineering Option Courses 


Semester • Senior 

Humanities Elective 

Mgmt 341 Principles of Management 
Engineering Option Courses 


'A 

3 

3 

3 

5 

3 

17 34 

l A 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

1 

1634 

3 

1 

3 

3 

1 

3 

3 

17 

2 

3 

3 

1 

9 

18 

3 

2 

12 

17 

3 

3 

11 

17 


136 

. Note: A student may be required to take the engineering mathematics review program offered 
extension. This course is open to all who may feel the need for such a refresher course. No credit. 


171 


Engineering 


MASTER OF SCIENCE IN ENGINEERING 

Applicants, as well as continuing students, should read carefully the college re- 
quirements for master’s degree programs, page 72. 

The procedural steps for admission to and the completion of the degree “master 
of science in engineering” are as follows: 

Admission Procedure 

1. Apply for admission to the college in unclassified graduate status and declare 
the objective to be a master of science in engineering. Proof of a degree from 
an accredited college or university must be supplied. This must be taken care 
of at the Office of Admissions before the dates established in the college calendar. 

2. Apply for admission to the School of Engineering master of science program. 
This must be taken care of at the office of the School of Engineering after admis- 
sion to the college but before registration. 

Prerequisites 

Admission to the engineering program requires a 2.5 undergraduate grade point 
average; however, students may be admitted with grade deficiencies. Such de- 
ficiencies must be made up by completing 6 to 12 units of adviser-approved courses 
in addition to those required for the degree, with at least a 3.0 average. A com- 
mittee of the engineering faculty will evaluate each student’s record for specific 
course deficiencies in the engineering field. Making suitable allowance for actual 
engineering experience, the committee will require each student, prior to admission 
to the program, to make up such deficiencies as the committee determines. 

Note : A student may be required to take the engineering mathematics review program offered in 
extension. This course is open to all who may feel the need for such a refresher course. No credit. 

Advancement to Classified Graduate Status 

Achievement of this status requires the following: 

1. Meeting the prerequisites of the previous paragraph. 

2. Before completing 9 units at CSCF toward a M.S. degree, a student shall 

fill out an application card for classified status and make an appointment with 

the adviser at the office of the School of Engineering. 

3. Preparing, in consultation with his adviser, an approved graduate study plan. 

Advancement to Candidacy 

Achievement of this status requires the following: 

1. Having been granted classified status in the master of science in engineering 
program. 

2. Having completed 12 units of coursework on his master’s degree study plan, 

including six units of 500-level courses with a GPA of not less than 3.0. 

3. Filing an advancement to candidacy card in the Graduate Office. 

Graduation 

Final achievement of the master of science in engineering requires: 

1. Having been admitted to candidacy status. 

2. Filing a request for check on completion of requirements in the Graduate 
Office prior to the appropriate deadline. 

3. Having completed 30 units of approved work with an overall GPA of not 
less than 3.0. 

4. Receiving approval of the faculty of the School of Engineering and the Dean 
of Graduate Studies. 


172 


Engineering 


The Program for the Master of Science in Engineering 

Qualifications for the master of science in engineering requires the following: 

1. Completion of a minimum of 30 units of approved upper division or graduate- 
level work including: 

(a) a minimum of 6 units of approved upper division or graduate mathe- 
matics (certain engineering courses may fulfill this requirement). 

(b) a minimum of 15 units of approved 500 level courses. 

2. An overall GPA of 3.0. 

A candidate for the master of science in , engineering may pursue one of five 
options currently offered by the School of Engineering: 

Electrical engineering 

Mechanical and aerospace engineering 

Structural engineering and engineering mechanics 

Systems engineering 

Engineering science 

A student is normally required to select a minimum of 15 units within these 
options. These 15 units may be 400-level and 500-level courses. The 400-level 
courses are listed in the undergraduate program (preceding) and the 500-level 
courses are listed below: 

Electrical Engineering Umts 

Engr 501 Microwave Techniques 3 

Engr 502 State Space Theory of Control and Systems- 3 

Engr 503 Information Theory and Coding 3 

Engr 504 Linear Network Synthesis 3 

Engr 505 Nonlinear Control Systems 3 

Engr 506 Digital Computer Systems 3 

Engr 507 Statistical Communication Theory 3 

Engr 523 Solid State Devices 3 

Engr 555 Applied Electromagnetic Theory 3 

Engr 557 Sampled-Data Systems 3 

Engr 559 Active Network Synthesis 3 

Engr 570 Seminar in Electrical Engineering 1-3 

Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering 

Engr 508 Intermediate Fluid Mechanics 3 

Engr 511 Advanced Dynamics 3 

Engr 512 Gyrodynamics 3 

Engr 518 Advanced Fluid Mechanics 3 

Engr 524 Advanced Thermodynamics 3 

Engr 530 Advanced Strength of Materials 3 

Engr 569 Orbital Mechanics 3 

Engr 573 Aerospace Guidance Systems 3 

Engr 575 Kinetic Theory and Statistical Thermodynamics 3 

Structural Engineering and Engineering Mechanics 

Engr 509 Theory of Plates and Shells 3 

Engr 511 Advanced Dynamics 3 

Engr 517 Theory of Inelasticity 3 

Engr 518 Advanced Fluid Mechanics 3 

Engr 519 Advanced Structural Mechanics 3 

Engr 545 Advanced Structural Design 3 

Engr 547 Advanced Dynamics of Structures 3 


173 


Engineering 

Units 


Engr 549 Theory of Elastic Stability 3 

Engr 577 Reliability Analysis of Structures 3 

Systems Engineering 

Engr 403 Numerical Analysis 3 

Engr 404 Analog Computation 2 

Engr 404L Analog Computation Laboratory 1 

Engr 416 Feedback Control Systems 3 

Engr 423 Engineering Probability and Statistics 3 

Engr 502 State Space Theory of Control and Systems 3 

Engr 581 A Systems Engineering Methodology 3 

Engr 58 IB Systems Engineering Methodology 3 

Engr 585 Systems Engineering Mathematical Tools.— 3 

Engr 587 Operational Analysis Techniques in Systems Engineering 3 

Engr 591 Analytical Methods in Engineering 1-6 

Engr 592 Advanced Engineering Analysis 3 


(Up to 9 units in systems engineering may be selected from approved subjects 
offered in the School of Business Administration and Economics.) 

Engineering Science 

The program in engineering science is to be selected by the student and his 
adviser and submitted for approval to a committee of the School of Engineering 
(supplemented, if appropriate, by members of the science and mathematics fac- 
ulty). The courses selected are to meet a special and specific engineering science 
objective of the student, such as engineering physics. 

In addition to those courses offered in the specific options, the following three 
courses apply to any option, though they are not necessarily required. 


Engr 597 Project i _<5 

Engr 598 Thesis 1_6 

Engr 599 Independent Graduate Research 1-3 


See also “The Program of Master’s Degrees,” page 72. 


174 


ANNOUNCEMENT 
OF COURSES 


AND 

FACULTY DIRECTORY 

FOR 1967-68 


mu mu 



GENERAL COURSE NUMBERING CODE 

100-299 Lower division courses of freshman and sophomore level, but open also 
to upper division students. 

300-399 Upper division courses of junior and senior level, which do not give 
graduate credit unless included on an approved graduate study plan (such 
as a credential or graduate degree program) for a specific graduate 
student. 

400-499 Upper division courses of junior and senior level which give graduate 
credit when taken by a graduate student. (Note limitations in specific 
graduate programs.) 

500-599 Graduate courses organized primarily for graduate students.* 

700-799 Graduate professional courses in the postgraduate program, not applicable 
to graduate degrees. 


PREREQUISITES 

Students are expected to meet stated prerequisites for all courses. However, in 
exceptional cases, and at the discretion of the division in which the course is taught, 
students may be allowed to meet prerequisites by examination. 

INDEPENDENT STUDY 

Under the independent study program, the upper division student can pursue 
topics or problems of special interest beyond the scope of a regular course under 
the supervision of a faculty adviser. The work is of a research or creative nature, 
and normally culminates in a paper, project, comprehensive examination, or per- 
formance. Before registering, the student must get his topic approved by the pro- 
fessor who will be supervising independent study. The catalog numbers for inde- 
pendent study in departments are 499 and 599. Independent study courses may be 
repeated. A student wishing to enroll in more than six units of independent study 
in any one semester must have the approval of his major adviser and of the chair- 
man of the department (s) in which the independent study is to be conducted. 

* Note exceptions on p. 63. 


177 


SCHOOL OF LETTERS, ARTS, AND SCIENCE 


ANTHROPOLOGY 

201 Introduction to Physical Anthropology (3) 

Man in biological and evolutionary perspective. Methods, findings, concepts, and 
issues in the study of primates, fossil men, and races. 

202 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology (3) 

The nature of culture and its significance for man. Uniformities and variations 
in human cultures. Cultural analyses of major institutional forms such as the family, 
economy, government, religion and art with an emphasis on preliterate peoples. 
A consideration of central problems of cultural comparison and interpretation. 

203 Introduction to Archaeology (3) 

Relationship of archaeology, prehistory, and culture history; field methods and 
analysis of archaeological data. A survey of world culture history, from Pleistocene 
beginnings to the threshold of civilization; and introduction to the world’s early 
centers of civilization. 

301 World Ithnography (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthropology 202 or consent of instructor. A general survey of 
the peoples of the world and a study of representative cultures with special 
reference to their situation in the history and geography of the world. 

313 Human Genetics (3) 

(Same as Biological Science 313.) 

321 The American Indian (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthropology 202 or consent of instructor. A cultural survey of 
North American Indians north of Mexico; origins, languages, culture areas, cultural 
history; the impact of European contacts. 

325 Peoples of South America (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthropology' 202 or consent of instructor. A cultural survey of 
Central and South America. Description of selected cultures representative of dif- 
ferent cultural areas before and after contacts with Western countries. 

328 Peoples of Africa (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthropology 202 or consent of instructor. A cultural survey of 
Africa. Description of selected cultures representative of different cultural areas 
before and after contacts with Western and Asian countries. 

340 Peoples of Asia (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthropology 202 or consent of instructor. Survey of culture- 
areas and societal types of central, southern, and east Asia, with special emphasis 
on India and China. Analysis of Asian civilizations and nonliterate societies, em- 
phasizing sociopolitical organization, economic systems, and religious systems. 

345 Peoples of the Middle East (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthropology 202 or consent of instructor. A cultural survey of the 
Middle Blast with descriptions of selected cultures (Arab urban, nomadic, Jewish, 
Turk, Berber, Kurd). 


178 


Anthropology 


347 Peoples of the Pacific (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthropology 202 or consent of instructor. A survey of the native 
peoples and cultures of the Pacific Islands, including Australia; the social and 
cultural patterns of representative cultures of various areas; special ethnological 
and theoretical problems. 

350 Peoples of Europe (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthropology 202 or consent of instructor. Representative groups 
considered in modem and historical perspective, stressing especially rural-urban 
relationships and the dynamics of change. 

360 Contemporary American Culture (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthropology 202 or consent of instructor. Application of an- 
thropological methods, categories of analysis, and types of interpretation to 
American culture. Survey and critique of selected community studies and other 
kinds of relevant research. 

401 Ethnographic Field Methods (3) 

Prerequisites: Anthropology 202 and 6 additional units of anthropology or con- 
sent of instructor. Anthropological field research by students on various problems 
using participant observation techniques. 

403 Aixhaeo logical Fieldwork (3) 

Prerequisites: Anthropology 202 or 203 and consent of instructor. Participation 
in the excavation of a local archaeological site. Archaeological mapping, photog- 
raphy and recording. Laboratory methods of cataloging, preservation, description 
and interpretation of archaeological materials. Saturday field sessions. 

406 Descriptive Linguistics (3) 

(Same as Linguistics 406.) 

410 Language and Culture (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthropology 202 or consent of instructor. The study of language 
as a factor in culture. Introduction to anthropological linguistics. Trends in the 
study of language and culture. (Same as Linguistics 410) 

411 Folklore (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthropology 202 or consent of instructor. An introduction to the 
study of folktales, myths, legends, proverbs, riddles and other forms of the verbal 
traditions of peoples. Major concepts and theories and research methods in the 
study of folklore. 

413 Ethnological Music (3) 

Music, musicmaking, and musicians in various nonliterate societies. 

415 Culture and Personality: Psychological Anthropology (3) 

Prerequisites: Anthropology 202 and Psychology 331 or 351 or Sociology 341 or 
consent of instructor. Comparative study of the relationship between the individual 
and his culture. Child training in non western cultures. Survey of important con- 
cepts, studies, and research techniques. Changing viewpoints and new directions in 
culture-personality studies. 

416 The Quest for Self: East and West (3) 

(Same as Interdisciplinary Center 403) 


179 


Anthropology 

420 Primitive Value Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthropology 202 or consent of instructor. Study of what properly 
is considered “common sense” in the everyday life of people living within differing 
sociocultural environments. 

421 Anthropology of Religion (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthropology 202 or consent of instructor. Examination of beliefs 
and practices in the full human variation of religious phenomena, but with an 
emphasis on primitive religions. The forms, functions, structures, symbolism, and 
history and evolution of man’s religious systems. Analysis of major categories, 
concepts, and theoretical models used by anthropologists in the study of religion. 

422 Jewish and Comparative Mysticism (3) 

(Same as Interdisciplinary Center 422.) 

423 Comparative Aesthetics and Symbolism (3) 

An analysis of the metaphysical and mystical systems underlying the “gram- 
mars” of the art, poetry, languages, myths, music, and rituals of various nonliterate 
and literate peoples and their development into creative experiences. 

425 Anthropology of Law and Government (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthropology 202 or consent of instructor. Sources of law- 
government in primitive societies; the cultural background of law; the functions 
and development of law and government in primitive polities; transitions to and 
comparisons with classical and modem legal and political systems. 

428 Comparative Society: Social Anthropology (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthropology 202 or consent of instructor. A study of the social 
organization of preindustrial societies; religious, political and economic institutions; 
status and value systems; conditions and theories of change. 

429 Kinship and Social Organisation (3) 

Prerequisites: Anthropology 202 and 428 or consent of instructor. Kinship sys- 
tems in primitive society and their significance in the organization of social life. 
Theories of kinship, marriage regulations, and kinship role patterns. Analysis of the 
formal properties of diversely structured kinship systems and techniques of kinship 
and structural analysis. 

430 Economic Anthropology (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthropology 202 or consent of instructor. Analysis of anthro- 
pological concepts of economy, ecology, and technology; relationship between 
habitat, economy, and culture. A survey of the different types of economic 
systems found throughout the world; outline of the economic development of 
mankind. 

450 Culture and Education (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthropology 202 or Education 301 or consent of instructor. The 
transmission of values, implicit cultural assumptions, and the patterning of educa- 
tion in cross-cultural perspective, with special attention to American culture and 
development problems. 

453 Culture and Habitat (3) 

(Same as Geography 453.) 


180 


Art 


460 Culture Change (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthropology 202 and 301 or consent of instructor. Interrelations 
between cultural, social and psychological processes in the dynamics of culture 
growth and change. Impact of western technology on tribal and peasant societies. 
Anthropological contributions to the planning of directed sociocultural change in 
selected areas. 

470 Philosophical and Behavioral Foundations of Anthropology (3) 

Prerequisite: Anthropology 202 and open to lower division students with the 
consent of the instructor. Consideration of basic assumptions and contexts of an- 
thropological work. The synthesis of ideas and methods into professional skills 
and careers. 

480 History of Anthropology (3) 

Prerequisite: At least 12 units of anthropology or consent of instructor. His- 
torical antecedents of modem anthropology. A systematic survey of the develop- 
ment of anthropology as a scientific field; an examination of the principal contribu- 
tions of leading anthropologists, past and present. Reinterpretations and emerging 
trends. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Prerequisite: At least 15 units of anthropology and consent of the adviser. Stu- 
dent selection of an individual research project involving either library or field- 
work. There are conferences with the adviser as necessary, and the work results 
in one or more papers. May be repeated for credit. 

501 Seminar: Methodology of Anthropological Research (3) 

Prerequisites: Anthropology 202, 401, and consent of instructor. Examination, 
analysis and evaluation of the contemporary methodological spectrum in anthro- 
pology and of new trends in research planning and implementation. Consideration 
and critique of specific cases involving differing research designs. 

504 Seminar: Selected Topics in Anthropology (3) 

Prerequisites: Completion of undergraduate major in anthropology and/or gradu- 
ate standing or consent of instructor. The topic chosen and a general outline of 
the seminar will be announced by the Department of Anthropology to graduate 
students in Anthropology and circulated to other potentially interested depart- 
ments. May be repeated. 

505 Seminar: Phonetics and Phonemics (3) 

(Same as Linguistics 505.) 

507 Seminar: Morpho-syntax (3) 

(Same as Linguistics 507.) 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1-3) 

Prerequisite: Consent of department. Individual research on either a field or 
a library study, with conferences with a project adviser as necessary, and resulting 
in one or more papers. May be repeated for credit. 

ART 


100 Exploratory Course in Art (3) 

Exploration and creative use of a variety of art materials, processes, and concepts. 
Field trips required. Not open to art majors for credit except by permission of the 
Art Department. (6 hours activity) 


181 


Art 


101 Introduction to Art (3) 

A course for the general student designed to develop an understanding of his- 
torical and contemporary art forms. Illustrated with examples of painting, sculp- 
ture, architecture, and design. Field trips required. Not open to art majors for 
credit except by permission of the Art Department. 

103 Two-dimensional Design (3) 

The inventive use of materials, tools, and elements of plastic organization as re- 
lated to a two-dimensional surface. (6 hours activity) 

104 Three-dimensional Design (3) 

The inventive use of materials, tools, and elements of plastic organization as re- 
lated to three-dimensional surfaces and forms. (6 hours activity) 

106A,B Beginning Ceramics (3,3) 

A basic course in the study of form as related to ceramic materials, tools, 
processes, and concepts. (6 hours activity) 

107A,B Beginning Drawing and Painting (3/3) 

Beginning work in the creative use of the materials of drawing and painting with 
emphasis on visual concepts and use of medium, individual exploration, growth, 
planning and craftsmanship. (9 hours laboratory) 

111 Fundamentals of Art (3) 

A comparative study of the elements of plastic organization in relation to per- 
sonal and cultural aesthetic expression and concepts. Fundamental art ideas, prob- 
lems of organization and structure, and terminology. Field trips required. 

1 17A/B/C/D Life Drawing (1, 1,1/1) 

Drawing from the live model. 117B will include working from the model with 
three-dimensional materials. (3 hours laboratory for each unit) 

201 A/B Art and Civilization (3,3) 

A comparative survey of the basic ideas, forms, and styles of the visual arts as 
they developed in various cultures from prehistoric time to the present day. 

205A,B Beginning Crafts (3,3) 

Prerequisite: Art 103 or Art 100. A study of form as related to the concepts, 
materials, and processes involved in the making of both two- and three-dimensional 
art forms from wood, metal, plastics, and paper. (6 hours activity) 

207A,B Drawing and Painting (3,3) 

Prerequisite: Art 117AJ3, Art 107 A,B, Art i03, or the equivalents. An intensive 
study of devices and means for representing volume, structure, and character of 
objects. Emphasis in 207A on the use of drawing materials in relation to manmade 
and nature objects and in 207B on the use of painting materials in relation to the 
head and figure. (9 hours laboratory) 

216A,B Beginning Sculpture (3,3) 

Prerequisite: Art 104. An introductory course in sculpture with emphasis on the 
creative use of wood and metal, power equipment and hand tools. (6 hours activity) 

223A,B Lettering, Typography and Rendering (3,3) 

Prerequisites: Art 103, 107A, 117A. A study of the history, design, and use of 
letter forms including techniques for rough and comprehensive layouts and the 
use of both hand-lettered forms and handset type. (6 hours activity) 

182 


Art 


286 Design for the Theatre (3) 

(Same as Drama 286.) 

301 Western Art: Ancient to Classic (3) 

A study of the developments in art from prehistoric time to the classic period in 
Greek art. 

302 Western Art: Classic to Renaissance (3) 

Provides broad familiarity with the major styles of classic, medieval, and Russian 
art. Lectures, discussions and field trips. 

305A,B Crafts (3,3) 

Prerequisites: Art 103 and 104, or 205 A, or 100 and 432 or the equivalent. A 
study and evaluation of basic craft concepts, processes, and materials as they relate 
to the development of utilitarian forms. (6 hours activity) 

306A,B Advanced Ceramics (3,3) 

Prerequisite: Art 106A or 106B. Further experiences in the study and evaluation 
of form as related to the creative use of ceramic concepts and materials including 
design, forming, glazing, and firing. (6 hours activity) 

307A,B Advanced Drawing and Painting (3,3) 

Prerequisites: one semester of drawing and one semester of painting. The study, 
evaluation and creative use of the concepts and materials of drawing and painting 
with emphasis on individual exploration, growth, planning and craftsmanship. (9 
hours laboratory) 

309 Art Techniques (3) 

Prerequisite: Art 100 or the equivalent. Creative use of a variety of drawing 
and painting materials. (6 hours activity) 

313A,B Interior Design (3,3) 

Prerequisites: Art 103, 104, 107 A,B. The elements and principles of design as they 
relate to the organization of our domestic environment. (6 hours activity) 

316A,B Sculpture (3,3) 

Prerequisites: Art 103, 104 and 117B. (6 hours activity) 

317A,B Advanced Life Drawing (3,3) 

Prerequisite: three units lower division life drawing. Drawing and painting from 
the live model (9 hours laboratory) 

323A,B Advertising Design (3,3) 

Prerequisites: An 103, 104, 107A,B. Development and projection of ideas in rela- 
tion to the technical, aesthetic, and psychological aspects of advertising an. (6 
hours activity) 

333A,B Industrial Design (3,3) 

Prerequisites: An 103, 104 or 205A, 107A,B. Planning and designing of projects 
in relation to the technological, psychological, and social aspects of contemporary 
society. (6 hours activity) 

33BA,B Creative Photography (3,3) 

Prerequisites: An 103 and Communication 218A, or its equivalent, or consent 
of the instructor. Photography as an an medium with emphasis on the creative 


183 


Art 


use of photographic concepts, materials, processes and techniques. Field trips to 
be arranged. (6 hours activity) 

347 A,B Printmaking (3,3) 

Prerequisites: Art 107A,B and Art 117A,B,C. An introduction to concepts and 
materials involved in printmaking including lithography, etching, woodcut, aqua- 
tint, monoprint and serigraphy. (9 hours laboratory) 

350A,B Pointing for Non- Art Majors (3,3) 

Opportunities for students with little or no background in art to work creatively 
with various painting media both indoors and outdoors. (9 hours laboratory) 

353A,B Textile Design and Construction (3,3) 

Prerequisite: Art 100 or Art 103. Concepts and processes of design as they relate 
to fabric surfaces. (6 hours activity) 

380 Art and Child Development (3) 

Prerequisites: Art 100 and Education 311. The study and evaluation of art con- 
cepts, materials, and processes as they relate to and promote child development. 
(6 hours activity) 

411 Foundations of Modern Art (3) 

Basic problems of painting and sculpture of the Realism, Impressionism, Post 
Impressionism periods. 

412 Art of the 20th Century— 1900 to Present (3) 

Fundamentals of modern painting, graphics, and architecture. 

421 Oriental Art: China (3) 

A study of the historical development of the arts of China and their relation 
to Chinese philosophy and culture. 

422 Oriental Art: Japan (3) 

A study of the historical development of the arts of Japan and their relation to 
Japanese philosophy and culture. 

431 Renaissance Art (3) 

Basic problems of painting, sculpture and architecture of the Renaissance period. 
Lectures, discussion and field trips. 

432 Baroque and Rococo Art (3) 

Basic problems of painting, sculpture and architecture of the Baroque and 
Rococo period. Lectures, discussion and field trips. 

451 Oceanic Art (3) (Formerly 41 1) 

An introductory survey of the styles of the aboriginal people of the following 
regions: Australia, Melanesia, Micronesia, Polynesia and Indonesia. 

452 Art of Non-European Africa (3) (Formerly 412) 

An introduction by region and tribal group to the art forms of West Coastal 
Africa and the Sudan, Niger River kingdoms, Yourba kingdoms, Cameroon chief- 
tainships. Congo tribes. Central Africa and East Coastal Africa. 

453A,B Display and Exhibition Design (2,2) 

A course in the appropriate and creative use of materials, processes, and design 
concepts as they relate to the special problems involved in the planning and pre- 
paring of displays, exhibits, bulletin boards, wall cases, and art portfolios. (More 
than 6 hours laboratory) 

184 


Art 


461 Art of North American Indian (3) (Formerly 413) 

An introduction to the art forms and style groupings of the following American 
Indian groups: Eskimo, Pacific Northwest, California, Eastern Woodlands, Mound 
Builders, Southwestern and Northern Mexico. 

462 Art of Mesoamerica (3) (Formerly 414) 

An introduction to the art and architectural forms of Mesoamerica from the 
early, formative stages to the Spanish Conquest. 

471 Art of Central and South America (3) (Formerly 415) 

An introduction to the art styles and cultural regions of Central America and 
South America. 

481 Special Studies in Art History and Appreciation (1-3) 

Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. Opportunities for intensive study and 
evaluation in one area of art history and appreciation. 

483 Special Studies in Design (1-3) 

Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. Opportunity for intensive study in the 
design areas listed below. Each area listed may be repeated to a maximum of 8 
units, but no more than 3 units of credit may be obtained in any one area in a 
single semester. 

483a Advertising Design (2 hours activity for each unit)' 

483b Interior Design (2 hours activity for each unit) 

483c Design and Composition (2 hours activity for each unit) 

483d Display Design (More than 3 hours laboratory for each unit) 

483e Textile Design (2 hours activity for each unit) 

485 Special Studies in Crafts (1—3) 

Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. Opportunity for intensive study in the 
craft areas listed below. Each area listed may be repeated to a maximum of eight 
units, but no more than three units of credit may be obtained in any one area in 
a single semester. (2 hours activity for each unit) 

485a Jewelry 
485b General Crafts 
485c Ceramics 
485d Weaving 

486 Special Studies in Sculpture (1-3) 

Prerequisites: Art 316A,B and permission of the instructor. Opportunity for 
intensive study in the following sculptural processes: modeling, carving, fabrication 
and casting. May be repeated to a maximum of eight units but no more than three 
units of credit may be obtained in a single semester. (2 hours activity for each unit) 

487 Special Studies in Drawing and Painting (1—3) 

Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. Opportunity for intensive study in the 
drawing and painting areas listed below. Each area listed may be repeated to a 
maximum of eight units, but no more than three units of credit may be obtained 
in any one area in a single semester. (3 hours laboratory for each unit) 


487a 

Painting 

487b 

Life Drawing 

487c 

Drawing 

487d 

Printmaking 


185 


Art 


488A,B Advanced Scene Design (3,3) 

(Same as Drama 488 A, B.) 

500 Graduate Seminar in Art (3) 

Selected advanced problems in art and an education. Each student will present 
research results in oral or written form. 

501 Graduate Seminar in Art History and Appreciation (3) 

Prerequisite: An 500. Directed research with emphasis on the relationship between 
historical backgrounds and developments in an and the student’s area of concen- 
tration. May be repeated to a maximum of eight units. 

502 Seminar in Contemporary Art (3) 

Selected advanced problems and directed research in relation to the contempo- 
rary art form. 

503 Graduate Problems in Design (1—3) 

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Intensive study with emphasis on planning, 
development, and evaluation of individual projects in the design areas listed below. 
May be repeated to a maximum of eight units in each area, but no more than three 
units of credit may be obtained in any one area in a single semester. 

503a Advertising Design (2 hours activity for each unit) 

503b Interior Design (2 hours activity for each unit) 

503c Design and Composition (2 hours activity for each unit) 

503d Display Design (More than 3 hours laboratory for each unit) 

503e Textile Design (2 hours activity for each unit) 

505 Graduate Problems in Crafts (1—3) 

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Intensive study with emphasis on planning, 
development, and evaluation of individual projects in the crafts areas listed below. 
May be repeated to a maximum of eight units but no more than three units of 
credit may be obtained in a single semester. (2 hours activity for each unit) 

505a Jewelry 
505b General Crafts 
505c Ceramics 

506 Graduate Problems in Sculpture (1—3) 

Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. Intensive study with emphasis on 
planning, development, and evaluation of individual projects in sculpture. May be 
repeated to a maximum of eight units but no more than three units of credit may 
be obtained in a single semester. (2 hours activity for each unit) 

507 Graduate Problems in Drawing and Painting (1—3) 

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Intensive study with emphasis on planning, 
development, and evaluation of individual projects in the drawing and painting areas 
listed below. May be repeated to a maximum of eight units but no more than three 
units of credit may be obtained in a single semester. (3 hours laboratory for each 
unit) 


507a 

Painting 

507b 

Life Drawing 

507c 

Drawing 

507d 

Printmaking 


186 


Art Education 


597 Project (3-*) 

Prerequisites: Art 500, Art 501, and recommendation of the student’s graduate 
committee. Art 501 may be taken concurrently with Art 597 on approval of in- 
structor. Development and presentation of a creative project in the area of con- 
centration beyond regularly offered coursework. No more than three units may 
be taken in any one semester. 

598 Thesis (3-6) 

Prerequisites: Art 500, Art 501, and recommendation of the student’s graduate 
committee. Art 501 may be taken concurrently with Art 598 on approval of 
instructor. Development and presentation of a thesis in the area of concentration 
beyond regularly offered coursework. No more than three units may be taken in 
any one semester. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1—3) 

Open to graduate students in art with the consent of the department chairman. 
May be repeated for credit. 


ART EDUCATION 

332 Industrial Arts for Elementary Teachers (2) 

Prerequisite: Ed 311 or consent of the instructor. Creative selection, organiza- 
tion and use of materials and tools in construction activities. Includes correlation 
experiences with the social studies, science, and other units of work. (4 hours 
activity) 

360 Elementary School Crafts (2) 

Studio activities and techniques of crafts appropriate to the elementary school. 
Strongly recommended for elementary teaching credential candidates. (4 hours 
activity) 

370A,B Art Activity (2,2) 

Opportunities to observe, analyze, and evaluate child growth in and through 
creative art experiences. (4 hours activity) 

429A,B Arts and Crafts for Teaching Exceptional Children (2,2) 

Methods of using a variety of art materials and processes with emphasis on those 
experiences which meet the needs of retarded or handicapped children. (4 hours 
activity) 

442 Teaching Art in the Secondary School (2) 

Prerequisites. Education 311, Education 340, Art 380, Art Ed 360, admission to 
teacher education, senior standing or consent of the instructor. See pages 148-150 
under Secondary Education for description of standard teaching credential pro- 
gram. Objectives, methods, and materials including audiovisual instruction for 
teaching are in secondary schools. Required, before student teaching of students 
presenting majors in art for the standard teaching credential. The student who has 
not had teaching experience must register concurrently in Educ 449. 

749 Student Teaching in Art in the Secondary School and Seminar (3) 

See page 292 under Secondary Education for description and prerequisites. 


187 


Biological Science 


BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE 

101 Elements of Biology (5) 

An introduction to basic concepts in the study of living organisms and to the 
characteristics of the natural environment. (3 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory) 

141 Principles of Botany (4) 

Prerequisite: Bio Sci 101. Emphasis will be placed on the dynamic aspects of 
botany although the traditional areas of morphology and classification will not be 
neglected. Required of all biology majors. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory) 

161 Principles of Zoology (4) 

Prerequisite: Bio Sci 101. An introduction to the principles of animal biology 
with special reference to the structure, classification, physiology, behavior and 
ecology of animals. Required of all biology majors. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours labora- 
tory) 

311 General Microbiology (4) 

Prerequisites: one semester courses in biology and chemistry. An introduction 
to the study of the morphology, growth and physiology of the bacteria and other 
microorganisms. A consideration of the role of microorganisms as agents of change 
in the natural processes important in health, industry and agriculture. (2 hours 
lecture, 6 hours laboratory) 

312 Genetics Lecture (3) 

Prerequisite: one year of college biology or permission of the instructor. The 
general principles and modern developments in the study of heredity. 

312L Genetics Laboratory (1) 

Prerequisite: Bio Sci 312. The use of a variety of organisms and methods for 
exploring basic principles of genetics. (3 hours laboratory) 

313 Human Genetics (3) 

Prerequisite: Bio Sci 101 or equivalent. Principles of heredity with emphasis on 
methods of analysis, on interaction of genes and environment, and on gene popu- 
lations in humans. (Same as Anthropology 313) 

314 Readings in Biological Sciences (1) 

Prerequisite: Bio Sci 101 or equivalent. Directed readings of classical and con- 
temporary biological literature with periodic group discussions concerning the 
methods and principles studied. This course is designed for the nonmajor and is 
open to seniors only. (3 hours laboratory) 

315 Molecular Biology (4) 

Prerequisite: a year of general chemistry and two semesters of college biology. 
An introduction to the physical and chemical aspects of biological science, using 
subcellular activities as the primary focus of the course. Topics include studies of 
modem data-gathering methods, subcellular structure and function, bioenergetics, 
biosynthesis and an introduction to heredity at the molecular level. (2 hours lec- 
ture, 6 hours laboratory) 

342 Plant Anatomy (4) 

Prerequisite: Bio Sci 141 or one year of college biology or equivalent. The 
origin, development, and maturation of leaves, stems, roots, and flowers of vascular 
plants. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory) 


188 


Biological Science 


344 Plant Morphology (4) 

Prerequisite: Bio Sci 141 or one year of college biology or equivalent. A study of 
the morphology and classification of the lower plant groups and a general survey 
of the major groups of plants exclusive of angiosperms and gymnosperms. (2 hours 
lecture, 6 hours laboratory) 

361 Mammalian Anatomy and Physiology (4) 

Prerequisite: one year of college biology or permission of instructor. Study of the 
structure and function of the human organism. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory) 

362 Histological Technique (3) 

Prerequisite: one year of college biology or permission of instructor. Theory and 
practice of the preparation of cells and tissues for microscopic study. 1 hour lec- 
ture, 6 hours laboratory) 

401 Blogeography (3) 

Prerequisites: Bio Sci 141, 161, and 424 or 465 or permission of instructor. A 
study of the present day distribution of plants and animals based upon classification, 
fossil records, morphology and geography. 

402 Biological Preparations (2) 

Prerequisite: three semesters of college biology, including Bio Sci 311 and 362. 
An introduction to the problems and practices of preparing materials for teaching 
and research in biology. May include preparation of whole organism specimens, 
histological specimens and media for characterization of microorganisms. (Same as 
Science Education 402) (6 hours laboratory per week) 

412 General Cell Physiology (4) 

Prerequisites: one year of college biology and one semester of organic chemistry 
or permission of the instructor. Characteristics of life at the cellular level; processes 
by which the cell obtains energy and material and forms new cell substances; con- 
trol of these processes by the cell; organization of structures and enzyme systems 
within the cell. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory) 

413 Pathogenic Microbiology (4) 

Prerequisite: one semester of microbiology or bacteriology. Study of the biology 
of infectious disease: mechanisms of microbial pathogenicity; host defenses; mode 
of action of antibiotics and other antimicrobial agents; characteristics of specific 
pathogenic bacteria, fungi and viruses. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory) 

414 Immunology (4) 

Prerequisite: Bio Sci 311 and 315, Chem 301 A, or permission of the instructor. 
Study of the nature of antibodies and antigens, their role in immunity, and the 
specificity of their reactions. Laboratory experiments will show the kinetics of 
antibody formation and the mechanisms of antibody-antigen reactions. Techniques 
in serodiagnosis will be performed. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory) 

424 Evolution (3) 

Prerequisite: one year of college biology or permission of the instructor. A study 
of evolution, including the history of evolutionary thought; origin of universe, 
earth and life; geological and paleontological history of the earth; evidences for 
evolution derived from comparative anatomy, embryology, genetics, zoogeography; 
mechanisms of evolution. 

424L Evolution Laboratory (1) 

Prerequisite: Biology 424 (may be taken concurrently). (3 hours laboratory) 


189 


Biological Science 


425 Marine Biology (4) 

Prerequisites: Bio Sci 101 and Physical Science 201 or equivalent, or permission 
of the instructor. Physical and chemical aspects of the ocean as a background for 
the study of marine organisms and habitats, including a study of currents, tides, 
food cycles, productivity, biotic associations, succession, and communities. Habits, 
identification, ecology, methods of collecting, preserving and maintaining alive 
local marine algae, invertebrates, and fish. (3 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory or 
field work) 

436 Microbial Growth and Physiology (4) 

Prerequisites: one semester courses in microbiology and organic chemistry. An 
advanced treatment of the growth, physiology and structures of the microorgan- 
isms, with emphasis on study of the free-living bacteria, yeasts and molds. (2 hours 
lecture, 6 hours laboratory) 

439 Microbial Ecology (4) 

Prerequisite: one semester of microbiology or bacteriology. The interaction of 
microbes and their environment; the influence of physical and chemical factors on 
the distribution and activities of microbial populations; the effects of microbes on 
the living and nonliving environment. Basic principles of microbial enrichment, 
selection and succession. On completion of the basic experiments each student 
will select and perform a field and laboratory study in microbial ecology. (2 hours 
lecture, 6 hours laboratory) 

441 Plant Taxonomy (4) 

Prerequisite: Bio Sci 141 or one year of college biology or equivalent. An intro- 
duction to the study of classification of conifers and the flowering plants through 
field collecting and laboratory study and identification of representative kinds. (2 
hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory) 

443 Plant Ecology (4) 

Prerequisite: Plant Taxonomy 441. Relation of plants to their environment with 
emphasis on climatic and soil factors influencing their structure, behavior, and 
distribution. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory) 

444 Plant Physiology (4) 

Prerequisite: Bio Sci 141 or equivalent and one semester of organic chemistry or 
permission of the instructor. A study of plant growth, nutrition, food synthesis, and 
metabolism. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory) 

445 Mycology (4) 

Prerequisite: Bio Sci 141. A study of the comparative morphology and taxonomy 
of the fungi with an emphasis on morphological, physiological and reproductive 
characteristics demonstrating evolutionary relationships. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours 
laboratory) 

446 Algology (4) 

Prerequisite: Bio Sci 141 or equivalent. A study of the comparative morphology 
and taxonomy of the algae including a consideration of the physiological and 
chemical characteristics demonstrating evolutionary relationships. (2 hours lecture, 
6 hours laboratory or field work) 

452 Economic Botany (3) 

Prerequisites: Bio Sci 141 or permission of the instructor. An examination of 
man’s dependence upon and economic interest in plants throughout the world. 


190 


Biological Science 


461 Invertebrate Zoology (4) 

Prerequisite: Bio Sci 161, or a year of college biology or permission of in- 
structor. Evolution, classification, physiological adaptions, and biology of inverte- 
brate animals. Includes dissection, identification and observation of living animals. 
(2 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory, or field work) 

463 Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy (4) 

Prerequisite: a year course in general zoology or biology, or permission of the 
instructor. A comparative study of the chordates, with emphasis on morphology 
and evolution of various organ systems from fish through mammals. Includes thor- 
ough dissection of dogfish, necturus, and cat. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory) 

464 Embryology (4) 

Prerequisite: a year course in general zoology or biology or permission of the 
instructor. Study of development from fertilization through organogenesis with 
laboratory work on the frog, chick, and pig. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory) 

465 Animal Ecology (4) 

Prerequisite: three semesters of college biology or permission of the instructor. 
A survey of the physical, chemical, and biological factors of the environment as 
they affect the distribution and mode of life of animals. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours 
laboratory; one or more weekend trips per semester required) 

467 Entomology (4) 

Prerequisite: Bio Sci 161, or a year of college biology or permission of instructor. 
Anatomy, physiology, evolution, and biology of insects and other terrestrial arthro- 
pods. Laboratory includes detailed dissection, collection, identification, and obser- 
vation of living arthropods. (2 hours lecture, and 6 hours laboratory or field work) 

468 Comparative Animal Physiology (4) 

Prerequisites: principles of zoology, Chem 101 A, 101B, and organic chemistry. 
A comparative survey of organ systems and physiological processes among inver- 
tebrate and vertebrate animals. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory) 

469 Ichthyology (4) 

Prerequisites: a year of college biology, comparative vertebrate anatomy, and 
natural history of the vertebrates, or permission of the instructor. The biology, 
structure, physiology, ecology, evolution and economic importance of fishes. 
Laboratory and field work in identification, collection, and natural history of 
fishes. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory or field work per week; one or more 
weekend trips per semester required) 

471 Natural History of the Vertebrates (4) 

Prerequisites: one year of college biology; comparative vertebrate anatomy, 
evolution, or permission of the instructor. Natural history, behavior, distribution, 
and ecology of the vertebrates. Laboratory and field emphasis on identification, 
behavior, maintenance of living and preserved animals. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours 
laboratory or fieldwork; one or more weekend trips per semester required) 

472 Parasitology (4) 

Prerequisite: one year of general biology or permission of instructor. A con- 
sideration of the symbiotic relationships existing at all levels of animal organization. 
Emphasis will be placed on the natural history, biology, physiology, ecology and 
laboratory recognition of symbiotic organisms. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours labo- 
ratory) 


191 


Biological Science 


476 Herpetology (4) 

Prerequisites: a year of .college biology, comparative vertebrate anatomy, and 
natural history of the vertebrates; or permission of the instructor. The biology, 
structure, physiology, ecology, distribution, evolution, and behavior of amphibians 
and reptiles. Laboratory and field work in identification, collection, study of 
amphibians and reptiles including studies on reptile and amphibian behavior and 
physiology. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory or field work per week; one or 
more weekend trips per semester required) 

491 Senior Seminar (1) 

Prerequisites: senior standing in one of the sciences with a GPA of 2.8, or 
permission of the instructor. Topics in the biological sciences and related fields, 
selected by the faculty and students participating in the course. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Open to qualified students who wish to pursue independent study in biology 
under general supervision. May be repeated for credit. 

502 Seminar in Biology (3) 

Open to graduate students only by permission of the instructor. May be repeated 
for credit. 

510 Seminar in Physiology (3) 

Prerequisites: graduate standing in biological science or equivalent level of 
preparation. Selected topics within the area of physiology. Open to graduate 
students by permission of the instructor. May be repeated for credit. 

511 Seminar in Microbiology (3) 

Open to graduate students only by permission of the instructor. May be repeated 
for credit. 

S16 Viruses and Virus Infections (4) 

Prerequisite: a course in microbiology or bacteriology. A study of viruses as 
molecules, as living organisms and as infectious agents. Further consideration of 
virus infections of man, other animals, bacteria and plants; comparison of viruses 
with rickettsiae and other obligate parasites. (2 hours lecture, 6 hours laboratory) 

540 Seminar in Botany (3) 

Open to graduate students only by permission of the instructor. May be repeated 
for credit. 

560 Seminar in Zoology (3) 

Open to graduate students only by permission of the instructor. May be repeated 
for credit. 

598 Thetis (1-3) 

May be repeated for a maximum of 6 units of credit. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1-3) 

Open to graduate students only by permission of a staff member. May be re- 
peated for credit. 


192 


Chemistry 


CHEMISTRY 


100 Introductory Chemistry (4) 

Prerequisite: one year of high school algebra. Fundamental principles of 
chemistry with emphasis placed on the chemistry of inorganic compounds. Does 
not apply as credit for majors in the physical or biological sciences or for minors 
in the physical sciences. (3 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory) 

101A,B General Chemistry (5,5) 

Prerequisites: high school algebra and either high school chemistry or high 
school physics or Chemistry 100. High school physics and trigonometry strongly 
recommended. Intended for majors and minors in the physical and biological 
sciences. Chemistry placement test required. 

101 A— The fundamental principles of chemistry including stoichiometry, gas 
laws, solid and liquid states, changes of state, modern atom concepts, chemical 
bonding and chemical equilibrium with emphasis on quantitative acid-base chem- 
istry. Laboratory: experiments applying elementary physical chemistry and volu- 
metric quantitative analysis. (3 hours lecture discussion, 6 hours laboratory) 

1 01 B— Oxidation-reduction chemistry, introduction to' chemical thermodynamics 
and chemical kinetics, discussions of the chemistry of representative and transition 
elements, and introductions to biochemistry, organic and nuclear chemistry. Labo- 
ratory: Experiments concerning gravimetric and volumetric quantitative analysis, 
selected topics in qualitative analysis and inorganic preparations. (3 hours lecture 
discussion, 6 hours laboratory) 

105 General Chemistry for Engineers (3) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 101A. Description the same as Chemistry 101B. Open 
only to engineering majors. Not open to students with credit in Chemistry 101 B. 

201 Modern Physical Science (4) (See course description under Physical Science) 

205 Glassblowing (1) 

Elementary training in the manipulation of glass leading to the construction of 
scientific glass apparatus. Enrollment limited with preference given to junior and 
senior physical science majors. (4 hours laboratory) 

211 Quantitative Analysis (4) 

Prerequisites: two semesters of college chemistry. Stoichiometry and the funda- 
mentals of volumetric and gravimetric quantitative analysis. Students completing 
Chemistry 101B with a grade of C or better will not receive credit. (2 hours lec- 
ture discussion, 6 hours laboratory) 

251 Elementary Organic Chemistry (4) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 100 or equivalent. A course for nonchemistry majors 
designed to provide an introduction to the properties, methods of preparation, and 
reactions of the more important classes of organic compounds. (3 hours lecture 
discussion, 3 hours laboratory) 

301 A3 Organic Chemistry (3,3) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 101 B or equivalent. Chemistry 301 B must involve con- 
current enrollment in Chemistry 302B. A course in organic chemistry designed for 


193 


Chemistry 


the non-chemistry major. Emphasis is placed on modern theories of structure and 
reaction mechanism. Recommended for biology majors and students planning to 
enter a paramedical profession. 

302A,B Organic Chemistry Laboratory (1,1 ) 

Chemistry 302 A may be taken concurrently with Chemistry 301 B and 302B. 
Chemistry 302B must be taken concurrently with Chemistry 301B. A course de- 
signed to give training in the basic techniques of the organic chemistry laboratory, 
including synthesis of typical aliphatic and aromatic compounds. (3 hours labora- 
tory) 

305A,B Organic Chemistry (5,5) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 101 B or equivalent. A comprehensive course in organic 
chemistry designed for the chemistry major. Emphasis in lecture and laboratory' 
is placed upon modem theories of structure and reaction mechanism with applica- 
tions of modern instrumental and spectroscopic methods. (3 hours lecture discus- 
sion, 6 hours laboratory) 

312 Quantitative Chemistry (4) 

Prerequisites: Chemistry 101 A3, (grade C or better) or Chemistry 211. Physics 
211A,B, or Physics 221 A3 strongly recommended. Modem analytical chemistry 
including contemporary separation methods, nonaqueous quantitative chemistry, 
and introductions to instrumental methods of analysis in electrochemistry, absorp- 
tion spectroscopy, and radiochemistry. (2 hours lecture discussion, 6 hours lab- 
oratory) 

351 Introduction to Biochemistry (4) 

Prerequisites: Chemistry 251 or Chemistry 301B and five units of biology. A 
survey of the chemistry and metabolism or proteins, carbohydrates, lipids, hor- 
mones, in plants, animals, and microorganisms. (3 hours lecture discussion, 3 hours 
laboratory) 

371A,B Physical Chemistry (3,3) 

Prerequisites: Mathematics 250A,B, Physics 221A,B, and Chemistry 101B. Chem- 
istry 312 recommended. Equivalent courses may be substituted. A study of the 
fundamental laws and theories of chemistry. Thermodynamics, solutions, chemical 
and phase equilibria, electrochemistry, transport phenomena, atomic and molecular 
structure, and kinetics are the major topics discovered. Discussions with emphasis 
on the use of fundamental principles to solve problems. 

403 Characterization of Organic Compounds (4) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 301A,B or equivalent. The identification of organic com- 
pounds as pure substances or in mixtures. (2 hours lecture discussion, 6 hours labo- 
ratory) 

411 Instrumental Analysis (4) 

Prerequisites: Chemistry 312, 301A3, Chemistry 317A (concurrent enrollment 
acceptable), and Physics 221 A3« Advanced topics in absorption and emission spec- 
troscopy, nuclear magnetic resonance, electron spin resonance, mass spectrometry, 
gas chromatography, X-ray methods, electrochemistry and radiochemistry. (2 hours 
lecture discussion, 6 hours laboratory) 

421A,B General Biochemistry (3,3) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 30 IB or equivalent. Survey of major areas of biochemis- 
try, including chemistry and functions of compounds of biochemical interest. 


194 


Chemistry 


422A,B General Biochemistry Laboratory (2,2) 

Prerequisites: Concurrent or prior enrollment in General Biochemistry 421A,B. 
Laboratory designed to illustrate the chemistry and metabolism of carbohydrates, 
lipids, and proteins, and to introduce the student to research methods. (6 hours 
of laboratory) 

425 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry (3) 

Prerequisites: Chemistry 101A,B or equivalent and Chemistry 301A3 and Chem- 
istry 371A,B. A comprehensive inorganic chemistry course with an introduction to 
modern theories of chemical bonding and structure. Theoretical treatments include 
molecular orbital and ligand field theory with their extensions, coordination and 
transition metal chemistry, various aspects of nonmetal chemistry and a discussion 
of hydride properties. 

427 Preparative Techniques (4) (Formerly 401 and 426) 

Prerequisites: Chemistry 312, 301 A3 and Chemistry 425 (concurrent enrollment 
acceptable) or equivalents. Laboratory exercises using advanced techniques and 
modem methods for the preparation and identification of chemical compounds. 
Readings in the current literature required. 

431 Advanced Organic Chemistry (3) 

Prerequisites: Chemistry 301 A3* Chemistry 371 A and Chemistry 37 IB (or con- 
current enrollment). Theoretical aspects of organic chemistry with emphasis on the 
modem concepts of structure and chemical reactivity. 

441 Physical Chemistry Laboratory (4) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 371A,B. May be taken concurrently with Chemistry 
37 IB with the permission of the instructor. Laboratory exercises illustrating the 
physical principles of chemistry. (2 hour lecture discussion, 6 hours laboratory) 

451 Advanced Physical Chemistry (3) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 371 A3- An introduction to the application of quantum 
mechanics and statistical mechanics in chemistry. 

461 Statistical Thermodynamics (3) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 371 A3 or equivalent. A study of statistical mechanics 
and its application to the thermodynamics of chemical processes. 

472 Chemical Crystallography (3) 

Prerequisites: Chemistry 101 A,B and Physics 221A,B or equivalent courses. An 
introduction to the fundamentals of morphological crystallography and crystal 
symmetry, the nature of X-rays and X-ray diffraction, the recording and inter- 
pretation of diffraction phenomena, and the analysis of crystal structures with ap- 
plications in chemistry. 

475 Theory of Spectroscopy (3) 

Prerequisite: Chemistry 371A,B or equivalent. An introduction to the theory of 
the structures of the electronic spectra of diatomic and simpler polyatomic mole- 
cules, transition rules, group theory, and UV, IR, NMR, and Raman spectra. 

491 Chemical Literature (1) 

Prerequisite: Upper division standing. An introduction to the types and use of 
chemical literature. 

495 Senior Research (1—3) 

Prerequisite: Consent of supervising instructor. Open only to students with a 
3-0 grade point average in chemistry. An introduction to the methods of chemical 


195 


Communication 

research through a research project carried out under the supervision of one of 
the Chemistry Department faculty. May be repeated for credit. 

499 Independent Study (1—3) 

Study of some special topic in chemistry, selected in consultation with the in- 
structor and carried out under his supervision. May be repeated for credit. 

500 Research in Chemistry (1-6) 

Prerequisites: Admission to graduate standing and prior arrangements with the 
instructor. Research in one of the fields of chemistry on an individual basis under 
the supervision of an appropriate faculty member. 

505 Seminar (1-2) 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing and consent of department. Student presenta- 
tions of recent contributions to the Chemical Literature. May be repeated for credit. 

511 Theory of the Chemical Bond (3) 

Prerequisite: Graduate Standing and Chemistry 371 A3 and Chemistry 425 or 
their equivalents. An introduction to the principles of molecular formation, elec- 
tronic configurations in ground states of molecules, resonance energies, electronega- 
tivity, bond energies, hybrid bonds, three center bonds, calculation of bond lengths, 
and ionization potentials. 

555 Chemical Kinetics (3) 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing and Chemistry 371A,B, 451 and 461 or equiva- 
lent. Analysis of reacting systems; theories of chemical kinetics; discussion of gas 
phase, liquid phase and surface reactions including recent developments. 

COMMUNICATION 

101 Reporting and Writing (3) 

Introduction to news reporting and writing, with emphasis on news gathering, 
evaluation, and the principles of clarity and conciseness. Typing ability required. 

102 Reporting and Writing (3) 

Prerequisite: Communication 101 or permission of instructor. Concentration on 
writing of more advanced news stories and news features. Typing ability required. 

218A Introduction to Photography (2) 

An introductory lecture and laboratory course in photographic theory and the 
application of photographic principles. (1 hour lecture, 3 hours lab) 

218B Communications Photography (2) 

A lecture and laboratory course applying photographic principles to the require- 
ments of mass communications. (1 hour lecture, 3 hours lab) 

290 History and Aesthetics of Motion Pictures (3) 

(Same as Drama 290) 

306 Photographic Production (2) 

Class assignments will include production of photographs for college publica- 
tions and television programs. Application of photocommunication principles to 
media problems under deadline conditions. (3 hours lab per unit) 

319 Documentary Film Production (3) 

Fundamentals of documentary film script writing, production planning, and 
execution. (2 hours lecture, 3 hours lab) 


196 


Communication 


331 News Communication (3) 

An introduction to the news communication media, with experience in news 
writing. A writing course open to nonmajors and recommended for credential 
candidates. (Not open to students with credit in Communication 101-102.) 

332 Copy Editing and Makeup (3) 

Prerequisite: Communication 101 and 102, or permission of instructor. Practice 
and theory of editing information materials for publication in newspapers and 
magazines. (6 hours activity) 

333 Mass Communication in Modern Society (3) 

The basic structure and the interrelationships of newspapers, magazines, films, 
radio, television, in terms of their significance as social instruments and economic 
entities in modem society. 

334 Feature Article Writing (3) 

Nonfiction writing for newspapers and magazines, including study of sources, 
methods, and markets. Open to nonmajors. 

335 Reporting of Public Affairs (3) 

Prerequisites: Communication 101 and 102, or permission of instructor. Coverage 
in depth of significant events pertinent to operations of governmental units and 
related organizations. 

338 Newspaper Production (3) 

Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. A lecture and activity course in which 
members of the class constitute the editorial staff of the college newspaper. The 
group meets four hours per week for critiques in news reporting, writing, editing 
and makeup, followed by production. With consent of instructor, the course may 
be repeated up to a maximum of 9 units credit. (More than 9 hours lab) 

353 Advertising Copy and Layout (3) 

Writing of copy and layout of advertisements, based on study of sales appeals, 
attention factors, and illustrations. (6 hours activity) 

354 Refail Advertising (3) 

Principles and procedures of retail advertising; utilization of mass media; super- 
vised field assignments in the analysis of specific advertising needs. 

356 Advertising Production (1) 

Preparation of advertisements for the college newspaper, magazine and yearbook. 
Advertising accounts assigned to each student. Weekly critique sessions. Individual 
consultation with instructor. (5 hours lab) 

358A4 Publications Production (2,2) 

A workshop for students engaged in the production of the college magazine and 
yearbook and other types of student publications, as scheduled by appropriate 
college authorities. Activities will include writing, editing, photography, art work, 
and layout. Open to nonmajors. (More than 6 hours lab) 

361 Theory and Practice of Public Relations (3) 

Examination of basic principles of public relations and their application in non- 
commercial as well as commercial fields, including industry, education, government 
and welfare. 


197 


Communication 


371 Radio-television News and Public Affairs (3) 

Theory and practice of covering news events and public affairs for radio and 
television. Student material will be prepared for broadcast locally. (6 hours activity) 

375 The Documentary Film (3) 

Purpose and development of the documentary; current trends; critical analysis; 
production requirements; future of the medium in business, government and edu- 
cation, and television. Students will analyze selected documentary films. 

380 Introduction to Radio and Television (3) 

(Same as Drama 380) 

401 Report Writing (3) 

Planning, organizing and writing of various kinds of reports for business, educa- 
tion and government. Consideration will be given to use of graphic aids and 
preparation of copy for reports that are to be printed. Recommended for non- 
majors. 

403 Technical Writing (3) 

The study of uses of technical writing in industry, science and engineering, and 
the completion of written assignments designed to test understanding of, and pro- 
vide experience with various forms. 

404 Advanced Technical Writing and Editing (3) 

Writing and editing of technical material for reports, proposals, special publica- 
tions and journals. 

407 Communication and the Law (3) 

Development of Anglo-American concept of freedom of speech and press; 
statutes and administrative regulations affecting freedom of information and of 
publishing, advertising and telecommunications. Problems of libel and slander, 
rights in news and advertising, contempt, copyright, and invasion of privacy. Open 
to nonmajors. 

425 History and Philosophy of American Mass Communication (3) 

The development of American mass communication beginning with newspapers 
and periodicals and continuing through radio and television. Includes ideological, 
political, social and economic aspects. 

426 World Communication Systems (3) 

The examination of major mass communication systems, both democratic and 
totalitarian, and the means by which news and propaganda are conveyed inter- 
nationally. 

427 Seminar on Current Issues in Mass Communication (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Consideration of problems such as the extent 
to which the mass media should be regulated by the government, “objective” 
versus “interpretive” news reporting, and ethical and legal questions of particular 
cases. 

439 Mass Media Internship (2) 

According to his vocational preference, the student serves a supervised intern- 
ship with a newspaper, magazine, radio or television station, press association, adver- 
tising agency, or public relations firm. 


198 


Comparative Literature 


451 Notional Advertising Campaigns (3) 

Advanced study of advertising campaigns; utilization of news media — television, 
newspapers, magazines, etc. — in national advertising programs. Design of complete 
campaign from idea to production. 

463 Public Relations Methods (3) 

Prerequisite: Communication 361 or equivalent, or consent of the instructor. 
Means by which public relations concepts are carried out through the mass media. 

465 International Public Relations (3) 

Application of public relations principle to the requirements of international 
operation in business, education, religion and philanthropy. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Prerequisite: consent of the department chairman. Individually supervised mass 
media projects and research on and off campus. Research and projects may in- 
volve newspapers, magazines, radio, television, and public relations agencies. May 
be repeated for credit. 

500 Mass Communication Theory (3) 

Prerequisite: B.A. degree, background in mass communications, or consent of in- 
structor. Theory of mass communication in terms of communicator, media, and 
audience. Consideration of extensive research regarding probable effects of mass 
communications. 

501 Literature of Mass Communications (3) 

Types, sources, and uses of mass communication literature, application to indi- 
vidual graduate studies. 

597 Project (3 or 6) 

Completion of a creative project in the area of concentration beyond regularly 
offered course work. 

598 Thesis (3 or 6) 

Completion of a thesis in the area of concentration beyond regularly offered 
course work. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1—3) 

Prerequisite: consent of the department chairman. Individually supervised mass 
media projects or research for graduate students. May be repeated for credit. 

COMPARATIVE LITERATURE 
(Offered by the Department of English) 

305 The Hebrew Prophets: Poets, Philosophers, Humanists (3) 

(Same as Interdisciplinary Center 305.) 

312 The Bible as Literature (3) 

A comprehensive survey of Biblical literature emphasizing intrinsic literary 
qualities as well as the influence of major themes of both Old and New Testa- 
ment writings upon western literary traditions. 

315 Classical Mythology in World Literature (3) 

The origins, elements, forms and functions of classical mythology in works from 
the earliest times to the present. 


199 


Comparative Literature 

316 Celtic and Germanic Mythology (3) 

A basic study of the principal Celtic and Germanic myths with some discussion 
of literary and archeological relationships. 

324A Advanced World Literature (3) 

Selected readings in Indian, Chinese, Japanese, Middle Eastern and European 
literature from the beginning to 1650. 

324B Advanced World Literature (3) 

Selected readings from Oriental and Western literature from 1650 to the present. 

332 Medieval Literature of Western Europe (3) 

Selected readings in modern English translation from the medieval literature 
of England and the continent from St. Augustine to Sir Thomas Malory. 

333 Literature of the Renaissance (3) 

Major phases of the Renaissance as a literary movement, from Erasmus to Mon- 
taigne and Cervantes. 

373 Masters of Russian Literature (3) 

Reading, discussion, and interpretation of selected works by Pushkin, Dostoyev- 
sky, Tolstoy, Chekhov, Pasternak, and others, and their relationship to Western 
literature. 

374 Modern Russian Literature (3) 

A study of literary trends and representative works of Russian writers from 
Maxim Gorky to the present times. Special consideration of the Soviet literary 
theory and its impact upon their literature. Lectures and readings in English. 

375 Hispanic Literature and Culture (3) 

A study of selected translations from Hispanic literature and their relations to 
world literature. 

402 Art, Literature, and the Development of Consciousness (3) 

(Same as Interdisciplinary Center 402.) 

403 The Quest for Self: East and West (3) 

(Same as Interdisciplinary Center 403.) 

404 The Nature of Love: Plato to Joyce (3) 

(Same as Interdisciplinary Center 404.) 

405 Psychoanalysis and Drama (3) 

(Same as Drama 405 and Interdisciplinary Center 405.) 

425A Oriental Literature (3) 

A study of selected translations of Indian and Chinese literature. 

425B Oriental Literature (3) 

A study of selected translations of Japanese literature. 

450 The Naturalists (3) 

A study of naturalism in the works of Turgenev, Balzac, the brothers Goncourt, 
Maupassant, Zola, Huysmans, Ibsen, Verga; and also the works of Gissing, Moore, 
Hardy, Garland, Crane, Norris, Dreiser, London, and O’Neill. 


200 


Drama 


453 The Novel in France and Germany (3) 

Reading, discussion, and interpretation of outstanding novels in translation with 
a view toward determining some principles of the narrative arts. Emphasis on 
Goethe, Stendhal, Flaubert, Mann, Kafka, Proust, and others. 

454 Contemporary Movements in European Literature (3) 

A study of modern literary movements, including naturalism, realism, symbol- 
ism, expressionism and surrealism, with reading and discussion of selected exam- 
ples. 

✓ 

473A,B World Drama (3,3) 

Reading, discussion and interpretation of great plays of the world in translation, 
emphasizing them as literature for performance. First semester from ancient Greece 
through the mid-19th century; second semester, from Ibsen to the present. (Same 
as Drama 473A3-) 

481 Senior Seminar: Ethical Problems in Literature (3) 

A systematic investigation of ethical assumptions displayed in representative 
samples of the greatest Western cultures and literary types. Involves aesthetics, 
ethics, philosophy, and human social behavior. 

491 Senior Seminar: Greek Tragedy (3) 

Fifth century Greek tragedy through the extant works of Aeschylus and 
Sophocles, and ten plays of Euripides. (Same as Drama 491.) 

582 Graduate Seminar: Dante (3) 


DRAMA 

211 Introduction to Oral Interpretation (3) 

Prerequisite: Speech 101, a high school speech course, or consent of instructor. 
A fundamentals course devoted to theory, methods, and practice in the perform- 
ance of oral communication of different types of literature. (Same as Speech 211.) 

245A,B Mime and Pantomime (2,2) 

Theory and practice of mime and pantomime for drama, dance and education 
(expression and gesture). Provide historical and contemporary knowledge and 
techniques with emphasis on individual development of creative skill in mime 
and pantomime. (4 hours — activity) 

271 Introduction to Theatre Arts (3) 

A study of the evolution of theatre, motion pictures, radio and television as 
composite arts. Emphasis is placed on the visual and production aspects as influ- 
enced by different cultures, traditions, and technologies. Field trips to certain 
significant productions. 

272 Understanding Theatre (3) 

A nontechnical survey course for the general student leading to an appreciation 
and understanding of the theatre as a medium of communication and entertainment 
and as an art form. Field trips to certain significant productions. 

273 A,R Acting (3,3) 

Laboratory practice and discussions of the form and content of the art of acting: 
(A) action, motivation and circumstances of behavior on stage; (B) problems in 
characterization. (6 hours — activity) 


201 


Drama 


276A,B Beginning Stagecraft (2,2) 

Participation in the preparation and execution of the departmental and student 
productions: (A) production organization; scenic forms; construction, tools and 
materials; properties; (B) scene painting, lighting fundamentals, sound. (More 
than 6 hours — production) 

285A,B Theatrical Makeup (1,1) 

Theory and practice in makeup for stage and television. £mphasis on develop- 
ment of individual skill in techniques of character analysis, application in pig- 
ment, plastic, hair makeup, and selection and use of makeup equipment. (3 hours— 
activity) 

286 Design for the Theatre (3) 

Prerequisite: Art 103, 104 or Drama 276A or 276B, or consent of instructor. 
Study and practice in the principles of designing for the stage. Practical work in 
the designing and planning of sets for drama productions. (Same as Art 286.) 

290 History and Aesthetics of Motion Pictures (3) 

History and development of motion pictures as an art form combining lec- 
tures, readings, discussion, and screening of films. (Same as Comm. 290) 

311 Oral Interpretation (3) 

Prerequisite: Drama 211 or Speech 211 or consent of instructor. The principles 
and practice of reading aloud from the printed page. Analysis of selections from 
prose and poetry are emphasized. The development of voice control and projection 
of idea and motion. (Same as Speech 311.) 

314A,B Reading Theatre (3,3) 

Prerequisite: Drama 211 or Speech 211. Oral reading in which the emphasis is 
placed on group and individual reading of dramatic literature. The first semester 
will emphasize modem and contemporary dramatic literature and the second semes 
ter will include selections from the Elizabethan, Renaissance and Romantic periods. 

341 Phonetics (3) 

(Same as Speech 341, Linguistics 341) 

364 Seminar in Writing (3) 

Prerequisite: Evidence of student’s previous interest in creative writing and con- 
sent of the instructor. Study of superior models, development of style, and group 
criticism and evaluation of each student’s independent work, as it relates to play- 
writing. May be repeated for credit. (Same as English 364) 

370A,B Fundamentals of Directing (3,3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. The study of prerehearsal problems and pro- 
cedures, of the structural analysis of plays, and of composition, picturization. 
pantomimic dramatization, movement, and rhythm onstage. Practice in directing 
scenes. (6 hours activity) 

373A,B Advanced Acting (3,3) 

Prerequisite: Drama 273A,B. A study of historical theories and techniques of 
styles of acting as an art form. The first semester will include Greek through 
Neoclassic periods and the second semester will include the 18th century to con- 
temporary styles. (6 hours — activity) 


202 


Drama 


374A,B Dance Theatre and Production (2,2) 

Prerequisite: Physical Education 143 or the equivalent or consent of instructor. 
Theory and practice of creative and expressive movement in relation to the theatre 
and dance production. (More than 6 hours — production) 

376A,B Advanced Stagecraft (2,2) 

Participation in the supervising of major areas of technical production; stage 
management, lighting design, production management, house management. (More 
than 6 hours — production) 

377 A,B Stage Costuming (2,2) 

Prerequisites: Stagecraft 376 A or permission of the instructor. Principles and 
theory of costumes for stage and television including both historical and con- 
temporary techniques and application. (More than 6 hours — production) 

378A,B Experimental Theatre (3,3) 

Prerequisites: consent of instructor. An activity course in which dramatic prin- 
ciples are applied through production of full length and one-act plays using 
various styles of acting and staging. (More than 3 hours production per unit) 

380 Introduction to Radio and Television (3) 

The history and development of the broadcasting industry and its impact and 
influence on our society. A study of the basic broadcasting practices, audiences, 
production and programming. (Same as Communication 380) 

382 Television Techniques (3) 

Survey of the development and current trends in television techniques, program- 
ming, and production. 

383 Radio and Television Writing (3) 

Study of the principles and practices and experience in the writing of scripts 
and other forms of continuity for both radio and television. 

386 Stage Lighting (2) 

Prerequisites: Drama 276AB or equivalent. Studies in the theory and practice of 
lighting for stage and television. Special emphasis in design. Students must enroll 
concurrently for one unit of credit in Drama 478A or B in order to participate in 
practical application of stage lighting coordinated with the directing class program. 

402 Dramatic Activities for Children (3) 

Theory and practice in the use of creative dramatics, storytelling, puppetry, 
assembly programs, role-playing, and other aspects of dramatics as tools for the 
teacher, group worker, recreation major, and others who work with children. 

403 Children's Theatre (3) 

Prerequisites: Drama 273A or B; Drama 276A and Drama 370AB or equivalent; 
or consent of the instructor. Theories and principles of production in the formal 
theatre arts for children. Analysis and evaluation of appropriate theatrical forms. 
Second semester students should enroll in Children’s Theatre section of Drama 478A 
or B, Rehearsal and Performance. 

405 Psychoanalysis and Drama (3) 

(Same as Interdisciplinary Center 405.) 

450 Theatre Management (2) 

Prerequisites: Consent of instructor. Discussion and practice of the basic elements 
of Public Relations as applied to theatre with a detailed analysis of various adver- 


203 


Drama 


rising mediums and experimentation in their use. A study of the various financial 
aspects of academic, community, and professional theatre operations including prac- 
tical experience in front-of-the-house management and box office operation through 
the department’s public presentations. Students must enroll concurrently for one 
( 1 ) unit of Drama 478A or 478B. 

470A,B Directing (3,3) 

Theory and practice in directing scenes from plays for their oral and visual values 
as theatre. Second semester students will each direct public performances of two 
one-act plays. (6 hours activity) 

472 American Theatre (3) 

Prerequisites: Drama 271, Drama 272, or the equivalent and junior standing. The 
development of the art of theatre in the United States from colonial times to the 
present day; its place and potentialities as a force in a democratic society. 

473A,B World Drama (3,3) 

Reading, discussion and interpretation of great plays of the world in translation, 
emphasizing them as literature for performance. First semester from ancient Greece 
through mid-19th century; second semester, from Ibsen to the present. (Same as 
Comp. Lit. 473AB) 

474 Special Studies in Dance Theatre and Production ( 1 — 3) 

Prerequisites: Drama 374A,B or the equivalent and consent of instructor. Oppor- 
tunity for intensive study in theory and practice in dance theater and production 
May be repeated to a maximum of eight units but no more than three units of 
credit may be obtained in a single semester. (More than 3 hours production per 
unit) 

475A,B History of the Theatre (3,3) 

Examinations of the evolution of all major aspects of world theatre. (A) From 
ancient Greece to the end of the 18th century; (B) 19th and 20th centuries. 

477 Senior Seminar in Contemporary Critical Techniques (3) 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Introduction to major contemporary modes 
of criticism and their application to selected plays and area productions. 

478A,B Rehearsal and Performance (1—3) 

Acting in stage productions, major technical assignments in stage productions, 
or participation in television or children’s theatre productions. Any upper division 
or graduate student who is interested should enroll. This class cannot be taken 
concurrently with either 374AB, 376AB or 378AB. (More than 3 hours production 
per unit.) 

488A,B Advanced Scene Design (3,3) 

Prerequisites: Drama 286, or equivalent beginning work in design. Lecture in 
scene design with emphasis on style, ornamentation and illusion leading to prac- 
tical problems in designing for the stage and television. (Same as Art 488 AB.) 

491 Senior Seminar: Greek Tragedy (3) 

(Same as Comparative Literature 491.) 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Open to advanced students in drama with the consent of the department chair- 
man. May be repeated for credit. 


204 


Drama Education 


500 Introduction to Graduate Study in Drama (3) 

Introduction to methodological problems in graduate research. Location of source 
materials, including library and original data; research and project design and 
execution; interpretation of researches. 

501 Graduate Seminar: Advanced Theatre Theory and Appreciation (3) 

Prerequisites: Drama 500. Directed research with emphasis on the relationship 
between historical backgrounds and developments in the theatre and the student's 
area of concentration. May be repeated to a maximum of six units. 

511 Graduate Seminar in Interpretation (3) 

Prerequisites: Consent of instructor. The historical and philosophical backgrounds 
in the development of interpretation and its relationship to contemporary theory 
and practice. (Same as Speech 511.) 

571 Graduate Seminar: Major Writers (3) 

Directed research and writing, group discussion, and lectures covering Shake- 
speare. The student should consult his adviser and the schedule of classes for the 
section appropriate to his program. (Same as English 571.) 

572 Production Planning in Theatre Arts (3) 

History and philosophy of production problems in theatre arts. Organization of 
the college theatre as it relates to the total college program. Planning of the 
production within the limitations of budgets and physical facilities. 

573 Graduate Seminar, Literary Genres (3,3) 

Prerequisites: Permission of instructor. As appropriate to the specialized research 
and publications of the instructor, this course will offer directed research and 
writing, group discussion and lectures covering such major literary types as: 
tragedy, comedy and historical drama. With consent of the adviser, this course 
may be repeated with different content for additional credit. (Same as English 572.) 

597 Project (3) 

Development and presentation of a creative project in the area of concentration 
beyond regularly offered coursework. May be repeated for credit. 

598 Thesis (3) 

Development and presentation of a thesis in the area of concentration beyond 
regularly offered coursework. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1-3) 

Open to graduate students in drama with the consent of the department chair- 
man. May be repeated for credit. 

DRAMA EDUCATION 

442 Teaching Drama in the Secondary School (2) 

Prerequisites: Education 340, Education 311, admission to teacher education, 
senior standing or consent of the instructor. The student who has not had 
teaching experience must register concurrently in Education 449. See page 148 
under Secondary Education for description of Standard Teaching Credential pro- 
gram. Objectives, methods, and materials including audio-visual instruction for 
teaching drama in secondary schools. 


205 


English 


484 Educational Television Production (3) 

Theory and practice in the activities, methods of lesson preparation, and pres- 
entation of educational television productions. 

749 Student Teaching in Drama in the Secondary School and Seminar (6) 

See page 292 under Secondary Education for description and prerequisites. 

ENGLISH 

For world literature in English translation see courses under Comparative Litera- 
ture. English 101 and 102 are normal prerequisites for all courses numbered 200 
or above. 

101 Composition and World Literature (3) 

Analytical and critical writing based on the study of representative works from 
Classical and Biblical literature to the Renaissance. 

102 World Literature and Composition (3) 

Prerequisite: English 101 or the equivalent. The study of representative works 
from the Renaissance to the modem age, as a basis for continuing practice in 
analytical and critical writing. 

201 Analysis of Literary Forms (3) 

The main literary forms — prose fiction, poetry', and drama — are studied and ana- 
lyzed. Various critical methods are applied to representative works mainly from 
English and American literature. Especially recommended for prospective teachers 
of literature. 

202 The Short Story (3) 

Critical analysis of selected American and European short stories, aimed at an 
understanding of the structure and technique of the short story. 

211 Masters of British Literature (3) 

Prerequisite: Limited to students who are of sophomore standing or who have 
obtained the consent of the instructor. An introduction to major periods and move- 
ments, major authors, and major forms through 1760. 

212 Masters of British Literature (3) 

Prerequisite: Limited to students who are of sophomore standing or who have 
obtained the consent of the instructor. An introduction to major periods and 
movements, major authors, and major forms from 1760 through modern times. 

301 Advanced Composition (3) 

Exercises in creativity, analysis, and rhetoric as applied in expository writing. 
Required of English majors seeking the secondary credential. 

303 The Structure of Modern English (3) 

Prerequisite: junior standing. The grammar of contemporary English applied 
to problems in writing. Modern English usage. Required of English majors seeking 
the secondary credential. 

321 American Literature to Whitman (3) 

Emphasis on major writers: Hawthorne, Poe, Melville, Emerson, Thoreau, Whit- 
man, and others. 

322 American Literature from Twain to the Moderns (3) 

Emphasis on Twain, James, Crane, Hemingway, Faulkner, O’Neill, Frost, Eliot 


206 


English 


333 Chaucer (3) 

A study of The Canterbury Tales and of Chaucer’s language, with particular 
emphasis upon the understanding of the vocabulary, pronunciation, grammar, and 
syntax of the East Midland dialect of Middle English, as indispensable to literary 
appreciation. 

334 Shakespeare (3) 

An introduction to Shakespeare’s art through a detailed study of the more 
famous plays. 

335 Elizabethan and Jacobean Drama (3) 

Studies of representative English dramatists of the late 16th and early 17th 
centuries. Emphasis on the development of the dramatic tradition in the plays of 
Marlowe, Jonson, Webster, Beaumont and Fletcher, and others. 

336 Elizabethan Poetry and Prose (3) 

The poetry of Wyatt and Surrey, Jonson, Marlowe, Sidney, Spenser, and others; 
and the prose of Bacon, Greene, Lodge, Lyly, Nashe, and others. 

337 Seventeenth Century Poetry and Prose (3) 

A survey of the major writers of the period from 1603 to 1660 exclusive of Milton. 

341 Milton (3) 

An intensive study of the poetry and prose in the light of Milton’s intellectual 
development. 

342 The Age of Reason in English Literature (3) 

Swift, Pope, Johnson, Boswell, Addison, and Steele. The Restoration, the Age of 
Reason, and foreshadowings of Romanticism. 

343 The Romantic Movement in English Literature (3) 

Bums, Blake; Wordsworth, Coleridge; Byron, Shelley, and Keats. The reaction 
against rationalism, the rise of revolutionary and liberal thought, humanitarianism, 
and emphasis on individual creativity. 

344 The Literature of the 19th Century after 1830 (3) 

A study of literature in its relationship to the problems which emerge from the 
social, cultural, scientific, and industrial revolutions of the Victorian period. 

345 The Development of the English Novel through Jane Austen (3) 

A study of the English novel from its beginnings to the 19th century considering 
such novelists as Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Sterne, and Austen. 

346 The Development of the 19th-Century English Novel (3) (Formerly 345B) 

A study of such novelists as the Brontes, Thackeray, Dickens, Eliot, and Hardy. 

351 Science Fiction (3) 

Prerequisite: English 101. The study of science fiction as a genre, including fu- 
ture-scene fiction, the utopian novel, the superman novel, and short fantasy 
stories. 

364 Seminar in Writing (3) 

Prerequisite: Evidence of student’s previous interest in creative writing and con- 
sent of the instructor. Study of superior models, development of style, and group 
criticism and evaluation of each student’s independent work. Depending on the 
specialized writing field of the instructor, the various sections will concentrate on 
fiction, plays, or poetry. May be repeated for credit. 


207 


English 


433 Children's Literature (3) 

A study of masterpieces of the world’s literature for children. Illustrates literary 
qualities appealing to children and demonstrates the ways in which children’s 
literature reflects the particular cultural differences of the various Oriental, classi- 
cal and modern cultures. 

435 Studies in Shakespeare (3) 

Prerequisite: English 334 or consent of the instructor. An intensive study of 
selected plays with primary emphasis upon problems of dramatic structure and 
artistic meanings. 

451 Philosophical Backgrounds of Modern Literature (3) 

(Same as Interdisciplinary Center 451, Philosophy 451.) 

462 Modern British and American Novels (3) 

Prerequisites: survey of English, American, or world literature; an upper divi- 
sion literature course; or consent of the instructor. The development of modern 
British and American novels from 1900 to 1950. 

463 Contemporary British and American Novels (3) 

The novel in English since World War II. 

464 Modern British and American Drama (3) 

Prerequisites: survey of English, American, or world literature; an upper divi- 
sion literature course; or consent of the instructor. The development of British 
and American drama from 1900 to the present. 

466 Modern British and American Poetry (3) 

Prerequisite: survey of English, American or world literature; an upper divi- 
sion literature course; or consent of the instructor. The development of British 
and American poetry from 1900 to the present. 

490 History of the English Language (3) 

Prerequisite: senior or graduate standing. The historical development of English 
vocabulary, phonology, morphology, and syntax from Indo-European to modem 
American English. 

491 Senior Seminar (3) 

Prerequisite: an undergraduate course in the area to be studied, a B average or 
better in subsequent English courses, or consent of the instructor. 

Directed research and writing, group discussion, and lectures covering selected 
topics from language studies, intensive studies of major writers, criticism, and 
literary types, periods, and ideological trends. 

499 Independent Study (3) 

Open to advanced students in English with the consent of the department chair- 
man. May be repeated for credit. 

570 Graduate Seminar: Language Studies (3) 

Directed research and writing, group discussion, and lectures covering philology", 
historical development, and structure of English. Individual offerings under this 
course number may deal with only one aspect of language studies. The student 
should consult his advisor and the schedule of classes for the sections appropriate 
to his graduate program. This course number may be repeated with different con- 
tent for additional credit. 


208 


English Education 


571 Graduate Seminar: Major Writers (3) 

As appropriate to the specialized research and publication of the instructor, this 
course will offer directed research and writing, group discussion, and lectures cov- 
ering major figures such as: Shakespeare, Milton, Chaucer, Melville, Twain, Haw- 
thorne, Joyce, and Coleridge. The student should consult his adviser and the sched- 
ule of classes for the sections appropriate to his graduate program. This course 
number may be repeated with different content for additional credit. 

572 Graduate Seminar: Literary Genres (3) 

As appropriate to the specialized research and publication of the instructor, this 
course will offer directed research and writing, group discussion and lectures, 
covering such major literary types as: the epic, the novel, the short story, lyric 
poetry, tragedy, comedy, and historical drama. The student should consult his 
adviser and the schedule of classes for sections appropriate to his graduate pro- 
gram. This course number may be repeated with different content for additional 
credit. (Same as Drama 573.) 

573 Graduate Seminar: Cultural Periods (3) 

As appropriate to the specialized research and publication of the instructor, this 
course will offer directed research and writing, group discussion, and lectures 
covering the literature of a particular cultural period from the Anglo-Saxon to 
modern times. The student should consult his adviser and his schedule of classes 
for the sections appropriate to his graduate program. This course number may 
be repeated with different content for additional credit. 

574 Graduate Seminar: Special Problems in Literature (3) 

As appropriate to the specialized research and publication of the instructor, this 
course will offer directed research and writing, group discussion, and lectures 
covering special problems such as: the detailed critical study of varying in- 
fluences on literature, including philosophical, religious, scientific, geographic, 
and other ecological viewpoints. The student should consult his adviser and his 
schedule of classes for the sections appropriate to his graduate program. This 
course number may be repeated with different content for additional credit. 

579 Graduate Seminar. Problems in Criticism (3) 

Directed research and writing, group discussion, and lectures covering historical 
development and schools of criticism. Individual offerings within this course 
number may deal with only one aspect of critical problems. The student should 
consult his adviser and the schedule of classes for the sections appropriate to his 
graduate program. This course number may be repeated with different content for 
additional credit. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (3) 

Research projects in areas of specialization beyond regularly offered course work. 
Oral and written reports. This course number may be repeated with different 
content for additional credit. 


ENGLISH EDUCATION 

*32 Teaching Language Arts in the Elementary School (2) 

Prerequisite: Education 311, admission to teacher education. The importance 
°f the language arts to satisfactory personal, social, and professional life. Methods to 
help develop in children the skills needed for listening, speaking, reading, and 
w riting are studied and their effectiveness evaluated. 


209 


French 


442 Teaching English in the Secondary School (2) 

Prerequisites: Education 311, Admission to Teacher Education. Principles, 
methods, and materials of teaching English in the secondary school. The student 
who has not had teaching experience must register concurrently in Educ 449. 

749 Student Teaching in English in the Secondary School and Seminar (6) 

See page 292 under Secondary Education for description and prerequisites. 

FOREIGN LANGUAGES EDUCATION 

(Offered by the Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures) 

432 Teaching Foreign Languages in the Elementary School (2) 

Methods of teaching FLES: foreign languages in elementary schools. Critical 
review of materials, audio-lingual-visual aids, and current research. Conducted in 
English, with practice by students in the language they plan to teach. 

433 Electro-Mechanical Aids in the Foreign Language Classroom (D 

Principles and techniques of advanced electro-mechanical, auditory, visual, and 
programmed learning devices in foreign language instruction. Special emphasis on 
instructional television and the language laboratory. 

442 Teaching Foreign Languages in the Secondary School (2) 

Prerequisites: Education 311 and 340; French, German, or Spanish 466; and admis- 
sion to Teacher Education. Also open to experienced teachers. The student who 
has not had teaching experience must register concurrently in Education 449. Sec 
page 148 under Secondary Education for description of Standard Teaching Creden- 
tial program. 

The theory and practice of language learning and language teaching with special 
emphasis on the audio-lingual method in combination with electro-mechanical aids. 
Conducted in English, with practice by students in the language they plan to 
teach. Required, before student teaching, of students presenting majors in foreign 
languages for the standard teaching credential with a specialization in secondary 
education. 

749 Student Teaching in Foreign Languages in the 
Secondary School and Seminar (6) 

Sec page 292 under Secondary Education for description and prerequisites. 

FRENCH 

(Offered by the Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures) 

101 Fundamental French (5) 

Intensive practice in listening comprehension, speaking, reading and writing to 
develop control of the sounds and the basic forms and structure of French. Audio- 
lingual assignments are an integral part of the course and are to be prepared in 
the language laboratory. 

102 Fundamental French (5) 

Prerequisite: French 101 or equivalent. Intensive practice in listening compre- 
hension, speaking, reading and writing to develop control of the sounds and the 
basic forms and structure of French. Audio-lingual assignments are an integral part 
of the course and are to be prepared in the language laboratory. 


210 


French 


203 Intermediate French (3) 

Prerequisite: French 102 or equivalent. Intensive practice in speaking, under- 
standing, reading, and writing based on cultural and literary materials. Linguistic 
analysis from sound to sentence. 

204 Intermediate French (3) 

Prerequisite: French 203 or equivalent. Intensive practice in speaking, under- 
standing, reading and writing based on cultural and literary materials. Linguistic 
analysis from sound to sentence. 

213 Intermediate Composition (2) 

Practice in written expression based on cultural and literary materials. May be 
taken concurrently with French 203. Required of all majors and minors at the 
intermediate level; optional to others. 

214 Intermediate Composition (2) 

Practice in written expression based on cultural and literary materials. May be 
taken concurrently with French 204. Required of all majors and minors at the 
intermediate level; optional to others. 

303 Readings in Scientific French (3) 

Prerequisite: French 102 or equivalent. Readings reflecting a broad spectrum of 
writing in the physical and natural sciences and mathematics. Special attention 
given to the development of rapid reading for comprehension. Open only to 
Science and Mathematics majors. 

315 Introduction to French Civilization (3) 

Prerequisite: French 204 or equivalent. Reading and discussions to develop a 
view of the French tradition (its social, intellectual and literary evolution) while 
at the same time strengthening facility with the language. Open to lower division 
students with the consent of the instructor. Conducted in French. 

317 Advanced Conversation and Composition (3) 

Prerequisite: French 204 or equivalent. Open to lower division students with the 
consent of the instructor. Designed to give the student special competence in 
the control of French as an instrument for free oral and written expression. Con- 
ducted in French. 

325 Contemporary French Civilization (3) 

Prerequisite: French 204 or equivalent. Reading and discussion to develop under- 
standing of the social and intellectual problems, trends, and contributions of pres- 
ent-day France, while at the same time strengthening facility with the language. 
Open to lower division students with the consent of the instructor. Conducted in 
French. 

375 Introduction to Literary Forms (3) 

Prerequisite. French 317 or consent of instructor. An introduction to the prin- 
cipal literary forms, prose fiction, poetry, drama and the essay and to the major 
concepts of the literary techniques and criticism. Close analysis and interpretation 
of various texts to increase the student’s abilities in reading, language, and literary 
criticism. Conducted in French. 

400 French for Advanced Students and Teachers (3) 

Prerequisite: French 317 or consent of instructor. Intensive review of spoken 
French, while developing the student’s powers of self-expression in the spoken and 

Written language. Modern writings in various fields, as well as developments in 


211 


French 


methodology and texts, serve as the basis for intensive practice. Conducted in 
French. 

431 French Literature in the Middle Ages and Renaissance (3) 

Prerequisite: French 315 or consent of instructor. The development of French 
literature from the 12th through the 16th centuries, through analysis of representa- 
tive works. Conducted in French. 

441 French Literature in the Century of Revolution (3) 

Prerequisite: French 315 or consent of instructor. The principal authors and 
movements (romanticism, realism, naturalism, symbolism) of the 19th century' 
Conducted in French. 

451 French: Literature in the Baroque and Classic Age (3) 

Prerequisite: French 315 or consent of instructor. The essence and evolution of 
17th-century classicism, studied principally in the major authors (Corneille. 
Moliere, Racine, La Fayette) and in the dominant genre (the theater). Conducted 
in French. 

461 French Literature in the Age of Enlightenment (3) 

Prerequisite: French 315 or consent of instructor. Two complementary aspects 
of the 18th century: reason and feeling, the philosophes and the current of sensibil- 
ity. Emphasis on major authors (Marivaux, Voltaire, Diderot, Rousseau, Laclos). 
Conducted in French. 

466 Introduction to French Linguistics (3) 

The analytical procedures of general linguistics as applied to French, with spe- 
cial attention to structural contrasts between French and English. Emphasis on 
the application of linguistic analysis to the teaching of modern foreign languages 

471 Senior Seminar: Contemporary French Literature (3) 

Prerequisite: French 315 or consent of instructor. The major figures of the 20th 
century, including the generations of Proust, Apollinaire, Malraux, Sartre and 
Robbe-Grillet. Conducted in French. 

485 Senior Seminar in French Literature (3) 

Prerequisite: French 431, 441, 451, 461, or senior status. Exploration of a literary 
current, period, author, genre or problem. The subject will change each time the 
course is given. Conducted in French. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Supervised projects in French language or literature to be taken with the consent 
of the instructor and department chairman. May be repeated for credit. 

500 Graduate Seminar: Advanced Structure and Style (3) 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Conducted in French. 

510 Graduate Seminar: Phonology (3) 

Prerequisite: French 466 or consent of instructor. Conducted in French. 

520 Old French (3) 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. An introduction to the medieval dialect* 
of northern France. A survey of phonology and grammar with the study of * 
variety of texts illustrating dialectal and chronological features. Offered in alternate 
years. 


212 


Geography 


530 Graduate Seminar: Historical Linguistics (3) 

Prerequisite: French 466 or consent of the instructor. 

557 Graduate Seminar: French Poetry (3) 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Conducted in French. 

571 Graduate Seminar: French Prose (3) 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Conducted in French. 

575 Graduate Seminar: French Drama (3) 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Conducted in French. 

576 Graduate Seminar: Major Writers (3) 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. May be repeated for credit. Conducted in 
French. 

598 Thesis (3-6) 

Prerequisite: Recommendation of the student’s graduate committee. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1-3) 

Prerequisite: Fluency in French and consent of instructor. Supervised research 
projects in French language or literature. May be repeated for credit. 

GEOGRAPHY 

100 Man and the Land (3) (Formerly 200) 

An introductory geography of the world, with emphasis on the world’s major 
physical regions and their occupational development by man. 

206 Physical Geography (3) (Formerly 300) 

A study of the basic elements of the physical environment (e.g., climate, land 
forms, vegetation and soils). Laboratory will stress analysis of world patterns and 
interrelationships. (2 hours lecture, 2 hours activity) 

210 Human Geography (3) (Formerly 310) 

A systematic examination of the human elements of geography (e.g., population, 
land utilization, settlement, trade, and spatial organization) and a discussion of 
major themes in the human occupancy of the earth. 

312 Geomorphology (3) 

Prerequisite: Geography 206 or Geology 100 A. A study of the development of 
land forms and the processes which alter them. Laboratory will emphasize inter- 
pretation of topographic maps and land form analysis. (2 hours lecture, 2 hours 
activity) 

323 Climatology (3) 

Prerequisite: Geography 206. A study of the climatological elements and proc- 
esses, and climatic types. Analysis of world weather information and observance 
°f daily atmospheric conditions will be stressed in laboratory. (2 hours lecture, 
2 hours activity) 

333 Economic Geography (3) 

A study of the production and distribution of the world’s agricultural, mineral 
*nd industrial commodities, and analysis of the related economic, political and 
Physical factors. 


213 


Geography 

343 Mops and Map Interpretation (3) 

Interpretation, evaluation, uses, sources, and planning of various types of maps 
and graphic aids for teaching and research, with emphasis on the principles of 
effective cartographic representation. (2 hours lecture, 2 hours activity) 

431 Geography of California (3) 

Analysis of the geographic regions of California — their environmental diversity, 
population distribution, economic development, and current problems. 

432 Geography of Anglo-America (3) 

Prerequisite: Geography 100 or consent of instructor. A regional study of the 
United States and Canada emphasizing the interrelated physical and cultural fea- 
tures, that give geographic personality, both to the individual regions as well as the 
individual countries. 

433 Geography of Europe (3) 

Prerequisite: Geography 100 or consent of instructor. Description and analysis 
of physical environments and human occupance patterns in Europe west of the 
Soviet Union. 

434 Geography of Latin America (3) 

Prerequisite: Geography 100 or consent of instructor. A systematic and regional 
survey of Middle and South America with particular emphasis on the interrela- 
tionships of the physical and social factors of the area. 

435 Geography of Asia (3) 

Prerequisite: Geography 100 or consent of instructor. A regional study of Asiatic 
nations, exclusive of the Soviet Union and Southwest Asia, showing the interrela- 
tionships of physical and cultural characteristics with special emphasis on the grow- 
ing significance, in economic, social, and political terms, of such countries as China. 
India and Japan. 

436 Geography of Subsaharan Africa (3) 

Prerequisite: Geography 100, or equivalent, or consent of instructor. The physi- 
cal, human, and regional geography of Africa south of the Sahara. 

438 Geography of the Soviet Union (3) 

Prerequisite: Geography 100 or consent of instructor. Character of and bases 
for the regional diversity of man and land in the Soviet Union. 

439 Geography of the Middle East (3) 

Prerequisite: Geography 100 or consent of instructor. The physical foun- 
dations and cultural landscapes of civilization in the Middle East, with emphasis 
on contemporary political, socioeconomic, and cultural changes. 

445 Australia and the Pacific Islands (3) 

Prerequisite: Geography 100 or consent of the instructor. The physical, cultural, 
and regional geography of Australia, New Zealand, Melanesia, Micronesia, and 
Polynesia. 

450 Conservation of Natural Resources (3) 

The principles of conservation and their application as they relate to soil, water, 
forests, minerals, and air, especially in the United States. 


214 


Geography 


453 Culture and Habitat (3) 

Prerequisite: Geography 210 or Anthropology 202, or more advanced studies, or 
consent of instructor. An ecological approach to man in nature, emphasizing 
institutions (e.g., religion, land tenure) and technologies (e.g., plant and animal 
domestication, public works), and normally focusing on a special habitat problem 
(e.g., the food syndrome, arts and the environment, agrarian reform). (Same as 
Anthropology 453) 

463 Problems of California Geography (3) 

Prerequisite: Geography 431 or consent of instructor. Special studies of specific 
geographic problems such as land use, urbanization, population, transportation, 
recreation areas, water supply and air pollution. Field observation and study. 

464 Geography of Selected Regions of Latin America (3) 

Prerequisite: Geography 434 or consent of instructor. An intensive study of the 
physical, cultural and social factors of Mexico, Venezuela, Argentina and Brazil. 

471 Urban Geography (3) 

The city as a geographic unit; urban settlements as regional centers; city-region 
relationships; the structure of villages, towns and cities, and their historical develop- 
ment; case studies. 

475 Land Use Analysis and Classification (3) 

Prerequisite: senior or graduate standing and completion of the Geography 
core. Consent of the instructor is required. Analysis and interpretation of urban 
and rural land use and settlement with specific references to geographic field 
problems. The course involves application of geographic techniques and tools 
to local field studies. ( 1 hour lecture, 6 hours laboratory) 

478 Cartography (3) 

Prerequisite: Geography 343 or consent of instructor. The compilation and 
construction of maps, charts, and graphs as geographic tools. (2 hours lecture, 
3 hours laboratory) 

481 Political Geography (3) 

Prerequisite: Geography 210 or six units of political science or consent of the 
instructor. The political map of the world with special reference to the geo- 
political structure of states, colonies, and other politically organized areas. 

490 Seminar in Geographic Research and Bibliography (3) (Formerly 501) 

Prerequisite: Geography core and senior standing, or consent of the instructor. 
Research methods and major research themes in geography, with discussions of 
leading scholars and the frontiers of the discipline. Students normally prepare 
several papers of varying length as based on library work. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Open to advanced students. Student must have permission of instructor under 
whom study will be undertaken before enrolling. May be repeated once for credit. 

5 Seminar in the Evolution of Geographic Thought (3) 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing, or consent of instructor. An inquiry into the 
nature, scope, and development of the geographic discipline. 

513 Seminar in Regional Geography (3) 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing or consent of instructor. A seminar on selected 
regions of the world. May be repeated once for credit. 


215 


German 


523 Seminar in Cultural Geography (3) 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing or consent of instructor. A seminar on selected 
topics pertaining to the political, economic and social relationships in the geog- 
raphy of man. May be repeated once for credit. 

597 Project (3) 

May be taken twice for credit. 

598 Thesis (3) 

May be taken twice for credit. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1—3) 

Open to graduate students by permission of graduate adviser. May be repeated 
once for credit. 

GEOLOGY 

100 A Physical Geology (4) 

The origin, composition and distribution of earth materials will be studied. 
Special emphasis will be given to the modification of earth materials through 
mechanical and chemical processes. (3 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory) 

100B Historical Geology (4) 

Prerequisite: Geology 100A. Studies of evolutionary history of the earth includ- 
ing the theories of the earth’s origin. Paleontological evidences for earth’s evolu- 
tion will be examined. (3 hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory) 

GERMAN 

(Offered by the Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures) 

101 Fundamental German (5) 

Intensive practice in listening comprehension, speaking, reading and writing to 
develop control of the sounds and the basic forms and structures of German. 
Audio-lingual assignments are an integral part of the course and are to be prepared 
in the language laboratory. 

102 Fundamental German (5) 

Prerequisite: German 101 or equivalent. Intensive practice in listening compre- 
hension, speaking, reading, and writing to develop control of the sounds and the 
basic forms and structure of German. Audio-lingual assignments are on integral 
part of the course and are to be prepared in the language laboratory. 

203 Intermediate German (3) 

Prerequisite: German 102 or equivalent. Intensive practice in speaking, under- 
standing, reading, and writing based on cultural and literary materials. Linguistic 
analysis from sound to sentence. 

204 Intermediate German (3) 

Prerequisite: German 203 or equivalent. Intensive practice in speaking, under- 
standing, reading and writing based on cultural and literary materials. Linguistic 
analysis from sound to sentence. 


216 


German 


213 Intermediate Composition (2) 

Practice in written expression based on cultural and literary materials. May be 
taken concurrently with German 203. Required of all majors and minors at the 
intermediate level; optional to others. 

214 Intermediate Composition (2) 

Practice in written expression based on cultural and literary materials. May be 
taken concurrently with German 204. Required of all majors and minors at the 
intermediate level; optional to others. 

303 Readings in Scientific German (3) 

Prerequisite: German 102 or equivalent. Readings reflecting a broad spectrum of 
writing in the physical and natural sciences and mathematics. Special attention 
given to the development of rapid reading for comprehension. Open only to 
Science and Mathematics majors. 

315 Introduction to German Civilization (3) 

Prerequisite: German 204 or equivalent. Readings and discussions in German 
literature, arts and institutions to develop insights into German culture, while 
strengthening facility with the language. Open to lower division students with 
the consent of the instructor. Conducted in German. 

317 Advanced Conversation and Composition (3) 

Prerequisite: German 204 or equivalent. Open to lower division students with 
the consent of the instructor. Designed to give the student special competence in 
the control of German as an instrument of free oral and written expression. Con- 
ducted in German. 

325 Modern German Thought in Science and Culture (3) 

Prerequisite: German 204 or equivalent. Readings and discussion of modern 
German thought in science, literature, philosophy and art, designed to acquaint 
the student with a broad range of German contributions to present-day civilization 
while strengthening facility with German language. Open to lower division stu- 
dents with consent of instructor. Conducted in German. 

375 Introduction to Literary Forms (3) 

Prerequisite: German 317 or consent of instructor. An introduction to the 
principal literary forms, prose fiction, poetry, drama and the essay and to the 
major concepts of literary techniques and criticism. Close analysis and interpre- 
tation of various texts to increase the student’s abilities in reading, language, and 
literary criticism. Conducted in German. 

399 German Phonetics (1) 

Prerequisite: Junior standing and consent of instructor. Detailed analysis of 
individual problems in pronunciation followed by intensive work in class and the 
language laboratory. May be Jepeated for credit. 

400 German for Advanced Students and Teachers (3) 

Prerequisite: German 317 or consent of instructor. Intensive review of spoken 
German, while developing the student’s powers of self-expression in the spoken and 
written language. Modem writings in various fields, as well as developments in 
methodology and texts, serve as the basis for intensive practice. Conducted in 
German. 

431 The Works of Lessing and Schiller (3) 

The major works of Lessing and Schiller illustrating their thought and art. Con- 
ducted in German. 


217 


German 


441 The Works of Goethe (3) 

Selected works of Goethe illustrating his thought and art. Conducted in German. 

451 German Literature to the Baroque (3) 

Important works from the Hildebrandslied to Simplicissimus in the setting ol 
their intellectual and historical climate. Conducted in German. 

461 German Literature Since Goethe (3) 

Important works illustrating the development from romanticism to expressionism 
in the setting of their intellectual and historical climate. Conducted in German. 

466 Introduction to German Linguistics (3) 

The analytical procedures of general linguistics as applied to German, with 
special attention to structural contrasts between German and English. Emphasis 
on the application of linguistic analysis to the teaching of modem foreign lan- 
guages. 

485 Senior Seminar in German Literature (3) 

Prerequisite: senior standing in German and consent of instructor. Research 
and discussion in depth of a literary movement, a genre or an author. Subject 
will vary and will be announced in the class schedule. May be repeated for 
credit. Conducted in German. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Supervised research projects in German language or literature to be taken with 
the consent of the instructor and the department chairman. May be repeated for 
credit. 

500 Graduate Seminar: Advanced Structure and Style (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Conducted in German. 

510 Graduate Seminar: Phonology (3) 

Prerequisite: German 466 or consent of instructor. Conducted in German. 

530 Graduate Seminar: Historical Linguistics (3) 

Prerequisite: German 466 or consent of instructor. 

557 Graduate Seminar: German Poetry (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Conducted in German. 

571 Graduate Seminar: German Prose (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Conducted in German. 

575 Graduate Seminar: German Drama (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Conducted in German. 

576 Graduate Seminar: Major Writers (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. May be repeated for credit. Conducted in 
German. 

598 Thesis (3-6) 

Prerequisite: recommendation of the student’s graduate committee. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1-3) 

Prerequisite: Fluency in German and consent of instructor. Supervised research 
projects in German language or literature. May be repeated for credit. 


218 


History 


HISTORY 

110A World Civilizations to the 17th Century (3) 

The story of man from the beginning of civilizations and historical records until 
the middle of the 17th century. 

11 OB World Civilizations from 1648 (3) 

The story of man from the end of the religious wars to the present. Deals with 
the rise of science, the Enlightenment, the Industrial Revolution, and the rise of 
the ideologies of the 20th century. 

170A United States to 1877 (3) 

A survey of the political, social, economic, and cultural development of the 
United States from the discovery to 1877. Attention is given to the Old World 
background, the rise of the new nation, sectional problems, and the Civil War 
and Reconstruction. 

170B United States Since 1877 (3) 

A survey of United States history from the late 19th century to the present. 
Attention is given to economic transformation, political reform movements, social, 
cultural, and intellectual changes, and the role of the United States in world 
wars and the Cold War. 

300 Africa and the Middle East Since 1945 (3) 

A survey of the Middle East and Africa since 1945, concentrating on the de- 
velopment of their present civilizations, political and economic problems, and 
their place in world affairs. 

301 Far East and Latin America Since 1945 (3) 

A survey of present governments and civilizations in the Far East and Latin 
America, summarizing the background of present developments and problems in 
these areas. 

340A History of England and Great Britain (3) 

A study of the political, economic, and social history of England and her affiliated 
nations and territories from the earliest times to the later Stuarts. Particular stress 
is placed upon the growth of the parliamentary sysem of government and upon 
Fnglish overseas activities. 

340B History of England and Great Britain (3) 

A study of the political, economic, and social history of Great Britain from the 
later Stuarts to the present. Particular stress is placed upon the modification of the 
parliamentary system and the growth of economic and social democracy within 
Britain and upon the development of responsible political systems in the dependent 
territories. 

350A Colonial Latin America (3) 

A survey of the pre-Columbian cultures; the conquests by Spain and Portugal 
^nd the European background of these countries; the development of the socio- 
economic, cultural, and governmental institutions in colonial life; the background of 
revolutions and the wars for independence. 

3S0B Republican Latin America (3) 

A survey of the Latin American republics from 1826 to 1945 emphasizing the 
stru £gle for responsible government, socioeconomic, and cultural changes, and the 
role of United States foreign policy. 


219 


History 


381 Westward Movement in the United States (3) 

Prerequisite: History 170A-B or equivalent. A survey of the expansion of the 
United States population and sovereignty from the eastern seaboard to the Pacific, 
colonial times to 1900, and a history of regional development during the frontier 
period. 

383 History of California (3) 

A survey of the political, economic, and social history of California from the 
aboriginal inhabitants to the present, tracing the development of contemporary 
institutions and the historical background of current issues. 

399 Historiography (3) 

Introduction to nature and discipline of history. A study of methods of historical 
research and writing, of bibliography, and of major problems of historical in- 
terpretation. Required of history majors. 

401 European Intellectual History from 1648 to the Present (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. The history of the competing ideas in 
European history from 1648 to the present which have entered into the formation 
of modem European institutions. 

41 2A Ancient Near East— Mesopotamia (3) 

Prerequisite: History 110A. A study of the political, socioeconomic, religious, 
and literary history of Mespotamian culture from the rise of the Sumerian city- 
states to Alexander the Great, a period of over three millenia. This will include 
discussion of the Sumerians, Assyrians, Babylonians, Hurrians, and Persians. 

41 2B Ancient Near East— East Mediterranean (3) 

Prerequisite: History 110A. A study of ancient Egypt from early dynastic times 
in the third millennium B.C. to the conquest of Alexander the Great. The history 
of the Syro-Palestinian region will be studied in light of its migrations and inter- 
national culture. A careful study of the Hebrews and their contributions to modem 
civilization will be included. 

41 5A Classical Greece (3) 

Prerequisite: History 110A or consent of instructor. A study of the civilization 
of ancient Greece. This course traces the rise and flourishing of the classical city- 
states; considerable attention is devoted to the literary and philosophic contribu- 
tions to our modern civilization. 

415B Hellenistic Civilization (3) 

Prerequisite: History 110A or consent of instructor. A study of the Hellenistic 
synthesis and the new patterns in government, the arts and sciences, philosophy 
and literature that appeared between the Macedonian conquest and the interven- 
tion of Rome. 

417A Roman Republic (3) 

Prerequisite: History 110A or consent of instructor. A study of the development 
of Roman social and political institutions under the republic. 

417B Roman Empire (3) 

Prerequisite: History 110A or consent of instructor. A study of Roman imperial 
institutions and culture. Attention is also given to the rise of Christianity. 


220 


History 


419 History of Byzantine (3) 

The rise and fall of Byzantine from the 4th century A.D. until the 15th century 
A.D. This will include a study of Byzantine society and its contribution to the 
world. 

423A Medieval Europe, 300-1050 (3) 

Prerequisite: History 110A. The genesis of European society and culture from 
the decline of Rome to the mid-llth century: the medieval church, the Barbarian 
migrations, the Byzantine and Islamic cultures and the establishment of feudalism 
in western Europe. 

423B Medieval Europe, 1050-1400 (3) 

Prerequisite: History 110A. A continuation of History 423 A. The struggle be- 
tween church and state, the rise of feudal monarchies and the intellectual, scientific 
and artistic expressions of European civilization in the later Middle Ages. 

425A The Renaissance (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. The history of Europe from 1400 to 1525 
with emphasis upon the beginnings of capitalism, the beginnings of the modern 
state, humanism, the pre-Reformation and the church on the eve of the Reforma- 
tion. 

425B The Reformation (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. The history of Europe from 1525 to 1648; 
deals with the Protestant and Catholic Reformations; the religious wars; the price 
rise; royal absolutism; the rise of science. 

426 Rise of Modern Europe, 1648-1763 (3) 

Prerequisite: History 110B. European diplomatic history and the balance of 
power from 1648 to 1763. Attention is given to the social and philosophical devel- 
opments of the period. 

427 Europe in the Era of the French Revolution and Napoleon (3) 

A survey of European history from 1763 to 1815. Emphasis is placed on the 
politics, society, and culture of the Old Regime, the influence of the Enlighten- 
ment, the impact of the French Revolution on Europe, and the establishment of 
French hegemony by Napoleon. 

428 19th Century Europe (3) 

Europe from 1815 to 1914. An examination of the political, economic, social, and 
cultural trends in European history from the Congress of Vienna to the outbreak 
of World War I. Special attention is given to the emerging forces of nationalism, 
liberalism, socialism, and secularism. 

429 Europe Since 1914 (3) 

Prerequisite: History 110B. Survey of events from the beginning of World War 
I to the present. Special emphasis given to the economic, political, social, diplo- 
matic, and intellectual trends of 20th century Europe. 

432 Germany Since 1648 (3) 

Prerequisite: History 110A-B. The evolution of Germany from the Peace of 
Westphalia to the present. Emphasis is placed on political, social, economic, diplo- 
matic and cultural trends in the 19th and 20th centuries. 


221 


History 


434A Russia to 1890 (3) 

Prerequisite: History 110B. An analysis of the historical developments from the 
establishment of the Russian state at Kiev through the great reforms and reaction 
of the 19th century. Emphasis is placed upon the shaping of contemporary Russia. 

434B The Russian Revolutions and the Soviet Regime (3) 

An evaluation of the 1905 and 1917 revolutions and the subsequent consolidation 
of power under the Communist regime. Chief emphasis is placed upon the con- 
tinuity and change in Russian social, political, cultural institutions and foreign 
policy effected by the impact of Marxist-Leninist-Stalinist ideology. 

437 East Europe Since 1500 (3) 

The political, social, economic, and cultural history of the peoples of East Central 
Europe from 1500 to the present. 

439 History of Spain (3) 

Development of Hispanic civilization from the earliest times to the present. 

453 History of Mexico (3) 

Mexico’s political, social, economic, and intellectual development with emphasis 
upon the changes in the 20th century. 

454 Argentina, Brazil, Chile (3) 

A history of Argentina, Brazil, and Chile; special attention to their role in 
western hemispheric and international affairs. 

456A Sub-Saharan Africa to 1900 (3) 

The history of Africa from earliest times to partition by the European colonial 
powers. 

456B Sub-Saharan Africa Since 1900 (3) 

A comparative analysis of colonial policy and the problems of political, economic 
and social change. 

461 A The Far East (3) 

A study of the western impact upon China, Japan, India, and Southeast Asia 
prior to World War I. 

461B The Far East (3) 

A study of the developments in China and Japan that led to the Sino-Japanese 
conflict, Japan’s decision to fight the United States, and the establishment of the 
independent states of South and Southeast Asia. 

462A History of China (3) 

A survey of Chinese history from antiquity to the present. Covers the develop- 
ment of Chinese society, thoughts and political institutions from the formative 
period until the early 19th century. 

462B History of China (3) 

A survey of Chinese history from antiquity to the present. Deals with Chinese 
history from around 1840 to the present, emphasizing the problems posed by the 
Western presence in China and the various ways in which China responded to the 
West. 

463A History of Japan (3) 

A study of the social, political, and economic history of Japan until 1868, with 
emphasis upon the Tokugawa era. 


222 


History 


463B History of Japan (3) 

Emphasizes the rise of the modem Japanese state, Japanese imperialism, and the 
postwar era. 

464 Southeast Asia in the Modern World (3) 

Prerequisite: History 461 A or B or consent of instructor. A study of the social, 
political and economic developments in Southeast Asia since 1800. 

465 History of India (3) 

A survey of the Indian subcontinent’s history from the earliest civilizations to 
the present. 

466A Middle East to the Crusades (3) 

Prerequisite: History 110A. The study of the events transpiring in the Middle 
East from the Roman world to the period of the Crusades. This will include the 
impact of the Islamic civilization upon the Middle East society. 

466B Middle East Since the Crusades (3) 

Prerequisite: History 110B. The development of the countries of the Middle East 
following the Crusades to the present. This will include the Ottoman Empire, Eu- 
ropean colonialism in the Middle East, and the modem Middle East. 

471 American Colonial Civilization (3) 

Prerequisite: History 170 A or consent of instructor. This course studies the 
settlement of North America and the growth of Anglo-American civilization to 
the mid-eighteenth century stressing the creation of political, economic, and 
social institutions and a distinctive American culture. 

472 United States from Colony to Nation (3) 

Prerequisite: History 170A or consent of instructor. This course studies the 
political, economic, and intellectual developments of eighteenth-century America 
with special emphasis upon Anglo-American imperial problems leading to the 
Revolution, the origins of American nationalism, the creation of a constitutional 
republic, and the rise of a party system. 

473 Sectionalism and Civil War (3) 

Slavery, sectionalism, and Civil War, and the impact of these forces upon na- 
tional life and thought from 1815 to 1865. 

474 The Growth of Modern United States (3) 

Prerequisite: History 170B or consent of instructor. A study of the “great 
transformation” in the United States with particular focus upon the problems of 
an emerging modem urban society and reactions to the process. Special attention 
is given to the origins of progressivism. 

475 United States from 1900 to 1932 (3) 

Prerequisite: History 170B or equivalent. A study of the political, economic, 
social, diplomatic, and intellectual trends and problems from 1900 to the election 
°f 1932. Course will stress the reconsideration of traditional national policies toward 
the government, economy, and role of the United States in world affairs. 

476 United States Since 1933 (3) 

A study of select aspects of United States history from 1930’s to the present. 
Offered in two sections, one emphasizing political, economic, and diplomatic 
developments, the other stressing cultural, constitutional, and educational trends. 


223 


History 


482A Socioeconomic History of the United States (3) 

Prerequisite: History 170A or consent of the instructor. The course explores the 
interaction of social and economic factors upon each other in the development of 
American society. Special attention is given to the role of business and labor in 
economic change. The first semester covers the development of a colonial economy 
and the early national economy. 

482B Socioeconomic History of the United States (3) 

Prerequisite: History 170B or consent of the instructor. The course continues to 
explore the interaction of social and economic factors upon each other in the devel- 
opment of American society. Special attention is given to the role of business and 
labor in economic change. The second semester begins with the “takeoff stage of 
economic development” and ends with contemporary America. 

484A American Constitutional History to 1865 (3) 

Prerequisite: History 170A. English and colonial origins, the growth of democ- 
racy, the slavery controversy, and the sectional war as they reflect constitutional 
development. 

484B American Constitutional History from 1865 (3) 

Prerequisite: History 170B. Constitutional problems involved in the post-Civil 
War era, the expansion of business, World War I, the New Deal, World War II, 
and civil rights in the postwar era. 

485A United States Foreign Relations to 1900 (3) 

A comprehensive survey of the foreign relations of the United States from the 
beginning of the nation until 1900. Particular attention is given to bases of policy, 
critical evaluation of major policies and relationships between domestic affairs and 
foreign policy. 

485B United States Foreign Relations from 1900 (3) 

Relations from 1900 to the present. An analysis of the rise of the United States 
as a world power in the 20th century with special emphasis on the search for world 
order and the diplomacy of the atomic age. 

486A Social and Intellectual History of the United States (3) 

A study of the social and intellectual development of the United States from the 
Puritans to the Civil War. 

486B Social and Intellectual History of the United States (3) 

A study of the social and intellectual development of the United States from the 
Civil War to the present. 

487A History of Politics in American Society (3) 

Prerequisite: History 170A-B or consent of instructor. The first semester of 
this course traces political developments from the Colonial Period to the end of 
the Civil War. Its primary focus is upon political patterns of behavior, institutional 
development and the response of the American political system to changing societal 
demands and needs. 

487B History of Politics in American Society (3) 

Prerequisite: History 170A-B or consent of instructor. The second semester of 
the course traces political developments from Reconstruction to Lyndon Baines 
Johnson. Its primary focus is upon political patterns of behavior, institutional 
development and the response of the political system to changing societal demands 
and needs. 


224 


Interdisciplinary Center 


488 The South in American History (3) 

A history of the American South since its emergence as a distinct section. 
Emphasis is placed upon explaining the South’s distinctiveness as a section, and to 
the history of race relations there. 

491 Proseminar in Special Historical Topics (3) 

Intensive study of phases or periods of history involving occasional lecture, 
discussions, directed reading, and written reports. 

499 Independent Study (3) 

Open to advanced students in history with the consent of the department chair- 
man. May be repeated for credit. 

501 Seminar in the Content and Method of History (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of the instructor. 

505 Seminar in Analysis of Recent Interpretations in History (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of the instructor. 

520 Seminar in European History (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of the instructor. 

560 Seminar in Afro-Asian History <3) 

Prerequisite: consent of the instructor. 

570 Seminar in American History (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of the instructor. 

585 Seminar in the History of United States Foreign Relations (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of the instructor. 

590 History and Historians (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. A study of the writings, personalities, and 
philosophies of representative historians from Herodotus to the present. 

598 Thesis (3 or 6) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. May be repeated for credit. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (3) 

Open to graduate students in history with the consent of the department chair- 
man. May be repeated for credit. 

INTERDISCIPLINARY CENTER 

(Offered by the Center) 

201A, B Honors Colloquium: Contemporary Civilization (3) 

An interdisciplinary program to provide general education requirements for 
Honors students. The course is organized around six main themes: the “Death 
of God”, the loss of a world picture, what is history? the triumph of the material, 
the triumph of the therapeutic, and understanding media. Relevant readings in 
Nietzsche, Camus, Einstein, Russell, Whitehead, Toynbee, Popper, Marx, Pavlov, 
Freud, McLuhan, et al. Admission by consent of the instructor or the Honors 
Committee. 

301 Psychological Approaches to Literature (3) 

A development of the work of I. A. Richards begun in his Practical Criticism. 
The course’s primary focus is on the psychological experimentation relevant to 


225 


Interdisciplinary Center 


understanding errors of interpretation, particularly interpretation of literary texts. 
Several experimental approaches to understanding errors in interpretation will be 
described and illustrated, including those of Piaget (errors of the child), Asch 
(structural factors of personality), and Adorno. Current theraputic techniques for 
the development of attitude change will be discussed. 

303 Yoga (3) 

A study of Yoga: its theories, literature, and practices; some methods of medita- 
tion taught; its relevance for today’s world. 

304 Religion and the Cultural Crisis (3) 

A study of the present religious situation, culminating in the “Death of God. v 
Religion is shown as dynamically interacting with significant aspects of our cul- 
tural life — the family, the community, politics, law, and science. Tillich, White- 
head, and Karl Heim will be among the authors read. 

305 The Hebrew Prophets: Poets, Philosophers, Humanists (3) 

The eloquence and message of the prophets in their historical milieu. (Same as 
Comparative Literature 305.) 

400 The Social Sciences in the Modern World: Basic Skills and 
Human Dimensions (3) 

Analytical comparison of historical, humanistic, and scientific methodologies in 
the history of the social sciences. The human and professional aspects of careers 
in the contemporary social sciences. 

401 The Social Sciences in the Modern World: Major Findings, 

Concepts, Theories (3) 

Summary and synthesis of major findings and theoretical contributions from 
anthropology, economics, geography, history, linguistics, political science, psychol- 
ogy and sociology. 

402 Art, Literature, and the Development of Consciousness (3) 

An application of theories of consciousness, particularly Jungian, to art and 
literature. The Divine Comedy and certain tragedies especially will be used to 
illustrate the development of the hero through different levels of consciousness. 
(Same as Comparative Literature 402.) 

403 The Quest for Self: East and West (3) 

A comparative study of quest narratives which exemplify the Eastern and West- 
ern man’s search for self-identity and fulfillment. Religious, psychological, and 
literary texts will be used to help illuminate the comparison. (Same as Comparative 
Literature 403 and Anthropology 416.) 

404 The Nature of Love: Plato to Joyce (3) 

An examination of the various dimensions of love as found in notable philo- 
sophical, psychological, and literary works. (Same as Comparative Literature 404.) 

405 Psychoanalysis and Drama (3) 

A detailed study of Freud’s topographic and structural theories and their recent 
elaborations; the application of theory to selected readings in dramatic literature 
mainly, but also to some fiction, poetry, and films. (Same as Drama 405 and 
Comparative Literature 405.) 

422 Jewish and Comparative Mysticism (3) 

A description and analysis of Jewish mysticism, and its comparison with other 
systems of mysticism from different cultures. (Same as Anthropology 422.) 

226 


International Study Courses 


451 Philosophical Backgrounds of Modern Literature (3) 

The connection between representative writers and such thinkers and philoso- 
phers as Freud, Spengler, Schopenhauer, Nietzsche, and Kierkegaard. (Same as 
English 451 and Philosophy 451.) 

(Sponsored by the Interdisciplinary Center) 

Anthropology 

360 Contemporary American Culture (3) 

406 Descriptive Linguistics (3) 

410 Language and Culture (3) 

411 Folklore (3) 

413 Ethnological Music (3) 

415 Culture and Personality (3) 

420 Comparative Belief Systems (3) 

423 Comparative Aesthetics and Symbolism (3) 

425 Primitive Law and Government (3) 

430 Economic Anthropology (3) 

450 Culture and Education (3) 

Art 

380 Art and Child Development (3) 

Biological Science 

313 Human Genetics (3) 

(This course may feature a special section which focuses on the relation of 
genetic knowledge to concepts in philosophy, psychology, and anthropology.) 

Linguistics 

375 Philosophy of Language (3) 

(Same as Philosophy 375.) 

490 Linguistics in Relation to Other Disciplines (1-4) 

Philosophy 

250 Philosophy of Ideas (3) F, S 

407 Seminar in Basic Concepts of Philosophy and Psychology (3) 

The Center calls attention to such Interdisciplinary Programs as Comparative 
Literature and Linguistics. 

INTERNATIONAL STUDY COURSES 

California State College at Fullerton students under the California State Colleges 
International Study Programs register concurrently at California State College at 
Fullerton and at the host institution abroad, with credits assigned to the student 
which are equivalent to courses pfTered at California State College at Fullerton. 
Undergraduate students who discover appropriate study opportunities at the host 
institution but no equivalent course at California State College at Fullerton may 
use Independent Study (499) and International Study 292 or 492. Graduate stu- 
dents may use Independent Graduate Research (599) and International Study 592. 


227 


Latin 


292 Projects in Study Abroad (Subject): (1-6 lower division units) 

Open to students enrolled in California State Colleges International Programs. 
Study undertaken in a university abroad under the auspices of the California 
State Colleges. 

492 Projects in Study Abroad (Subject): (1-3 upper division units; maximum 12) 

Open to students enrolled in California State Colleges International Programs. 
Study undertaken in a university abroad under the auspices of the California 
State Colleges. 

592 Projects in Study Abroad (Subject): (1-3 graduate units; maximum 12) 

Open to students enrolled in the California Colleges International Programs. 
Study undertaken in a university abroad under the auspices of the California 
State Colleges. 


JOURNALISM EDUCATION 

(Offered by the Department of Communications) 

442 Teaching Journalism in the Secondary School (2) 

Prerequisite: Education 311, Education 340, admission to teacher education, or 
consent of the instructor. The student who has not had teaching experience must 
register concurrently in Education 449. See page 148 under Secondary" Education 
for description of Standard Teaching Credential program. Theory and technique 
of advising school newspaper and yearbook staffs and teaching journalism. Relation 
of classroom instruction to staff assignments. 

499 Independent Study (1—3) 

Prerequisite: consent of department chairman. Individually supervised projects 
relating to journalism education. 

749 Student Teaching in Journalism in the Secondary School and Seminar (6) 

See page 292 under Secondary Education for description and prerequisites. 

LATIN 

(Offered by the Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures) 

101 Fundamental Latin (3) 

Intensive practice to develop a comprehensive reading knowledge and a funda- 
mental writing ability in Latin. Modern techniques of language instruction will be 
applied. 

102 Fundamental Latin (3) 

Prerequisite: Latin 101 or equivalent. Intensive practice to develop a compre- 
hensive reading knowledge and a fundamental writing ability" in Latin. Modern 
techniques of language instruction will be applied. 

203 Intermediate Latin (3) 

Prerequisite: Latin 102 or equivalent (2 years of high school Latin). Intensive 
reading and writing. Selected prose and poetry from the Golden Age. Audio- 
lingual techniques of language learning are used when applicable. 

204 Intermediate Latin (3) 

Prerequisite: Latin 203 or equivalent (3 years of high school Latin). Intensive 
reading and writing. Selected prose from the Silver and Middle Ages. Audio- 
lingual techniques of language learning are used when applicable. 


228 


Mathematics 


LINGUISTICS 

341 Phonetics (3) 

(Same as Speech 341, Drama 341.) 

375 Philosophy of Language (3) 

(Same as Philosophy 375.) 

402 Phonetic Analysis of Speech (3) 

(Same as Speech 402.) 

404 General Semantics (3) 

(Same as Speech 404.) 

406 Descriptive Linguistics (3) 

Introduction to the nature of human linguistic behavior. Phonological, morpho- 
logical, and syntactic structures of languages are examined through the use of 
techniques developed for the description of such structures. 

410 Language and Culture (3) 

(Same as Anthropology 410.) 

490 Linguistics in Relation to Other Disciplines (1-4) 

The mutually contributing relationships between linguistics and the social and 
natural sciences, literature, music, psychology, philosophy, mathematics, and lan- 
guage pedagogy. To be taken for one unit of credit for four semesters by majors 
in linguistics. Open to all upper division students. 

505 Seminar: Phonetics and Phonemics (3) 

Prerequisites: Anthropology or Linguistics 406 or consent of instructor. Study 
of various kinds of phonological systems that occur in languages. Emphasis on 
practical problems in the phonetic and phonemic analysis of selected language 
data. (Same as Anthropology 505.) 

507 Seminar: Morpho-syntax (3) 

Prerequisites: Anthropology or Linguistics 406 or consent of instructor. The 
study of word formation and sentence construction in a variety of languages. 
Application of immediate constituent, tagmemic, and tranformational analysis to 
selected linguistic data. (Same as Anthropology 507.) 

530 Historical Linguistics (3) 

(Same as French, German, Spanish 530.) 

MATHEMATICS * 

110 Methods and Concepts of Mathematics (3) 

Prerequisites: 2 Zi years of high school mathematics, including one year of algebra 
and one year of geometry. Selected topics in algebra, number theory, geometry, 
set theory, probability and analysis with special emphasis on the ideas and methods 
involved. Not open for credit to mathematics majors. 

!20 Finite Mathematics (3) 

Prerequisites: three years of high school mathematics or its equivalent. This is a 
course comprising introductions to the following topics: logic, set theory, matrices, 

Prerequisites may be waived in any mathematics course by the consent of the instructor. 


229 


Mathematics 

and probability. It is particularly suited to students of economics, the biological and 
social sciences. 

150A,B Analytic Geometry and Calculus (4,4) 

Prerequisites: four years of high school mathematics inclusive of trigonometry 
and a passing score in the placement test. An introduction to analysis including 
analytic geometry, functions, continuity, differentiation, the definite integral, in- 
tegration, applications. 

250A,B Intermediate Calculus (3,3) 

Prerequisites: Math 150A-B or equivalent. A continuation of Math 150. Topics 
include Taylor’s theorem, infinite series, functions of several variables, partial dif- 
ferentiation, multiple integrals, linear differential equations. 

291 Linear Algebra (3) 

Prerequisite: Math 150B. The study of matrices, determinants, vector spaces, 
linear transformations. 

302 Modern Algebra (3) 

Prerequisite: Math 291. The integers, rational numbers, real and complex num- 
bers, polynomial domains, introduction to groups, rings, integral domains and 
fields. 

304 Mathematical Logic (3) 

Prerequisite: Math 150B. An introductory course in the elements of mathematical 
logic. 

305 Elements of Set Theory (3) 

Prerequisite: Math 250B or Math 291. Operations on sets; functions; cardinals 
and ordinals; ordering, well ordering; axiom of choice; transfinite numbers. 

310 Ordinary Differential Equations (3) 

Prerequisite: Math 250B and Math 291. An introduction to existence theorems 
and the theory of ordinary differential equations. 

314 Elementary Topology (3) 

Prerequisite: Math 250B. An introductory course in point set and algebraic topol- 
ogy. 


315 Euclidean Geometry (3) 

Prerequisite: Math 250B. Selected topics in advanced Euclidean geometry such as 
convexity, transformation theory and w-dimensional Euclidean space. 

320 Projective Geometry (3) 

Prerequisite: Math 291. Homogeneous coordinates, projective group, cross-ratio, 
duality, point and line conics. 

330 Number Theory (3) 

Prerequisite: Math 250B or Math 291. Divisibility, congruences, prime number 
theory, Diophantine problems. 

335A,B Probability and Mathematical Statistics (3,3) 

Prerequisite: Math 250B. An introductory course in probability theory and its 
applications, based on use of the calculus. 

340 Numerical Analysis (3) 

Prerequisites: Two years of calculus. Interpolation and approximation. Numeri- 
cal differentiation and integration. Solution of nonlinear equations. Difference 


230 


Mathematics 


equations. Error analysis. Introduction to programming. Opportunity is given to 
use the computer center facilities. 

350A,B Advanced Calculus (3,3) 

Prerequisite: Math 250B, Math 291. Designed to introduce the student to rigorous 
proofs in analysis. Topics include the real number system, continuity, differentia- 
tion and integration of functions of several variables, infinite integrals and series. 

407 Abstract Algebra (3) 

Prerequisite: Math 302. Sets, mappings, groups, rings, modules, fields, homo- 
morphisms, advanced topics in vector spaces and theory of linear transformations, 
matrices, algebras, ideals, field theory, Galois theory. 

412 Complex Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: Math 350A. Complex differentiation and integration, Cauchy’s 
theorem and integral formulas, maximum modulus theorem, harmonic functions, 
Laurent series, analytic continuation, entire and meromorphic functions, conformal 
transformations and special functions. 

425 Differential Geometry (3) 

Prerequisite: Math 350A. Manifolds, curves and surfaces in Euclidean three-space, 
hypersurfaces of R n , tensors and forms, Riemannian manifolds and submanifolds, 
topics in Riemannian geometry. 

430 Partial Differential Equations (3) 

Prerequisite: Math 350B. Cauchy-Kowalewsky and other existence theorems, 
theory of first order equations, classification of equations of higher order, detailed 
study of elliptic, hyperbolic and parabolic equations, applications of functional 
analysis to partial differential equations. 

440 Advanced Numerical Analysis (3) 

Prerequisites: Math 291, Math 340 or consent of instructor. Numerical solution 
of linear equations, matrix inversion, computation of eigenvalues and eigenvectors, 
numerical solution of ordinary and partial differential equations, error analysis. 

450 Real Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: Math 350A. An introduction to Lebesgue measure and integration 
on the real line. Topics include the dominated convergence theorem, absolute 
continuity, convergence in measure and differentiation. 

499 Independent Study (1—3) 

Prerequisite: consent of the instructor. Study of some special topic in mathe- 
matics, selected in consultation with the instructor and carried out under his super- 
visions. 

507 Topics in Abstract Algebra (3) (Formerly 407B), 

Prerequisites: Math 407. Modules, algebras, ideal theory, field theory, Galois 
theory, categories, functors, homology. 

512 Complex Analysis (3) (Formerly 412B) 

Prerequisite: Math 412. Special topics in complex analysis including analytic 
functions of several variables, special functions, conformal mapping and Riemann 
surfaces. 


231 


Mathematics Education 


515 Seminar in Advanced Topology (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of the instructor. Advanced areas in topology in preparation 
for research work. 

525 Differential Geometry (3) (Formerly 425B) 

Prerequisite: Math 425. Differentiable manifolds, connections, curvature, torsions, 
covariant differentiation, topics in Riemannian Geometry. 

526 Seminar in Geometry (3) 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing. Permission of the instructor. 

531 Seminar in Applied Mathematics (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of the instructor. Advanced topics in applied mathematics. 

551 Seminar in Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of the instructor. A semester graduate course in analysis. 
Advanced topics in real and complex analysis. 

560 Functional Analysis (3) (Formerly 450B) 

Prerequisites: Math 291, Math 450, corequisite Math 314. Topics in modem func- 
tional analysis including Hilbert and Banach spaces, linear transformations and 
spectral theory. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1-3) 

Prerequisite: Graduate Standing. One unit of independent study required of each 
student for each regular graduate course. Also offered without being attached to 
any course. May be repeated for credit. 

MATHEMATICS EDUCATION 

(Offered by the Department of Science and Mathematics Education) 

303A,B Fundamental Concepts of Mathematics— Arithmetic (3,3) 

(Formerly 100A,B) 

Prerequisites: one year of algebra and one year of geometry. The structure of 
the real number system and its subsystems. Numeration systems. Elementary num- 
ber theory. Equations and inequalities. Elementary set theory and logic. Docs 
not give credit toward mathematics major. 

311 Fundamental Concepts of Mathematics-Algebra (3) (Formerly 300) 

Prerequisite: Math DOB. Selected topics in modern algebra. Axiomatic construc- 
tion of algebraic structure. Linear systems of equalities and inequalities. Combina- 
torial analysis. Truth-functional logic. 

312 Fundamental Concepts of Mathematics-Geometry (3) (Formerly 301) 

Prerequisite: Math DOB. Selected topics in elementary geometry. The study of 
various axiom systems for Euclidean geometry; non-Euclidean geometry; pro- 
jective, metric, and affine geometry. 

442 Teaching Mathematics in the Secondary School (2) 

Prerequisites: Education 311, Education 340, Admission to Teacher Education, 
senior standing, or consent of the instructor. Objectives, methods, and materials 
for teaching mathematics in secondary schools. Required, before student teaching, 
of students presenting majors in mathematics for the general secondary credential. 
The student who has not had teaching experience must register concurrently in 


232 


Music 


Educ 449. The requirements for the major must include Math Educ 303 A, B, 311, 
and 312. (1 hour lecture, 2 hours activity) 

480 History of Mathematics (3) 

Prerequisites: A bachelor’s degree with a major or minor in mathematics or 
mathematics education. An introduction to the history of elementary mathematics 
through the calculus, by a problem solving approach. 

749 Student Teaching in Mathematics in the Secondary School and Seminar (6) 

See page 292 under Secondary Education for description and prerequisites. 

750 Seminar in Mathematics Education (2) 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing and consent of the instructor. Study of selected 
problems in elementary or secondary education. May be repeated for credit. 

MUSIC 


100 Introduction to Music (3) 

A basic approach to listening to music with understanding and pleasure through 
a general survey of musical literature representative of various styles and perform- 
ance media. Music will be related to other arts through lectures, recordings, and 
concerts. Closed to music majors. 

101 Music Theory for Nonmusic Majors (3) 

Basic theory and practical applications to further understanding of basic music 
principles and to improve music performance and listening skills. Includes sight- 
singing and relationship to keyboard and simple melodic instruments. Closed to 
music majors. 

Ill A,B Music Theory (3,3) 

A year course covering diatonic harmony and musicianship. Includes scales and 
intervals, triads and their inversions, harmonizations, nonharmonic tones, modula- 
tion and dominant seventh chords. Practical applications, to include sight singing, 
dictation and keyboard harmonizations. (2 hours lecture, 2 hours activity) 

151 A,B Survey of Musical Literature (2,2) 

Open to music majors and minors and qualified students by consent of instructor. 
Two hours lecture, one hour quiz and discussion. An introductory course for 
majors in the study of the history and literature of music in Western civilization. 
Students must be able to read music as a part of the analysis of form, design and 
style. 

161a, 361a Symphony Orchestra (1) 

Open by audition to college students and qualified adults in the community. Per- 
formance of standard representative symphonic works. (More than 3 hours major 
production) 

161b, 361b College Choir (1) 

Open to all college students with permission of instructor. Study and per- 
formance of standard representative choral literature works. (More than 3 hours 
major production) 


233 


Music 


161c, 361c Symphonic Band (1) 

Open by audition to college students and qualified adults in the community. 
Performance of standard representative symphonic band literature. (More than 
3 hours major production) 

161d, 36 Id Opera Theatre (1) 

Study of roles and representative excerpts from standard and contemporary 
operas and the basic musical, dramatic and language techniques of the musical 
theatre. Performance of operatic excerpts and complete operas. (More than 3 
hours major production) 

161e, 361 e College Singers (1) 

Membership restricted to advanced voice students or those passing voice test. 
Performs finest representative choral literature. (More than 3 hours major produc- 
tion) 

162b, 362b Wind Ensemble (1) 

Open to qualified wind students by audition or consent of the instructor. Per- 
forms representative wind ensemble literature. (2 hours activity) 

162c, 362c Vocal Ensemble (1) 

Study and performance of choral literature of the Renaissance and Baroque 
periods. Open only to students by audition. Public performance required. (2 hours 
activity) 

162D, 362D Percussion Ensemble (1) 

Study and performance of music written for the Percussion Ensemble. Open to 
any qualified student with consent of instructor. 2 hours activity. 

163, 363 Chamber Music Ensembles (1) 

Open to all qualified wind, string, or keyboard students. Various ensembles will 
be formed to study, read, and to perform representative chamber literature of all 
periods. (2 hours activity) 

170, 270, 370, 470 Individual Instruction (Technique) (!/j-2) 

(Formerly 171-178, 371-378) 

Note: Students must register for a minimum of one unit per semester, selected 
upon advisement from Mu 170-470/Mu 171-471. Individual study with approved in- 
structor with emphasis on performance techniques. Jury examination required. 
Special fee. 

171, 271, 371, 471 Individual Instruction (Repertory) (Vi-1) (Formerly 170,370) 

Prerequisite: Jury recommendation plus two consecutive semesters of individual 
instruction (Technique) (170-470). Note: Students must register for a minimum of 
one unit per semester, selected upon advisement from Mu 170-470/Mu 171-471. 
Individual study with approved instructor with emphasis on repertory. Jury exami- 
nation required. 

184A,B Piano Class for Teachers (1,1) 

Prerequisite: MU 101. Elementary 7 and intermediate instruction in basic piano 
techniques, with special emphasis on application in the elementary school. Required 
of candidates for general elementary credential who specialize in music and those 
preparing to teach in kindergarten and first grades. (2 hours activity) 


234 


Music 


211 A,B Music Theory (3,3) 

Prerequisite: Mu lllB, or equivalent. A year course covering secondary domi- 
nants, diminished 7th, 9th, 11th, and 13th chords, sequence and chromatic chords. 
Practical applications to include sight singing, melodic and harmonic dictation, and 
keyboard harmonizations. (2 hours lecture, 2 hours activity) 

281 Orchestral Instruments (2) 

Required of all music degree candidates and for music teaching credentials. May 
be repeated for a maximum of 8 units. (4 hours activity) 

281a String Instruments (2) 

Specialization on violin, with related work on standard instruments of the 
string family. (4 hours activity) 

281b Woodwind Instruments (2) 

Specialization on clarinet, with related work on standard instruments of 
the woodwind family. (4 hours activity) 

281c Brass Instruments (2) 

Specialization on trumpet, with related work on standard instruments of the 
brass family. (4 hours activity) 

281 d Percussion Instruments (2) 

Specialization on the snare drum and mallet-played instruments with re- 
lated work on other standard percussion instruments. Special consideration 
given to typical problems encountered with percussion in the public schools. 
(4 hours activity) 

281 e Survey of Orchestral Instruments (2) 

A general survey of orchestral instrument practices for elementary creden- 
tial candidates. (4 hours activity) 

282A,B Piano Class for Music Majors (1,1) 

Prerequisite: declaration of the music major and placement by the instructor. 
Designed to meet music major piano requirements for degree and teaching creden- 
tials. Fundamentals of keyboard technique for students whose major performance 
field is not piano. Not required for piano majors. (2 hours activity) 

283A,B Voice Class (1,1) 

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Priority is given to music majors. Designed 
to meet voice requirement for instrumental and piano majors and to prepare candi- 
dates for proficiency requirement for teaching credential. Not required for voice 
majors. (2 hours activity) 

312A,B Counterpoint (2,2) 

Prerequisites: Mu 312A; Mu 21 IB, or consent of instructor; Mu 312B; Mu 312A. 
16th and 18th century counterpoint in two, three and four parts, covering motet, 
canon, double counterpoint and fugue. Mu 3 12 A (16th century) is required of all 
music majors. 

321A^ Form and Analysis (2,2) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Analysis of structural elements of music such 
as motive, phrase, and period; binary, ternary, rondo, sonato-allegro and larger 
musical forms in representative musical works. 


235 


Music 


322A,B Composition (2,2) 

A — Prerequisite: elementary counterpoint. Mu 2 1 IB or consent of instructor. Ear 
training, analysis of smaller forms, simple composition of two three-part song form 
styles. B — Analysis and writing of more complex musical forms. 

323A,B Orchestration (2,2) 

Prerequisite: Mu 21 IB and consent of instructor. Writing and analysis of orches- 
tral music. 

333 Music and Child Development (3) 

Prerequisite: Mu 101 or equivalent or successful completion of proficiency test. 
Study of the relationship of music to child growth and development, with em- 
phasis on the child from 5 to 12. 

350 Music in Our Society (3) 

Prerequisite: Mu 100 or consent of instructor. Designed to increase interest and 
an understanding of music in its relation to our general culture. Emphasis on struc- 
ture, analysis and aesthetic principles through the study of masterpieces of musical 
literature of various historical periods. 

351A,B History and Literature of Music (3,3) 

Prerequisites: Mu 151A,B. A — A study of the history and literature of music 
from early Greek beginnings through the Renaissance. B — A study of the history 
and literature of music covering the Baroque, Classic, Romantic period and the 
20th century. (Required of all music majors.) 

382A,B Piano Class for Music Majors (1,1) 

Prerequisite: Mu 282B or placement by instructor. Continuation of piano require- 
ment for qualified upper division students. Mu 382B provides specific preparation 
for piano functional examination. (2 hours activity) 

385A,B Voice Class for Elementary Teachers (1,1) 

Basic techniques of singing, adaptation of the adult voice for singing with chil- 
dren. Emphasis on singing materials from children’s music books used in the ele- 
mentary school. Primarily intended for candidates for elementary credential. (2 
hours activity) 

386 Piano Accompanying (1) 

The study and application of playing accompaniments for instrumentalists, vocal- 
ists, and ensembles. Participation in rehearsals, recitals, and concerts required. (2 
hours activity) 

390 Diction for Singers (1) 

This course is designed to teach proper singing diction in English, Italian, French 
and German, but may not be considered a substitute for formal language study. 
Examples from standard vocal literature explained through use of International 
Phonetic Alphabet. 

391A,B Choral Conducting (2,2) 

Principles, techniques, and methods of conducting choral groups. Laboratory 
work with class and vocal ensembles, using standard choral repertoire. Required 
of all music education majors. (4 hours activity) 

392A,B Instrumental Conducting (2,2) 

Prerequisite: MU 391A. Principles, techniques, and methods of conducting or- 
chestral and band groups. Laboratory experience in conducting instrumental groups, 
using standard instrumental literature. (4 hours activity) 


236 


Music 


393 Piano Performance and Repertory (3) 

Study and performance of representative styles and schools of piano literature, 
particularly with reference to solo and ensemble works. (2 hours lecture, 2 hours 
activity) 

451 Music of the Baroque Period (2) 

Prerequisite: Mu 351A,B or consent of instructor. Musical forms, styles, and 
performance practices of the Baroque period. Detailed analysis of significant repre- 
sentative works. (2 hours lecture and discussion, 1 hour weekly listening) 

452 Music of the Classic and Romantic Period (2) 

Prerequisite: Mu 351 A3 or consent of instructor. A study of the history and 
literature of music from approximately 1750 to 1900. Detailed analysis of important 
representative works. (2 hours weekly lecture and discussions, 1 hour per week 
listening.) 

453 20th Century Music (2) 

Prerequisite: Mu 351A,B or consent of instructor. Developments in the music of 
western Europe and the western hemisphere since 1890. Intensive study of con- 
temporary music and its structure. 

456 Opera History and Literature (2) 

The course will cover opera history, including its predecessors to the present 
day, with representative examples of literature from all periods. 

457 Song Literature (2) 

Course will provide a basic knowledge of art song literature in terms of period 
style and nationality. 

458 Collegium Musicum Practicum (2) 

The study and performance of rare and old music, both instrumental and vocal. 
Techniques of musical research will be applied. Students should be competent 
performers. 

467 Piano Pedagogy (2) 

Prerequisite: 393 or consent of instructor. Fundamentals of piano pedagogy, with 
reference to studio and public school teaching. Organization, materials and methods 
of teaching piano in beginning, intermediate, and advanced classes. 

498 Senior Recital (I) 

Advanced individual instruction in the principal performance field leading to 
the successful presentation of a public senior recital. 

499 Independent Study (1—3) 

Study of a special topic in Music selected in consultation with the instructor and 
carried out under his supervision. May be repeated for credit. 

500 Introduction to Graduate Study in Music (2) 

Required of all graduate music majors. Study of basic bibliography, literature, 
and research techniques and materials useful in graduate music study. 

522 Contemporary Techniques of Composition (2) 

Advanced techniques of composition, as applied to the student’s area of graduate 
specialization. 


237 


Music Education 


523 Advanced Orchestration (2) 

Prerequisite: Mu 323B. Analysis and practice of traditional and contemporary 
orchestration techniques. Scoring of music for large ensembles such as orchestra, 
band, chorus and orchestra, or band and orchestra. 

550 Seminar in Music History (2) 

Prerequisites: At least two from the following: Mu 451, 452, and/or 453, and con- 
sent of instructor. Detailed investigation and analysis of specific developments in 
musicology including exercises in transcriptions from old notations and historical 
investigations prepared by members of the seminar. 

558 Collegium Musicum (2) 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Advanced studies in the performance of 
rare and old music, (see Mu 458 for general description). May be repeated for 

credit. 

570 Individual Instruction (Vi— 2) (Formerly 571-577) 

Prerequisite: Jury recommendation. Individual instruction with approved in- 
structor with emphasis on performance techniques and repertory. Minimum of 1 
unit must be taken per semester. Required of all graduate students whose terminal 
project is the graduate recital. Special fee. 

591 Advanced Choral Conducting and Interpretation (2) 

Prerequisite: Mu 391B, conducting experience, or consent of instructor. Advanced 
problems in choral conducting techniques, with emphasis on laboratory work with 
student groups and in concert conducting. (4 hours activity) 

592 Advanced Instrumental Conducting and Interpretation (2) 

Prerequisite: Mu 392B, conducting experience, or consent of instructor. Ad- 
vanced study of baton technique with emphasis on interpretive and stylistic prob- 
lems in the conducting of major works. (4 hours activity) 

597 Project (3) 

Systematic study and report of a significant undertaking in the area of musical 
composition, musical performance, or other related creative activity. A written 
critical evaluation of the work or activity will be required. 

598 Thesis (3) 

Individual investigations of specific problems in the area of concentration by 
candidates for the MA. degree. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1-3) 

Prerequisite: graduate standing in music and permission of instructor. Research 
and study projects in areas of specialization beyond regularly offered course work. 
Oral and written reports required. 

MUSIC EDUCATION 

435 Children's Literature in Music (2) 

Prerequisite: Mu 333 or consent of instructor. A survey of books and listening 
materials for preschool and elementary age children, with techniques of presenta- 
tion. Designed for the classroom teacher or general student. 


238 


Music Education 


Music Education Techniques Block: * 

* 441 Teaching Music Theory and Appreciation in the Public Schools (2) 

Prerequisite: 20 units in music, Educ 311, or consent of instructor. 
Required of all music majors working for the standard teaching credential, sec- 
ondary specialization. The history and organization of the teaching of music theory 
and appreciation in the public schools. Interrelation of general and specialized 
classes and their place in the total school program. Music literature, materials, and 
techniques for producing effective musical growth. (2 hours lecture) 

* 442 Teaching Vocal Music in the Public Schools (2) 

Prerequisites: 20 units in music to include Mu 391A (for those doing student 
aide), Educ Sec 340, Educ Found 311, Admission to Teacher Education, senior 
standing or consent of the instructor. See page 148 under Secondary Education 
for description of standard teaching credential program. Objectives, methods, and 
materials including audiovisual instruction for teaching music in the secondary 
schools. The history and organization of the teaching of vocal and choral music 
in public education. Planning sequential vocal training and performance organiza- 
tions for the total school program. Study of choral literature and techniques of 
instruction. (2 hours lecture) 

* 443 Teaching Instrumental Music in the Public Schools (2) 

Prerequisite: 20 units in music, Educ Found 311, senior standing or consent 
of instructor. Required of all music majors working for the standard teaching 
credential, secondary specialization. The history and organization of the teaching 
of instrumental music in public education. Study of music literature and appropriate 
curricula for the development of concert bands, symphony orchestras, and cham- 
ber music ensembles for the total school program. (2 hours lecture) 

532 Seminar in Music Education (2) 

Studies in the trends and application of educational theory in relation to the 
teaching of music in the public schools. 

544 Curriculum Planning and Construction in Music (2) 

Principles and practices of curriculum planning in music education, with special 
reference to the public elementary, junior and senior high school. Required of 
majors who intend to complete supervision credential. 

545 Supervision and Administration of Music in the Public Schools (2) 

Open to music education majors with teaching experience. Philosophy, prin- 
ciples and practices of supervision of music in the public elementary and secondary 
schools. Emphasis on modern principles of leadership, types of services, organiza- 
tion, management and evaluation of programs of instruction. Required of candi- 
dates for supervisory credential. 

749 Student Teaching in Music in the Secondary School and Seminar (6) 

Prerequisite: Mu 441, 442, 443 and Educ 449. 

See pa ge 292 for description. 

* Mu 441, 442 and 443 are scheduled as an integrated course in music education techniques. Students 

must take in the semestei immediately preceding student teaching (ordinarily the first semester 
of the postgraduate year) and must allow two hours daily in their schedules to take the class 
and to complete fieldwork assignments. Students without teaching experience must take Educ 
449 Teacher Aide Assignment (1) concurrently and must allow sufficient time in their 
schedules at the same hour each day so that they can serve as teacher aides in public schools. 


239 


Philosophy 


PHILOSOPHY 

100 Introduction to Philosophy (3) 

An introduction to the nature, methods and some of the main problems of 
philosophy. 

110 Comparative Study of the World's Great Religions (3) 

A study of man’s religious impulse as viewed from the philosophical standpoint. 
An attempt will be made to analyze and to compare religious experience as ex- 
pressed in Christianity, Islam, Buddhism, Hinduism, etc. 

210 Logic (3) 

Analysis of the various forms given to propositions and the basic requirements 
necessary for valid inference. 

211 A Ancient Philosophy (3) 

Classical emphases concerning metaphysics, knowledge and related inquiries, with 
reference to pre-Socratic philosophy and the philosophy of Plato. 

21 IB Ancient Philisophy (3) 

Classical emphases concerning man’s social relations and human values, with ref- 
erence to the philosophy of Aristotle and later Greek and Roman philosophy. 

250 Philosophy of Ideas (3) 

Analysis of basic ideas which have shaped modern thought. 

310 Ethics (3) 

An analysis of the problems of human conduct: motivation, valuing, norms, so- 
cial demands, and personal commitments. 

311 Philosophy of Art (3) 

An investigation into the conditions and the aims of aesthetic experience. 

323 Contemporary Existentialism (3) 

An analysis of the meaning of the existentialism in modern philosophy. 

331 History of Philosophy: Rationalism and Empiricism (3) 

The rationalism of Descartes, Spinoza, and Leibniz, and the empiricism of Locke, 
Berkeley, and Hume. 

332 History of Philosophy: Kant and the 19th Century (3) 

The empiricistic and rationalistic influences on Kant, followed by a study of the 
major trends in 19th-century philosophy. 

340 Theory of Knowledge (3) 

An investigation of the concepts of knowledge, belief and certainty, and a study 
of representative theories concerning man’s knowledge of the external world, the 
past, and other minds. 

345 Political Philosophy (3) 

Selected problems in political philosophy. 

347 Selected Problems in Philosophy (3) 

An investigation into the significant contributions made to human culture through 
philosophic analysis. 


240 


Philosophy 


368 Symbolic Logic (3) 

The recognition and construction of correct deductions in the sentential logic 
and the first-order predicate calculus with identity. 

370 Philosophy of Religion (3) 

An examination of the role of philosophy in shaping theological doctrine, in 
critically evaluating religious experience, in proving the existence of God, and 
in considering the issues of atheism and the existence of evil. 

375 Introduction to Philosophy of Language (3) 

An introduction to the major issues in semantical theory: truth, meaning, ana- 
lytic-syntheic, semiotics. (Same as Linguistics 375.) 

380 Introduction to Phenomenology (3) 

An investigation into the historical background and basic viewpoints which have 
provided a framework for philosophical research and study in the writings of 
Husserl, Heidegger, Sartre, and Merleau-Ponty. 

382 Contemporary Philosophy (3) 

A survey and analysis of the main trends of 20th century philosophy. Emphasis 
will be placed on such trends as pragmatism, linguistic analysis, and existen- 
tialism. 

407 Seminar in Basic Concepts of Philosophy and Psychology (3) 

Prerequisites: three units in both philosophy and psychology. An interdisciplinary 
study of significant interrelationships which obtain between basic concepts common 
to both philosophy and psychology. 

412 Metaphysics (3) 

An examination of the philosophical problems of freedom and determinism, 
mind and body, time and becoming, causation, deity, substratum, personal identity. 

417A Seminar in Aristotle's Scientific and Speculative Views (3) 

An intensive study of the great philosopher’s views concerning the nature and 
function of science, logical reasoning, and the status of universals. 

417B Seminar in Aristotle's Social and Aesthetic Views (3) 

A study of the problems of human conduct, government and art. 

427A Seminar in Spinoza's Ethics and Metaphysics (3) 

A detailed and critical study of Spinoza’s views concerning the nature of man 
and the problems of conduct as developed in the Ethics. 

427B Seminar in Spinoza's Political Theory (3) 

A detailed and critical study of the Tractatus Politicus and the Tractatus Theo- 
logico-Politicus . 

437A Seminar in the Philosophy of William James (3) 

A detailed study of James’ psychological and epistemological views. 

437B Seminar in the Philosophy of William James (3) 

A detailed study of James’ social, ethical, and religious views. 

447A Seminar in the Development of Plato's Philosophy (3) 

A critical and detailed study of the early and middle Dialogues , terminating with 
The Republic. 


241 


Philosophy 


447B Seminar in Plato's Later Dialogues (3) 

A critical and detailed study of the later Dialogues which follow The Republic , 
terminating with The Laws. 

450 Philosophy of Science (3) 

An investigation into the methodologies of the deductive and inductive sciences. 

451 Philosophical Backgrounds of Modern Literature (3) 

(Same as English 451, Interdisciplinary Center 451.) 

457A Seminar in Hume's Philosophy of Science (3) 

A detailed study of Book I of the Treatise on Human Nature and the Enquiry 
Concerning Human Understanding. 

457B Seminar in Hume's Ethical Views (3) 

A detailed study of the Dialogues Concerning Natural Religion and the Enquiry 
Concerning the Principles of Morals. 

460 Philosophy of History (3) 

A study of the metaphysical and the logical problems of history. 

467A Kant's Theory of Knowledge (3) 

A critical and detailed study of The Critique of Pure Reason. 

467B Kant's Theory of Ethics and Aesthetics (3) 

A critical and detailed study of The Critique of Practical Reason and The Cri- 
tique of Judgment. 

470A Seminar in Analytic Philosophy (3) 

Prerequisite: six units in philosophy. A detailed investigation of the works of 
some of the many figures of the 20th century movement in analytic philosophy. 
The works of Russell, Moore, Wittgenstein, Strawson, Ryle will be read. 

470B Seminar in Contemporary Philosophy (3) 

Prerequisite: six units in philosophy. Emphasis will be on the analytic movement 
in philosophy as it developed in the United States during the 20th century. The 
works of philosophers such as C. I. Lewis, Quine, Goodman, White, Pap will be 
read. 

490 Seminar in Philosophy of Language (3) 

Prerequisite: Philosophy 375. A detailed examination of the problems in the 
theory of meaning and formal semantics. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Prerequisites: minimum of 12 units in philosophy and approval of the depart- 
ment. Such study is designed to develop greater competency in research. May be 
repeated for credit. 

502 Philosophy of Mind (3) 

Prerequisite: Philosophy 331, 332, or 412; consent of instructor. Basic problems 
relating to the analysis of the concept of mind and such related issues as be- 
havior, consciousness, and voluntary action. 

507 Seminar in Theory of Valuing (3) 

Prerequisite: Philosophy 310, or consent of the instructor. An investigation into 
the conditions, modes, levels, and criteria relevant to any systematic view of 
valuing. 


242 


Physics 


PHYSICAL SCIENCE 

(Offered by the Departments of Chemistry and Physics) 

201 Modern Physical Science (4) 

Prerequisite: one year of high school algebra or equivalent, or permission of the 
instructor. Taught jointly by the departments of chemistry and physics, this 
course presents the essential unifying features of the basic physical sciences, chem- 
istry, chemistry and physics; the modern concepts of the physical and chemical 
theory of atomic and molecular structure form the unifying course material. 
Selected physical and chemical theory (from the fields of mechanics, electricity 
and magnetism, light, kinetic theory, thermodynamics, quantum theory, and inor- 
ganic and organic chemistry) are included to provide the necessary background 
material. Credit will not be given to students who have had a college course in 
chemistry or physics. 


PHYSICS * 


101 Freshman Seminar (1) 

Prerequisite: open only to freshman physics majors and, by written permission 
of the department chairman only, to others in closely related fields. 

Introduction to physics: a series of seminars, in lecture and discussion form, con- 
cerning careers in physics and the applied sciences, professional activities of 
today’s scientists, and special topics of current interest in physics research and 
development. Field trips to academic and industrial establishments are included. 
(1 hour seminar or one field trip per week) 

201 Modern Physical Science (4) (See course description under 
Physical Science 201) 

211A,B Elementary Physics (3,3) 

Prerequisites: high school algebra, 1 Zi years; trigonometry, Vi year. Elementary 
physics taught without the use of calculus. Covers principally the fields of 
mechanics, theromodynamics and electricity and magnetism in the first semester, 
and principally the fields of waves, relativity, quantum mechanics and the search 
for the ultimate constituents of matter in the second semester. 

Concurrent enrollment in 212A,B laboratory required. 

212A,B Elementary Physics (1,1) 

Laboratory for 211A,B. Concurrent enrollment in 211AJB lecture required. (3 
hours laboratory per week) 

221A Fundamental Physics (4) 

Prerequisite: Math 150A; corequisite: Math 150B. Fundamental classical physics 
including mechanics, heat and thermodynamics, acoustics, and wave motion. 
Concurrent enrollment in 222A laboratory required. 

222A Fundamental Physics (1) 

Laboratory for 221 A. Concurrent enrollment in 221 A lecture required. (3 hours 
laboratory per week) 

221B Fundamental Physics (4) 

Prerequisite: Physics 221 A. Fundamental classical and modem physics, including 
physical optics, electricity and magnetism, and an introduction to modem physics. 
Concurrent enrollment in 222B laboratory required. 

* For all courses, prerequisites not requiring consent of the department chairman may be waived 
by the instructor of the course if he is satisfied that the student is qualified to undertake 
the course. A grade of C or better is required for all prerequisite courses. 


243 


Physics 


222B Fundamental Physics (1) 

Laboratory for 22 IB. Concurrent enrollment in 22 IB lecture required. (3 hours 
laboratory per week) 

221C Fundamental Physics (3) 

Prerequisite: Physics 22 IB. Fundamental physical concepts are presented in a 
unifying framework. The course is intended to prepare the physics student for 
upper division physics by placing emphasis on the mathematical physics used in 
the five major theories of physics — classical mechanics, relativity, electricity and 
magnetism, quantum physics, and statistical mechanics. 

411 Theory of Wave Motion (3) 

Prerequisites: Physics 22 IB, Mathematics 150B. The properties of wave motion — 
production, propagation, refraction, diffraction, interference, and transmission 
through surfaces of waves — as applied to mechanics, electromagnetism and quantum 
mechanics. 

416 Thermodynamics (3) 

Prerequisites: Physics 22 IB, Mathematics 250B. A postulational study of thermo- 
dynamics with emphasis on thermodynamic states rather than on thermodynamic 
processes. An introductory course in the basic concepts and postulates, conditions 
of equilibrium, formal relationships, processes and thermodynamic engines, stability 
of thermodynamic systems, first- and second-order phase transitions, the Nemst 
postulate, and representative applications. 

431 Electricity and Magnetism (3) 

Prerequisites: Physics 22 IB, Mathematics 250B. Theories of electrostatics, electro- 
dynamics, and electromagnetic waves. 

441 Analytical Mechanics (3) 

Prerequisites: Physics 22 IB, Mathematics 250B. Principles of Newtonian me- 
chanics applied to the statics and dynamics of particles and rigid bodies. Introduc- 
tion to Lagrangian and Hamiltonian equations. 

451 Modern Physics (3) 

Prerequisites: Physics 22 IB, Mathematics 250B. Discussion of experiments and 
introduction to theory for selected topics in atomic, nuclear, and solid state physics. 

452 Introductory Radiology (3) 

Prerequisite: one year college physics. X-rays, radioactivity, interaction of radia- 
tion with matter, detection of radiation, applications to health physics. Especially 
suitable for biology, chemistry, and premedical students who expect to work in 
radiation biology, radiation chemistry, or medical radiology. 

453 Nuclear Physics (3) 

Prerequisites: Physics 22 IB, Mathematics 250B. Properties of nuclei, radioactivity, 
elementary particles, nuclear reactions. Introductory discussion of theories of 
nuclear structure and nuclear processes. 

454 Introduction to the Solid State of Matter (3) 

Prerequisite: one course in atomic or nuclear physics, differential equations. An 
introduction to the physical properties of matter in the solid state, as explained by 
atomic theory. Crystal structure, thermal, electric, and magnetic properties of 
metals, semiconductors, band theory, and solid state devices. 


244 


Physics 


455 Introduction to Quantum Physics (3) 

Prerequisites: Physics 431, Physics 441, differential equations. An introduction to 
the concepts and theory of quantum physics. 

471 Electronic Circuit Theory (3) 

Prerequisites: Physics 22 IB, Mathematics 250B. Operating characteristics of 
vacuum tubes, transistors, and semiconductor diodes. Linear circuit theory for 
alternating currents and for transient currents. Introduction to switching and pulse 
circuits. 

481A Experimental Physics (3) 

Prerequisite: Physics 22 IB; corequisite: Physics 431. Selected experiments in elec- 
trical measurements and electronics, with emphasis on precision of measurement 
and standardization of instruments. (1 hour lecture, 6 hours laboratory per week.) 

481 B Experimental Physics (3) 

Prerequisite: Physics 481A; corequisite: Physics 441. Selected experiments in 
mechanics, acoustics, physical optics, and atomic spectra. (1 hour lecture, 6 hours 
laboratory per week.) 

481C Experimental Physics (3) 

Prerequisite or corequisite: one course in nuclear or modem physics. Selected 
experiments in atomic and nuclear physics. (1 hour lecture, 6 hours laboratory per 
week.) 

481 D Experimental Physics (3) 

Prerequisites: Physics 481A,B,C or consent of department chairman. Selected 
experiments in classical and modern physics. (1 hour lecture, 6 hours laboratory per 
week) 

491 Senior Report (1) 

Prerequisite: Consent of department chairman. Selection and design for indi- 
vidual project, oral and written reports. 

492 Senior Report (2) 

Prerequisite: Physics 491 and consent of department chairman. Laboratory work 
on individual project, oral and written progress reports, oral and written final 
report. (1 hour lecture-recitation and 6 hours laboratory per week) 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Prerequisite: approval of study plan by department chairman and by instructor. 
Study of some selected topic in physics, selected in consultation with the in- 
structor and carried out under his supervision. May be repeated for credit to a 
maximum of 6 units. 

521 A,B Methods of Theoretical Physics (3,3) 

Prerequisite: Mathematics 250A,B. A study of selected applications of mathe- 
matics to physical theory and to engineering. Applications are selected from ordi- 
nary and partial differential equations, integral equations, integral transforms, series 
expansions of functions, calculus of variations, matrix theory, tensor analysis, group 
theory, complex variable theory, and numerical analysis. 

531 Electricity and Magnetism (3) 

Prerequisite: mathematics through partial differential equations. An advanced 
course in electromagnetic field theory beginning with Maxwell’s equations. Treated 
are: vector and scalar potentials, boundary value problems, electrostatics, mag- 
netostatics, wave propagation, and related topics. 


245 


Political Science 


541 Analytical Mechanics (3) 

Prerequisite: mathematics through partial differential equations. A thorough 
theoretical treatment of classical mechanics including the important motions of a 
point, general principles of work and energy, the principle of least action, Lagrange 
and Hamiltonian equations, the dynamics of rigid bodies, and related topics. 

555 Quantum Physics (3) 

Prerequisite: mathematics through partial differential equations. A course in the 
theory of quantum physics including the physical bases of quantum physics, oper- 
ator formulations, matrix mechanics, commutator bracket formulation, perturbation 
theory, quantum statistics. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1—3) 

Prerequisite: written approval of study plan by department committee and by 
instructor. Open only to graduate students and only by permission of a faculty 
member. May be repeated for credit. 

POLITICAL SCIENCE * 

Political Science 100 or its equivalent is the prerequisite for all upper division 
political science courses. 

100 American Government (3) 

Structure and functions of the United States government; the federal system; 
the organization, powers and functions of the executive, legislative, and judicial 
branches; the relationship between federal, state and local units of government, 
the structure and functions of state and local government with special attention 
to California. This course satisfies the state requirements in U.S. Constitution and 
California state and local government. 

101 Introduction to Politics and Government (3) 

An examination of political movements, their aims, strengths and ideologies. 
Contemporary issues at all levels of government; resultant patterns, with emphasis 
on their form in the United States and in California. This course satisfies the state 
requirement in U.S. Constitution. 

231 Comparative Study of Political Systems (3) 

An introduction to the techniques and. methods of comparative study, and exam- 
ination of selected political systems. 

251 International Relations (3) 

A study of the diplomatic, political, economic, and cultural relations of states; 
basic factors of power, sovereignty, nationalism, imperialism, colonialism, the rise 
to influence of the developing nations, the settlement of disputes. 

306 Research Proseminar in Political Science (3) 

Basic research concepts, techniques, and design formats; their relationship to data 
collection and analysis; an introduction to descriptive and inferential statistics, and 
to computer techniques and applications in political science. This course is required 
of all political science majors and should be taken before any upper division work is 
completed . 

311 Contemporary Issues in California Government and Politics (3) 

Analysis of contemporary issues in California government and politics, including 
regional, county, and community subdivisions. Emphasis is on decision-making and 


* Prerequisites may be waived only with the consent of the instructor. 

246 


Political Science 


the costs of democracy; the crisis in the cities, the flight to the suburbs, and race 
relations. Comparisons will be made with other states and their subdivisions. This 
course satisfies the state reuirement in California state and local government. 

312 Political Parties (3) 

The American two-party system; party organization and conflicts, problems of 
party responsibility and party leadership, nominating procedures, campaign methods 
and finances; the role of parties in legislative and executive policy-formulation. 

313 Pressure Groups and Public Opinion (3) 

The power and growth of farm, labor, business, and noneconomic pressure 
groups; interest group activity in Congress; administration and courts; public 
opinion and propaganda; voting behavior. 

320 Public Administration and Policy (3) 

An introduction to modem public administration and to the role it plays in the 
formulation and execution of public policy: administrative decision-making, au- 
thority and legitimacy, administrative leadership, professionalism, the role of parties 
and interest groups in the administrative process. 

340 Democracy and Communism (3) 

Not open to majors. The democratic tradition, especially in the United States and 
Great Britain; the theory and practice of communism in Soviet Russia, Yugoslavia, 
and Red China; authoritarian political thought in Italy, Germany, and Spain. 

341 Fundamental Principles of Political Theory (3) 

Problems of evidence and validation in political studies. The distinctions between 
empirical statements, value judgments and tautologies. The relationship of fact 
and value. The need for operational definitions. Systematic approaches to political 
philosophy, including those of Plato, Aristotle, St. Thomas, Hobbes, Locke, Rous- 
seau, Bentham and Marx. The dilemma posed by positivism and relativism for the 
study of political values. 

342 Specific Problems of Political Philosophy (3) 

Problems of making value judgments in politics: liberty v. security, the extent 
of obligations to the state, variations in forms of government, the role of govern- 
ment in the economy. 

371 The Judicial Process (3) (Formerly 471) 

The nature and functions of law in the Anglo-American legal system, the federal 
and state courts, legal procedures and their relationship to the American political 
process. Approaches to the study of the judicial process. 

405 Simulation in Government and Politics (3) 

Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. The theory and application of simulation 
models, including decision-making, game theory, and others with respect to politics 
and administration at local, national, and international levels. Individual and group 
research techniques are stressed. 

406 Scope and Theory of Political Science (3) 

A senior proseminar in political science. The nature of the discipline: approaches, 
tools, concepts and theories. Highly recommended for all political science majors 
planning to do graduate work. 

412 The Art of Politics (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of the instructor. An examination of politics as it is prac- 
ticed and understood by practitioners of the art. A seminar which features guest 
lecturers. 


247 


Political Science 


414 The Legislative Process (3) 

The nature of the legislative process in the United States including the organiza- 
tion and procedures of legislative bodies, direct legislation and the relationships 
of the legislative branch to other branches of government. Legislative systems 
will be analyzed comparatively. 

415 Political Behavior (3) 

Prerequisite: Political Science 306. The application of behavioral methodol- 
ogy to the understanding of individual political behavior within various U.S. gov- 
ernmental and social situations. The formation of attitudes and opinions, their 
measurement and relationship to political behavior. 

416 The American Presidency (3) 

A study of the growth of the office and power of the President, of his rela- 
tionship to his advisers and the executive departments. Congress and the courts, 
state governments and the public. The role of the President as chief policy- 
maker and administrator, party and public opinion leader, with particular atten- 
tion to developments during international and domestic crises. 

420 Local Government and Administration (3) 

Legal and historical framework of local government with emphasis on municipal 
government and the functional fields of management in the United States. 

421 Public Finance Administration (3) 

Prerequisite: Political Science 320. The role of finance administration and budg- 
eting in the determination of public policy, and in the administrative planning 
and management of governmental operations in the United States. Examines the 
relationship of assessment administration to governmental revenues and expendi- 
tures, the principles and practices of cost accounting, treasury management, and 
capital budgeting. 

422 Public Personnel Administration (3) 

Prerequisite: Political Science 320. The growth and development of the civil 
service and the merit system; an evaluation of recruitment procedures and exam- 
inations; an analysis of such topics as position classification, salary structures, re- 
tirement plans, in-service training, employees organizations, and personnel super- 
vision. 

423 Regional Planning and Development (3) 

Prerequisite: Political Science 320. A study of governmental policies, proce- 
dures, and agencies involved in the planning and development of regions. The 
concept of regions, survey of regional problems, and objectives, developmental 
prospects of regions, emerging views of regional planning, and intra- and inter- 
regional investment allocation during the development process. 

424 Urban Planning and Development (3) 

Prerequisite: Political Science 320. The origins and development of city planning; 
the legal bases and fundamental concepts of planning are defined; and the or- 
ganization and administration of the planning activity are examined. The major 
elements of the general plan, zoning laws and administration, urban renewal, and 
capital programming are considered. 

425 Comparative Public Administration (3) 

Prerequisite: Political Science 231 and 320. Strongly recommended for students 
planning to concentrate in comparative politics. Cross cultural comparison of public 
administration systems; application of different models of analysis to administrative 


248 


Political Science 


institutions; bureaucracy; the ecology of public administration in modernized and 
developing societies; and the role of public administration in nation-building. 

426 Government Organization and Management (3) 

Prerequisite: Political Science 320. Analytical study of administrative systems and 
procedure; planning, flow, and control of work; data processing; operations re- 
search; and forms design. 

429 Government Internship (3) 

Prerequisites: Public Administration concentration and consent of the instructor. 
Students work 15-20 hours per week as supervised interns in a public agency. 
Supervision is provided by the faculty and cooperating agency. In addition to the 
job experience, interns meet in a weekly three-hour seminar. 

431 Government and Politics of Democratic Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: Political Science 231. A comparative analysis of the structures and 
functions of the political systems of democratic states; for example, United King- 
dom, Italy, Sweden, and Japan. 

433 Government and Politics of Authoritarian Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: Political Science 231. A comparative analysis of the structures and 
functions of the political systems of communist and fascist states. 

435 Government and Politics of Developing Systems— Africa (3) 

Prerequisite: Political Science 231. A comparative analysis of the structures and 
functions of the political systems of developing societies in Africa. 

436 Government and Politics of Developing Systems— South and Southeast Asia (3/ 

Prerequisite: Political Science 231. A comparative analysis of the structures and 
functions of the political systems of developing societies in South and Southeast 
Asia. 

437 Government and Politics of Developing Systems— Latin America (3) 

Prerequisite: Political Science 231. A comparative analysis of the structures and 
functions of the political systems of developing societies in Latin America. 

438 Latin American Interest Groups (3) 

Prerequisite: Political Science 231. Consideration of the role of church, military, 
business, peasant and bureacratic groups in Latin American society with particular 
interest in their impact on the quest for governmental stability and economic de- 
velopment. 

439 Government and Politics of the Far East (3) 

Prerequisite: Political Science 231. A comparative analysis of the structures and 
functions of the political systems in the Far East. 

440 Political Ideologies and Attitudes (3) 

Prerequisite: Political Science 341. The content and appeals of contemporary 
ideologies. The social, economic and psychological bases of political attitudes and 
preferences. 

442 Problems of Democratic Political Thought (3) 

Prerequisite: Political Science 341. Problems relevant to philosophies and theo- 
ries of democratic political systems, with emphasis on American political thought. 


249 


Political Science 


443 The Theory and Philosophy of Marxism (3) 

Prerequisites: Political Science 341 and 342. An analytical study of Marxist the- 
ory and philosophy from its pre-Hegelian roots to the present. 

450 Conduct of American Foreign Relations (3) (Formerly 452) 

Formulation and execution of foreign policy. The roles and powers of the 
President, Senate, and House of Representatives. The functions of the Department 
of State and Foreign Service, United States Information Agency, Agency for In- 
ternational Development (AID); the role of the Pentagon; public opinion and 
pressure groups. Separation of powers, checks and balances, and cooperation in 
the conduct of American foreign policy. 

451 Problems in International Relations (3) 

Prerequisite: Political Science 251. Examination of selected problems in various 
countries and geographic areas with a definite impact on International Relations, 
such as nationalism, colonialism, anticolonialism, neutralism, racism, ethnic and lin- 
guistic minorities, border disputes, governmental instability, economic poverty, dis- 
ease, illiteracy and overpopulation. 

452 Current Issues in American Foreign Policy (3) (Formerly 450) 

An examination of the impact of treaties, alliances, economics, military strategy, 
and internal politics on U.S. foreign policy-formulation. 

453 Contemporary Approaches to International Relations (3) 

Prerequisite: Political Science 251. Consideration of theories applicable to the 
study of the actions and interactions of states; systems analysis, models, decision- 
making, communications, the concept of power; examination of such research 
tools as gaming, simulation, content analysis. 

454 The Soviet Union in World Affairs (3) 

Prerequisite: Political Science 251 and 433. Elements of national power, the use 
of various instruments of international relations, and policy-making processes in 
the development of Soviet foreign policy since 1917. 

461 The United Nations and Other Public International Organizations (3) 

Prerequisite: Political Science 251. The nature, scope, and role of public interna- 
tional organizations; evaluation of the League of Nations; analysis of the United 
Nations; its functions, purposes and problems; role of the World Court; Inter- 
national Labor Organization. Functions of UNESCO, UNICEF, and similar or- 
ganizations. 

463 The International Relations and Problems of Latin America (3) 

Prerequisite: Political Science 251. A study of the foreign policies of the indi- 
vidual Latin American states, problems presented by the cold war and U.S. poli- 
cies, the O.A.S., current efforts for economic cooperation, and Latin America’s 
role in the U.N. 

473 Seminar in Constitutional Law and Governmental Power (3) (Formerly 374) 

Prerequisite: Political Science 371. Case studies involving the balance of power 
among courts. Congress, and the President; between national and state govern- 
ments; and the extent of judicial review of laws involving social and economic 
problems. 


250 


Political Science 


474 Seminar in Constitutional Law and Civil Liberties (3) (Formerly 373) 

Prerequisite: Political Science 371. Case studies involving first amendment free- 
doms; equal protection of the laws; and procedural rights stemming from due 
process. 

476 International Law (3) (Formerly 460) 

Prerequisite: Political Science 251. The sources and nature of international law; 
its role in a world of sovereign states; the law of war and peace; the rights and 
duties of nations in their international relationships. The World Court; purpose, 
problems, and prospects. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Open to advanced students in political science by permission of the department 
chairman. Maximum of three units. 

( The prerequisite for each graduate course is consent of the instructor.) 

506 Seminar in the Scope and Theory of Political Science (3) 

The nature of the discipline, approaches, tools, concepts and theories. 

511 Advanced Studies in American Politics (3) 

A comprehensive examination of the political process in the United States. 

515 Seminar in Political Behavior (3) 

An intensive analysis of selected topics in political behavior. 

521 Seminar in Administrative Theory (3) 

Comprehensive analysis of the historical development and theoretical foundations 
of public administration. 

524 Seminar in Environmental Planning (3) 

Specialized study of problems and issues in the physical and human environment 
of the urban community. 

526 Seminar in Administrative Behavior (3) 

Concepts, functions and techniques of administrative leadership; group dynamics; 
decision-making; the organization and the individual. 

528 Seminar in Public Administration Problems (3) 

Comprehensive analysis of selected problems in the theory and practice of public 
administration. 

531 Seminar in Comparative Politics (3) 

A comparative study of political systems. 

541 Advanced Studies in Political Theory (3) 

A comprehensive examination of ideologies, concepts, methods and trends in 
political theory. 

550 Seminar on Foreign Policy Formulation (3) 

A study of various models of the foreign policy-making process. Emphasis will 
be on the interaction between domestic and international sources for policy formu- 
lation. 

551 Advanced International Relations (3) 

Study of selected problems in international relations with emphasis on individual 
research and contributions within the framework of a seminar. May be repeated 
for credit. 


251 


Psychology 


571 Advanced Studies in Public Law (3) 

Selected studies of the relationship of the judicial process to legislative decision 
making; executive power; local government; the initiation process; and public 
opinion. 

597 Project (3) 

Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. 

598 Thesis (3-6) 

Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1-3) 

Open only by permission of the chairman of the department. May be repeated 
for credit. 


PORTUGUESE 

(Offered by the Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures) 

101 Fundamental Portuguese (4) 

Listening comprehension, speaking, reading comprehension, and writing to de- 
velop control of the sounds and the basic forms and structures of Portuguese. 
Enrollment restricted to students with previous study of a Romance language. 

102 Fundamental Portuguese (4) 

Prerequisite: Portuguese 101 or equivalent. Listening comprehension, speaking, 
reading comprehension, and writing to develop control of the sounds and the 
basic forms and structures of Portuguese. Enrollment restricted to students with 
previous study of a Romance language. 

315 Introduction to Brazilian Culture and Civilization (3) 

Prerequisite: Portuguese 102 or equivalent, reading knowledge of Portuguese or 
consent of instructor. Readings and discussions to develop insights into the litera- 
ture of Brazil and intellectual expression of the leading ideas in Brazilian civiliza- 
tion, while at the same time strengthening facility with the language. Conducted 
in Portuguese. 

325 Contemporary Brazilian Civilization (3) 

Prerequisite: Portuguese 315 or consent of instructor. Readings and discussion 
toward developing an understanding of the social and intellectual problems, trends, 
and contributions of present-day Brazil, while at the same time strengthening 
facility with spoken and written Portuguese. Conducted in Portuguese. 

499 Independent Study (1—3) 

Supervised projects in Portuguese language or literature to be taken with the 
consent of the instructor and the department chairman. May be repeated for credit. 

PSYCHOLOGY 

101 Introductory Psychology (3) 

General introduction to basic concepts and problems in psychology as a behav- 
ioral discipline. Emphasis upon the human organism as an adapting system, with 
attention to genetic origins; normal development and capacities; problem-solving 
and adjustment to stress. 


252 


Psychology 


161 Elementary Statistics (3) 

Prerequisites: Psych 101 and Math 120. An introductory course in descriptive 
statistics with an introduction to inferentive methods. 

202 Principles of Psychology (3) 

Prerequisite: Psych 101. A course for psychology majors covering selected basic 
areas of psychology in depth. Special emphasis on the methods of studying physio- 
logical factors, adaptive behavior, perception, cognition and motivation. (2 hours 
lecture and 3 hours laboratory) 

231 Psychology of Personal Adjustment (3) 

Prerequisite: Psych 101. Dynamics of personal adjustment and interpersonal 
relations. Nature of conflict and frustration; demands of changing social roles; and 
attitudes, opinions and prejudices as they affect the individual and his relationships 
to others. 

302 Experimental Psychology: Learning and Motivation (3) 

Prerequisites: Psych 101, 202, 161 or permission of instructor. Selected experi- 
mental investigations in human and animal learning, memory, thinking, problem 
solving, and motivation with appropriate lecture and discussion. (2 hours lecture 
and 3 hours laboratory) 

303 Experimental Psychology: Sensation and Perception (3) 

Prerequisites: Psych 101; 202; 161 or permission of instructor. Selected experi- 
mental investigation with appropriate lecture and discussion. (2 hours lecture and 
3 hours laboratory) 

304 Experimental Psychology: Comparative (3) 

Prerequisites: Psych 101; 202; 161 or permission of instructor. 

Behavioral similarities and differences between species as related to their position 
on the phylogenetic scale; the relation of changes in activity, motivation, emo- 
tionality, complexity, plasticity and adaptiveness of behavior to changes in sensory, 
motor, endocrine and neural structures as well as genetic and environmental factors. 
(2 hours lecture and 3 hours laboratory) 

311 Educational Psychology (3) 

Prerequisites: 6 units in Psychology. Application of psychological research and 
theory to the educative process. Major attention given to the problems of learning, 
individual differences, child capacities, and behavior. (Not open to students who 
have taken Educ 311.) 

321 Physiological Psychology (3) 

Prerequisites: Psych 202 and Bio. Sci. 101 or equivalent. Survey of relations be- 
tween behavior and biological processes. Anatomy and physiology of the nervous 
system, role of neural and humoral agents in perception and complex behavior 
(emotion, etc.), behavorial effects of brain lesions, the effects of drugs on behavior, 
psychosomatic disorders and motivation. 

331 Psychology of Personality 

Prerequisite: Psych 202. Concepts of personality development, structure, and 
dynamics, with emphasis upon problems, methods, and findings in the study of 
personality. 


253 


Psychology 

341 Abnormal Psychology (3) 

Prerequisites: Psych 231 or Psych 331. Dynamics, symptoms, causes, treatment, 
and prevention of neuroses, psychoses, alcohol and drug addiction, psychosomatic 
illnesses, and character disorders. 

342 Mental Health (3) 

Prerequisite: Psych 101. Social and emotional dynamics of the adjustment proc- 
esses, including an analysis of the concepts of mental health. Emphasis upon positive 
factors in the individual, group, and community conducive to improving mental 
health. (Credit not given as part of psychology major.) 

351 Social Psychology (3) 

Prerequisites: 6 lower division units in psychology. Study of phenomena of social 
interaction and the nature of group processes and influences. Attention paid to the 
intrapsychic effects of group influences on the individual’s behavior. 

361 Developmental Psychology (3) 

Prerequisite: Psych 161. Concepts and processes involved in the understanding 
of the psychological development of the person from infancy through adulthood. 
Attention is given to stages in the development of cognition, emotion, percep- 
tion, motivation, and to the interaction of these processes. 

391 Industrial Psychology (3) 

Prerequisites: Psych 161 or Psych 202. Study of psychological principles and 
techniques in industrial and business settings. Includes selection, placement, training, 
human factors, environmental influences, problems of people at work, and con- 
sumer behavior. 

408 History of Psychology (3) 

Prerequisites: 12 upper division units in psychology or permission of instructor. 
Survey of the development of psychology from early times to the present. 

412 Psychology of Learning (3) 

Prerequisite: Psych 302 or permission of instructor. Principles of learning ac- 
cording to the major theoretical systems. Critical evaluation of the theories and 
systems. 

413 Perception (3) 

Prerequisite: Psych 303 or permission of instructor. Psychological problems in 
perception. 

415 Cognitive Processes (3) 

Prerequisite: Psych 302, Psych 303 or Psych 304. Consideration of theory and 
research with respect to problem solving, thinking, concept learning, language, 
decision making and judgment, cognitive structure, cognitive development. 

431 Theories of Personality (3) 

Prerequisite: Psych 331 or permission of instructor. Personality structure, devel- 
opment, and dynamics according to major theories. Research methods as they apply 
to personality theory. 

451 Experimental Social Psychology (3) 

Prerequisites: Psych 161 or equivalent; Psych 202; and Psych 351. Study in depth 
of selected phenomena of social interaction and the nature of group processes 
and influences. Laboratory experience in experimental investigation of attitude for- 


254 


Psychology 


mation and change; group processes such as communication, and problem-solv- 
ing and formation of norms; interpersonal processes of influence and perception. 

461 Group Psychological Testing (3) 

Prerequisite: Psych 161 or equivalent. Intelligence, aptitude, interest, and per- 
sonality testing. Theory, construction, evaluation, interpretation, and uses of psy- 
chological tests. 

465 Advanced Psychological Statistics (3) 

Prerequisite: Psych 161 or permission of instructor. Quantitative methods in psy- 
chology with particular emphasis on correlation, small sample theory, nonpara- 
metrics and some complex analysis of variance procedures. 

471 Behavior Modification (3) 

Prerequisite: Psych 302 and senior standing. An exposition and evaluation of 
the theory, research, and techniques for modifying human behavior. Emphasis on 
operant conditioning as applied to retarded and psychotic behavior. 

481 Survey of Clinical Psychology (3) 

Prerequisites: Psych 331, 341, and 461. Development and contemporary aspects 
of the field. Methods, diagnosis, therapeutic techniques, research, and problems. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Prerequisites: Senior standing and permission of instructor. Individual library 
study or experimental investigation under direction of a staff member. May be 
repeated for credit. 

500 Advanced General Psychology (3) 

An integration of key concepts in learning, motivation, perception, personality 
and social psychology. 

510 Experimental Design (3) 

Prerequisites: Psych 161 and 465. Principles and methods of planning and carry- 
ing out systematic investigations on the behavior of complex organisms, interde- 
pendence of experimental design and statistical evaluation of results, and the oppor- 
tunity for practice in formulation of testable hypotheses. 

511 Seminar in Psychological Measurement (3) 

Logic and methodology of measurement in the areas of intelligence, personality, 
judgment, and attitudes: problems of test construction and validation. May be re- 
peated for credit. 

520 Seminar: Experimental Psychology (3) 

Prerequisites: graduate standing; Psych 465 and Psych 500. Study in depth of the 
data, methods, problems and current developments in sensation-perception; animal 
learning; human motor and verbal learning; thinking and problem solving; and 
motivation. May be repeated for credit. 

521 Seminar: Personality and Social Psychology (3) 

Prerequisites: graduate standing; Psych 500. An intensive study of central prob- 
lems in personality and social psychology. Intensive study current problems and 
theories in these areas. May be repeated for credit. 

523 Seminar: Comparative Psychology (3) 

Prerequisites: graduate standing and permission of instructor. A study in depth 
of some aspect of animal behavior. Comparisons between species and biological 
determinants of behavior will be emphasized. May be repeated for credit. 


255 


Russian 


531 Individual Mental Testing (3) 

Prerequisite: Psych 461. Study of the major tests of intelligence. Emphasis upon 
practical experience in administration, scoring, and interpretation of these instru- 
ments. 

598 Thesis (3-6) 

Prerequisites: formal admission to candidacy; permission of instructor. The 
writing of a thesis based on a major study or experiment in psychology. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1-3) 

Prerequisites: graduate standing and permission of instructor. Individual library 
study or experimental investigation under direction of a staff member. May be 
repeated for credit. 


RUSSIAN 

(Offered by the Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures) 

101 Fundamental Russian (5) 

Intensive practice in listening comprehension, speaking, reading and writing to 
develop control of the sounds and the basic forms and structure of Russian. Audio- 
lingual assignments are an integral part of the course and are to be prepared in the 
language laboratory. 

102 Fundamental Russian (5) 

Prerequisite: Russian 101 or equivalent. Intensive practice in listening compre- 
hension, speaking, reading and writing to develop control of the sounds and the 
basic forms and structures of Russian. Audio-lingual assignments are an integral 
part of the course and are to be prepared in the language laboratory. 

203 Intermediate Russian (3) 

Prerequisite: Russian 102 or equivalent. Intensive practice in speaking, under- 
standing, reading, and writing based on cultural and literary materials. Linguistic 
analysis from sound to sentence. 

204 Intermediate Russian (3) 

Prerequisite: Russian 203 or equivalent. Intensive practice in speaking, under- 
standing, reading and writing based on cultural and literary materials. Linguistic 
analysis from sound to sentence. 

303 Readings in Scientific Russian (3) 

Prerequisite: Russian 102 or equivalent. Readings reflecting a broad spectrum of 
writing in the physical and natural sciences and mathematics. Special attention given 
to the development of rapid reading for comprehension. Open only to Science and 
Mathematics majors. 

315 Introduction to Russian Civilization (3) 

Prerequisite: Russian 204 or equivalent. Reading and discussion to develop a view 
of the Russian tradition (its social, intellectual and literary evolution) while at the 
same time strengthening facility with the language. Open to lower division 
students with consent of instructor. Conducted in Russian. 

317 Advanced Conversation and Composition (3) 

Prerequisite: Russian 204 or equivalent. Open to lower division students with 
the consent of the instructor. Designed to give the student special competence in the 
control of Russian as an instrument for free oral and written expression. Conducted 
in Russian. 


256 


Science Education 


375 Introduction to Literary Forms (3) 

Prerequisite: Russian 317 or consent of instructor. An introduction to the princi- 
pal literary forms, prose fiction, poetry, drama and the essay and to the major con- 
cepts of literary techniques and criticism. Close analysis and interpretation of various 
texts to increase the student’s abilities in reading, language, and literary criticism. 
Conducted in Russian. 

400 Russian for Advanced Students and Teachers (3) 

Prerequisite: Russian 317 or consent of instructor. Intensive review of spoken 
Russian, while developing the student’s powers of self-expression in the spoken 
and written language. Modem writings in various fields, as well as developments 
in methodology and texts, serve as the basis for intensive practice. Conducted in 
Russian. 

441 The Works of Tolstoy and Dostoevsky (3) 

Prerequisite: Russian 315 or equivalent, or consent of instructor. Major works 
of Tolstoy and Dostoevsky in their intellectual and historical setting and their 
impact on Russian and world literature. Conducted in Russian. 

451 The Golden Age of Russian Literature (3) 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. A study of major literary works of the first 
half of the 19th century which exemplify cultural and intellectual movements in 
Russia. Conducted in Russian. 

461 Russian Literature from 1917 (3) 

Prerequisite: Russian 315 or equivalent, or consent of instructor. Representative 
works of outstanding modem Russian writers with an emphasis on The Nobel Prize 
winners (M. Sholokhov and B. Pasternak). Analysis and discussion of their prose 
and poetry' in the light of the social problems of present-day Russia. Conducted in 
Russian. 

499 Independent Study (1—3) 

Supervised projects in Russian language or literature to be taken with the con- 
sent of the instructor and department chairman. May be repeated for credit. 

SCIENCE EDUCATION 

(Offered by the Department of Science and Mathematics Education) 

310 Elementary Experimental Science (3) 

Prerequisite: Completion of general education natural science requirements or 
consent of instructor. A laboratory centered course in the physical sciences appro- 
priate for prospective elementary schoolteachers and other youth workers. The 
course covers, by both lectures and laboratory investigations, selected content 
areas from the fields of chemistry, physics, geology, oceanography, astronomy, and 
meteorology that are commonly found in elementary school science programs. 
Heavy emphasis is placed on laboratory and field investigations of a kind adaptable 
for children. This course may not be used to fulfill General Education require- 
ments nor is it appropriate for science majors. (2 hours lecture, 2 hours activity) 

402 Biological Preparations (2) 

Prerequisite: Upper division standing with a major or minor in biology. An 
introduction to the problems and practices of preparing materials for teaching and 
research in biology. May include collection and preparation of whole organism 


257 


Science Education 

specimens, histological specimens and media for characterization of microorganisms. 
(Same as Bio. Sci. 402) (6 hours laboratory per week) 

434 Elementary School Science— New Curricula (3) 

Prerequisites: Sci Educ 310 (or equivalent) or consent of instructor. The content, 
philosophy and techniques of the new curricula for elementary science courses 
are studied. At present the course is designed to prepare teachers for the A A AS 
process approach to elementary science. (2 hours lecture, 2 hours activity) 

442 Teaching Science in the Secondary School (2) 

Prerequisites: Education 340, Education 311, admission to teacher education, 
senior standing or consent of the instructor. The student who has not had teaching 
experience must register concurrently in Education 449. See page 148 under Second- 
ary Education for description of Standard Teaching Credential program. Objec- 
tives, methods, and materials including audiovisual instruction for teaching science 
will be studied. Developing and using lesson plans, discussions, laboratory activities, 
etc., will be experienced during the course. (1 hour lecture, 2 hours activity) 

443 Secondary Science Education— Biology (3) 

Prerequisites: Sci Educ 442 (or equivalent) or consent of the instructor. Educa- 
tional practices particular to the teaching of biology are studied. Special emphasis 
is placed on recent curricular developments in this area. Presently the course is 
designed to instruct teachers in the theory, content and methodology developed 
by the Biological Sciences Curriculum Study (BSCS). (2 hours lecture, 2 hours 
activity) 

444 Secondary Science Education— Chemistry (3) 

Prerequisites: Sci Educ 442 (or equivalent) or consent of the instructor. Similar 
to Sci Educ 443 with the emphasis on chemistry. Presently the course is oriented 
around the programs developed by the Chemical Educational Materials Study 
(CHEMS) and the Chemical Bond Approach (CBA) to teaching chemistry. Needs 
of participating teachers will determine which program will be emphasized. (2 
hours lecture, 2 hours activity) 

446 Secondary Science Education— Earth Science (3) 

Prerequisites: Sci Educ 442 (or equivalent) or consent of the instructor. The 
content, philosophy, and techniques of teaching earth science on the secondary 
level are studied. This course is designed to prepare teachers in the theory, content 
and methodology in the earth science course developed by the Earth Science 
Curriculum Project (ESCP). (2 hours lecture, 2 hours activity) 

470 Evolution of Scientific Ideas (3) 

Prerequisites: Upper division or graduate standing with a major or minor in one 
of the sciences or consent of the instructor. A study of how some of our currently 
held scientific concepts have evolved. Emphasis on the essential inter-relatedness of 
the various scientific disciplines and their relation to contemporary cultural and 
intellectual influences. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Study of some special topic in science education, selected in consultation with the 
instructor and carried out under his supervision. May be repeated for credit. 

710 Seminar in Science Education (2) 

Prerequisites: an A.B. degree, teaching credential, or consent of instructor. 
Designed for postgraduate science students who wish to investigate recent develop- 
ments in teaching the sciences. New courses and materials for the various subject 


258 


Sociology 


matter fields will be researched and demonstrated. Areas of concentration will 
depend on interests and training of the seminar participants. May be repeated for 
credit. 

749 Student Teaching in Science in the Secondary School and Seminar (6) 

See page 292 under Secondary Education for description and prerequisites. 

SOCIAL WELFARE 


311 Welfare Institutions (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of the instructor. An introduction to the field, taught by 
an experienced social worker. Consideration of the philosophy, structure, function- 
ing, and coordination of welfare agencies. Designed for students interested in social 
work and such related professions as teaching, counseling, public administration, 
law, medicine, and religious vocations. 

351 A Social Work Methods (3) 

Prerequisite: Social Welfare 311, and Psychology 331 or Sociology 341 or consent 
of the instructor. An introduction to case work, group work, and community 
organization, using case work materials, group work experiences, workshops in 
community activities and interviewing techniques. Designed for candidates for 
graduate study and for preprofessional employment in agencies. 

35 IB Social Work Methods (3) 

Prerequisite: Social Welfare 351 A. An extension of 351 A with more intensive 
emphasis on practical experiences in case work, group work, and community 
organization, to enable the student to formulate a basic frame of reference for 
relating to troubled people seeking help. 

SOCIOLOGY 

201 Introduction to Sociology (3) 

A general introduction to the basic concepts of sociology, and the scientific study 
of human society. Among topics included are social interaction, culture, personality, 
social processes, population, social class, the community, social institutions, and 
sociocultural change. 

202 Social Problems (3) 

Prerequisite: Sociology 201. Study of the extent, causes and consequences of a 
number of social problems, with emphasis on 20th-century America. Problems are 
viewed in the context of the changing society. 

331 A Social Research Methods (3) 

Prerequisite: Sociology 201 or consent of the department. Research design and 
methods of gathering data, especially by interview and questionnaire, are empha- 
sized. Among other topics are the role of theory in research, and sampling methods 
and problems. 

331 B Social Research Methods (3) 

Prerequisites: Sociology 201, 331 A, or consent of the department. Elementary 
statistical analysis of social data is emphasized, with some consideration of prob- 
lems of measurement and of the writing of research reports. (2 hours lecture, 2 
hours activity) 


259 


Sociology 

341 Social Interaction (3) 

Prerequisites: Sociology 201 and 3 units of psychology. Inquiry into the social 
and sociopsychological dimensions of group behavior and the socialization of the 
individual. Social interaction and its impact on the individual and personality 
formation. 

348 Collective Behavior (3) 

Prerequisite: Sociology 201. Characteristics of crowds, mobs, publics. Analysis of 
social movements and revolutions, their relation to social unrest and their role in 
developing and changing social organization. 

361 Population Problems (3) 

Prerequisite: Sociology 201. Population composition, growth and movement. 
Social factors affecting birth rates, death rates, and migration. Attention is given 
to the population of the United States and to selected areas of the world. 

371 Urban Sociology (3) 

Prerequisite: Sociology 201. The population and ecology, patterns of growth, 
institutions, characteristic social interaction, values, and problems of the urban 
community. 

411 Criminology (3) 

Prerequisite: Sociology 201. The extent, causes and control of criminal behavior. 
Includes study of the criminal law, causal factors and theories, correctional insti- 
tutions, probation and parole, and preventive efforts. 

413 Juvenile Delinquency (3) 

Prerequisite: Sqciology 201. Juvenile delinquency as a social problem. Sociological 
study of the causes of delinquent behavior, and programs of control, treatment and 
prevention. 

425 Comparative Social Change (3) 

Prerequisite: Sociology 201. Comparative analysis of changing community, insti- 
tutional, technological, and social class patterns in selected societies, with emphasis 
on differences between “developed” and developing areas. 

431 Minority Group Relations (3) 

Prerequisite: Sociology 201. Study of racial, national and religious minorities, 
especially in the United States. Includes study of discrimination, prejudice, different 
patterns of intergroup adjustment, and attempts to change group status. 

436 Social Stratification (3) 

Prerequisite: Sociology 201. Social class structures and their functions. Different 
styles of life; determinants of class status; vertical social mobility; change in class 
systems. 

451 Sociology of the Family (3) 

Prerequisite: Sociology 201. The family as a social institution. Historical and 
cross-cultural perspectives; social change affecting marriage and the family; anal- 
ysis of American courtship and marriage patterns; the psychodynamics of fam- 
ily life. 

454 Sociology of Aging (3) 

Prerequisite: Sociology 201. Analysis of aging as a social process, with emphasis 
on sociological theories of aging, problems of adjustment, demographic changes and 
policy issues. 


260 


Sociology 


458 Sociology of Religion (3) 

Prerequisite: Sociology 201. Theoretical analysis of religion as a social institu- 
tion in complex societies. The structure and functioning of religious organizations; 
roles and role relationships; types of religious organizations and leadership; the 
relationships of religion to other social institutions; religion and social change. 

460 Comparative Institutions: Latin America (3) 

Prerequisites: Sociology 201. Comparative study of Latin American institutions 
(familial, economic, religious, political, military). Analytic emphasis on institutional 
structures and processes; relationship of institutions to each other and the larger 
society. 

463 Political Sociology (3) 

Prerequisite: Sociology 201. Theoretical perspectives; nature of power and au- 
thority; social structure and political institutions; elites and decision-making; social 
influences on political behavior; political movements. 

465 Law and Society (3) 

Prerequisite: Sociology 201. The law and lawyers in the context of human so- 
ciety. Law as formal social control, variations in legal systems, social change and 
selected areas of law, the legal profession. 

470 Sociology of Occupations (3) 

Prerequisite: Sociology 201. Sociological analysis of work roles in technologically 
advanced societies. Career patterns, occupational recruitment, job mobility, organ- 
izational demands. The nature and development of the professions, their ideologies 
and images. 

473 Complex Organizations (3) 

Prerequisite: Sociology 201. Sociological analysis of formal organizations (indus- 
trial, governmental, welfare, military, medical, educational, correctional, etc.) as 
systems of social interaction. Includes such topics as blueprinted vs. informal struc- 
ture, authority, decision-making, role conflicts, communication and morale. 

477 Social Organization (3) 

Prerequisites: Sociology 201; six upper division sociology units, or consent. 
Theories of social organization and the structure of various social groups are 
anaylzed, with a comparative analysis of social structures and systems. The various 
levels of groups are discussed and interrelated. 

479 Concepts and Fields of Sociology (3) 

Prerequisites: Sociology 201 and nine upper division units in sociology. Analysis 
of theoretical and methodological problems of major sociological concepts. The use 
of these concepts in selected fields, and research findings, will be emphasized. 

480 Development of Social Thought (3) 

Prerequisite: Sociology 201. Social thought and civilization since early times; 
comparative study of the orientations of earlier writers towards the nature of man 
and society. 

481 Sociological Theory (3) 

Prerequisite: Sociology 201 and consent of the department. A comprehensive 
survey of the main schools of sociological thought, both European and American, 
with emphasis on systems of theory, methodology of theorists, cultural change, and 
social institutions. 


261 


Sociology 

499 Independent Study (1—3) 

Prerequisites: At least 12 hours of sociology and consent of the adviser. Student 
selects an individual research project, either library or field. There are conferences 
with the adviser as necessary, and the work culminates in one or more papers. May 
be repeated for credit. 

511 Seminar in Crime and Delinquency (3) 

Prerequisites: either Sociology 411 or 413, or consent of the department. Analysis 
of selected problems in the field of crime and delinquency with major emphasis 
upon independent investigation into the theoretical and research contributions on 
the causes, prevention and treatment of criminal and delinquent behavior. 

531 Methods and Measurements in Sociology (3) 

Prerequisites: Sociology 331 A, 33 IB, or their equivalents, or consent of the de- 
partment. A critical analysis of basic problems of social research. Casual inferences, 
value bias, and measurement, especially the construction of scales. 

533 Seminar in Intergroup Relations (3) 

Prerequisite: Sociology 431 or consent of the department. Analysis of relations 
among ethnic, racial and religious groups throughout the world. Analysis of 
processes leading to, sustaining, and associated with changes in relations among 
such groups. 

536 5eminar in Social Stratification (3) 

Prerequisite: Sociology 436 or consent of the department. Analysis of stratifica- 
tion in industrial societies. Emphasis on theory and methods, and on international 
comparisons. Analysis of factors leading to social class, the persistence of class 
divisions, class conflict and social change, and the effects of class on behavior. 

541 Seminar in Social Interaction (3) 

Prerequisites: Sociology 341 or consent of the department. Advanced social- 
psychological study of social interaction, including sociological factors in person- 
ality development and analysis of primary group behavior. 

573 Seminar in Large Organizations (3) 

Prerequisite: Sociology 473 or consent of the department. The analysis of 
large organizations, their structural and operating characteristics and the rela- 
tionships between the organization and its members. 

577 Seminar in Social Organization (3) 

Prerequisites: Sociology 477 or its equivalent and consent of the department. 
A critical treatment of various theoretical approaches to the analysis of social 
organization. Specific areas of social organization. 

581 Analysis of Sociological Theory (3) 

Prerequisites: Sociology 481 or equivalent and consent of the department. Exam- 
ination of the basic elements and key problems in constructing a systematic socio- 
logical theory. A detailed, comprehensive and critical analysis of selected theo- 
retical works. 

598 Thesis (3) 

Prerequisites: acceptance as a candidate for the M.A. in sociology, and approval 
of the topic. Individual research under supervision, reported in a thesis, and de- 
fended in an oral examination conducted by a faculty committee. Must be taken 
2 semesters for a total of six units. 


262 


Spanish 


599 Independent Graduate Research (1—3) 

Prerequisite: consent of the graduate adviser, and the department. Individual 
research on either a library or empirical project, with conferences with the adviser 
as necessary, culminating in one or more papers. May be repeated for credit. 

SPANISH 

(Offered by the Department of Foreign Languages and Literatures) 

101 Fundamental Spanish (5) 

Intensive practice in listehing comprehension, speaking, reading and writing to 
develop control of the sounds and the basic forms and structure of Spanish. Audio- 
lingual assignments are an integral part of the course and are to be prepared in 
the language laboratory. 

102 Fundamental Spanish (5) 

Prerequisite: Spanish 101 or equivalent. Intensive practice in listening comprehen- 
sion, speaking, reading and writing to develop control of the sounds and the basic 
forms and structure of Spanish. Audio-lingual assignments are an integral part of 
the course and are to be prepared in the language laboratory. 

203 Intermediate Spanish (3) 

Prerequisite: Spanish 102 or equivalent. Intensive practice in speaking, under- 
standing, reading and writing based on cultural and literary materials. Linguistic 
analysis from sound to sentence. 

204 Intermediate Spanish (3) 

Prerequisite: Spanish 203 or equivalent. Intensive practice in speaking, under- 
standing, reading, and writing based on cultural and literary materials. Linguistic 
analysis from sound to sentence. 

213 Intermediate Composition (2) 

Practice in written expression based on cultural and literary materials. May be 
taken concurrently with Spanish 203. Required of all majors and minors at the 
intermediate level; optional to others. 

214 Intermediate Composition (2) 

Practice in written expression based on cultural and literary materials. May be 
taken concurrently with Spanish 204. Required of all majors and minors at the 
interrnediate level; optional to others. 

315 Introduction to Spanish Civilization (3) 

Prerequisite: Spanish 204 or equivalent. Readings and discussions in Spanish lit- 
erature, arts and institutions to develop insights into Spanish culture, while strength- 
ening facility with the language. Open to lower division students with the consent 
of the instructor. Conducted in Spanish. 

316 Introduction to Spanish-American Civilization (3) 

Prerequisite: Spanish 204 or equivalent. Reading and discussion in Spanish-Amer- 
ican literature, arts and institutions to develop insights into Spanish-American 
literature and culture while strengthening facility with the language. Open to 
lower division students with the consent of the instructor. Conducted in Spanish. 

317 Advanced Conversation and Composition (3) 

Prerequisite: Spanish 204 or equivalent. Open to lower division students with the 
consent of the instructor. Designed to give the student special competence in the 


263 


Spanish 


control of Spanish as an instrument for free oral and written expression. Conducted 
in Spanish. 

375 Introduction to Literary Forms (3) 

Prerequisite: Spanish 317 or consent of instructor. An introduction to the principal 
literary forms, prose fiction, poetry, drama and the essay and to the major concepts 
of the literary techniques and criticism. Close analysis and interpretation of various 
texts to increase the student’s abilities in reading, language, and literary criticism. 
Conducted in Spanish. 

400 Spanish for Advanced Students and Teachers (3) 

Prerequisite: Spanish 317 or consent of instructor. Intensive study of spoken 
Spanish, while developing the student’s powers of self-expression in the spoken 
and written language. Conducted in Spanish. 

431 The Golden Age (3) 

Prerequisite: Spanish 315 or consent of instructor. Major works including Mys- 
ticism, the Picaresque and Pastoral Novels, the theater of Lope de Vega and his 
contemporaries. Conducted in Spanish. 

440 Spanish-American Literature (3) 

Prerequisite: Spanish 316 or consent of instructor. Spanish-American Literature 
from The Conquest to 1888. Conducted in Spanish. 

441 Spanish-American Literature (3) 

Prerequisite: Spanish 316 or consent of instructor. Spanish-American Literature 
from modemismo to the present. Conducted in Spanish. 

451 Spanish Literature to the Golden Age (3) 

Prerequisite: Spanish 315 or consent of instructor. Cccntar de Mio Cid and other 
epic poetry, the early ballads and lyric literature, the prose of Juan Manuel, the 
Renaissance lyrics of Garcilaso de la Vega, El libro de buen amor and La Celes- 
tina. Conducted in Spanish. 

461 Spanish Literature Since Neoclassicism (3) 

Representative works of the 19th and 20th centuries. Analysis of romanticism, 
eclecticism, naturalism and realism. Conducted in Spanish. 

466 Introduction to Spanish Linguistics (3) 

The analytical procedures of general linguistics as applied to Spanish, with 
special attention to structural contrasts between Spanish and English. Emphasis 
on the application of linguistic analysis to the teaching of modem foreign lan- 
guages. 

472 Senior Seminar: Cervantes and the Age of Humanism (3) 

Prerequisite: Spanish 431 or consent of instructor. Cervantes’ artistic creation and 
its relation to the culture of the 16th century. Special emphasis on Don Quixote and 
the Novelas ejemplares. Conducted in Spanish. 

475 Senior Seminar: Contemporary Literature of Spain (3) 

The Generation of ’98 and 20th-century theater, poetry and novel. Conducted 
in Spanish. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Supervised research projects in Spanish language or literature to be taken with 
the consent of the instructor and department chairman. May be repeated for 
credit. 


264 


Speech 


500 Graduate Seminar: Advanced Structure and Style (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Conducted in Spanish. 

510 Graduate Seminar: Phonology (3) 

Prerequisite: Spanish 466 or consent of instructor. Conducted in Spanish. 

530 Graduate Seminar: Historical Linguistics (3) 

Prerequisite: Spanish 466 or consent of instructor. 

556 Graduate Seminar: Spanish Poetry (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Conducted in Spanish. 

557 Graduate Seminar: Spanish-American Poetry (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Conducted in Spanish. 

567 Graduate Seminar: Spanish-American Novel (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Conducted in Spanish. 

571 Graduate Seminar: Spanish Prose (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Conducted in Spanish. 

575 Graduate Seminar: Spanish Drama (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Conducted in Spanish. 

576 Graduate Seminar: Major Writers (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Conducted in Spanish. May be repeated for 
credit. 

598 Thesis (3-6) 

Prerequisite: recommendation of student’s graduate committee. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1-3) 

Prerequisite: Fluency in Spanish and consent of instructor. Supervised research 
projects in Spanish language or literature. May be repeated for credit. 

SPEECH 


101 Fundamentals of Speech (3) 

Provides the student with a basic understanding of the principles of rhetoric and 
oral communication, including listening, as well as with experiences in such activi- 
ties as discussion, oral reading, and public speaking. 

138 Forensics (2) 

Prerequisite: Speech 101. Investigation and practice in the background, format, 
procedures, and evaluation criteria of the various forensic events. Students must 
participate in at least two intercollegiate tournaments. May be repeated for credit. 
(1 hour lecture, 3 hours laboratory) 

202 Voice and Diction (3) 

Prerequisite: Speech 101. The study of principles and practice of correct sound 
formation, voice production, and manner of speaking (2 hours lecture, 2 hours 
laboratory) 

204 Language in Human Behavior (3) 

Prerequisite: Speech 101 or equivalent. A basic study of General Semantics with 
emphasis upon how the use of language affects intra- and inter-personal communi- 
cation. 


265 


Speech 


211 Introduction to Oral Interpretation (3) 

(Same as Drama 211.) 

231 Essentials of Public Speaking (3) 

Prerequisites: Speech 101, a high school course in speech, or consent of in- 
structor. The composition and delivery of talks to inform and to persuade. Logical 
organization and substantive development are stressed. 

235 Essentials of Argumentation and Debate (3) 

Prerequisite: Speech 101 or 231. Investigation of the forms and skills of debate 
in our society. Use of evidence and case construction are emphasized. Parlia- 
mentary, symposium, and academic debate are considered. 

301 Speech for Teachers (3) 

Prerequisite: Speech 101 or graduate standing. This course is designed to help 
teachers to use speech and dramatized activities effectively in the classroom. The 
normal speech development of children is examined, and consideration is given 
to the identification and handling of speech, hearing, and listening problems. 

303 Effective Listening (3) 

Prerequisite: Speech 101 or equivalent. An examination of listening as a principal 
form in oral communication. Theory, self-development, and procedures by which 
principles can be learned. Attention will be paid to the practices of teaching of 
listening in the public schools. Especial emphasis will be placed on the need of 
listening in leadership positions. 

311 Oral Interpretation (3) 

(Same as Drama 311.) 

324 Dynamics of Small Group Discussion (3) 

Prerequisite: Speech 101. Study and practice of the principles of group dynamics, 
interpersonal communication, and the process by which individuals work effec- 
tively in the solution of problems, share ideas, and become sensitive to the en- 
vironment in which they work with others. 

333 Business and Professional Speaking (3) 

Prerequisite: Speech 231 or graduate standing. Particular attention is given to 
the interview, speeches for special occasions, information giving, and business con- 
ferences. Not open to speech majors for major credit. 

334 Advanced Public Speaking (3) 

Prerequisite: 231 or equivalent. Investigation of the problems and techniques 
of a series of speeches directed toward a predetermined goal: emphasis on pro- 
gressive use of persuasive materials. 

335 Advanced Argumentation (3) 

Prerequisite: 235. Argument as applied to advocacy, special attention is given 
to logic and evidence as related to analysis of significant issues. 

338 Intercollegiate Forensics (2) 

Directed activity in debate and other forensic events. Participation in intercol- 
legiate competition is required for credit. May be repeated for credit. (1 hour 
lecture, 3 hours laboratory) 


2u6 


Speech 


340 Speech Science (3) 

Prerequisite: Speech 101. Anatomy and physiology of the speech mechanism 
with emphasis on respiration, phonation, resonance, articulation, and hearing; the 
physical and acoustical aspects of the speech process. 

341 Phonetics (3) 

Prerequisite: Speech 101 or graduate standing. The study of the history and 
theory of speech sounds including the morphological aspect of linguistics; the 
use of the International Phonetic Alphabet; the various factors influencing articu- 
lation and pronunciation. (Same as Drama 341, Linguistics 341.) 

342 Survey of Problems in Communication (3) 

To acquaint the undergraduate student with the subject matter and vocational 
opportunities, and principles of speech pathology and audiology. Covered will be 
the role of school personnel, classes of speech and hearing disorders, incidence, 
speech development and barriers to the normal acquisition of speech. Observation, 
lecture, films and demonstrations will be extensively utilized. 

402 Phonetic Analysis of Speech (3) 

Prerequisite: 341. Intermediate level course in phonetics which introduces 
student to narrow transcriptions, the electromechanical analysis of speech, and 
laboratory techniques in physiological phonetics. Special selected problems in the 
anatomy and physiology of speech as related to problems of physiological and 
acoustic analysis. (Same as Linguistics 402.) 

403 Speech Development (3) 

Prerequisite: Speech 101 or graduate standing. Study of linguistic development 
and the psychological aspects of oral communication. Meets the language and 
speech development and disorders requirement for specialized preparation to serve 
as teachers of exceptional children. 

404 General Semantics (3) 

Prerequisite: Speech 101 or graduate standing. An examination of the basic 
principles underlying the influence of language on human action and interaction. 

424 Discussion and Group Leadership (3) 

Prerequisite: Speech 324 is recommended. The principles and practices of leader- 
ship of groups in discussion. Survey of classical and modern backgrounds and uses 
of discussion. The logic and ethics of problem-solving discussion. The use of 
discussion as a means of public presentation. 

433 British Public Address (3) 

Prerequisite: six units of upper division speech. A rhetorical study of the times, 
issues, proofs, structure, and style of selected speeches on British political, social, 
and religious topics. 

434 American Public Address (3) 

Prerequisite: six units of upper division speech. A rhetorical history of the United 
States from the colonial period to the present. The influence of selected speeches 
and speakers on the development of American culture. 

436 Survey of Rhetoric (3) 

Prerequisite: six units of upper division speech. A survey of ancient, medieval 
and modem rhetoric. 


267 


Speech 


438 Principles of Rhetorical Criticism (3) 

Prerequisite: Speech 436. Principles for describing, interpreting and evaluating 
speech, developed through analysis of contemporary forensic, deliberative and 
ceremonial speeches. Consideration of various critical systems. Intensive practice in 
writing rhetorical criticisms. 

441 Speech Pathology: Nonorganic Disorders (3) 

Prerequisites: Speech 101 or graduate standing; Speech 341 and Speech 342. Speech 
pathology with special emphasis on the identification of the most commonly 
experienced speech problems of a nonorganic nature, such as, articulation, stutter- 
ing, voice-delayed development, areas of mental retardation, and emotional prob- 
lems of children; basic principles of therapy in the clinic and in the classroom; 
parent conferences and referrals. 

443 Speech Pathology: Organic Disorders (3) 

Prerequisite: Speech 441 or equivalent. Etiologies, evaluation, and treatment of 
speech defects of an organic nature (cleft palate, cerebral palsy, aphasia, voice, 
hearing, dental abnormalties and laryngectomy). 

444 Persuasion (3) 

Prerequisite: six units of upper division speech. The study and application of 
psychological principles used by writers and speakers to effect social control: 
audience analysis and the use of persuasive techniques to influence the thought and 
behavior; the function of ethos. 

451 Diagnostic Methods in Speech and Hearing (3) 

Prerequisite: Speech 342 or concurrent registration in Speech 342 or consent of 
instructor. Provides the student with information about various diagnostic pro- 
cedures that can be used by him and in consultation with members of related 
disciplines: psychologist, pediatrician, otologist, orthodontist, neurologist. 

452 Therapeutic Procedures in Speech and Hearing (3) 

Prerequisite: Speech 342 or concurrent registration in Speech 342 or consent of 
instructor. Observation and supervised experience in recommended procedures and 
use of instructional aids with speech-handicapped children, including the prepara- 
tion and utilization of speech correct. an and speech improvement materials. (2 
hours lecture, 2 hours activity) 

458 Clinical Practice (3) 

Prerequisite: Speech 451 or 452 or concurrent registration in one of the courses, 
and approved application for clinical practice. Practice in the correction of speech 
in children and adults under supervision. (1 hour lecture, 4 hours laboratory) 

463 Audiology (3) 

Prerequisites: Speech 351, 441, or consent of instructor. The nature of auditory 
functioning, physical and psychological. A detailed consideration of the anatomy 
of the auditory mechanism, pathological changes and medical treatment. A survey 
of the rehabilitation facilities for the aurally handicapped; e.g. agencies, hearing 
aids, auditory training, speech reading, language development, etc. 

464 Audiometry (3) 

Prerequisites: Speech 351, 441, or consent of instructor. Equipment, principles, 
methods and procedures used in conducting school and industrial hearing conser- 
vation programs. Attention is given to techniques of audiometric testing and the 
use of audiograms. Care and use of audiometers, both air-conduction and bone- 
conduction. Partially fulfills the state requirements for public school audiometrist. 


268 


Speech 


465 Speech Reading and Auditory Training (3) 

Prerequisite: Speech 341 or consent of instructor. Historical backgrounds of lip- 
reading, methods used in visual reading of speech, and the techniques commonly 
used in the teaching of speech reading to the aurally handicapped. 

499 Independent Study (T-3) 

Open to advanced students in speech with the consent of the department chair- 
man. May be repeated for credit. 

500 Introduction to Graduate Study in Speech (3) 

Introduction to methodological problems in graduate study. Location of source 
materials, including library and original data; research and project design. 

503 Communication Theory (3) 

Critical analysis of the background, theory, research, and applications of the 
process of communication. 

511 Graduate Seminar in Interpretation (3) 

(Same as Drama 511.) 

524 Seminar in Discussion (3) 

Analysis of significant literature, major trends, and theories of argumentation, 
discussion, and debate, and an intensive study of the relationship of these areas 
to each other. 

535 Seminar in Argumentation (3) 

Prerequisites: Speech 335; Speech 436 and Speech 444 recommended. Issues in 
development of argumentation theory: an examination of periodical literature 
and prominent texts. 

536 Seminar in Rhetorical Theory (3) 

Analysis of major rhetorical treatises, 400 B.C. to A.D. 1800. 

543 Major Problems in Speech Pathology and Audiology (3) 

Selected problems in speech pathology and audiology approached through an 
investigation of the literature and clinical research. 

557 A— I Seminar in Speech Problems (3) 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. May be repeated for a total of 16 units, but 
no individual seminar may be repeated for credit: A, cleft palate; B, stuttering; 
C, aphasia; D, cerebral palsy; E, aphasoid child; F, voice disorders; G, articulation 
problems; H, mentally retarded; I, Advanced Diagnostics. 

558 Advanced Clinical Practice (2) 

Prerequisite: Speech 458 or equivalent. Advanced clinical practice with children 
and adults, having communication problems encountered in professional setting 
such as the college clinic, public schools, hospitals, crippled children clinics, etc. 
Students will work with clients with disorders of voice, deafness, aphasia, dysarth- 
ria, stuttering. May be repeated for credit. 

563 Seminar in Audiology (3) 

Investigation into a particular area or areas of audiology with selected problems. 
Emphasis is upon research and contributions within the framework of the seminar. 

597 Project (3) 

The conduct and reporting of an approved project. 


269 


Speech Education 


598 Thesis (3) 

Prerequisite: Speech 500. The selection, investigation, and written presentation 
of a selected problem in the field of speech. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (3) 

Prerequisites: graduate standing and consent of chairman. Open to graduate 
students with permission of chairman of department. May be repeated for credit. 

SPEECH EDUCATION 

442 Teaching Speech in the Secondary School (2) 

Prerequisites: Education 311, Education 340, Admission to Teacher Education, 
senior standing or consent of the instructor. The student who has not had teaching 
experience must register concurrently in Educ. 449. See page 148 under Secondary 
Education for description of standard teaching credential program. Objectives, 
methods, and materials for teaching speech in secondary schools. Required, 
before student teaching, of students presenting majors in speech for the standard 
teaching credential. 

459 Clinical Practice and Student Teaching in Speech Correction and 
Lip Reading (4) 

Prerequisites: Education 311 and 24 units in the area of speech and hearing 
handicapped children in the public schools. Experiences include working in small 
groups and in individual therapy sessions with speech and hearing handicapped 
children enrolled in regular school classes, participation in parent counseling 
conferences and conferences with school personnel including administrators, 
classroom teachers, and nurses. Planning of curriculum materials to integrate 
speech and hearing therapy with regular classroom instruction will be stressed. 
This meets the directed teaching requirements for the credential to teach speech 
and hearing handicapped in remedial classes. 

749 Student Teaching in Speech in the Secondary School and Seminar (6) 

See page 292 under Secondary Education for description and prerequisites. 


270 


SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 
AND ECONOMICS 


ACCOUNTING 


200 Elementary Accounting (5) 

Duplicates Accounting 201 A and 20 IB. Accounting concepts and techniques 
essential to the administration of a business enterprise; analyzing and recording 
financial transactions; preparation of financial statements; analysis and interpre- 
tation of financial statements; introduction to manufacturing accounts and reports. 

201A,B Elementary Accounting (3,3) 

Prerequisite: Accounting 201 A must be taken before taking Accounting 201B. 
Accounting concepts and techniques essential to the administration of a business 
enterprise; analyzing and recording financial transactions; preparation of financial 
statements; analysis and interpretation of financial statements; introduction to man- 
ufacturing accounts and reports. 

300 Accounting Fundamentals (3) (Open only to graduate students) 

The basic fundamentals of accounting as they apply to the accumulation, organ- 
ization, and interpretation of financial and quantitative data relevant to the activi- 
ties of the corporate business enterprise. 

301 A,B Intermediate Accounting (3,3) 

Prerequisite: Accounting 201B or 200. The quantification, recording, and pre- 
sentation of balance sheet and income statement items with particular emphasis 
on the corporate type of organization; statement of application of funds; cash 
flow statement; basic concepts of accounting theory; interpretation of financial 
statements. 

302 Cost Accounting (3) 

Prerequisite: Accounting 201B or 200. The development of accounting informa- 
tion for management of manufacturing enterprises; cost records; cost behavior and 
allocation; standard costs; and an introduction to cost control. 

303 Governmental Accounting (3) 

Prerequisite: one course in accounting. A consideration of the accounts and 
reports of nonprofit institutions, municipalities, state and federal governments; 
organization, procedures, budgets. 

304 Managerial Accounting (3) 

Prerequisite: Accounting 201B or 200. This course is intended for students whose 
area of concentration is not accounting. Analysis, interpretation, and application 
of accounting information for managerial decision making; budgets and budgetary 
control; special-purpose reports; differential cost analyses. 

307 Distribution Costs (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 201B or 200, and Marketing 351. The development of 
quantitative measures for marketing activity; costs of distributing through dif- 
ferent channels of distribution, advertising vs. personal selling, and movement 
activities; development of sales budgets, standard costs, and the analysis of actual 
performance in the light of budgets and standards. (Same as Marketing 307.) 


271 


Accounting 

308 Federal Income Tax (3) 

Prerequisite: Accounting 20 IB or 200. Basic consideration of the history, theory, 
and accounting aspects of federal income taxation. 

401 Advanced Accounting (3) 

Prerequisite: Accounting 30 IB. A study of partnerships, statements for special 
purposes, receiverships, consolidated financial statements, branch accounting and 
foreign exchange. 

402 Auditing (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 301 B and 302. Nature of an audit, auditing standards 
and procedures, audit reports; professional ethics and responsibilities of the inde- 
pendent public accountant; introduction to internal auditing. 

406 Cost Control (3) 

Prerequisite: Accounting 302. A study of current and persistent problems in cost 
accounting; theories of cost allocation and absorption; flexible budgeting; responsi- 
bility accounting; and distribution cost control. 

407 Integrated Data Processing Systems (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 201B or 300 and Quant Meth 264 or 265. Integrated 
systems for the collection, processing, and transmission of information; aspects 
of the information service function; feasibility studies; case studies of operating 
systems. 

408 Problems in Taxation (3) 

Prerequisite: Accounting 308. Research in problems of taxation with emphasis 
on income taxes as they relate to corporations, partnerships and fiduciaries. 

409 C.P.A. Problems and Theory (3) 

Prerequisite: Accounting 401, or consent of the instructor. Selected problems and 
questions as found in the uniform C.P.A. examination; preparation, analysis and 
revision of financial statements; assets, liabilities and ownership equities; income 
determination; cost accounting; governmental and institutional accounting; ac- 
counting theory. 

499 Independent Study (3) 

Prerequisites: senior standing and approval by the department chairman. Open 
to qualified undergraduate students desiring to pursue directed independent in- 
quiry. May be repeated for credit. 

500 Industrial Accounting (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 20 IB, or 200, or 300, graduate standing and consent 
of the instructor. Accounting information for industrial management; elements of 
manufacturing cost; cost systems; standard costs; cost reports; distribution cost 
analysis. 

501 Seminar in Administrative Accounting (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 302, or 304, or 500, graduate standing and consent 
of the instructor. Accounting, financial, and other quantitative data for managerial 
decision-making; long-term and short-term profit planning; budgetary control; 
cost analysis and special reports; financial analysis and planning; the financial and 
taxation aspects of business decisions. 


272 


Economics 


502 Seminar in Accounting Theory (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 301 B, graduate standing and consent of the instructor. 
The concepts and theory of accounting; the effects of professional, governmental, 
business, and social forces on the evolution of accounting theory. 

503 Seminar in Contemporary Financial Accounting Problems (3) 

Prerequisite: Accounting 502. A critical examination of the current problems 
and areas of controversy in financial accounting. 

504 Seminar in Contemporary Managerial Accounting Problems (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 500 or Accounting 302, graduate standing and consent 
of the instructor. A critical examination of the current problems and areas of 
controversy in managerial accounting. 

505 Seminar in Auditing (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 402 and graduate standing.. Auditing theory and prac- 
tices; professional ethics; auditing standards; SEC and stock exchange regulations; 
auditor’s legal liability; statement trends and techniques. 

597 Project (3) 

Open to qualified graduate students. Directed independent inquiry. 

598 Thesis (3-6) 

Open to qualified graduate students. Directed independent inquiry. Student will 
select and have approved a thesis topic, show evidence of original research, and 
must present himself for a defense of the thesis before a faculty committee. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (3) 

Prerequisites: graduate standing, the consent of the instructor, and approval by 
the department chairman. Open to qualified graduate students desiring to pursue 
independent inquiry. May be repeated for credit. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

497 Business and Economic Research (3) 

Prerequisite: Bus. Ad. core, senior standing, and consent of instructor. For ad- 
vanced students who wish to investigate business and economic problems in spe- 
cialized areas. Application of research methods: selection and identification of a 
problem, determining a method of approach, collection and analysis of relevant 
data, eliciting conclusions and solutions. 

595 Modern Capitalism (3) 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing and consent of instructor. 1 he changing role of 
capitalism and its control in the United States, European countries and Japan. The 
trends as to Government policy and action, relative to private ownership and co- 
ordinated economic planning. 

ECONOMICS 

100 American Economic History (3) 

The evolution of American economic institutions and their relation to the devel- 
opment of industry, commerce, transportation and finance. 

200 Principles of Economics (5) 

Prerequisite: open only to junior transfers. (Duplicates 200 A-B) 

An introduction to the principles of economic analysis and policy including the 
central problem of scarcity, basic economic institutions of the United States, re- 


273 


Economics 

source allocation and income distribution, economic stability and growth, and the 
role of public policy. 

200A Principles of Economics (3) 

The first half of a two-semester sequence. An introduction to the principles of 
analysis and policy including the central problem of scarcity, basic economic insti- 
tutions of the United States. Emphasizes resource allocation and income distribu- 
tion, international economics, comparative economic systems, and the role of 
public policy. 

200B Principles of Economics (3) 

Prerequisite: Economics 200A, or equivalent. The second half of a two-semester 
sequence. Continuation of an introduction to the principles of economic analysis 
and policy. Emphasizes economic stability and growth and the role of public 
policy. 

201 The American Economy (3) 

A survey of the basic economic concepts and processes of a private enterprise 
economy. Included is a consideration of such topics as resource allocation, income 
distribution, problems of economic stability and growth and the appropriate role 
of government in a private enterprise society. Not open to students majoring in 
business administration and economics. 

300 Basic Economics (3) (Open only to graduate students) 

A concentrated study of the principles of economic analysis and policy and the 
basic economic institutions of the United States. 

302 Intermediate Economic Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: Economics 200, or 200A,B, or 201, or 300, or equivalent. A theo- 
retical formulation of the principles of the determination of prices and output of 
goods and productive services in a market system. 

303 Intermediate Economic Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: Economics 200, or 200A,B, or 201, or 300, or equivalent. A theo- 
retical formulation of the principles of the determination of the level and fluctua- 
tions in real and money income, and the forces underlying economic growth. 

322 European Economic History (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of the instructor. The evolution of European economic 
institutions and their relation to the development of industry, commerce, trans- 
portation, and finance in the principal European countries. 

324 Money and Banking (3) 

Prerequisite: Economics 200, or 200A,B, or 201. A study of the structure and 
operation of commercial banks and financial institutions including a consideration 
of the impact of money and capital market developments on economic activity. 
(Same as Finance 324.) 

326 Labor Economics (3) 

Prerequisite: Economics 200, or 200A,B, or 201. An analysis of the basic eco- 
nomic and institutional influences operating in labor markets. Considers relevant 
aspects of resource allocation, income distribution, economic stability, and growth. 

362 Introduction to Econometrics (3) 

Prerequisites: Quantitative Methods 361 (to have been taken or being taken con- 
currently) and Economics 200A,B. An introduction to basic mathematical tools 


274 


Economics 


and their application in economic analysis. The measurement and verification of 
economic relationships by statistical methods. Consideration of some econometric 
models. (Same as Quantitative Methods 362.) 

401 Government and Business (3) 

Prerequisite: Economics 200, or 200A,B, and 302. An economic study of busi- 
ness organization, conduct and performance followed by an analysis of the ra- 
tionale and impact of public policy on various segments of business and business 
activities, including the regulated industries, sick industries, and antitrust policy. 

402 Monetary and Fiscal Policy (3) 

Prerequisites: Economics 200 or 200A,B, and 303. A study of the techniques of 
monetary and fiscal policy and an appraisal of their relative roles in promoting 
economic stability and growth. 

403 Comparative Economic Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: Economics 200, or 200A,B or 300. An analytical comparison of un- 
planned and planned systems of economic organization as to their theoretical 
foundations, existing economic institutions, and achievements and failures; capital- 
ism, socialism, communism, and fascism will be examined as exemplified by the 
United States, England, Russia and prewar Germany. 

404 The Soviet Economy (3) 

Prerequisite: Economics 200, or 200 A, B, or 201. An analytical evaluation of 
Soviet economic development including the structure and performance of the 
Soviet economy and problems of planning and control. 

405 History of Economic Thought (3) 

Prerequisites: Economics 302, 303. A study of the development of economic 
thought as reflected in the evolution of major schools of thought and of leading 
individual economists as they influenced economic thought and policy. 

421 International Trade (3) 

Prerequisite: Economics 200, or 200A,B, or 201. An examination of the theory 
or international trade and the means and significance of balance of payments ad- 
justments, with an analysis of past and present developments in international com- 
mercial and monetary policy. (Same as Marketing 421) 

431 Economic Development: Analysis and Case Studies (3) 

Prerequisites: Economics 200, or 200A,B, or 201, and consent of instructor, or 
equivalent. An examination of the processes of economic growth with special 
references to developing areas. Considers capital formation, resource allocation, 
relation to the world economy, economic planning, and institutional factors, with 
appropriate case studies. 

451 Economics of Taxation (3) 

Prerequisite: Economics 200, or 200AJB, or 201. A study of government finance 
at the federal, state, and local levels with particular reference to administrative 
problems of public finance, the ethical aspects of taxation, and the impact of tax- 
ation and spending on resource allocation and income distribution. 

452 Economics of Location (3) 

Prerequisite: Economics 200, or 200A,B, or 201. The theory and principles un- 
derlying the location of economic activity. 


275 


Economics 


462 Advanced Econometrics (3) 

Prerequisite: Economics 200, or 200A-B; QM 361 and 362. Development of ad- 
vanced statistical methods and their application in economic research. Advanced 
concepts in model building; development of different types of economic models. 
The use and effect of economic models in public policy. 

470 Economics of Research and Development and Technological Change (3) 

Prerequisite: Principles of Economics or equivalent. Examination of the impor- 
tance of R & D and technological change in the economy; concepts, issues, and 
major figures in the study of economics of technology; analytical techniques for the 
assessment of technological change; and evaluation of the impacts of technological 
change. 

499 Independent Study (3) 

Prerequisites: Economics major or concentration, senior standing and approval 
by the department chairman. Open to qualified undergraduate students desiring 
to pursue directed independent inquiry. May be repeated for credit. 

502 Advanced Microeconomic Analysis (3) 

Prerequisites: Economics 200 or 200 A, B, and 302. An advanced theoretical for- 
mulation of the principles of the determination of prices and outputs of goods 
and productive services in a market system. Topics include: consumer choice, de- 
mand, production, cost, the equilibrium of the firm and the market, and distribu- 
tion. 

503 Advanced Macroeconomic Analysis (3) 

Prerequisites: Economics 200 or 200 AJ3, and 303. Advanced theory of the de- 
termination of the level and fluctuations of real and money income, and the 
forces underlying economic growth. 

505 Methodology in Economic Research (3) 

Prerequisites: Economics 502 or 503 and concurrent enrollment in Economics 
503 or 502. A systematic examination of the philosophy and methodology of eco- 
nomic analysis and research. Topics include theory construction, verification and 
measurement, and the problems associated with policy formulation. 

506 Seminar in Micro- and Macro-Economic Applications (3) 

Prerequisites: Economics 502, 503, and 505. Complements the study of methodol- 
ogy in economic research. Students select approved topics and via independent 
investigation and seminar presentation and critique develop their analytical and 
research abilities, culminating with an acceptable paper. 

510 Competition, Monopoly, and Public Policy (3) 

Prerequisite: Economics 200, or 300, or 302. An examination of the economic im- 
plications of various forms of market structure and business conduct and con- 
siders the application of public policy to various segments of business and business 
activities, including antitrust policy and regulation of business. 

511 Economic Problems and Public Policy (3) 

Prerequisite: Economics 200, or 300, or 303. An examination of the nature and 
implication of the major economic problems facing the economy and an evaluation 
of current and alternative policies for their solution. Problems considered will 
include price level stabilization, balance of payments equilibrium, economic growth, 
and cyclical and technological unemployment. 


276 


Finance 


596 Selected Topics in Economic Analysis and Policy (3) 

Prerequisites: Economics 200 or 200A,B, 302 and 303. Selected topics in eco- 
nomic analysis and policy will be covered in depth, with special emphasis on 
contemporary research and materials. May be repeated for credit. 

597 Projects (3) 

Open to qualified graduate students. Directed independent inquiry. 

598 Thesis (3-6) 

Open to qualified graduate students. Directed independent inquiry. Student will 
select and have approved a thesis topic, show evidence of original research, and 
must present himself for a defense of the thesis before a faculty committee. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (3) 

Prerequisites: graduate standing, the consent of the instructor, and approval by 
the department chairman. Open to qualified graduate students desiring to pursue 
independent inquiry. May be repeated for credit. 

FINANCE 


324 Money and Banking (3) 

Prerequisite: Economics 200, or 200A3i or 201. A study of the structure and 
operation of commercial banks and financial institutions including a consideration 
of the impact of money and capital market developments on economic activity 
(same as Econ. 324). 

330 Business Finance (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 201B, or 200, and Economics 200, or 200B. Sources 
and uses of long-term and short-term capital in business firms, and analysis of 
business finance. 

331 Financial Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 330. The techniques of financial analysis and their appli- 
cation to business situations. Computer applications to financial analysis. (2 hours 
lecture; 2 hours activity) 

333 Personal Finance (3) 

Prerequisite: None. (This course may not be taken for credit by students electing 
the finance area of concentration.) Financial problems of the household in allo- 
cating resources and planning expenditures. Consideration of housing, insurance, 
installment buying, medical care, savings and investments. 

334 Principles of Insurance (3) 

Prerequisites: Economics 200, or 200A,B. Principles of life, casualty and liability 
insurance, individual and group insurance programs; methods of establishing risks 
and rates. 

335 Investment Principles and Practices (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 330. Principles underlying the selection and management 
of portfolios, analysis of different types of securities; the role of mutual funds, 
investment trusts and other investment institutions. 

336 Principles of Real Estate (3) 

Prerequisite: Economics 200, or 200B. Survey of urban real estate principles 
and practices; structure and growth of cities; basis of real property values; real 
estate development and financing. 


277 


Finance 


337 Real Estate Finance (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 336. Instruments of real estate finance; factors affecting 
the supply and cost of real estate credit; primary and secondary mortgage markets; 
real estate as an investment medium. 

431 Capital and Money Markets (3) 

Prerequisites: Finance 330 and either Finance 324 or Economics 324, or consent 
of instructor. Role of capital and money markets in the American economy; mar- 
kets for new corporate and government issues; secondary markets; interrelation of 
financial institutions; factors influencing yields and security prices. 

433 Problems in Business Finance (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 331. Comprehensive case studies including group problems 
of estimating funds requirements, long-term financial planning, controlling and 
evaluating cash flows, and financing acquisitions and mergers. (2 hours lecture; 2 
hours activity) 

439 Social Insurance (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 330. Financial problems and policies in old age pensions, 
health insurance, unemployment insurance, workman’s compensation, and private 
pension plans. 

499 Independent Study (3) 

Prerequisites: senior standing and approval by the department chairman. Open 
to qualified undergraduate students desiring to pursue directed independent in- 
quiry. May be repeated for credit. 

532 Seminar in Corporate Financial Management (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 330, and graduate standing. Financial policies and structure 
of corporations; acquisition and administration of funds; financial control. 

533 Seminar in Financial Administration (3) 

Prerequisite: Finance 532. Optimal financing and asset administration; advanced 
techniques of capital budgeting; application of analytical methods to the admini- 
stration of the finance function of the business firm. 

534 Seminar in Financial Markets (3) 

Prerequisites: Finance 431 or Finance 324 and consent of the instructor. Structure 
and operations of major financial institutions; portfolio composition, price-cost 
problems, and market behavior; analysis of financial intermediation and interrela- 
tion of financial institutions and markets. 

535 Seminar in Investment Management (3) 

Prerequisites: Finance 335 and graduate standing. Problems of investment and 
portfolio managment; concepts of risk evaluation and investment criteria; analysis 
of interest rate movements; investment timing; valuation of securities; regulation 
of securities markets. 

536 Seminar in Risk Management (3) 

Prerequisites: Finance 334 and graduate standing. Techniques of risk manage- 
ment, structure of risk management, insurance planning and control, risk man- 
agement programs. 

597 Project (3) 

Open to qualified graduate students. Directed independent inquiry. 


278 


Management 


598 Thesis (3-6) 

Open to qualified graduate students. Directed independent inquiry. Student will 
select and have approved a thesis topic, show evidence of original research, and 
must present himself for a defense of the thesis before a faculty committee. 

MANAGEMENT 

341 Principles of Management (3) 

Prerequisite: Economics 200 or 200 A,B. The fundamentals of management uni- 
versal to all organizations; covers such studies as planning, organizing, activating, 
and controlling. 

342 Production Management (3) 

Prerequisite: Management 341. The study of modem manufacturing and its 
methods of operation; the efficient use of management, labor, and productive 
equipment; and demonstrations of techniques. 

343 Personnel Management (3) 

Prerequisite: Management 341 or consent of the instructor. A study of the per- 
sonnel function, its activities, and its problems. Emphasis upon management’s re- 
sponsibilities for selection, development, and effective utilization of personnel. 

346 Business Law (3) 

The philosophy, institutions and role of the law in business and society, with 
emphasis upon the functions of courts and attorneys, and upon case studies in the 
areas of contracts and corporation law. 

347 Business Law (3) 

Prerequisite: Management 346. The philosophy, institutions and role of the law 
in commercial transactions, with emphasis upon the uniform commercial code and 
case studies in the areas of sales, security devices, personal property, bailment and 
negotiable instruments. 

348 Business Law (3) 

Prerequisite: Management 346. The philosophy, institutions and role of the law 
in business relationships, with emphasis upon case studies in the areas of agency, 
partnership, real property, mortgages, trusts, wills, community property, insurance, 
suretyship and bankruptcy. 

441 Labor-Management Relations (3) 

Prerequisite: Management 341 or consent of the instructor. The course provides 
an understanding of the impact of labor-management relations upon labor, manage- 
ment, and the public. Proper grievance procedure, collective bargaining, and the 
settlement of disputes are among the subjects that are examined. 

442 Labor Law (3) 

Prerequisites: Management 341, 346 or consent of the instructor. The study of 
labor law and its effects upon American society. Federal and state legislation, and 
actions of regulatory bodies are explored by means of case studies. 

443 Management of Human Relations (3) (Formerly 344) 

Prerequisites: Management 341 or consent of the instructor. A seminar designed 
to provide the student an opportunity to study cases and current literature in the 
human problems of work situations. Special emphasis is placed upon concepts in 
motivation, leadership, individual differences, organizational health, and adapting 
to change. Group problems offer a practical approach to these areas. 


279 


/Management 


444 Management of Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: Management 342. The theory and management of systems and pro- 
cedures applied to the control and coordination of the whole complex of operations 
in modem institutions. The course explores work such as charting, design of sys- 
tems and procedures, work measurement, and general systems theory. (2 hours lec- 
ture; 2 hours activity) 

445 Production Control Analysis (3) 

Prerequisites: Management 342, introductory calculus, statistics, and principles of 
economics or consent of the instructor. The quantitative analysis of production 
and quality control, involving group problems related to such areas as mathe- 
matical programming, statistical analysis, and economic analysis. 

446 Managerial Economics (3) 

Prerequisites: Quantative Methods 361 and Management 341, or consent of the 
instructor. A study of the relationship of management tools to applied economics 
and statistics, in the decision-making process: the use of cases and group problems 
to study the true economic meaning of cost, demand, supply, price, product, 
and competition. 

447 Management Decision Games (3) 

Prerequisites: The business administration core or consent of the instructor. A 
simulation of an oligopolistic industry to provide the student with an opportunity, 
through group problems, to use statistics and other analytical tools to make man- 
agerial decisions in the functional areas of management. (2 hours lecture; 2 hours 
activity) 

449 Seminar in Business Policies (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 20lA,B, or 200, Finance 330, Management 341, Mar- 
keting 351, and senior standing. The seminar is limited to seniors and graduate 
students. Through an analysis of integrative cases and problems the student is 
encouraged to use his business and liberal arts training. Individual and team efforts 
resolve decision-making policies and actions. 

499 Independent Study (3) 

Prerequisites: management concentration, senior standing, and approval by the 
department chairman. Open to qualified undergraduate students desiring to pursue 
directed independent inquiry. May be repeated for credit. 

541 Seminar in Production Problems (3) 

Prerequisites: graduate standing and the consent of the instructor. A seminar 
designed to focus attention on current production problems, trends, and applica- 
tion of dynamic techniques. Current literature review, case study analysis, and 
special projects are basic elements. 

542 Seminar in Labor Relations (3) 

Prerequisites: graduate standing and consent of the instructor. Theories and 
philosophies of union-management relations in modern industrial society with at- 
tention to trends in nonindustrial organizations. Issues in collective bargaining 
contract administration, labor law, and government regulation. Discussion and anal- 
ysis of literature. 

543 Seminar in Personnel Administration (3) 

Prerequisites: graduate standing and the consent of the instructor. The seminar 
provides the graduate student with an opportunity to study cases, problems, and 


280 


Marketing 

significant literature in the field in order to develop a comprehensive understanding 
of personnel administration and human relations. 

544 Seminar in Organizational Behavior and Administration (3) 

Prerequisites: graduate standing and consent of the instructor. The analysis of 
human behavior in organization, studies in organizational theories, and administra- 
tive action. 

548 Seminar in International Management (3) 

Prerequisites: graduate standing and consent of the instructor. Problems in man- 
agerial qualifications and training, political structure within and without the opera- 
tions, foreign receptivity to United States business, organizing and controlling the 
international firm. Management in selected countries is examined. 

549 Seminar in Policy Planning and Administration (3) 

Prerequisites: graduate standing and consent of the instructor. Planning, im- 
plementing, and controlling policy strategies to achieve objectives are considered. 
The executive’s role in the overall operations of the enterprise and its resources are 
examined, and supported by cases, literature and training techniques in practice. 

597 Project (3) 

Open to qualified graduate students. Directed independent inquiry. 

598 Thesis (3-6) 

Open to qualified graduate students. Directed independent inquiry. Student will 
select and have approved a thesis topic, show evidence of original research, and 
must present himself for a defense of the thesis before a faculty committee. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (3) 

Prerequisites: graduate standing, the consent of the instructor, and approval 
by the department chairman. Open to qualified graduate students desiring to pur- 
sue independent inquiry. May be repeated for credit. 

MARKETING 


307 Distribution Costs (3) 

Prerequisites: Accounting 201B and Marketing 351. The development of quanta- 
tive measures for marketing activity; costs of distributing through different 
channels of distribution, advertising versus personal selling, and movement activi- 
ties; development of sales budgets, standard costs, and the analysis of actual per- 
formance in the light of budgets and standards. (Same as Accounting 307) 

351 Principles of Marketing (3) 

Prerequisite: Economics 200. Marketing organization and methods for the indi- 
vidual business with serious consideration of the social and economic aspects of 
the distribution task. Topics include the consumer, his place and his problems in 
the marketing area; marketing functions, institutions, and policies; legal and 
political environment for marketing activity; and an evaluation of the present 
marketing system. 

352 Principles of Retailing (3) 

Prerequisite: Marketing 351. Retail problems of location; organization; buying; 
selling media and methods; pricing; and merchandising. Emphasis will be placed 
upon operating procedures and control, planning, budgeting, and costs. 


281 


Marketing 


353 Marketing Administration (3) 

Prerequisite: Marketing 351. Survey of the major problems facing the marketing 
executive, including product planning, pricing, market and analysis, sales potentials, 
marketing organization, and administration of the sales force. 

354 Principles' of Advertising (3) 

Prerequisite: Marketing 351. The management of the advertising function, in- 
cluding the role of advertising in marketing strategy, budgetary considerations, 
allocation among media, measurement of effectiveness, administration and control, 
and its economic and social implications. Case method of instruction is emphasized. 

355 Credit and Credit Administration (3) 

Prerequisite: Marketing 351. The general nature and functions of credit, credit 
instruments; the operation of the credit department; sources of credit information; 
acceptance of credit risk; establishment of credit limits; and the problem of col- 
lections. 

356 Creative Motivation in Marketing (3) 

Prerequisite: Marketing 351. Personal salesmanship and the application of the 
findings of the behavioral sciences to selling and group dynamics as they relate to 
the creative and promotional aspects of the business. 

357 Industrial Purchasing (3) 

Prerequisite: Marketing 351. The principles and practices of purchasing for 
industrial organizations. Major buying policies, sources of materials, quantity and 
quality considerations, and the relation to production cost. 

358 Physical Distribution (3) 

Prerequisite: Marketing 351. Consideration of the logistics problems of physically 
distributing products and the principles and practices of solving them. An evalua- 
tion of the transportation and storage of products based on considerations of cost, 
time, and service. 

421 International Trade (3) 

Prerequisite: Economics 200. (Same as Economics 421) 

452 Marketing Research (3) 

Prerequisites: Marketing 351, and Quantitative Methods 361. The application of 
scientific methodology as an aid in solving problems of product planning, pricing, 
promotion, and distribution. Practical application is emphasized through class proj- 
ects and case problems. (Two hours lecture; two hours activity) 

453 Marketing to the Government (3) 

Prerequisite: Marketing 351. The marketing of defense and nondefense products 
to the government. The nature and administration of contractual agreements with 
government agencies. 

454 Advertising Problems (3) 

Prerequisites: Marketing 354 or consent of the instructor, plus senior standing. 
Management of the advertising function in the marketing program. A study of the 
formulation of advertising policies, involving primarily an analysis of cases dealing 
with the role of advertising in marketing, the definition and choice of advertising 
objectives, strategy, appropriation policy, media selection, evaluation of advertising 
results, and the organization and implementation of the advertising program. Cases, 
simulations, and readings. 


282 


Marketing 


459 Marketing Problems (3) 

Prerequisite: Marketing 351. It is recommended that the student have completed 
at least two advanced marketing courses or have equivalent business experience. 
Case studies of problems facing the marketing executive; identification and analysis 
of the problems; selection and evaluation of alternative solutions; and implementa- 
tion of recommended solutions. 

499 Independent Study (3) 

Prerequisites: Marketing concentration, senior standing, and approval by the 
department chairman. Open to qualified undergraduate students desiring to pursue 
directed independent inquiry. May be repeated for credit. 

551 Seminar in Marketing Problems (3) 

Prerequisites: Marketing 351 and graduate standing. A managerial approach to 
the major marketing problems faced by industry: e.g., definition of and organiza- 
tion for the marketing task; demand analysis; decisions concerning product, price, 
promotion, and trade channels. A firm’s adjustment to its marketing environment 
with emphasis on competitive strategy. The case approach supplemented with 
simulations and topical readings. (Credit not given for master’s degree candidates 
who have previously taken Mktg 459.) 

552 Seminar in Pricing and Price Policy (3) 

Prerequisite: Marketing 551. A critical analysis of the pricing problems of a firm 
with alternative choices and diverse objectives. The pricing function will be 
examined from the standpoints of economic theory, management science, business 
practices, legal constraints, and ethical considerations. Relationship of pricing objec- 
tives, policies, strategies, and methods to market behavior and the goals of the firm. 
Pricing policies among businesses and their economic and social implications. 

553 Seminar in Product Planning (3) 

Prerequisite: Marketing 551. A course designed to assist marketing management 
in the formulation and execution of marketing plans for new and existing products. 
An examination of the management decision areas and procedures required for 
search, preliminary evaluation, development and testing, and commercialization of 
products. Particular emphasis on solving problems arising from product programs 
developed to assure corporate growth. 

554 Seminar in Promotion (3) 

Prerequisites: Marketing 551 or instructor’s approval. A critical analysis of the 
promotion mix as employed by small, medium and large business organizations 
in their efforts to maximize profitable operations. Particular emphasis will be given 
to: determination of promotional goals, planning, budgeting, and controlling pro- 
motional programs; and measuring the effectiveness of the promotional effort. 

555 Seminar in Marketing Research (3) 

Prerequisites: Marketing 452 and Marketing 551 or consent of instructor. The 
application of scientific method to marketing decisions; research methodology and 
models; decision-making applications. 

597 Project (3) 

Open to qualified graduate students. Directed independent inquiry. 

598 Thesis (3-6) 

Open to qualified graduate students. Directed independent inquiry. Student will 
select and have approved a thesis topic, show evidence of original research, and 
must present himself for a defense of the thesis before a faculty committee. 


283 


Quantitative Methods 


599 Independent Graduate Research (3) 

Prerequisites: graduate standing, the consent of the instructor, and approval by 
the department chairman. Open to qualified graduate students desiring to pursue 
independent inquiry. May be repeated for credit. 

QUANTITATIVE METHODS 

264 Computer Programming (1) 

Introduction to problem-oriented languages of computers. The solving of prob- 
lems using computer programming. (2 hours activity) 

265 Computer Programming and Applications (3) 

Computer programming. Introduction to matrix and set notation. Introduction to 
discrete probability. Descriptive statistics. Computer programming solutions of prob- 
ability and statistical problems. (2 hours lecture; 2 hours activity) 

361 Business and Economic Statistics (3) 

Prerequisite: Quant Meth 265 or equivalent. Collection, analysis, and presentation 
of statistical data. Random sampling, estimation, and hypothesis testing. Introduction 
to regression and correlation. 

362 Introduction to Econometrics (3) 

Prerequisites: Quant Meth 361 (may be taken concurrently), and Economics 
200A,B. An introduction to basic mathematical tools and their application in eco- 
nomic analysis. The measurement and verification of economic relationships by 
statistical methods. Consideration of some econometric models. (Same as Econ. 
362) 

364 Computer Logic and Programming (3) 

Prerequisite: Quant Meth 264 or equivalent. An introduction to computer systems; 
elements of symbolic logic and number systems; programming methods, techniques, 
and applications. 

446 Computer Programming Theory (3) 

Prerequisite: Quant Meth 264, Math 150A or equivalent. Selected topics from the 
technology of computation with applications in business. 

461 Advanced Statistics (3) 

Prerequisites: Quant Methods 361 and Math 150A or equivalent. An advanced 
treatment of the theory and application of the topics covered in Quant Meth 361, 
using the methods of the calculus where appropriate. 

462 Mathematical Models in Business and Economics (3) 

Prerequisite: Quant Meth 361. Construction and application of mathmetical 
models to business decision making problems. Bayesian decisions. Introduction to 
linear programming. 

464 Computer Applications in Industry (3) 

Prerequisites: Quant Meth 264 or consent of instructor. An examination of the 
role of computers in industrial processes and automation, its effects on economic 
efficiency, control, feedback communication, consideration of real time on-line 
systems, and functional applications of computers in business and industry. 


284 


Quantitative Methods 


465 Linear and Nonlinear Programming (3) 

Prerequisites: Quant Meth 361. The study of the decomposition principle. Prob- 
lems of data collection, problem specification, computation. Application of quantita- 
tive programming to industrial and management problems. 

467 Statistical Quality Control (3) 

Prerequisites: Quantitative Methods 361. Shewhart Control Charts for variables, 
percent defective, and defects. Tolerances, process capacility, specialized control 
charts, and batch processing problems. Bayesian aspects. of process control. 

499 Independent Study (3) 

Prerequisites: quantitative concentration, senior standing, and approval by the 
department chairman. Open to qualified undergraduate students desiring to pursue 
directed independent inquiry. May be repeated for credit. 

560 Operations Research (3) 

Prerequisites: Math 150B, or equivalent, and Quant Meth 361, or consent of the 
instructor. An examination of the nature and scope of operations research, its 
methodology, and applications. Emphasis will be placed on model construction and 
models on inventory control, queuing, sequencing, scheduling, replacement, and 
mathematical programming. 

563 Statistical Decision Theory (3) 

Prerequisites: Quantitative Methods 361. The analysis and application of advanced 
statistical techniques to the problems of management decision-making under condi- 
tions of uncertainty. 

565 Seminar on Computers in Industry (3) 

Prerequisites: Quant Meth 364, Quant Meth 464 or consent of instructor. An 
examination of developments and innovations concerning computers in industry. 
Artificial intelligence, information retrieval, and time sharing. 

566 Design of Experiments (3) 

Prerequisites: Quantitative Methods 361 and graduate standing. A survey of the 
fundamentals of experimental design, including analysis of variance, factorial 
experiments, nested designs, confounding, and fractional replication. 

597 Project (3) 

Open to qualified graduate students. Directed independent inquiry. 

598 Thesis (3-6) 

Open to qualified graduate students. Directed independent inquiry. Student will 
select and have approved a thesis topic, show evidence of original research, and 
must present himself for a defense of the thesis before a faculty committee. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (3) 

Prerequisites: graduate standing, the consent of the instructor, and approval by 
the department chairman. Open to qualified graduate students desiring to pursue 
independent inquiry. May be repeated for credit. 


285 


SCHOOL OF EDUCATION 


EDUCATION, ELEMENTARY 

329 Fieldwork in Methods of Teaching in Elementary School (1) 

Prerequisites: Educ 311, and admission to teacher education. Must be taken con- 
currently with Educ 331. Observation and participation in elementary school class- 
rooms. Integrated with course work in principles, curricula, and methods. (3 hours 
laboratory) 

331 Elementary School Principles, Curricula, and Methods (7) 

Prerequisites: Educ 311, and admission to teacher education. Must be taken con- 
currently with Educ 329. Principles, curricula, methods, and materials of elementary 
school instruction with major emphasis on reading, language arts, arithmetic, social 
studies, and science. Includes audiovisual instruction, methods, and techniques. Re- 
quired of all candidates for the standard teaching credential with specialization in 
elementary school teaching. (6 hours lecture, 2 hours activity) 

339 Student Teaching in the Elementary School and Student 
Teaching Seminar (8 or 4) 

Prerequisites: Educ 331 and admission to student teaching. Participation in a 
regular elementary school teaching program for the greater part of every school 
day. Includes a two-hour seminar each week in problems and procedures of ele- 
mentary school teaching. Concurrent enrollment in other courses is discouraged. 
(Minimum of 30 hours a week in an elementary school, 2 hours per week seminar.) 

431 Principles and Curricula of the Elementary School (2) 

Prerequisite: Educ 311 or consent of the instructor. An introductory course 
in elementary education. Stress on major principles and basic curricular considera- 
tions. Importance of the elementary school system to society. 

432 Teaching— in the Elementary School 

Prerequisites: Educ 311 or consent of the instructor. A series of courses, 
listed dually in the School of Education and in the other appropriate divisions, 
dealing with objectives, methods, and materials of teaching the various subjects and 
areas in the elementary schools. The courses are professional education courses and 
applicable toward credential requirements. Detailed descriptions of the courses are 
to be found in the materials of other departments and divisions within this catalog. 
For Lang Ed 432 Teaching Foreign Languages in the Elementary Schools (2) 
The following course has been designed specifically for students who are part- 
time students. 

Eng Ed 432 Teaching Language Arts in the Elementary School (2) 

436 Child Study Techniques for Teachers (3) 

Prerequisite: Educ 331 or permission of the instructor. This course deals 
with the techniques the classroom teacher may use in understanding individual 
children within his classroom who do not respond to the teacher and his peers 
in typical ways. 

437 Problems in Early Elementary Education (3) 

Prerequisites: Educ 339 and consent of . instructor. Study of current litera- 
ture and recent research in the area of education of young children through 
individual and group study. Emphasis will be placed on problems centered in 


286 


Education, Junior College 

cognitive processes, content, structure, and instruction at the early elementary 
education level. 

530 Curriculum and Research in Elementary Education: Foreign 
Languages (3) (Formerly 508) 

Prerequisite: Educ. 339, 739, or permission of instructor. Study of pertinent in- 
vestigation and their application in the classroom together with significant curricu- 
lum developments and organization in the newest area facing the elementary school 
educator. Criteria for appraising programs, personnel, and materials also will be 
discussed. 

534 Curriculum and Research in Elementary Education: Social 
Studies (3) (Formerly 507) 

Prerequisite: Educ 339, 739, or consent of instructor. Study of significant research 
developments and materials, criteria for planning and improving social studies 
programs, and current techniques of teaching. 

537 Seminar for Elementary Education (3) 

Prerequisite: Educ 339 or 739 or consent of the instructor. A study of problems 
and issues in elementary education, their causes and possible solutions. 

709 Supervision of Student Teaching (3) 

Prerequisite: Possession of a teaching credential and one year of teaching ex- 
perience. Designed for teachers who supervise student teachers. Emphasis on prin- 
ciples and procedures of effective supervision and research. 

739 Student Teaching in the Elementary School and Student Teaching 
Seminar (8 or 4) 

Prerequisites: Educ 331, admission to student teaching, and postgraduate status. 
Participation in a regular elementary school teaching program for the greater part 
of every school day. Includes a two-hour seminar each week in problems and pro- 
cedures of elementary school teaching. Concurrent enrollment in other courses is 
discouraged. (Minimum of 30 hours a week in an elementary school, 2 hours per 
week seminar.) 

EDUCATION, JUNIOR COLLEGE 

721 Philosophy and Objectives of Junior College Education (2) 

Prerequisite: postgraduate standing or consent of instructor. Origins of the 
junior college movement in higher education in the United States; economic, tech- 
nological, and social forces creating needs for new and different post-high school 
education; objectives of junior college education; relationships to secondary and 
higher education; functions of the junior college; curriculum development and 
organization. 

744 Principles of Junior College Teaching (3) 

Prerequisite: postgraduate standing or consent of instructor. Psychological foun- 
dations of junior college teaching, measurement and evaluation of learning. Edu- 
cational and philosophical bases for instructional procedures in the junior college. 
Instructional procedures including audiovisual materials, junior college class 
observations. (2 hours seminar, 2 hours fieldwork) 

799 Junior College Student Teaching and Seminar (4) 

Prerequisites: Educ 744. Student teaching in the student’s major field in a 
cooperating junior college for one semester. Weekly seminar on curriculum devel- 
opment and organization in the junior college, instructional procedures and ma- 
terials, and instructional problems of the junior college student teacher. (Minimum 
of 9 hours a week in a junior college; 2 hours per week in seminar) 


287 


Education, Pupil Personnel Services 

EDUCATION, PSYCHOLOGICAL FOUNDATION, MEASUREMENTS 
AND STATISTICS 

311 Psychological Foundations of Education (4) 

Prerequisite: Psych 101. Prerequisite to other courses in the professional edu- 
cation sequence. Learning theory, thinking processes, and human growth and de- 
velopment. (3 hours lecture; 2 hours activity) 

312 Human Growth and Development (3) 

Prerequisite: Psych 101. A comprehensive study of human growth and develop- 
ment with emphasis on childhood, adolescence, and middle and old age. Includes 
mental, social, emotional, and physical development. 

451 Principles of Educational Measurement (3) 

Prerequisite: Education 311 or Psychology 311. Introduction to basic concepts, 
theory, and procedures for construction of informal and standardized tests. Ap- 
plication of measurement theory and statistical techniques toward problems of 
analysis, scaling, norming, and interpretation of test results. Practice in item 
writing for short classroom tests and intensive analysis of selected commercial 
standardized tests. 

510 Research Design and Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: bachelor’s degree, intent to complete program leading to MS in 
Education. Educ 451 will be a prerequisite in 1969. Hypothesis formation, in- 
strumentation, elements of design, treatment of data, hypothesis testing and in- 
ference, and analysis of educational data. Develop a research proposal. 

511 Survey of Educational Research (3) 

Prerequisites: Educ 451 or equivalent; teaching experience. Review of descrip- 
tive statistics and statistical inference as applied to educational problems. Analysis 
of representative research papers. Principles of research design. Prepare a research 
proposal. 


EDUCATION, PUPIL PERSONNEL SERVICES 

452 Principles of Guidance (3) (Formerly Educ 351) 

Prerequisite: Psych 311 or Educ 312. Guidance related to educational objectives 
and needs of youth. Emphasis on special needs created by individual exceptionality, 
size and complexity of the modem educational system and modem society; general 
requirements, services, organization, and structure of a successful guidance pro- 
gram. Students seeking the special education credentials will emphasize the counsel- 
ing and guidance of the exceptional student. 

550 Counseling Theories and Processes (3) 

Prerequisite: Educ 452. Seminar in the dynamics of counselor and client relation- 
ships, techniques and processes of various levels, and relation to personality 
theory. Major project and supervised clinical practice required. 

551 Educational and Career Orientation (3) 

Prerequisite: Educ 550 or permission of instructor. Seminar in the principles 
of evaluating, classifying, and disseminating occupational and educational informa- 
tion in the guidance program; sources of occupational literature, occupational 
research, vocational surveys, and methods of studying the individual as a unique 
whole to help him develop his greatest career potential. Emphasis on the psycho- 
logical, sociological, economic, and clinical implications of career and educa- 


288 


Education, Reading 

tional choice. A major project in career information is developed under super- 
vision. 

552 Group Processes in Guidance (3) 

Prerequisite: Educ 550 or permission of instructor. Intensive study of the dy- 
namics of group processes including the function of leadership, effective member- 
ship and techniques of group problem solving. Special emphasis on clinical group 
counseling including a semester project in a school setting. 

553 Administration and Organization of Pupil Personnel Programs (3) 

Prerequisites: Educ 551 or permission of instructor. Development, organization, 
and administration of the pupil-personnel services. Seminar on analysis and evalu- 
ation of pupil personnel services by the case study method, curriculum, counselor 
competencies, staffing. 

555 Individual Diagnosis (3) 

Prerequisites: Educ 451, 550, or consent of instructor. Clinical study of the tech- 
niques of individual diagnosis including the synthesis and interpretation of in- 
formation. Use of the life or developmental record, self-ratings, behavior ratings 
and tests as they relate to counseling with the normal and abnormal pupil. Identi- 
fication and remedation of learning difficulties'emphasized. 

559A,B Fieldwork in Pupil Personnel Services (2-6) 

Prerequisite: Educ 551, 552, 555, admission to the CSCF pupil personnel 
credential program and permission of instructor. Guidance and counseling in the 
school setting under the supervision of local coordinator and college staff. Work 
assignments vary for school counselors, psychometrists, and child welfare workers. 
Work in a counseling relationship, parent conferences, and follow-up studies. 
May be repeated for credit up to a maximum of 12 units. (6 hours weekly field- 
work-, 2 hours weekly conference) 

EDUCATION, READING 

506 Curriculum and Research in Reading (3) 

Prerequisite: Educ 339 or consent of instructor. Study of curriculum and research 
in reading, including materials, organization, and methods of instruction. 

516 Etiology of Reading Difficulties (3) 

Prerequisite: teaching experience, Educ 506, and consent of instructor. Studies 
of the factors underlying learning disabilities in reading in children, adolescents 
and young adults. 

581 Analysis of Reading Difficulties (3) 

Prerequisite: bachelor’s degree, teaching experience, Standard Teaching Creden- 
tial, Educ 506, and consent of the instructor. Analysis and diagnosis of reading 
difficulties. Techniques and methods or prevention and treatment. Individual re- 
mediation of student. Primary through secondary. (2 hours lecture and 3 hours 
laboratory) 

582 Analysis of Corrective Reading Practices (3) 

Prerequisite: Educ 511, 516, 581, and consent of instructor. Seminar in critical 
evaluation of reading and remedial reading practices. Short-term project in a school 
situation. (2 hours seminar and 2 hours activity) 

5 83A,B Remedial Reading: Casework (3) 

Prerequisite: Educ 582, and consent of instructor. Seminar in diagnosis and 
remediation in reading through casework technique. Conferences with teachers, 
Parents, consultants, and administrators. Fieldwork. (2 hours seminar, 2 hours 
fieldwork) 


289 


Education , School Administration 

EDUCATION, SCHOOL ADMINISTRATION 

503 Foundations for Administrative Leadership (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of the instructor. Seminar on cultures and values to which 
schools must contribute: introduction to community sociology, tax systems and 
public administration; the literature of leadership. Screening for admission to pro- 
gram. Occasional special meetings. Required of all students during first registra- 
tion in school administration and supervision at this college. 

505 The Supervision of Curriculum (4) 

Prerequisite: Educ 566 or 586. Seminar on development of a quality program of 
instruction in both elementary and secondary schools; appraisal of programs of 
instruction; advanced principles of curricular review and modification. 

Evaluation of subject matter competence in area of supervisory specialization. 
Meets credential requirements in principles of curriculum construction and evalua- 
tion; supervision of instruction and curriculum in both elementary and secondary 
schools. 

561 Organization of School Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: Educ 503 or concurrent enrollment. Seminar on structure, functions, 
trends, fiscal responsibilities and issues in respect to the government of education at 
federal, state, county, and local school district levels. Basic principles in school or- 
ganization and administration Special emphasis on intergovernmental relations and 
impact at local level. 

563 Principles of School Personnel Administration (2) 

Prerequisite: Educ 503 or concurrent enrollment. Seminar on principles of organi- 
zational behavior, social processes inherent in effective leadership, and techniques 
of school personnel management. 

564 Seminar in School Law (2) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. School law as a reflection of public policy; 
the California Education Code and the California Administrative Code, Title 5, 
and county counsel opinions as they affect administration, instruction, and finan- 
cial management of public schools. Court attorney general decisions in interpreting 
school law. Legal basis for public education in California. An elective course in 
school administration. 

565 Seminar in School Finance, Business Administration, and Buildings (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Emphasis on school finance, business admin- 
istration, and buildings as they implement an effective educational program. A 
study of financial principles. School revenues and expenditures, budgetary pro- 
cedures and processes, cost analysis; business management, and salary policies. An 
elective course in school administration. 

566 The Elementary School Principal and Supervisor (3) 

Prerequisites: Educ 561 and 563. May be taken concurrently with Educ 769. 
Seminar on leadership roles of elementary school principal and supervisor, pupil 
personnel and instructional program in elementary school; working relations ami 
morale among staff, community and pupils; parent education; relations with central 
district staff; management and recordkeeping functions; teacher evaluation. 

567A,B Fieldwork and Seminar in School Administration (2,2) 

Prerequisites: Educ 566 or 586 or concurrent registration, and consent of in* 
structor. Two-semester terminal sequence required for the M.S. in Education with 


290 


Education , Secondary 


a concentration in school administration. Includes directed field work in selected 
public schools and district offices. Supervised project or thesis required for degree. 
(4 hours weekly fieldwork, 2 hours weekly conference) 

586 The Secondary School Principal and Supervisor (3) 

Prerequisites: Educ 561 and 563. May be taken concurrently with Educ 789. 
Seminar on leadership roles of secondary school principal and supervisor, pupil 
personnel and instructional program in the secondary school; the development and 
administration of vocational and adult education; working relations and morale 
among staff, community and pupils; relations with central district staff, the man- 
agement and recordkeeping functions; teacher evaluation. 

769 Directed Fieldwork in Elementary School Administration and Supervision (2) 

Prerequisite: Educ 566 or concurrent registration. Work in selected elementary 
schools and district offices. Further details in special publications. (8 hours weekly 
fieldwork, 1 hour weekly conference) 

789 Directed Fieldwork in Secondary School Administration and Supervision (2) 

Prerequisite: Educ 586 or concurrent registration. Work in selected secondary 
schools and district offices. Further details in special publication. (8 hours weekly 
fieldwork, 1 hour weekly conference) 

EDUCATION, SECONDARY 

340 Principles and Curricula of Secondary Education (3) 

Required first course in the professional sequence for the standard teaching 
credential with specialization in secondary teaching. Principles of secondary edu- 
cation in the United States: organization, curriculum, and teaching practices. Cor- 
related with methods and materials courses in the major. Two hours of observa- 
tion per week in selected junior and senior high school classes. Application for 
admission to teacher education is included. (2 hours lecture, 2 hours fieldwork) 

442 Teaching — in the Secondary School 

Prerequisites: 20 units in the major, Education 311, Education 340, admission 
to teacher education, and senior standing; or consent of the instructor. A series 
of courses, listed dually in the School of Education and in the other appropriate 
departments, dealing with objectives, methods, and materials of teaching, including 
audiovisual instruction, the various subjects and areas in secondary schools. Re- 
quired, before student teaching, of students presenting majors in these areas or 
subjects for the general secondary credential or the standard teaching credential 
with specialization in secondary school teaching. Students without teaching expe- 
rience must register concurrently in Educ 449 to complete a teacher aide assign- 
ment in high schools. 

Art Ed 442 Teaching Art in the Secondary School (2) 

Bus Ed 442 Teaching Business in the Secondary School (2) 

Drama Ed 442 Teaching Drama in the Secondary School (2) 

Engl Ed 442 Teaching English in the Secondary School (2) 

Tor Lang Ed 442 Teaching Foreign Languages in the Secondary School (2) 

Journ Ed 442 Teaching Jouralism in the Secondary School (2) 

Math Ed 442 Teaching Mathematics in the Secondary School (2) 


291 


Education , Secondary 

Mu Ed 441 Teaching Music Theory and Appreciation in the Public Schools (2) 
Mu Ed 442 Teaching Vocal Music in the Public Schools (2) 

Mu Ed 443 Teaching Instrumental Music in the Public Schools (2) 

PE 442 Teaching Physical Education in the Secondary School (2) 

Sci Ed 442 Teaching Science in the Secondary School (2) 

Soc Sci Ed 442 Teaching Social Sciences in the Secondary School (2) 

Speech Ed 442 Teaching Speech in the Secondary School (2) 

443 Principles of Core Curriculum (2) 

Prerequisite: teaching experience or consent of the instructor. Unity and inter- 
relationships of human learning and behavior and the curricular processes and 
arrangements by which this may be achieved. Seminar on development, principles, 
and application of core curricula; guidance functions; evaluation; and roles of the 
teacher. 

445 Junior High School Education (3) 

Prerequisite: Educ 442 or Educ 331 or consent of instructor. Seminar on prin- 
ciples and procedures for developing the junior high school program. Purposes, 
curriculum, and organization of the junior high school are stressed including 
examination of recent innovations and proposals. Designed for students with ele- 
mentary or secondary backgrounds who plan to teach in the junior high school. 

446 Secondary School Curriculum (3) 

Prerequisite: student teaching or teaching experience or consent of instructor. 
Fundamentals of curriculum development. Seminar on current issues within sec- 
ondary education. Curricular organization and current practices. Survey and evalu- 
ation of newer curricular programs. Paper or project of creative, analytic or review 
of literature type is required. Designed for experienced teachers interested in cur- 
riculum development and/or instructional supervision. 

449 Field Work in Methods of Teaching in Secondary Schools (1) 

Prerequisite: Educ 340, Educ 311, admission to teacher education or consent of 
instructor. Participation in the instruction of a secondary school class as a teacher 
aide. Integrated with coursework in the teaching of the major. Must be taken 
concurrently with Educ 442 and students must allow sufficient time in their 
schedules, at the same hour each day, to serve as a teacher aide. 

547 Seminar for Secondary Education (3) 

Prerequisite: Educ 749 or consent of the instructor. Persistent problems in sec- 
ondary education and survey of related literature; causes of and solutions for these 
problems. Application of scientific method to educational problems, sources of 
educational research, and to techniques of cooperative thinking. 

749 Student Teaching In — in the Secondary School and Seminar (6 or 2) 

A series of courses in student teaching and seminars listed dually in the School 
of Education and in the other appropriate departments. 

Prerequisites: Educ 442, Educ 449, and admission to student teaching. Student 
teaching for the general secondary credential or the standard teaching credential 
with specialization in secondary school teaching. Participation in a regular sec- 
ondary school teaching program for half-days for a full semester. Includes a 
seminar each week in problems and procedures of secondary" school teachings 


292 


Education , Service Courses 


under the direction of the respective college supervisor. (Minimum of 15 hours 
a week in a secondary school; 2 hours per week in seminar) 

Art Ed 749 Student Teaching in Art in the Secondary School and Seminar (6) 

Bus Ed 749 Student Teaching in Business in the Secondary School and Semi- 
nar (6) 

Drama Ed 749 Student Teaching in Drama in the Secondary School and 
Seminar (6) 

Engl Ed 749 Student Teaching in English in the Secondary School and 
Seminar (6) 

For Lang Ed 749 Student Teaching in Foreign Languages in the Secondary 
School and Seminar (6) 

Journ Ed 749 Student Teaching in Journalism in the Secondary School and 
Seminar (6) 

Math Ed 749 Student Teaching in Mathematics in the Secondary School and 
Seminar (6) 

Mu Ed 749 Student Teaching in Music in the Secondary School and Seminar (6) 
PE 749 Student Teaching in Physical Education in the Secondary School and 
Seminar (6) 

Sci Ed 749 Student Teaching in Science in the Secondary School and Seminar 

( 6 ) 

Soc Sci Ed 749 Student Teaching in Social Science in the Secondary School and 
Seminar (6) 

Speech Ed 749 Student Teaching in Speech in the Secondary School and 
Seminar (6) 


EDUCATION, SERVICE COURSES 

491 Audiovisual Education (2) 

Prerequisites: Educ 311, Educ 442, or consent of the instructor. Media in com- 
munication, psychological bases, development, curricular function, evaluation. 
Survey of equipment and materials available, preparation of instructional materials 
for classroom use. (1 hour lecture, 2 hours activity) 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Prerequisite: senior or graduate standing, approval of instructor and department 
prior to registration. Conduct of an individual investigation under supervision of 
a faculty member; investigation might be an experiment, a library study, or a 
creative project; only students of demonstrated capacity and maturity will be 
approved; adequate prerequisite study necessary. May be repeated for credit. 

597 Project (1-3) 

Prerequisites: Consent of instructor. Individual research on an empirical project, 
with conferences with the instructor, culminating in a project. 

598 Thesis (1-3) 

Prerequisites: Consent of instructor. Individual research on an empirical problem, 
with conferences with the instructor, culminating in a thesis. 

599 Independent Graduate Research (1-3) 

Prerequisites: Consent of the instructor. Open to qualified graduate students 
desiring to pursue independent inquiry. 


293 


Education , Special 

EDUCATION, SOCIAL FOUNDATIONS 

401 Sociological, Historical, Philosophical Foundations of Education (4) 

Prerequisites: Educ 311, admission to teacher education or consent of the in- 
structor. Survey of social, historical, and philosophical foundations of education 
from ancient times to the present, discussed in the light of their effect upon 
modem educational theory and practice. 

402 Comparative Education (3) 

Prerequisite: Educ 401, Educ 403, or consent of the instructor. A seminar cen- 
tered in study of the various countries’ and areas’ education patterns, problems 
and trends as part of the cultural setting in which found; designed to deepen 
insights into our own culture’s educational program and offer bases for compara- 
tive evaluation with other systems. 

403 History of Education (3) 

Prerequisites: history of world civilization and Educ 331 or Educ 442 or consent 
of the instructor. The main streams of educational history in Europe and Amer- 
ica, with particular emphasis on the ways these main streams have affected the 
current scene in the United States. 

406 Educational Sociology (3) 

Prerequisite: Educ 331 or Educ 442, or consent of the instructor. The school 
in the social order; analysis of cultural factors affecting school, and the special 
culture of the school; consideration of research in selected areas of the school- 
culture relationship. 

501 Philosophy of Education (3) 

Prerequisites: postgraduate standing and Educ 339 or 739 or Educ 749, or con- 
sent of the instructor. Uses of theories of knowledge, value and reality in dealing 
with educational problems; application of contemporary systems of thought to 
education. 

EDUCATION, SPECIAL 

471 Exceptional Children (3) 

Prerequisite: Educ 311. Seminar on the study of children who deviate from the 
average in the elementary and the secondary schools; physically handicapped, men- 
tally retarded, gifted, socially maladjusted, emotionally disturbed, and delinquent. 
Special educational services, curriculum, procedures, and materials necessary to 
promote their maximum development. 

472 Gifted Children (2) 

Prerequisites: Educ 311 and Educ 331, or Educ 431, or Educ 442. Identification, 
principles of instruction, grouping, individualized instruction, classroom enrich- 
ment. Problem solving and research experiences in science, social studies, and math- 
ematics, reading programs and literature, creative writing, oral language. 

473 Mental Retardation and Brain Injury (3) 

Prerequisite: Educ 471. Organic and cultural basis of mental retardation and 
brain injury, including social, psychological, and vocational problems. Child 
growth, sensory development, learning characteristics of mentally retarded and 
brain injured children, and techniques of working with parents will be consid- 
ered. 


294 


Education , Special 


474 Curriculum and Methods for Teaching the Mentally Retarded (3) 

Prerequisite: Educ 473 and Educ 331 or Educ 442. Curriculum development, 
methods, and materials for teaching the educable and trainable mentally retarded 
at the elementary and secondary levels. 

475 Observation and Individual Instruction with the Mentally Retarded (3) 

Prerequisite: Educ 474. Supervised observation and participation with the educa- 
ble and the trainable mentally retarded at both the elementary and secondary 
levels of education. (Three hours of observation and participation per week plus 
two hours of lecture and discussion.) 

477 The Educationally Handicapped Child (3) 

Prerequisite: Educ 471. Behavioral characteristics of the educationally handi- 
capped child, the child with a neurological handicap or a behavioral disorder as 
defined by the California Education Code. Educational procedures, perceptual and 
motor training, evaluation, parent guidance. 

479 Seminar and Practicum in Education of the Trainable Mentally Retarded (6) 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Seminar and laboratory in the nature of the 
trainable mentally retarded child. Concerned with the problems of curriculum, 
methods, and materials used with this group. Three hours classwork coordinated 
with six hours work (under supervision) with TMRs. 

489 Field Work in Exceptional Children (3) 

Prerequisite: Educ 471 or consent of instructor. Direct supervised experience 
with educationally handicapped children. 

514 Graduate Seminar: Behavorial Research on Children with Learning Disorders 

(3) 

Prerequisites: Educ 511, consent of instructor, and teaching experience with ex- 
ceptional children. Critical analysis of behavioral research on children with learn- 
ing disorders. Resources, criteria for evaluation of studies with exceptional chil- 
dren, historical view of research in special education. Research relating to learn- 
ing and handicapping conditions, and efficacy of special methods and materials 
will be reviewed. 

521 Group Processes in the Classroom (3) 

Prerequisite: Educ 471 or consent of instructor. Exploration of group interaction, 
teacher sensitivity, and their relevance to educational planning and management. 
Emphasis: emotionally disturbed, educationally handicapped. 

522 Behavior Disorders in the Classroom (3) 

Prerequisite: Educ 471 or consent of instructor. Identification and management 
of social and affective disturbances related to school performance. Emphasis: early 
detection, behavioral modification techniques, parent counseling, interagency coop- 
eration. 

523 Learning Disorders in the Classroom (3) 

Prerequisite: Educ 471 or consent of instructor. Identification and educational 
management of learning disorders. Emphasis: developmental sequences, related pre- 
scriptive teaching and remediation techniques. 

570 Graduate Clinic in Exceptional Children: Advanced Developmental Psychology 

(3) 

Prerequisite: Educ 555 or consent of instructor. Clinical work with children 
focusing on diagnosis, prescription and remediation of developmental deficiencies: 


295 


Physical Education 


language, motor, perception. Students will spend three hours a week in direct work 
with children and two hours in seminar. 

571 Graduate Clinic in Exceptional Children: Advanced Psychology of Learning 

(3) 

Prerequisite: Educ 570 or consent of instructor. Clinical work with children 
focusing on diagnosing, prescriptions and remediations of educational and behavioral 
deficiencies. Students will spend three hours a week in direct work with children 
and two hours in seminar. 

779 Student Teaching With Mentally Retarded Pupils (4) 

Prerequisites: Educ 475 and concurrent enrollment in Educ 339 or 739 (for four 
units) or Educ 749 (for two units). Student teaching in a special class program for 
the educable or trainable mentally retarded at either the elementary or secondary 
level. (Elementary level: minimum of 30 hours a week in an elementary school; 
2 hours per week in seminar. Secondary level: minimum of 15 hours a week in 
a secondary school; 2 hours per week in seminar.) 

HEALTH EDUCATION 

(Offered by the Department of Health Education, Physical Education, 
and Recreation) 

101 Personal and Community Health (2) 

Meaning and significance of physical, mental and social health as related to the 
individual and to society; alcohol and narcotics education; fire prevention; public 
safety and accident prevention. 

102 Prevention and First Aid (2) 

Study of the hazards in man’s environment and the common accidents related 
thereto. Emphasis is placed upon both the care and prevention of accidents. Stu- 
dents will be certified in standard and advanced American Red Cross first aid 
procedures. (1 hour lecture, 2 hours activity) 

419 Environmental Health (3) 

Prerequisite: HE 101 or equivalent. The theoretical considerations of the complex 
relationship of the physical environment to preventive medicine and public health. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 

(Offered by the Department of Health Education, 

Physical Education and Recreation) 

GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENT IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION 

All students must successfully complete four semesters of physical education 
activity courses of one-half unit each to fulfill the general education requirement 
for the baccalaureate degree. Students on a normal schedule will be expected to 
complete this requirement during the freshman and sophomore year. Not more than 
six units of credit in physical education activities, including intercollegiate athletics 
courses, may be applied toward credit for graduation. Credit in intercollegiate 
athletics courses may not meet more than two semesters of the college general 
education requirement. Physical education activities courses may not be repeated 
for credit. Upper division students who have completed the general education 
requirement in physical education may elect additional activities. 


296 


Physical Education 


EXEMPTIONS OR POSTPONEMENTS 

Students 25 or older are exempted from the physical education requirement.® 
The college physician may postpone the enrollment of a student in a physical 
education activity course. 

Students unable to participate in the regular physical education program will 
be assigned to an adapted physical education class. 

• FOR MEN 


AQUATIC 

GROUP AND 

INDIVIDUAL 

DANCE 

ACTIVITIES: 

TEAM ACTIVITIES: 

ACTIVITIES: 

ACTIVITIES: 

(PE 110 Series) 

(PE 120 Series) 

(PE 130 Series) 

(PE 140 Series) 


121m Team Sports 

132m Combatives 



122m Team Sports 

133m Physical 



124m Soccer 

Conditioning 



• FOR WOMEN 


121w 

Team Sports 

133w Physical 

122w 

Team Sports 

Conditioning 


COEDUCATIONAL 


111 Swimming 

112 Intermediate 
Swimming 

113 Lifesaving Sc 
Water Safety 


123 Group Games 
(Open only to 
prospective 
elementary 
school 
teachers) 

129 Track Sc Field 


130 Badminton 

131 Gymnastics Sc 
Tumbling 

134 Adaptive Physical 
Education 

135 Intermediate 
Tennis 

136 Archery 

137 Golf 

138 Tennis 

139 Handball 

150 Intermediate 

Badminton 

151 Intermediate 

Gymnastics 

156 Beginning Fencing 

157 Intermediate Golf 


141 Social Dance 

142 Folk Sc Square 
Dance 

143 Modern 
Dance 

144 Intermediate 
Modern 
Dance 

149 Creative 

Movement 
Sc Dance 


* Interpretation: A student under 25 years of age at the time of admission to the college is 
required to take all four semesters of the requirement. 


To assure a balanced program for each student, physical education activities are 
classified into four categories: (1) aquatic activities, (2) group and team activities, 
(3) dual and individual activities, and (4) dance activities. Students are counseled 
to complete no more than two courses from any given category. 

COURSES IN INTERCOLLEGIATE ATHLETICS 

Consent of the coach of the sport is required for enrollment. Each semester of 
enrollment carries one unit of credit. Credit in intercollegiate athletics courses 
may not meet more than two semesters of the college general education require- 
ment in physical education. Not more than six units of credit in physical education 
activities, including intercollegiate athletics courses, may be applied toward credit 
for graduation. May be repeated for a maximum of six units. 

170A Intercollegiate Sports for Women (Basketball) (1) 

170B Intercollegiate Sports for Women (Volleyball) (1) 

181 Baseball (1) 


297 


Physical Education 


182 

Basketball 

(1) 

183 

Cross Country (1) 

186 

Golf (1) 


187 

Gymnastics 

(1) 

192 

Soccer (1) 


193 

Swimming 

(1) 

194 

Tennis (1) 


195 

Track and Field (1) 

196 

Water Polo 

(1) 

197 

Wrestling 

(1) 


PROFESSIONAL THEORY COURSES 
201 Introduction to Physical Education and Recreation (3) 

Introduction to physical education programs in public and private agencies, per- 
sonal, social and professional requirements of the physical education teacher and 
recreation leader, includes the origin and development of the professions of health 
education, physical education and recreation with emphasis upon their signficance 
and function in contemporary American culture. 

210 Water Safety Instructor (2) 

Prerequisite: PE 113 or equivalent and consent of the instructor. This course 
prepares the student t6 teach swimming and life saving and to supervise aquatic 
programs. Successful completion of this course will qualify the student for cer- 
tification as an ARC Water Safety Instructor. Course cannot be used to satisfy 
a semester of the general education physical education requirement (1 hour lec- 
ture, 2 hours activity). 

214 Skin and SCUBA Diving (2) 

Prerequisites: PE 113 or equivalent and the consent of the instructor. The 
techniques of skin and SCUBA diving. Theory of diving, safety procedures, and 
applications of diving will be covered. (1 hour of lecture, 2 hours of activity). 
May be used to satisfy the fourth semester of the general education physical 
education activity requirement. 

311 Analysis of Aquatics (2) 

Prerequisites: PE 113 or equivalent and permission of the instructor. Analysis of 
springboard diving, instructional and competitive swimming, waterpolo, and skin 
and SCUBA diving (1 hour lecture, 2 hours activity). 

312 Analysis of Combatives (2) 

Prerequisite: PE 132M Combatives or equivalent. Analysis of judo (jujitsu), 
wrestling and self-defense. ( 1 hour lecture, 2 hours activity) 

313 Analysis of Folk, Square and Social Dance (2) 

Prerequisite: PE 141, PE 142 or equivalent. Analysis of basic dance skills, inter- 
national folk, square, round and social dancing. (1 hour lecture, 2 hours activity) 

314 Analysis of Individual and Dual Sports (2) 

Prerequisites: proficiency in skills covered and permission of the instructor. 
Analysis of archery, badminton, golf and tennis. (1 hour lecture, 2 hours activity) 

315 Analysis of Modern Dance (2) 

Prerequisites: PE 143, PE 144 or equivalent and permission of instructor. Analysis 
of modem dance including choreography, program planning and dance accompa- 
niment. (1 hour lecture, 2 hours activity) 


298 


Physical Education 


317A Analysis of Team Sports (W) (2) 

Prerequisites: proficiency in the skills covered and permission of the instructor. 
Analysis of basketball, softball, soccer, speedball, and speed-a-way (1 hour lecture, 

2 hours activity) . 

31 7B Analysis of Team Sports (W) (2) 

Prerequisites: proficiency in the skills of the sports covered and permission of the 
instructor. Analysis of volleyball, field hockey, track and field (1 hour lecture, 2 
hours activity) . 

318 Analysis of Team Sports (M) (2) 

Prerequisites: PE 12 1M, PE 122M or equivalent and permission of the instructor. 
Analysis of soccer, softball, speedball, and volleyball. (1 hour lecture, 2 hours 
activity) 

319 Analysis of Gymnastics and Tumbling (2) 

Prerequisites: PE 13 1M, PE 131W or equivalent and permission of the instructor. 
Analysis of apparatus gymnastics and tumbling. (1 hour lecture, 2 hours activity) 

320 Theory of Coaching Basketball (2) 

Prerequisites: proficiency in basketball and permission of the instructor. Analysis 
of skills, instructional procedures and coaching techniques necessary in coaching 
competitive basketball. (1 hour lecture, 2 hours activity) 

321 Theory of Coaching Baseball (2) 

Prerequisites: consent of the instructor and upper division standing. This course 
is designed to help prepare the student as a coach of baseball. Emphasis is on 
offensive and defensive coaching techniques as well as conditioning, budget prepa- 
ration, purchase and care of equipment, scheduling, officiating, and design and care 
of facilities. (1 hour lecture, 2 hours activity) 

322 Theory of Coaching Track and Field (2) 

This course is designed to prepare students in the fundamental techniques of 
coaching track and field activities. (1 hour lecture, 2 hours activity). 

324 Theory and Principles of Human Motor Learning (3) 

Prerequisites: PE 201 and permission of the instructor. An analysis of current 
theories of motor learning as related to human performance. Philosophical bases 
are developed from which basic principles are evolved. 

325 Case Studies in Human Motor Learning (3) 

Prerequisite: PE 324. Case studies involving human physical performance. Se- 
quence of activities, individual needs, institutional patterns of organization and pro- 
gramming. 

333 Physical Education and Human Development (3) 

Prerequisite: Educ Found 311. Emphasis is placed upon characteristics of the 
child, particularly as these relate to physical growth and development; basic 
mechanical principles underlying efficient movement; and programs for physical 
needs of children in the elementary school. 

416 Kinesiology (3) 

Prerequisite: Bio 361 or equivalent. The study of human motion. 

417 Physiology of Exercise (3) 

Prerequisite: Bio 361 or equivalent. The study of physiological processes in 
physical activities and the effects of training upon performance. 


299 


Recreation 


418 Adapted and Corrective Activities (3) 

Prerequisite: PE 416. The study and selection of activities and programs for 
students physically unable to participate in the regular physical education program. 

420 Tests and Measurements in Physical Education (3) 

A study of the development and use of tests and measurements in physical 
education in the evaluation of objectives, programs, and student achievement. 

442 Teaching Physical Education in the Secondary School (2) 

Prerequisite: Education 340, Education 3/11, admission to teacher education, 
senior standing or consent of the instructor. The student who has not had teaching 
experience must register concurrently in Education 449. See page 148 under Sec- 
ondary Education for description of Standard Teaching Credential Program. 
Objectives, methods, and materials including audio-visual instruction for teaching 
physical education in secondary schools. 

510 Research in Health Education, Physical Education, and Recreation (3) 

Prerequisite: Graduate status or instructor’s permission. The role and functions 
of research in health, physical education, and recreation; included are the different 
types of research with tools of and equipment for the respective research. Selection 
and development of research problems and critique of completed studies are 
stressed. 

515 Seminar in Physical Education (3) 

Prerequisite: Graduate status with a major or minor in physical education. A 
study of current problems and issues in physical education through a critical 
analysis of the literature in the field and research findings. 

540 Seminar in Problems in Adapted Physical Education (3) 

Prerequisite: PE 418. Identification and solutions of problems in planning, organi- 
zation, administration, and evaluation of adapted physical education programs at 
local, state, and national levels. 

552 Human Bio-Kinetics (3) 

Prerequisite: PE 416 or equivalent background in kinesiology and physiology. 
A study of advanced theories and a detailed analysis of human movement. 

555 Scientific Bases of Training (3) 

Prerequisite: Graduate status, course work in kinesiology, physiology of exercise, 
bio-kinetics, and permission of the instructor. Detailed study of contemporary 
training with specific attention to the development of those qualities involved in 
various sports. Experience in evaluation of the effects of training. 

749 Student Teaching in Physical Education in the Secondary School and Seminar 

( 6 ) 

RECREATION 

(Offered by the Department of Health Education, 

Physical Education and Recreation) 

203 Recreation Programs and Activities (2) 

Prerequisite: consent of the instructor. Theory and activity course, leadership 
in recreation programs, activities in recreation agencies. Laboratory experiences 
and practice included. (4 hours activity) 


300 


SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING 


101 Introduction to Engineering and Computers (1) 

An introduction designed to familiarize the student with the nature, respon- 
sibilities and opportunities of the profession coupled with an introduction to 
computer programming. 

102 Graphical Analysis (2) 

Prerequisite: one semester of high school graphics. Emphasizes graphical com- 
putation, vectors, nomography, representations and analysis of empirical data. (6 
hours laboratory) 

201 Mechanics (3) 

Prerequisites: Math 150B, Physics 221 A. An introductory development of the 
fundamentals of statics with emphasis on application to strength of materials. 

202 Properties of Engineering Materials (3) 

Prerequisites: Chem 101, Math 150A, Physics 221 A. Applications of basic prin- 
ciples of physics and chemistry to the selection and use of engineering materials, 
with specific emphasis on mechanical behavior of metals and upon the electrical 
properties of semiconducting materials. 

203 Electric Circuits (3) 

Prerequisites: Physics 22 IB, Math 250A. Analysis of electric and magnetic cir- 
cuits, network theorems, polyphase circuits, introduction to electrical machinery. 

203L Electric Circuits Lab (1) 

Prerequisite: Engr 203 (may be taken concurrently.) Laboratory applications of 
Engr 203. (3 hours laboratory) 

205 Digital Computation (2) 

Prerequisites: Engr 101 or QM 264 and Math 150A. Applications of the digital 
computer to elementary engineering problems and numerical methods. 

301 Strength of Materials (3) 

Prerequisites: Engr 201, Math 250A. Elastic and plastic behavior, axial, torsional 
and flexural loading, statically indeterminate members, columns. 

302 Dynamics (3) 

Prerequisite: Engr 201; corequisite: Math 250B. Newton’s laws, motion of particles 
and rigid bodies, work and energy, impulse and momentum. 

303 Electronics (3) 

Prerequisite: Engr 203. Electron tube characteristics, semiconductor theory and 
devices, analysis of amplifiers, rectifiers and oscillators, electronic instrumentation. 

303L Electronics Lab (1) 

Corequisite: Engr 303. Laboratory study of electron tubes, transistors, diodes, 
electronic circuits and instruments. (3 hours laboratory) 

304 Thermodynamics (3) 

Prerequisites: Chem 101B or 105; Physics 221 A, Math 250A. Heat and work, 
thermodynamic laws, reversibility, Carnot principle, elementary kinetic theory. 


301 


Engineering 

305 Transport Processes (3) 

Prerequisite: Engr 201; corequisite: Math 250B. Fluid statics, laminar and turbu- 
lent flows, flow through conduits, principles of heat transfer. 

306A Unified Laboratory (1) 

Corequisite: Engr 305. Principles of instrumentation and measurements in engi- 
neering, measurement of electrical, mechanical and thermal parameters. (3 hours 
laboratory) 

306B Unified Laboratory (1) 

Prerequisite: Engr 306A; corequisite: Engr 312. Continuation of Engr 306A, 
measurement of distributed parameters under transient and steady state conditions, 
the use of analog computer in the solution of engineering problems. (3 hours lab- 
oratory) 

308 Engineering Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: Engr 205, Math 250B. Mathematical models of physical systems, 
Fourier series and integrals, Laplace transform theory and applications. 

312 Linear System Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: Engr 202, 203, 308. Analysis of linear physical systems, electrical and 
mechanical analogies, convolution and superposition integrals and applications, 
signal flow graphs, the concept of feedback and consideration of stability. 

313 Networks and Transmission Lines (4) 

Prerequisite: Engr 203, 308; corequisite: Engr 312. Network descriptions by 
matrix methods, electric filters, amplitude and phase response, time delay, trans- 
mission line theory. 

314 Applied Electronics (4) 

Prerequisite: Engr 303 with C or better; corequisite: Engr 313. Analysis of 
models of semiconductor and electron tube devices, small and large signal amplifiers, 
feedback amplifiers, oscillators, introduction to modulation and detection. 

315 Electronics and Circuits Lab (1) 

Corequisite: Engr 314. Experimental study of transistor and vacuum tube circuits, 
electric filters and transmission line characteristics. (3 hours laboratory) 

316 Applied Thermodynamics (3) 

Prerequisite: Engr 304. Continuation of Engr 304, thermodynamic relations, non- 
ideal gases, chemical reaction, combustion. 

323 Structural Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: Engr 201. Analysis of beams, space trusses, frames, arches. Analysis 
of statically indeterminate structures. Introduction to finite difference method in 
structural mechanics. 

324 Soil Mechanics and Foundations (3) 

Prerequisites: Engr 201, 301. Soil properties and soil action as related to prob- 
lems encountered in engineering structures; compression, shear strength, stability 
and lateral earth pressures. 

324L Soil Mechanics and Foundations Laboratory (1) 

Corequisite: Engr 324. Laboratory exercises supporting Engr 324. (3 hours lab- 
oratory) 


302 


Engineering 


326 Structural Design (3) 

Prerequisites: Engr 201, 301. Elements of the design of steel, timber members. 
Connection details. Design of complete structures for both vertical and lateral 
loads. 

335 Mechanical Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: Engr 302; corequisite: Engr 301. The analysis of machines and 
mechanical components in terms of inputs and outputs, the determination of one 
when the other is specified. 

360 Electrical Engineering Design Projects Lab (2) 

Prerequisite: Within 20 units of graduation. The application of fundamental 
engineering principles to typical design problems in the field of electrical engineer- 
ing. (6 hours laboratory) 

361 Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering Design Projects Laboratory (2) 

Prerequisite: Within 20 units of graduation. The application of fundamental engi- 
neering principles to typical design problems in the mechanical/aerospace engineer- 
ing field. 

370 Seminar in Electrical Engineering (1) 

Prerequisite: Senior standing in engineering. Recent developments in electrical 
engineering. Oral and written reports. 

371 Seminar in Mechanical/Aerospace Engineering (1) 

Prerequisite: Senior standing in engineering. Recent developments in mechani- 
cal/aerospace engineering. Oral and written reports. 

402 Elements of Digital Computers (3) 

Prerequisite: Engr 314. Introduction to digital computers, Boolean algebra, switch- 
ing networks, input-output devices, analog-digital conversion, arithmetic and 
control units. 

402L Digital Techniques Laboratory (1) 

Corequisite: Engr 402. Experimental study of digital logic and switching cir- 
cuits. (3 hours laboratory) 

403 Numerical Analysis (3) 

Prerequisites: Engr 205, 312. The use of numerical methods and digital computers 
in the solution of algebraic, transcendental, simultaneous, ordinary and partial differ- 
ential equations, linear programming. 

404 Analog Computation (2) 

Prerequisite: Engr 303, 312. Basic analog computer elements, programming, the 
solution of linear and nonlinear problems, transfer function generation, simulation. 

404L Analog Computation Laboratory (1) 

Corequisite: Engr 404. Experimental study of linear and nonlinear problems using 
an analog computer. Simulation studies of physical systems. (3 hours laboratory) 

406 Dynamic Response (3) 

Prerequisite: Engr 312. Steady and transient oscillations, lumped and distributed 
parameter systems, vibration isolation. 


303 


Engineering 

408 Reinforced Concrete Design (3) 

Prerequisites: Engr 301, 323. Theory of reinforced concrete. Design of reinforced 
concrete slabs, beams, columns, buildings and bridges. Introduction to prestressed 
concrete, ultimate strength theory. 

409 Intermediate Structural Design (3) 

Prerequisites: Engr 323, 326, 408. Analysis of structural systems, such as buildings, 
bridges. Various considerations leading to the final selection of a structural design 
scheme. Design philosophy, code interpretation. Design projects. 

410 Space Dynamics (3) 

Prerequisite: Engr 312. Kinematics and dynamics of particles and rigid bodies, 
motion in potential fields. Analysis of orbits and gyroscopes. 

41 1 Dynamics of Structures (3) 

Prerequisites: Engr 301, 323, Math 310 or equivalent. Free and forced vibrations 
of discrete systems, response of structures to impulse loads and earthquakes. Matrix 
formulation and normal coordinates analysis. Vibration of beams. 

412 Theory of Elasticity (3) 

Prerequisites: Engr 301, 308. The differential equations which govern the behavior 
of an elastic solid, and their applications to a variety of problems in two and three 
dimensions using various coordinate systems. 

414 Matrix Analysis of Structures (3) 

Prerequisites: Engr 301, 323. Introduction to matrix algebra; use of matrix formu- 
lation in the analysis of structures; flexibility and stiffness methods; use of the 
matrix method on a digital computer. 

415 Gas Dynamics (3) 

Prerequisites: Engr 304, 305. The dynamics and thermodynamics of compressible 
fluid flow, adiabatic and diabatic flows, shock waves. 

416 Feedback Control Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: Engr 312. Formulation of transfer functions, block diagrams and 
signal flow graphs, open-loop and closed-loop frequency response, root locus 
methods, consideration of stability and steady-state errors. 

418 Foundation Design (3) 

Prerequisites: Engr 323, 326, 408. Design loads for foundation structures. Design 
of footings, retaining walls, piled foundations, bulkheads, other waterfront structures. 

419 Electromagnetic Field Theory (3) 

Prerequisites: Engr 308, Physics 22 IB. Scalar and vector fields, static fields, Max- 
well’s equations, boundary value problems with application to guided waves. 

420 Limit Analysis of Structures (3) 

Prerequisites: Engr 301, 323. General theory of elastic-plastic state of materials; 
concept of yield hinges and yield lines; analysis of continuous beams, frames, plates. 

421 Mechanical Design (3) 

Prerequisites: Engr 312, 335. Complete design of a mechanical device, formula- 
tion of the problem, synthesis of the components, analysis of the assembly and 
evaluation of the product. 


304 


Engineering 


423 Engineering Probability and Statistics (3) 

Prerequisite: Engr 308. Engineering problems involving discrete and continuous 
random variables, distribution and density functions, Bayes theorem, parameter 
estimation, statistical inference. 

433 Aerodynamics (3) 

Prerequisites: Engr 302, Math 250B. Measurements in aerodynamics, elementary 
flow theory, Reynolds number, Mach number and compressibility, finite wing 
theory. 

434 Direct Energy Conversion (3) 

Prerequisite: Engr 203, 304, 305. The direct conversion of heat to electrical 
energy, thermoelectric, thermionic and magnetohydrodynamic devices, solar and 
fuel cells. 

437 Propulsion (3) 

Prerequisites: Engr 305, 316. Application of the principles of thermodynamics and 
compressible fluids in propulsive processes. 

443 Electronic Communication Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: Engr 314, 315. Principles of amplitude, angular and pulse modula- 
tion, study of representative communication systems, consideration of the effects 
of noise on system performance. 

443L Electronic Communication Systems Laboratory (1) 

Corequisite: Engr 443. Experimental study of detection, modulation and signal 
generation; VHF and UHF component and system studies. 

445 Pulse and Digital Circuits (3) 

Prerequisite: Engr 314, 315. Analysis and design of active and passive devices and 
circuits for the generation and processing of pulse, digital, and switching wave- 
forms. 

455 Solid-state Electronics (3) 

Prerequisite: Engr 314. Semiconductor properties and the physical principles and 
theory underlying the operation of semiconductor devices; characteristics and 
approximate models for circuit analysis. 

499 Independent Study (1-3) 

Prerequisite: Approval of study plan by adviser. Study of specialized topics in 
engineering selected in consultation with the instructor and carried out under his 
supervision. May be repeated for credit. 

501 Microwave Techniques (3) 

Prerequisite: Engr 419. Application of network theory to behavior of microwave 
waveguiding structures, passive microwave devices, masers and parametric am- 
plifiers. 

502 State-space Theory of Control and Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: Engr 416. Development of state equations, the transition matrix and 
transfer function matrices, stability considerations. 

503 Information Theory and Coding (3) 

Prerequisite: Engr 423. Information measures, probabilistic studies of the trans- 
mission and encoding of information, Shannons fundamental theorems, coding 
for noisy channels. 


305 


Engineering 

504 Linear Network Synthesis (3) 

Prerequisite: Engr 313. Generalized analysis methods of passive networks, modern 
synthesis procedures for realizing driving-point arid transfer-functions, approxima- 
tion methods in filter design. 

505 Nonlinear Control Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: Engr 416. Analysis of nonlinear control systems using linearization 
and perturbation techniques; describing function and phase plane techniques; 
Lyapunov’s stability criterion. 

506 Digital Computer Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: Engr 402. The organization and logical design of digital data proc- 
essing systems for computation, information processing, and control. 

507 Statistical Communication Theory (3) 

Prerequisite: Engr 423, 443. Characterization of random signals and processes, 
transmission of random signals through linear systems, noise considerations, detec- 
tion theory, optimum receivers. 

508 Intermediate Fluid Mechanics (3) 

Prerequisite: Engr 415. Basic equations of fluid dynamics, Navier-Stokes equa- 
tions, similarity parameters, inviscid fluids, potential flow. 

509 Theory of Plates and Shells (3) 

Prerequisites: Engr 301, 591 or equivalent. Theory of plates bent by transverse 
loads; applications to circular, rectangular, other shapes. General theory of thin 
shells; shells of revolution; shells of translation. 

511 Advanced Dynamics (3) 

Prerequisite: Engr 410. The dynamics of particles and rigid bodies by the use of 
the formulations of the laws of mechanics due to Newton, Euler, Lagrange and 
Hamilton; applications. 

512 Gyrodynamics (3) 

Prerequisite: Engr 410. Frames of reference, Eulerian angles, spinning disks and 
rotors, gravity effects, gyroscopes, control of forced and free vibrations. 

517 Theory of Inelasticity (3) 

Prerequisites: Engr 412, 591 or equivalent. General equations of inelastic con- 
tinua; theory of plasticity; three dimensional yield conditions and flow laws; 
theory of linear viscoelasticity; applications. 

518 Advanced Fluid Mechanics (3) 

Prerequisite: Engr 508. Viscous flow, Couette and Poiseuille flow, introduction 
to turbulence and boundary layer theory. 

519 Advanced Structural Mechanics (3) 

Prerequisites: Engr 301, 323, 591 or equivalent. Use of potential energy principle 
in structural analysis; direct and indirect method of calculus of variations; non- 
linear problems of large deformation; beam on elastic foundations; special topics 
in structural mechanics. 

523 Solid State Devices (3) 

Prerequisite: Engr 455. Theory and application of solid-state and integrated cir- 
cuit electronic devices; junction and insulated-gate field-effect transistors; metal- 
oxide-semiconductor devices. 


306 


Engineering 


524 Advanced Thermodynamics (3) 

Prerequisite: Engr 316. Equilibrium and stability criteria, chemical thermody- 
namics, multiple reaction systems, ionization, equilibrium composition. 

530 Advanced Strength of Materials (3) 

Prerequisite: Engr 301. Castigliano’s theorem, principle of virtual work, applica- 
tions to cylinders, shrink fits, curved beams, elastic and inelastic buckling of 
columns. 

545 Advanced Structural Design (3) 

Prerequisites: Engr 408, 591 or equivalent. Analysis and design of thin shell 
structures; folded plates structures; suspended cable structures. 

547 Advanced Dynamics of Structures (3) 

Prerequisites: Engr 411, 591 or equivalent. Vibration of beams, plates and shells. 
Dynamic response of continuous systems in general. Introduction to random 
vibrations. Topics in non-linear vibrations. 

549 Theory of Elastic Stability (3) 

Prerequisites: Engr 301, 530, 591 or equivalent. Critical loads of columns, beam 
columns, plates, shells; lateral stability of beams, torsional buckling of open sections, 
stability of the frames; dynamic stability of elastic systems. 

555 Applied Electromagnetic Theory (3) 

Prerequisite: Engr 419. Dynamic electromagnetic field theory; solution of vector 
boundary value problems with applications to guided waves, cavities, and an- 
tennas. 

557 Sampled-data Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: Engr 416. Analysis of sampled-data and digital control systems, 
using Z-transforms and state-variable methods, consideration of stability. 

559 Active Network Synthesis (3) 

Prerequisite: Engr 504. Analysis and design of linear active circuits based on 
pole-zero concepts; synthesis of active networks with controlled sources, negative 
emittance converters, operational amplifiers. 

569 Orbital Mechanics (3) 

Prerequisite: Engr 410. The two-body problem, geometry of orbits, transfers, 
perturbation, stability and oscillations, rendezvous. 

570 Seminar in Electrical Engineering (1-3) 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing and 12 units of graduate course work. Seminar 
covering special topics and current developments of primary interest in the field 
of electrical engineering. This course, with different content, may be retaken for 
additional credit. 

573 Aerospace Guidance Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: Engr 410. Rate and integrating gyros, accelerometers, stabilized plat- 
forms, gimbal servos, principles of inertial navigation systems. 

575 Kinetic Theory and Statistical Thermodynamics (3) 

Prerequisite: Engr 316. Statistical study of ideal gases, kinetic theory, statistical 
mechanics, electron gas, thermionic emission, photon and phonon gases. 


307 


Engineering 


577 Reliability Analysis of Structures (3) 

Prerequisites: Engr 323, 423. Application of statistics and theory of probability to 
the problems of safety of structures. 

581A Systems Engineering Methodology (3) 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing in engineering. Laplace transforms, dynamic 
analogies, electrical analogs, block diagram and flow chart analysis, control systems, 
linearization and Fourier Series. 

581 B Systems Engineering Methodology (3) 

Prerequisite: Engr 581 A. Large-scale systems; the basic concepts of signals, noise 
and information; optimization methods and applications thereof. 

585 Systems Engineering Mathematical Tools (3) 

Prerequisite: Engr 423. Model formulation, optimization, linear and quadratic 
programming, game theory, queueing theory. 

587 Operational Analysis Techniques in Systems Engineering (3) 

Prerequisite: Engr 585. Operational research models; applications of probability 
theory to reliability, quality control, waiting line theory, Markov chains; Monte 
Carlo methods. 

591 Analytical Methods in Engineering (1—6) 

Prerequisite: graduate standing and consent of the instructor. Application of 
advanced analytical methods in the solution of complicated problems in civil, 
electrical and mechanical engineering. 

592 Advanced Engineering Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: Math 310 or equivalent. Method of solving ordinary differential 
equations with variable coefficients leading to Bessel function and other special 
functions. Engineering application of partial differential equations with examples 
drawn from elasticity, vibrations, heat conduction, fluid mechanics, electromagnetic 
waves and electrical conduction phenomena. Variational method and optimization 
of functions with multiple variables. 

597 Graduate Projects (1-6) 

Prerequisite: permission of adviser. 

598 Thesis (1-6) 

Prerequisite: permission of adviser. 

599 Independent Study (1-3) 

Prerequisite: Classified graduate status. Open to graduate students only by per- 
mission of Engineering School Graduate Committee. May be repeated for credit 
only upon approval of this committee. 


308 


FACULTY AND ADMINISTRATION 

1967-68 


(Year in parentheses indicate date of appointment) 


LANGSDORF, WILLIAM B. (1959), President and Professor of History 
B.A., M.A., Occidental College; Ph.D., University of California 

ABRAHAM, JOHN A. (1965), Associate Professor of English 

Ph.B., Marquette University; M.A., Ph.D., University' of Wisconsin 

ADAMS, PHILLIP A. (1963), Associate Professor of Biology 
B.S., University of California; M.A. Ph.D., Harvard University 

ADAMS, RAYMOND V. (1960), Professor of Physics and Chairman, Physics Department 
B.S., Kansas State University; Ph.D., California Institute of Technology 

ALAMSHAH, WILLIAM H. (1959), Professor of Philosophy 

M.A., Claremont Graduate School; Ph.D., University of Southern California 

ALBRECHT, EDNA L. (1966), Assistant Professor of Physical Education 
B.A., M.Ed., Whittier College 

ALEXANDER, JAMES P. (1960), Associate Professor of Communications 

B.A., M.S., University of Southern California; Ed.D., University of California, Los Angeles 


ALLEN, HOLLIS P. (1960), Professor of Education Emeritus 

B.A., Pomona College; M.A., Ed.D., Stanford University; LL.D., Claremont Graduate School 

AMES, DENNIS B. (1960), Professor of Mathematics and Chairman, Mathematics Department 
B.A.’, M.A., Bishop’s University; Ph.D., Yale University 


ANDERSEN, MARTIN P. (1965), Professor of Speech 
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin 

ANTONELLI, EDWARD A. (1967), Instructor in English 
B.A., Seattle University; M.A., University of Washington 

ARANA, OSWALDO (1965), Associate Professor of Spanish 

B.A., Texas Christian University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Colorado 


AUSTIN, DON D. (1963), Assistant Professor of English 

B.A., M.A., University of Redlands; Ph.D., Univeristy of Washington 

BABCOCK, RICHARD D. (1966), Assistant Professor of Management 
B.S., Indiana University; M.S., Arizona State University 

BAILLIE, ALLAN S. (1965), Assistant Professor of Management 
B.Sc., B.S.M.E., Ohio University; M.B.A., University of Washington 

BAKER, WILLIAM A. (1967), Instructor in Speech 

B.M.Ed., Bald win- Wallace College; M.A., Bowling Green State University 

BALDWIN, SIDNEY (1967), Associate Professor of Political Science 
B.A., Wesleyan University; M.P.A., Ph.D., Syracuse University 

BANKS, DORIS H. (1967), Librarian IV „ . 

B.S., New York State Teachers College; M.S.L.S., Syracuse University; M.P.A., University 
of Southern California 

BANKS, WILLIAM J., JR. (1967), Assistant Professor of Zoology 

B.S., California State Polytechnic College; M.S., Colorado State University 

BARBER, DAVID SMITH (1967), Instructor in Drama 

B.F.A., Boston University; M.F.A., University of California, Los Angeles 


BARISH, NATALIE (1966), Associate Professor of Biology 

A. B., Goucher College; M.A., Indiana University; Ph.D., Ohio State University 

BARRES, STEPHEN J. (1961), Professor of Management and Labor Relations 

B. A., Texas Western College; M.S., Ph.D., Purdue University 
BARRETT, JEAN A. (1963), Associate Professor of Physical Education 

B.S., Cortland State Teachers; Ed.M., Ed.D., University of Buffalo 

BATES, MARILYN M. (1966), Assistant Professor of Education 

B.A., M.A., California State College at Long Beach; Ph.D., University of Southern California 


309 


Faculty and Administration 


BAUR, JAMES A. (1967), Assistant Professor of Chemistry 
B.S., Elmhurst College; Ph.D., University of Kansas 
BECK, WARREN A. (1961), Professor of History and Chairman, History Department 
B.A., M.A., Wayne University; Ph.D., Ohio State University 

* BECKER, ERNEST A. (1959), Dean of Students and Professor of Philosophy 

B.A., Amherst College; B.D., Hartford Theological Seminary; M.A., Ed.D., University of 
Southern California 

BELL, CHARLES G. (1964), Associate Professor of Political Science 
B.A., Pomona College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Southern California 

BELLOT, LELAND J. (1964), Assistant Professor of History 

B.A., Lamar State College; M.A., Rice Institute; Ph.D., University of Texas 

BENGTSON, KURT L. (1967), Assistant Professor of Physics 
B.S., M.A., Wayne State University 
BENSON, RUSSELL V. (1965), Associate Professor of Mathematics 

B.E.E., Cornell University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Southern California 

BERRY, KIRA K. (1967), Librarian II 

B.A., Radcliffe College; M.S.L.S., Columbia University 

BIGELOW, RALPH E. (1966), Associate Dean of Students, Director of Admissions and Records, 
and Associate Professor 
B.Mus., M.Mus., University of Rochester 

BLANCHARD, MILTON C. (1961), Building Coordinator 
B.S., M.Ed., Tufts University 

BLANK, LANE B. (1967), Associate Professor of Quantitative Methods 
B.S., M.S., Ed.D., University of California, Los Angeles 

BLEND, HARVEY (1963), Professor of Physics 

B.S., University of Texas; M.S., Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles 

BLOOM, BEATRICE ANN (1967), Lecturer in German 

B.A., Oberlin College; M.A., University of Southern California 

BOARINO, GERALD L. (1965), Assistant Professor of Spanish 
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of California 

BOOTH, HERBERT W. (1967), Assistant Professor of Speech 
B.A., M.A., California State College at Los Angeles 

BOSSE, JACQUELINE (1967), Lecturer in French 

Diplome d’Etudes Superieures, CELG, Licence d’Anglais Universite 

BRADSHAW, L. JACK (1965), Associate Professor of Biology 
B.A., Ph.D., Stanford University 

BRAGG, MARY JANE (1966), Librarian II 

B.A., Occidental College; M.A., Columbia University; M.L.S., University of California, Los Angeles 

BRATTSTROM, BAYARD H. (1960), Professor of Zoology 

B.S., San Diego State College; M.A., Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles 

BREESE, LAUREN W., Assistant Professor of History 

B.A., Pomona College; M.A., Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles 

BRIGHT, DONALD B. (1967), Assistant Professor of Biology 

A. B., M.S., Ph.D., University of Southern California 

BRISTOW, RONALD M. (1959), Acting Dean of Students, and Associate Professor 

B. A., M.A., Ed.D., University of Southern California 

BROCKMANN, LOUIS O. (1963), Professor of Education and Director, Pupil Personnel Services 
Program 

B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin 

BROWN, EDWARD D. (1963), Associate Professor of Drama 

B.A., Louisiana State University; M.A., Michigan State University; Ph.D., University of Denver 

BROWN, GILES T. (1960), Dean of Graduate Studies, and Professor of History 

B.A., San Diego State College; M.A., University of California; Ph.D., Claremont Graduate 
School 


* On leave 1967-68. 


310 


Faculty and Administration 


BROWN, MICHAEL E. (1967), Lecturer in Political Science 
B.A., California State College at Long Beach 

BRYDEN, JOHN H. (1961), Professor of Chemistry 

B.S., College of Idaho; M.S., California Institute of Technology; Ph.D., University of California, 
Los Angeles 

BUCK, CHARLES W. (1964), Acting Associate Dean of Counseling and Testing 
B.A., Occidental College; M.A., University of Oregon 
BURKE, MAX W. (1960), Director of Placement Services and Associate Professor 
B.A., University of Iowa; B.D., Colgate-Rochester Divinity School 
BUSBY, WILLIAM T. (1967), Assistant Professor of Marketing and Quantitative Methods 
B.B.A., University of Wisconsin; M.S., University of Southern California 

CABANEL-EVANS, HILDA P. (1967), Instructor in English 
Licenciatura, Universidad de los Andes, Bogota 

CALHOUN, ROLAND L. (1961), Associate Professor of Psychology 
B.A., Claremont Men’s College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Michigan 

CARLSON, RAE S. (1961), Associate Professor of Psychology 

B.A., University of Nebraska; M.S., University of Washington; Ph.D., University of Michigan 

CARR, EDWIN R. (1960), Professor of Education and Economics 

B.A., Jamestown College; M.A., Columbia University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota 

CARTLEDGE, SAMUEL J. (1966), Assistant Professor of French 

A. B., King College; Ph.D., Yale University. 

CHADWICK, CAROLE S. (1967), Instructor in Music 

B. A., University of Delaware; M.A., Columbia University Teachers College 

CHAPMAN, GORDON R. (1968), Lecturer in Economics 

A. B., Stanford University; M.A., University of Oklahoma 

CHARLTON, F. ANDREW (1965), Assistant Professor of Music 

B. M.Ed., Pepperdine College; M.A., Los Angeles State College 

CHEN, WILLIAM P. (1960), Librarian IV 

B.A., National Wu-Han University, China; M.S. in L.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Illinois 

CHIANG, GEORGE C. (1967), Assistant Professor of Engineering 

B.S., National Taiwan University; M.S., University of Southern California; Ph.D., Stanford 
University 

CHING, ALVIN K. (1967), Assistant Professor of Art 

B.A., California State College at Long Beach; M.F.A., Cranbrook Academy of Art 

CHIOU, FLORA Y. C. (1967), Librarian I 

B.A., National Taiwan University; M.S.L.S., University of Southern California 

CHRISTENSEN, LAWRENCE L. (1966), Assistant Professor of Anthropology 
B.A., M.A., University of California, Los Angeles 

CLAYDON, ELLEN E. (1966), Assistant Professor of Spanish 
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Colorado 

COCHRUM, ELLEN J. (1966), Lecturer in Russian 
B.A., California State College at Fullerton 

COLGAN, FRED R. (1965), Associate Dean, School of Business Administration and Economics, 
and Associate Professor of Management 
B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of Southern California 

COLMAN, RONALD W. (1964), Lecturer in Quantitative Methods 
B.A., University of California, Los Angeles 

COOPERMAN, EDWARD L. (1967), Assistant Professor of Physics 
B.S., Lehigh University; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University 

COPP, CAROL M. (1965), Assistant Professor of Sociology 
B.A., M.A., University of Michigan 

COPPOLINO, IDA S. (1960), Professor of Education 

B.S., University of Utah; M.A., New York University; Ed.D., University of California, Los 
Angeles 

COQUILLAT, MICHELLE S. R. (1967), Lecturer in French 

CELG, University of Bordeaux; Licence and D.E.S., University of Paris, Faculte des Lettres 


311 


Faculty and Administration 


CORMAN, EUGENE J. (1966), Assistant Professor of Accounting 
B.Sc., M.B.A., University of Santa Clara, C.P.A. 

COX, MIRIAM S. (1967), Associate Professor of English 
B.S., Utah State University; M.S., University of Idaho 

CRONQUIST, JOHN (1967), Lecturer in Philosophy 

A. B., Duke University; A.M., Harvard University 

CROWLEY, RONALD J. (1965), Assistant Professor of Physics 

B. S., M.A., University of Southern California 

CROY, HAZEL M. (1960), Professor of Education, and Director, Reading Education Program 
B.A., M.A., University of Redlands; Ed.D., University of California, Los Angeles 

CUMMINGS, SHERWOOD P. (1963), Professor of English 

B.S., University of Illinois; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin 

CURRAN, DARRYL J. (1967), Instructor in Art 
B.A., M.A., University of California, Los Angeles 

CURTIS, DWIGHT W., JR. (1965), Assistant Professor of Psychology 

B.A., College of the Pacific; M.A., Sacramento State College; Ph.D., University of Oregon 

CUSICK, JAMES W. (1961), Associate Professor of Education, and Director, Secondary Educa- 
tion Program 

B.S., Montana State College; M.A., Washington State University; Ph.D., University of Min- 
nesota 

DAVIS, BARBARA E. (1960), Librarian IV 

B.S., Carnegie Institute of Technology; B.Mus., University of Wisconsin; M.L.S., Carnegie 
Library School 

DAVIS, F. JAMES (1962), Professor of Sociology and Chairman, Sociology Department 
B.A., Ph.D., State University of Iowa 

de FRANCE, DOROTHEA (1967), Lecturer in English 
B.A., M.A., California State College at Los Angeles 

de GRAAF, LAWRENCE B. (1959), Associate Professor of History 

B.A., Occidental College; M.A., Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles 

DENNISON, WALTER J. (1965), Associate Professor of Accounting 
B.B.A., University of Miami; M.S., Columbia University; C.P.A. 

DENNO, RAYMOND E. (1961), Director of Audiovisual Services, and Professor of Education 
B.A., University of California, Santa Barbara; M.S., University of Southern California; Ed.D., 
University of California, Los Angeles 

DICKIE, PAUL M. (1967), Assistant Professor of Quantitative Methods 

B.A., University of British Columbia; M.B.A., University of Southern California 

DIETZ, NAOMI G. (1960), Professor of Art 

B.S., Whitworth College; M.A., Teachers College, Columbia University 

DITTMAN, ROGER R. (1964), Associate Professor of Physics 

B.A., University of California, Santa Barbara; M.S., University of Delaware; Ph.D., University 
of Southern California 

DOANE, KENNETH R. (1960), Director of Institutional Research and Studies, and Professor 
of Education 

B.S., Wisconsin State College, La Crosse; M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin 

DONDIS, ERNEST H. (1966), Assistant Professor of Psychology 

B.A., M.A., California State College at Long Beach; Ph.D., University of California 

DONOGHUE, MILDRED R. (1962), Associate Professor of Education 

B.A., University of Michigan; M.A., University of Detroit; Ed.D., University of California, 
Los Angeles 

DORER, FRED H. (1967), Assistant Professor of Chemistry 

B.S., California State College at Long Beach; Ph.D., University of Washington 

DUERR, EDWIN (1964), Associate Professor of Drama 
B.A., University of California; M.A., Cornell University 

EARICK, ARTHUR D. (1960), Professor of Geography and Chairman, Geography Department 
B.A., Indiana University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Michigan 

EBERSOLE, PETER D. (1967), Lecturer in Psychology 
A.B., Swarthmore College 


312 


Faculty and Administration 


EDWARDS, RICHARD A. (1964), Assistant Professor of English 
B.A., University of California, Santa Barbara; M.A., Yale University 

EDWARDS, ROBERT E. (1966), Professor of Psychology and Chairman, Psychology Department 
B.S., M.S., University of Oregon; Ph.D., University of Washington 

EHMANN, GERHARD E. (1959), Dean of Educational Services and Summer Session, and Pro- 
fessor of Education 

B.A., Occidental College; M.A., Ed.D., University of California, Los Angeles 

EL-SADEN, MUNIR R. (1966), Professor of Engineering 

B.Sc., University of Denver; M.S., Ph.D., University of Michigan 

ENELL, GEORGE O. (1965), Assistant Professor of Speech 

B.A., Pomona College; B.D., Fuller Theological Seminary; M.A., Ph.D., University of Southern 
California 

EPSTEIN, CYRIL R., Assistant Professor of English 

B.A., University of California, Santa Barbara; M.A., Yale University 

ETUE, GEORGE E. (1963), Associate Professor of History 
B.A., Union College; M.A., Ph.D., University of California 

EVJENTH, HENRY A. (1964), Assistant Professor of Art 
B.A., M.A., California State College at Long Beach 

FARDY, PAUL S. (1967), Assistant Professor of Physical Education 
B.S., State University of New York; M.S., Ph.D., University of Illinois 

FARMER, MARJORIE M. (1965), Lecturer in English 
B.A., M.A., California State College at Fullerton 

FASHEH, ISSA I. (1966), Librarian II 

B.A., University of California, Los Angeles; M.L.S., University of Southern California 
FELDMAN, DAVID M. (1964), Associate Professor of Spanish 

B.A., University of Southern California; M.A., Ph.D., Cornell University 

FELDMAN, ROBERT S. (1964), Assistant Professor of History 
B.S., Illinois State University; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana University 

FERARU, ANNE T. (1966), Assistant Professor of Political Science 

B.A., Wilson College; M.A., Columbia University; Ph.D., University of Lyons 

FESSENDEN, SETH A. (1959), Professor of Speech and Chairman, Speech Department 
B.S., M.S., University of Illinois; Ph.D., New York University 

FIERMAN, MORTON C. (1963), Associate Professor of Education 

B.A., Western Reserve University; M.H.L., Hebrew Union College; M.A., Tulsa University; 
Ed.D., Arizona State University 

FISCHER, HERTA D. (1967), Librarian III 

B.A., University of Berlin; M.A., University of Denver 

FLETCHER, ROBERT F. (1965), Assistant Professor of Science and Mathematics Education 
B.A., M.A., San Diego State College; Ed.D., Stanford University 

FLICKEMA, THOMAS O. (1966), Assistant Professor of History 

A. B., Hope College; M.A., Ph.D., Wayne State University 

FLORES, FILEMON C., JR. (1967), Assistant Professor of Management 

B. S.M.E., University of the Philippines; M.B.A., University of California, Los Angeles 

FOREST, GEORGE C. (1965), Assistant Professor of Drama 

B.F.A., M.F.A., Art Institute of Chicago; B.M., M.M., Roosevelt University; Ph.D., Stanford 
University 

FORREST, C. DORSEY (1966), Professor of Marketing 

B.S., Northwestern University; M.B.A., University of Southern California; Ph.D., Ohio State 
University 

* FOSTER, JULIAN F. S. (1963), Associate Professor of Political Science 

B.A., M.A., New College, Oxford, England; Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles 

FRIEND, GEORGE L. (1964), Assistant Professor of English 
B.A., Miami University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Illinois 

FRYE, MICHAEL W. (1967), Assistant Professor of Accounting 

B.S., University of California, Los Angeles; J.D., University of San Diego; C.P.A. 

FULLER, CYNTHIA (1967), Instructor in English 

B.A., University of Arizona; M.A., University of Massachusetts 


* On leave 1967-68. 


313 


Faculty and Administration 


FULTON, MARTIN W. (1965), Assistant Professor of Physical Education 

B.A., M.A., California State College at Los Angeles; H.S.D., Indiana University 

FUSZEK, RITA M. (1964), Assistant Professor of Music 
B.M., Butler University; M.M., Michigan State University 

GARRET, ROGER W. (1967), Activities Adviser 
B.S., University of Illinois 

GERFEN, RICHARD L. (1967), Lecturer in Education 
B.A., M.A., California State College at Los Angeles 

GIACUMAKIS, GEORGE, JR. (1963), Assistant Professor of History 
B.A., Shelton College; M.A., Ph.D., Brandeis University 

GILBERT, RICHARD C. (1963), Professor of Mathematics 

B.A., Harvard College; Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles 

GILDE, JOSEPH M. (1965), Assistant Professor of English 
B.A., Syracuse University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago 

GLEESON, LARRY A. (1966), Assistant Professor of Art 

B.A., Dartmouth College; M.A., University of California, Los Angeles 

GOOD, KAYE M. (1963), Assistant Professor of Speech 

B.A., Washington State College; M.A., California State College at Long Beach 

GOULD, BETTY W. (1965), Assistant Professor of Education 

B.A., University of Southern California; M.A., Fresno State College 

GRANELL, LEE E. (1960), Associate Professor of Speech 

B.A., San Diego State College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Southern California 

GRAVES, LEVERN F. (1960), Professor of Economics, and Acting Chairman, Economics De- 
partment 

B.A., Ph.D., University of California 

GRAY, J. JUSTIN (1961), Associate Dean, School of Letters, Arts and Science; and Professor 
of Music 

B.Mus., University of Michigan; M.Mus., Eastman School of Music; D.Mus., University of 
Southern California 

GREENFIELD, DAVID W. (1966), Assistant Professor of Zoology 

A. B., Humboldt State College; Ph.D., University of Washington 

GREENWOOD, JOAN V. (1963), Associate Professor of English 

B. A., Wellesley College; M.A., Ph.D., Stanford University 

HAAKER, ANNABELLE M. (1965), Associate Professor of English 

B.A., University of Texas; M.A., Claremont Graduate School; Ph.D., Shakespeare Institute, 
University of Birmingham 

HAGEDORN, ROBERT B. (1966), Associate Professor of Sociology 

B.A., San Francisco State College; M.A., University of Washington; Ph.D., University of Texas 

HALL, WILLIAM K., JR. (1967), Assistant Professor of Management 
B.M.E., Georgia Institute of Technology; M.S., San Diego State College 

HANAUER, ERIC S. (1966), Assistant Professor of Physical Education 
B.S., George Williams College; M.S., University of California, Los Angeles 

HANSEN, ARTHUR A. (1966), Assistant Professor of History 
B.A., M.A., University of California, Santa Barbara 

* HARDMAN, O. CLYDE (1965), Assistant Professor of Accounting 
B.S., M.S., University of Utah 

HARDY, B. CARMON (1966), Assistant Professor of History 

B.A., Washington State University; M.A., Brigham Young University; Ph.D., Wayne State 
University 

HARRIS, BARBARA ANN (1967), Assistant Professor of Speech 

B.S., Ohio State University; M.A., Temple University; Ph.D., University of California, Los 
Angeles 

HARTSIG, BARBARA A. (1959), Professor of Education, and Director, Elementary Education 
Program 

B.A., Occidental College; M.S., University of Southern California; Ed.D., University of Cali- 
fornia, Los Angeles 

* On leave 1967-68. 


314 


Faculty and Administration 


* HAYDEN, MARY H. (1965), Instructor in English 

B.A., California State College at Fullerton; M.A., University of California, Riverside 
HAYNER, HELEN L. (1965), Librarian II 

B.A., State University of New York; B.S. in L.S., Syracuse University 

HAYNER, PAUL C. (1964), Professor of Philosophy, and Chairman, Philosophy Department 
B.A., Union College; B.D., Union Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Columbia University 
t HEIN, RAYMOND (1961), Professor of Art 
B.A., M.A., California State College at Long Beach 

HE1NZE, BETTY L. (1965), Instructor in English 

B.A., California State College at Fullerton; M.A., University of Southern California 
HELIN, RONALD A. (1963), Associate Professor of Geography 

B.A., Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles; M.A., Miami University 

HENGEVELD, DENNIS A. (1967), Assistant Professor of English 
B.A., Hope College; M.A., Rice University 

HENRY, DONALD R. (1966), Assistant Professor of Drama 

B.A., State College of Iowa; M.A., University of Washington; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin 
HERMAN, LINDA E. (1965), Librarian II 

B.A., California State College at Los Angeles; M.L.S., University of California, Los Angeles 

HERRON, LOIS S. (1959), Director, Office of Faculty Records 
B.S., M.S., University of Illinois 

HIEGEL, GENE A. (1966), Assistant Professor of Chemistry 
B.S.. Ph.D., University of Wisconsin 

HIRSCH, A. JAY (1966), Professor of Accounting 

B.A., M.S., The Pennylvania State University; Ph.D., University of Illinois 

HITCHCOCK, LEONARD A. (1966), Instructor in Philosophy 
B.A., University of Iowa; M.A., Claremont Graduate School 

HODGES, ROBERT R. (1965), Assistant Professor of English 

B.A., Valparaiso University; M.A., University of Missouri; Ph.D., Stanford University 
HOLMES, EMMA E. (1961), Associate Professor of Education 

B.A., Mount Holyoke College; M.A., University of Illinois; Ph.D., State University of Iowa 
HORTON, MELVIN E. (1967), Assistant Professor of Economics 

B.S., University of Missouri; M.B.A., City College of New York; M.A., Ph.D., University of 
Washington 

HUGHES, CHARLOTTE B. (1967), Assistant Professor of English 
B»A., University of Oregon; A.M., Ph.D., Brown University 

HUNT, EUGENE B. (1966), Professor of Engineering 

B.S., South Dakota State College; M.S., Kansas State College; Ph.D., Purdue University 

HUNTER, DOREEN M. (1967), Assistant Professor of History 

A. B., Stanford University; M.A., University of California 

HUOTARI, FRANCES I. (1966), Assistant Professor of Chemistry 

B. S., M.S., Montana State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota 

HURLEY, EDWARD T. (1967), Assistant Professor of English 

A. B., Notre Dame University; A.M., Ph.D., University of Michigan 

HYINK, BERNARD L. (1960), Vice President, Academic Affairs, and Professor of Political 
Science 

B. A., University of Redlands; M.A., University of California; Ph.D., University of Southern 
California 

IMHOFF, MYRTLE M. (1960), Professor of Education 

B.A., Harris Teachers College; M.A., St. Louis University; Ph.D., Washington University 
IVY, GREGORY D. (1965), Professor of Art 

B.S., Central Missouri State College; M.A., Columbia University 

JACOBSON, PERRY E., JR. (1963), Associate Professor of Sociology 

B.A., Hamline University; M.S., Iowa State University; Ph.D., University of Minnesota 

JAECKEL, SOLOMON P. (1967), Assistant Professor of Education 

B.S., Wayne State University; M.A., Ed.D., University of California, Los Angeles 

* On leave 1967-68. 
t On leave spring 1968. 


315 


Faculty and Administration 


JAFFEE, STANLEY (1967), Assistant Professor of Psychology 

B.A., University of California; M.S., San Diego State College; Ph.D., University of California, 
Riverside 

JEFFERIES, LUCY B. (1966), Assistant Professor of Art 

B.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute; M.F.A., University of North Carolina 

JEFFRIES, VICTORIA M. (1966), Librarian II 

B.A., Florida Presbyterian College; M.S.L.S., University of Kentucky 

JOESINK-MANDEVILLE, LEROY V. (1966), Assistant Professor of Anthropology 
B.A., Sacramento State College; M.A., Mexico City College 
JOHNSON, ELMER L. (1964), Professor of Physical Education, and Chairman, Health Educa- 
tion, Physical Education and Recreation Department, and Director of Athletics 
B.A., Moorhead State College; M.Ed., University of Minnesota; Ed.D., University of Southern 
California 

JOHNSON, RAYNOLDS (1961), Assistant Professor of Communications 
B.A., Los Angeles State College; M.A., Stanford University 
JONES, HAZEL J. (1960), Associate Dean, School of Letters, Arts, and Science, Professor of 
English 

B.A., Western State College of Colorado; M.S., Ed.D., University of Southern California 

JORDAN, JAMES E. (1965), Assistant Professor of History 

B.A., Washburn University; M.A., Ph.D., University of California 

JORDAN, JOHN R. (1965), Assistant Professor of Art 
B.A., M.F.A., University of California, Los Angeles 

JOSEPH, ROGER (1967), Assistant Professor of Anthropology 

B.A., University of Nevada; M.A., Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles 

JOUN, YOUNG P. (1965), Assistant Professor of Quantitative Methods 
B.A., Seoul National University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Washington 

KAPLAN, DONALD E. (1964), Associate Professor of Speech 

B.A., University of California, Los Angeles; M.A., California State College at Long Beach 

KARSON, BURTON L. (1965), Assistant Professor of Music 
B.A., M.A., D.M.A., University of Southern California 

KASUN, JACQUELINE R. (1965), Associate Professor of Economics 
B.A., University of California; M.S., Ph.D., Columbia University 

KAWAKAMI, DANIEL T. (1967), Counselor, Student Personnel Services 

A. B., Washington University; M.A., University of Hawaii; Ph.D., Columbia University 
Teachers College 

KELLER, ALVIN J. (1966), Assistant Professor of Drama 

B. A., University of California, Los Angeles; M.F.A., Yale University; Ph.D., Stanford Uni- 
versity 

KERAN, DONALD W. (1961), Librarian III 

B.A., University of California, Los Angeles; M.S., University of Southern California 

KERCIU, G. RAY (1963), Assistant Professor of Art 

B.A., Michigan State University; M.F.A., Cranbrook Academy of Art 

* KERSCHNER, LEE R. (1961), Associate Professor of Political Science 

B.A., Rutgers University; M.A., Johns Hopkins University; Ph.D., Georgetown University 

KESTER, J. BERNARD (1967), Professor of Art 

A. B., M.A., University of California, Los Angeles 

KETTERINGHAM, WILLIAM J. (1966), Assistant Professor of Geography 

B. A., University of California, Los Angeles; M.A., Stanford University 

'KILKER, DOROTHY K. (1965), Instructor in English 
B.A., M.A., California State College at Fullerton 

KIM, YUNG MIN (1967), Assistant Professor of Political Science 

A. B., M.A., Indiana University 

KINCAID, DESMOND (1966), Assistant Professor of Music 

B. A., University of California, Santa Barbara; B.A., M.A., University of Washington 

KINNEY, PAUL T. (1963), Acting Dean, School of Business Administration and Economics; 
and Professor of Finance 

B.A., San Jose State College; Ph.D., University of Southern California 


* On leave 1967-68. 


316 


Faculty and Administration 


KLASSEN, VURYL J. (1965), Assistant Professor of Mathematics 
B.A., Butler University; M.S., Ph.D., University of Arizona 

KLASSEN, VYRON M. (1965), Associate Professor of Mathematics 
B.A., Butler University; M.S., Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute 

KLINE, WALTER D. (1963), Professor of Spanish and Chairman, Foreign Languages and 
Literatures Department 

B.A., Indiana State Teachers College; M.A., University of Wisconsin; Ph.D., University of 
Michigan 

KRAVITZ, BERNARD (1961), Associate Professor of Education 

B.A., University of Southern California; M.A., Ed.D., University of California 

KUNI, MASAMI (1964), Associate Professor of Drama 

B. Humanities, Matsue Kota Gakko University, Japan; Bungakushi, Tokyo Imperial University; 
Ph.D., Friedrich Wilhelm University 
LACY, BETTY BRADLEY (1966), Student Activities Adviser 
B.A., San Diego State College 

LACKEY, PAT N. (1966), Assistant Professor of Sociology 

A. B., Southwest Missouri State College; M.A., University of Pittsburgh 

LAFKY, JOHN D. (1963), Associate Dean, School of Business Administration and Economics; 
and Associate Professor of Economics 

B. S., New Mexico State University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Texas 

LAKE, ERNEST G. (1966), Professor of Education, and Director, School Administration Program 
B.A., Montana University; M.Ed., Ed.D., Harvard University 

LAKE, JEANETTE M. (1964), Librarian m 

B.A., Mount Holyoke College; M.S., University of Southern California 

LANCASTER, WAYNE H. (1967), Assistant Professor of Economics 
B.A., California State College at Fullerton 

LANDON, JOSEPH W. (1960), Professor of Music and Chairman, Music Department 

B.A., Occidental College; M.A., Claremont Graduate School; Ed.D., University of Southern 
California 

LANE, SYLVIA (1965), Associate Professor of Finance, and Acting Chairman, Finance Depart- 
ment 

B.A., M.A., University of California; Ph.D., University of Southern California 

LANGE, IRENE L. (1965), Assistant Professor of Marketing 
B.S., M.S., University of Illinois 

LANGWORTHY, WILLIAM C. (1965), Associate Professor of Chemistry 
B.S., Tufts University; Ph.D., University of California 
LAWRENCE, JOHN ERIC (1966), Instructor in Communications 
B.A., University of California; B.P.A., Art Center College of Design 

LAY, L. CLARK (1960), Professor of Mathematics Education 

B.S., Aurora College; M.A., University of Southern California; Ed.D., University of California, 
Los Angeles 

LAYDEN, WILLIAM T. (1966), Lecturer in Marketing 
B.S., M.B.A., University of Southern California 

LEDER, HANS H. (1965), Assistant Professor of Anthropology 
B.A., New York University; M.A., Stanford University 

LEE, LOUISE G. (1964), Foreign Student Adviser 

B.S., University of Wisconsin; M.A., California State College at Fullerton 

LEMMON, ROBERT A. (1963), Acting Associate Dean, School of Education; and Associate 
Professor of Education 

B.S., M.A., Ohio State University; Ed.D., Colorado State College 

LEPPER, MARY K. (1965), Assistant Professor of Political Science 

B.A., California State College at Fullerton; Ph.D., Florida State University 

LEPPER, ROBERT E. (1965), Associate Professor of Science and Mathematics Education 
B.S., M.A., San Jose State College; Ph.D., Florida State University 

LEWIS, DANIEL G. (1963), Professor of Music 

B.A., San Diego State College; M.A., Claremont Graduate School 


317 


Faculty and Administration 


LINDLEY, RICHARD H., Professor of Psychology 
B.A., Ph.D., University of California 
LINDNER, WILLIAM A. (1966), Assistant Professor of Psychology 

A. B., Columbia College; Ph.D., Indiana University 

LIVENGOOD, EDWARD B. (1960), Librarian III 

B. A., University of Redlands; M.S., University of Southern California 

LONG, EMMETT T. (1959), Associate Dean of Students; Director of Relations with Schools, 
and Professor of Speech 

B.A., Pepperdine College; B.A., M.A., University of California; Ed.D., University of Southern 
California 

LYNN, ARTHUR W. (1962), Counselor and Test Officer 

B.A., University of Redlands; M.A., Claremont Graduate School 

LYNN, JOANNE L. (1966), Lecturer in English 

B.A., Pomona College; M.A., California State College at Fullerton 

LYON, MICHAEL T. (1967), Assistant Professor of Art 
B.A., M.A., University of Washington 

MARLEY, GERALD C. (1967), Assistant Professor of Mathematics 

B.S., Eastern New Mexico University; M.S., Texas Technological College; Ph.D., University 
of Arizona 

MASON, JOHN B. (1960), Professor of Political Science 

B.A., Butler University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin 

* MATHIEU, GUSTAVE (1960), Professor of French and German 
B.S., M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University 
MATSON, DONALD D. (1967), Instructor in Physical Education 
B.A., M.S., University of California, Los Angeles 

MAUCH, ANNETTA B. (1965), Intructor in English 

B.A., Mexico City College; M.A., California State College at Fullerton 

MAXWELL, J. WILLIAM (1960), Professor of Communications and Chairman, Communications 
Department 

B.A., University of Southern California; M.S., Columbia University; Ph.D., University of 
Iowa 

MCCARTHY, MILES D. (1959), Dean, School of Letters, Arts and Science, Professor of Biology 
B.S., Westchester State Teachers College, Pennsylvania; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania 

McCARTY, FRANK L. (1966), Instructor in Music 

B.A., San Diego State College; M.A., University of Southern California 

McCLANAHAN, LONNIE L., JR. (1966), Assistant Professor of Biology 
B.S., University of Redlands; Ph.D., University of California, Riverside 

McCLEARY, JAMES A. (1960), Professor of Botany 

B.A., Asbury College; M.S., Ohio University; Ph.D., University of Michigan 

McCLOUD, LELAND W. (1962), Professor of Management and Quantitative Methods 
B.S., M.S., North Texas University; Ph.D., University of Texas 

McCOLGAN, HARRY B. (1964), Instructor in Drama 
B.A., Wesleyan University; M.A., Northwestern University 

McCOMB, STUART F. (1959), Executive Dean and Professor of Education 

B.A., Arizona State University; M.S., Ed.D., University of Southern California; LL.D., Upper 
Iowa University 

McCULLOUGH, EDITH L. (1966), Assistant Professor of Education 

B.A., Colorado State College; M.B.E., University of Colorado; Ph.D., University of Southern 
California 

McGARRY, EUGENE L. (1962), Acting Dean, School of Education; Professor of Education 
B.A., Cornell College; M.A., Northwestern University; Ph.D., State University of Iowa 

McKEE, KENT E. (1964), Associate Professor of Business Law 

B.B.A., University of Toledo; M.B.A., Michigan State University; LL.B., University of Michi- 
gan; C.P.A. 

McKUSICK, ROSA A. (1967), Librarian III 

B.A., Whittier College; M.A., Columbia University; Certificate in Librarianship, University of 
California 


* On leave 1967-68. 


318 


Faculty and Administration 


McLAREN, ROBERT B. (1967), Assistant Professor of Education 

A. B., Park College; B.D., McCormick Theological Seminary; M.A., University of Houston 

McNELLY, WILLIS E. (1961), Associate Professor of English 

B. A., Central YMCA College; M.A., Loyola University (Chicago); Ph.D., Northwestern Uni- 
versity 

MELHUISH, LUCY A. (1967), Assistant Professor of Speech 
B.A., M.A., University of Oregon 

MEND, MICHAEL R. (1965), Assistant Professor of Sociology 
B.A., M.A., University of California, Los Angeles 

MERRIFIELD, DORIS F. (1965), Associate Professor of German 
M.A., Ph.D., The University of Texas 

MERRITT, ROBERT E. (1967), Assistant Professor of Business Law 

A. B., Sacramento State College; LL.B., University of California School of Law 

t MICHALSKY, DONAL R. (1960), Associate Professor of Music 

B. Mus., M.Mus., University of Southern California; D.M.A., University of Southern California 

MILLER, RONALD R. (1967), Assistant Professor of Mathematics 
B.S., M.S., Texas Technological College; Ph.D., University of Arizona 

MINOR, BENTON L. (1967), Lecturer in Music 
B.A., University of California, Los Angeles 

MLYNARYK, PETER M. (1967), Lecturer in Finance 

B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology; M.B.A., University of Southern California 

MONTANA, ANDREW F. (1963), Associate Professor of Chemistry and Chairman, Chemistry 
Department 

B.S., Seattle Pacific College; Ph.D., University of Washington 

MORGAN, JOSEPH C., JR. (1967), Lecturer in Marketing 
B.S., M.B.A., University of Southern California 

MORKRE, MORRIS E. (1967), Assistant Professor of Economics 
B.A., University of Redlands; M.A., Northwestern University 

MORRIS, THOMAS D. (1964), Financial Aids Officer 
B.A., M.Ed., Gonzaga University 

MORROW, JOSEPH E. (1965), Assistant Professor of Psychology 

B.A., M.A., Sacramento State College; Ph.D., Washington State University 

MORTIMER, GRETA S. (1967), Assistant Professor of Accounting 

A. B., Chico State College; M.B.A., University of California; C.P.A. 

MORTON, HELEN L. (1963), College Medical Officer 

B. A., University of Nevada; M.D., Medical College of Virginia 

MYERS, DION G. (1967), Assistant Professor of Art 

B.F.A., University of Oklahoma; M.F.A., Claremont Graduate School 

NELSON, CALVIN C. (1967), Associate Professor of Education; and Director, Special Education 
Program 

B.A., University of California; M.S., University of Miami; M.A., Ph.D., University of Oregon 

NELSON, MAX (1965), Professor of Speech 

B.A., University of Akron; M.A., Ph.D., University of Michigan 

NEWBY, IDUS A. (1967), Associate Professor of History 

B.A., Georgia Southern College; M.A., University of Southern California; Ph.D., University of 
California, Los Angeles 

NICHOLS, E. RAY (1966), Associate Professor of Speech 

B.A., M.A., Cornell University; Ph.D., University of Southern California 

NICHOLS, JOHN R., JR. (1965), Associate Professor of Finance 
B.A., Baldwin- Wallace College; M.A., Ph.D., Ohio State University 

NIEMINSKY, ARTHUR C. (1967), Assistant Professor of Accounting 

B.S., Fairleigh S. Dickinson University; M.S., University of California, Los Angeles 

NUDD, T. ROGER (1966), Associate Dean of Students, Activities and Housing 
B.S., M.S., University of Oregon; Ed.D., University of California, Los Angeles 

NYCUM, RUTH A. (1967), Librarian I 
B.A., Kalamazoo College 


t On leave fall 1967. 


319 


Faculty and Administration 


OBLER, PAUL C. (1962), Professor of English 

B.A., American University; M.A., Columbia University; Ph.D., Rutgers University 

ODLE, DWIGHT R. (1967), Instructor in Drama 

B.A., San Francisco State College; M.F.A., Yale University School of Drama 

OLEYAR, RITA D. (1966), Instructor in English 

A. B., Seton Hill College; M.A., California State College at Fullerton 

OLSEN, JOHN W. ( 1961), Professor of Art 

B. Ed., University of California, Los Angeles; M.A., Ed.D., Columbia University 

OMALEV, ALEXANDER (1960), Associate Professor of Physical Education and Coach of Basketball 
B.A., M.S., University of Southern California 

ONORATO, MICHAEL P. (1965), Associate Professor of History 
B.S., St. Peter’s College; M.A., Ph.D., Georgetown University 

OVERVOLD, GARY E. (1966), Assistant Professor of Philosophy 
B.A., St. Olaf College; Ph.D., Claremont Graduate School 

OW, WELLINGTON H. (1967), Assistant Professor of Mathematics 
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles 

PALISI, BARTOLOMEO J. (1963), Associate Professor of Sociology 
B.A., M.A., Brooklyn College; Ph.D., University of Nebraska 

PAN, DOROTHY (1964), Associate Professor of Chemistry 

B.S., University of Oklahoma; M.S., University of Minnesota; Ph.D., Case Institute of Technology 

PARTIN, ROBERT E. (1966), Professor of Art 

B.A., University of California, Los Angeles; M.F.A., Columbia University 

PASTOR, PAUL J. (1960), Professor of Physical Education 
B.S., M.Ed., Springfield College; Ed.D., University of Oregon 

PELTZ, MARY (1967), Librarian III 

B.A., M.S.L.S., M.A., University of California, Los Angeles 

PENA, ERVIE (1963), Instructor in Spanish 

B.A., Mexico City College; M.A., University of Southern California 

PET ALAS, URANIA C. (1965), Assistant Professor of English 
B.A., M.A., San Fernando Valley State College 

PHILLIPS, DORIS G. (1965), Associate Professor of Economics 
B.A., Ph.D., University of California 

PICKERSGILL, JOYCE E. (1966), Assistant Professor of Economics 
B.A., Smith College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Washington 

PITKIN, WILLIS F., JR. (1967), Assistant Professor of English 

A. B., M.A., University of Southern California 

PIVAR, DAVID J. (1965), Assistant Professor of History 

B. S., Millersville State College; M.A., Temple University; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania 

PONTNEY, JACK A. (1961), Associate Professor of Economics 

B.A., University of Redlands; M.A., Ph.D., Northwestern University 

POORKAJ, HOUSHANG (1965), Assistant Professor of Sociology 
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Southern California 

POVLOVICH, CHARLES A. (1960), Associate Dean, School of Letters, Arts, and Science, and 
Professor of History 

B.A., University of Kansas City; M.A., University of Missouri; Ph.D., University of Southern 
California 

POWLISON, FRASER (1967), Instructor in Education 
BA., Pomona College 

PREBLE, KENNETH J., JR. (1963), Associate Professor of Education 
B.A., University of Miami; M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago 

PRENZLOW, CARL F. (1965), Associate Professor of Chemistry 
B.A., University of Colorado; Ph.D., University of Washington 

PUTNAM, JACKSON K. (1965), Assistant Professor of History 
B.S., M.A., University of North Dakota; Ph.D., Stanford University 

SQUALLS, CLIFFORD R. (1964), Instructor in Mathematics 

B.A., California State College at Long Beach; M.A., University of California, Riverside 

* On leave 1967-68 


320 


Faculty and Administration 


RACSTER, MARY L. (1966), Assistant Professor of Finance 

A. B., Ohio University; A.M., University of Illinois 

RAMSAY, ORRINGTON C. (1960), Professor of English 

B. S., Northwestern University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin 

RANSFORD, H. EDWARD (1966), Assistant Professor of Sociology 

B.A., Occidental College; M.A., Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles 

REIMS, CLIFFORD W. (1966), Assistant Professor of Music 

A. B., Bucknell University; M.M., Indiana University 

REITH, GERTRUDE M. (1961), Associate Professor of Geography 

B. A., M.A., University of Washington; Ph.D., Clark University 

REMSEN, LESTER E. (1966), Assistant Professor of Music 

B.M., Eastman School of Music; M.M., D.M.A., University of Southern California 

RETAN, E. ELIZABETH (1966), Librarian II 

B.A., Pomona College; B.S.L.S., Columbia University 

REYNOLDS, JOHN E., JR. (1967), Librarian I 

B.A., California State College at Fullerton; M.L.S., University of California, Los Angeles 

RICHARDSON, IVAN L. (1964), Professor of Political Science and Chairman, Political Science 
Department 

B.A., University of Illinois; M.A., Ph.D., University of Iowa 

RILEY, GLYNDON D. (1966), Assistant Professor of Speech 
B.A., M.A., Pepperdine College; Ph.D., Florida State University 

ROBERTS, FRANK L. (1961), Professor of Marketing and Management, and Chairman, Marketing 
Department 

B.S., University of Arkansas; M.B.A., University of Texas; Ph.D., University of Illinois 

ROEBUCK, FRANK H. (1967), Assistant Professor of Finance 

B.A., Baylor University; M.B.A., University of California, Los Angeles 

ROMOTSKY, SALLY R. (1967), Lecturer in English 
B.A., M.A., Texas Western College 
ROSS, RUTH A. (1967), Assistant Professor of Political Science 
B.A., M.A., University of Southern California 

ROTHMAN, ALVIN H. (1964), Associate Professor of Biology 

B.A., M.A., University of California, Los Angeles; D.Sc., The Johns Hopkins University 

♦RUBINSTEIN, WILLIAM C. (1966), Associate Professor of English 

B.A., College City of New York; M.A., New York University; Ph.D., Yale University 

RUSSELL, JACK (1966), Counselor and Test Officer 

B.A., Pepperdine College; M.S., University of Southern California 

RUTEMILLER, BESSIE M. (1966), Librarian II 

B.A., Baldwin-Wallace College; M.S. in L.S., Western Reserve University 

RUTEMILLER, HERBERT C. (1966), Associate Professor of Quantitative Methods and Chairman, 
Quantitative Methods Department 

B.S., Case Institute of Technology; M.S., Ph.D., Western Reserve University 

SAGER, ROBERT J. (1967), Instructor in Geography 

B.S., Wisconsin State University; M.S., University of Wisconsin 

SAILOR, DANTON B. (1962), Associate Professor of History 
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Illinois 
SAKUMA, ARLINE H. (1967), Assistant Professor of Sociology 
B.A., M.A., University of Washington 
SALZ, PAULINA JUNE (1961), Associate Professor of English 
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Southern California 
SAMUELSON, GERALD D. (1962), Associate Professor of Art and Acting Chairman, Art Depart- 
ment 

B.A., M.A., University of California, Los Angeles 

SANDBERG, ROLLIN T. (1964), Associate Professor of Mathematics 

B.A., Alfred University; M.A., University of Buffalo; Ph.D., University of Arizona 

SCHEEL, VIRGINIA L. (1967), Assistant Professor of Physical Education 
B.A., La Verne College; M.A., California State College at Los Angeles 


* On leave 1967-68 


321 


Faculty and Administration 


SCHICK, GUY A. (1964), Assistant Professor of Economics 
B.S., M.S., Purdue University 

SCHILD, RICHARD J. (1965), Assistant Professor of Physical Education 
B.S., M.S., Wisconsin State University 

SCHMIDT, LEO J. (1967), Assistant Professor of Education 

B.S., University of Nebraska; M.A., Northwestern University; Ed.D., University of Southern 
California 

SCHMIDT, LOUIS G. (1961), Professor of Psychology 

B.S., Stout State College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin 

SCHNEIDER, CLARENCE E. (1962), Professor of English 

B.A., Iowa State Teachers College; M.A., University of Iowa; Ph.D., University of Southern 
California 

SCHULTZ, DEANNA L. (1965), Assistant Professor of Physical Education 
B.S., University of California, Los Angeles; M.P.H., University of Florida 

SCOTT, MILDRED H. (1965), Registrar 
B.A., University of California 

SCOTT SARI, E. (1963), Associate Professor of English 

B.A., Carnegie Institute of Technology; M.Litt., University of Pittsburgh; Ph.D., University 
of Iowa 

SCOUFOS, ALICE L. (1936), Assistant Professor of English 
B.A., Ph.D., University of Oklahoma 

SEARS, DONALD A. (1967), Lecturer in English 

B.A., Bowdoin College; M.A., Ph.D., Harvard University 

SEE, RICHARD E. (1966), Assistant Professor of Anthropology 
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles 

SELLER, HOWARD J., Assistant Professor of English 

B.A., University of California, Los Angeles; M.A., Ph.D., University of Southern California 

SHAH, CHANDRAKANT C. (1967), Assistant Professor of Political Science 

B.A., LL.B., Bombay University; LL.M., London University and Georgetown University; S.J.D., 
Southern Methodist University 

SHAPIRO, SHIRLEY (1965), Instructor in English 

B.A., Brooklyn College; M.A., University of Washington 

SHAPLEY, CHARLES S. (1962), Associate Professor of French 
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of California 

SHARMA, RADHA MOHAN (1966), Assistant Professor of Finance 
B.S., M.B.A., Florida State University 

SHARMA, SOM PARKASH (1966), Assistant Professor of English 

B.A., B.M., College of Simla; M.A., Punjab University; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin 

SHAUL, DONALD R. (1964), Associate Professor of Management and Acting Chairman, Manage- 
ment Department 

B.S., United States Naval Academy; M.B.A., Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles 

SHAW, EDWARD P. (1968), Professor of Management 

B.A., San Diego State College; M.S., Texas A & M University; Ph.D., University of Southern 
California 

SHIELDS, L. DONALD (1963), Vice President, Administration, and Professor of Chemistry 
B.A., University of California, Riverside; Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles 

SHIN, LINDA P. (1967), Lecturer in History 

B.A., M.L.S., University of California, Los Angeles 

SHUMWAY, GARY L. (1967), Lecturer in History 
B.A., M.A., Brigham Young University 

SICA, MORRIS G. (1964), Associate Professor of Education 

B.A., Brooklyn College; M.A., University of Michigan; Ed.D., Florida State University 

SILVERS, STUART (1965), Associate Professor of Philosophy 

B.A., M.A., Michigan State University; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh 

SIMPSON, ROBERT L. (1967), Assistant Professor of Education 

B.A., University of Washington; M.A., California State College at Los Angeles 

SMITH, ALDEN W. (1964), Associate Professor of Education 

B.A., M.A., University of California; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University 


322 


Faculty and Administration 


SMITH, DANA H. (1967), Lecturer in Marketing 
B.S., M.B.A., University of California, Los Angeles 

SMITH, J. REX (1961), Associate Professor of Sociology 

B.A., Phillips University; B.D., Yale University, Divinity School; M.A., Ph.D., University of 
Southern California 

SMITH, THEODORE H. (1960), Professor of Marketing and Finance 

B.A., Heidelberg College; M.B.A., Northwestern University; Ph.D., Ohio State University 

SMITH, VICTOR V. (1962), Associate Professor of Art 
B.A., M.A., Long Beach State College 

SMYTHE, TED C. (1963), Assistant Professor of Communications 

B.S., Sterling College; M.S., University of Oregon; Ph.D., University of Minnesota 

SOMMER, MICHAEL H. (1965), Assistant Professor of Communications 
B.A., University of California; M.S., University of California, Los Angeles 

SPANGLER, GEORGE M. (1966), Assistant Professor of English 

A. B., Haverford College; ALA., Ph.D., University of California 

SPENGER, ROBERT E. (1964), Associate Professor of Chemistry 

B. A., University of California; Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles 

STARK, SHIRL A. (1966), Assistant Professor of Education 

A. B., California State College, Los Angeles; M.S., University of Southern California 

STEPHAN, GOTTFRIED (1967), Lecturer in German 

Abitur, Rats-Gymnasium; First State Exam. Referenda, Georg-August Universitat; Second State 
Exam. Assessor, Postgraduate Studien-Seminar I 

STEWART, CAMERON (1967), Lecturer in History 

B. A., University of Washington; M.A., Claremont Graduate School 

STIEL, BETH T. (1966), Librarian II 

B.A., University of California, Los Angeles; M.L.S., University of California 

STIEL, EDSEL F. (1962), Associate Professor of Mathematics 
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles 

STIER, DUDLEY A. (1966), Housing Coordinator 

A. B., Stanford University; M.B.A., Cornell University 

STOVALL, EULA M. (1965), Assistant Professor of Physical Education 

B. A., Colorado State College of Education; M.A., San Francisco State College; Ph.D., University 
of Southern California 

SUDHALTER, TREVA R. (1967), Counselor, Student Personnel Services 
B.A., M.A., George Washington University 

SULLIVAN, PHILIP E. (1966), Assistant Professor of English 

A.B., St. Mary’s College; M.A., University of California; Ph.D., University of Southern California 

SUTPHEN, SANDRA (1967), Assistant Professor of Political Science 

A. B., Douglass College; M.A., Rutgers University 

SUTTON, DONALD D. (1960), Professor of Biology and Chairman, Biological Science Department 

B. A., University of California; M.A., Ph.D., University of California, Davis 

SUTTON, IMRE (1964), Associate Professor of Geography 
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles 

TEEL, ERIC A. (1966), Librarian II 

B.A., St. John’s College, Annapolis; M.S. in L.S., Western Reserve University 

THOMAS, JOSEPH A. (1967), Lecturer in Psychology 

B.A., San Jose State College; M.A., University of California, Riverside 

THOMPSON, CECIL B. (1965), Assistant Professor of Economics 
B.A., M.A., University of California, Los Angeles 

THORSEN, DAVID O. (1960), Professor of Music 

B.Mus., University of Redlands; M.A., Occidental College 
TOWNSHEND-ZELLNER, NORMAN (1964), Professor of Economics and Director, Center for 
Economic Education 
B.S., Ph.D., University of California 

TOY, ERNEST W., JR. (1959), College Librarian and Associate Professor of History 

B.A., College of St. Thomas; M.S., University of Southern California; M.A., University of 
California, Los Angeles 


323 


Faculty and Administration 

TREGO, JOHN W. (1964), Associate Professor of Management and Business Education 
B.A., Lebanon Valley College; M.A., Columbia University; Ed.D., Temple University 

TREON, MARTIN A. (1967), Assistant Professor of Speech 

B.S., University of Minnesota; M.A., Stanford University; Ph.D., Univresity of California, 
Los Angeles 

TSAI, LOH SENG (1965), Professor of Psychology 

B.A., Nanking University; M.S., Fuh Tan University; Ph.D., University of Chicago 

TUMAS, ELENA V. (1965), Assistant Professor of English 

B.A., Immaculate Heart College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Southern California 

TURNER, GEORGE C. (1960), Professor of Biology and Science Education and Chairman, 
Science and Mathematics Education Department 

B.A., Stanford University; M.S., Utah State University; M.Ed., Eastern Washington College 
of Education; Ed.D., Arizona State University 

TUSSING, MARJORIE O. (1965), Instructor in German 
B.A., Whittier College; M.A., Middlebury 

UNRUH, GARY L. (1967), Instructor in Music 
B.A., M.A., Occidental College 

UNTERBERGER, BETTY M. (1961), Professor of History 

B.A., Syracuse University; M.A., Radcliffe-Harvard; Ph.D., Duke University 

UNTEREINER, WAYNE W. (1964), Professor of Anthropology and Chairman, Anthropology 
Department 

B.A., University of California; M.A., Ph.D., Harvard University 

VALPEY, ROBERT G. (1965), Dean, School of Engineering and Professor of Engineering 

B.S., United States Military Academy; B.M.E., Cornell University; M.S., University of Colo- 
rado; Ph.D., University of Illinois 

VAN CLEAVE, R. HAROLD (1965), Director of Extension and Coordinator of Summer Session 
and Evening Classes 
B.S., M.S., Indiana State University 

VAN DEVENTER, DAVID E. (1965), Assistant Professor of History 
B.A., Bald win- Wallace College; M.A., Western Reserve University 

VAN GINNEKEN, EVA (1964), Associate Professor of French 
B.A., M.A., Wayne University; Ph.D., Brown University 

VAUGHAN, RODGER D. (1965), Assistant Professor of Music 

B.Mus., University of Kansas at Lawrence; M.Mus., University of Kansas at Wichita 

* VINOD, HRISHIKESH D. (1965), Assistant Professor of Economics 

B.Com., B.M., College of Commerce, Poona, India; M.A., Delhi School of Economics 

VOYADJIS, THEODORE A. (1966), Assistant Professor of Economics 
B.A., 1960, Brandeis University; M.A., University of Buffalo 

WAGNER, DIANE T. (1966), Assistant Professor of Biology 
B.S., University of Florida; M.A., Ph.D., Duke University 
WAGNER, M. JOHN (1964), Professor of English and Chairman, English Department 
B.A., M.A., University of Chicago; Ph.D., Northwestern University 

WALKINGTON, DAVID L. (1963), Associate Professor of Biology 

B.A., M.S., Arizona State University; Ph.D., Claremont Graduate School 

WATKIN, LAWRENCE E. (1965), Professor of English 
B.A., Syracuse University; M.A., Harvard University 

WELEBA, SHIRLEY ANN (1966), Assistant Professor of History 
B.Mus., University of Southern California 

WEYMAN, BRADLEY S. (1965), Placement Supervisor 
B.A., M.A., San Francisco State College 

WICKETT, WILLIAM H., JR. (1967), Medical Officer 

A. B., M.D., University of Southern California 

WILCOX, HERBERT G. (1966), Assistant Professor of Political Science 

B. A., Reed College; M.A., Yale University; Ph.D., New York University Graduate School of 
Public Administration 


* On leave 1967-68. 


324 


Faculty and Administration 


WILEY, EDGAR A. (1966), Assistant Professor of Management 

B.A., Claremont Men’s College; M.S., Ph.D., Claremont Graduate School 

WILLIAMS, CHARLES F. (1967), Assistant Professor of Science Education 

A. B., University of California; M.A., Ph.D., The University of Texas 

WILLIS, W. VAN (1967), Assistant Professor of Chemistry 

B. S., Georgia Institute of Technology; M.S., Ph.D., University of Tennessee 

WISEMAN, DORSEY E. (1961), Professor of Accounting and Finance and Chairman, Account- 
ing Department 

B.S., West Virginia University; M.B.A., University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D., University of 
Illinois; C.P.A. 

WITCHEY, RONALD L. (1965), Assistant Professor of Physical Education 
B.A., Denison University; M.Ed., Bowling Green State University 

WOO, JOHN C. H. (1962), Associate Professor of Accounting 

B.A., National University, Nanking, China; M.A., San Francisco State College; M.A., Ph.D., 
University of California 

WORKS, ERNEST (1964), Associate Professor of Sociology 

B.A., Arkansas A.M. & N. College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Illinois 

WOYSKI, MARGARET S. (1967), Assistant Professor of Geology 
B.A., Wellesley College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota 

YESSIS, MICHAEL (1966), Associate Professor of Physical Education 

B.S., M.A., City College of New York; Ph.D., University of Southern California 

YINGER, JON A. (1966), Assistant Professor of Political Science 
B.A., Whittier College; M.A., Ph.D., Claremont Graduate School 

YOUNG, JAMES D. (1960), Professor of Drama and Chairman, Drama Department 
B.S., Pepperdine College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Southern California 
fZELTZER, ALLEN M. (1963), Associate Professor of Drama; and Director of Instructional 
Television Service 

B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Wayne State University 
ZIMMERMAN, JON E. (1966), Assistant Professor of German 
B.S., University of Wisconsin; M.A., University of Colorado 


t On leave spring 1968 


325 


PUBLIC SCHOOL TEACHERS COOPERATING IN 
STUDENT TEACHING PROGRAM 1967 

ANAHEIM CITY SCHOOL DISTRICT 

Geraldine Bockhold, Betty Cowan, Bernice Cutler, Betty Elmore, Susan Funkhauser, Pat 
Holcomb, Mary Johnson, Jean Laube, Frances McClease, Prudence Mitchell, Juanada Nourse, 
Myrtle Shaw, William Sidnam, Doris Sugihara, Marie Taylor 

BREA-OUNDA SCHOOL DISTRICT 

(Roberta Canup, Theodosia Coulton, Virginia Erb, John Gamblin, Iris Hammond, Karen Harris, 
Helen Huffman, William Hughs, Rosemarie Hutchins, Sharon Jikutz, Joseph Kennedy, Anita 
Niemeyer, Bonnie Popovich, Kenneth Reed, lone Salcer, Sharon Shor, Francina Vandenberg, 
Lucille Walter, Marian Witney, Shirley Woolridge 

CENTRALIA SCHOOL DISTRICT 

Ted Broberg, Joanne Logan, Jayne MacPherson, Ruth Miller, Edythe Pledger, Ruth Songer, 
Donnetta Smith, Maureene Stoliker, Judy Vaden, Thelma Walters 

FOUNTAIN VALLEY SCHOOL DISTRICT 

Sharon Berg, Claudia Brakebill, Barbara Hefner, Pat Hopson, Scott Magruder, Clara Schultz, 
Kay Zeller. 

FULLERTON SCHOOL DISTRICT 

Maxine Alford, Charles Barnes, Inez Boardman, Wilma Bohannan, Margaret Bortz, Charles 
Carranza, Lucille Cooper, Robert Davis, Olga Denton, Sheila Diggins, Ann Draugelis, Virginia 
Gabrielese, Bryan Jones, Mary J. Kofford, Wilma Kreimeier, Sibyl Landon, Verna Meger, 
Linda Miller, Marguerite Nordstrom, Mary Olguin, Claudine Peterson, Barbara Prosser, Myrtle 
Reno, Elaine Robillard, Sheila Rose, Marilyn Ryan, Sharon San Nicholas, Joan Sneed, Marguerite 
Spitzer, Alyene Treas, Margaret Tripp 

GARDEN GROVE UNIFIED SCHOOL DISTRICT 

Louise Eyerly, Don Fraser, Modene Johnson, Billie Morgan, Ura Shelstad, Helen Wilson 

LA HABRA CITY SCHOOL DISTRICT 

Betty Anderson, Ophelia Askins, Ida Bohn, Ben Crespin, Tony Gianetto, Mary Haller, Neva 
Johnson, Lorraine Kliem, Gloria Mackie, Ardyth Nobbe, Ann Prestridge, Nelda Prestwich, 
Jeri Reiser, Mary Sheller, Carol Siefried, Ann Summers, Sally Vanoski, Emil Vlasak, Mary 
Beth Wilger 

LOWELL SCHOOL DISTRICT 

Pamela Barnard, Bev Godfrey, Dolores Holloway, Ruth Holtan, Rosemary Kelly, Mike Kennedy, 
Florence Noriega, Frances Sutton 

ORANGE UNIFIED SCHOOL DISTRICT 

Geraldine Adamson, Helen Anderson, Elizabeth Armistead, Ray Brooks, Elaine Dalby, Josephine 
Delgado, Blanche Ekdahl, Larry Heim, Glenda Johnson, Kathryn Johnston, Marlene Kozina, 
Jean Martin, Dorothy Nicholson, Darrell Nordyke, Shirley Rather, Leo Snedaker, Glen Trainel, 
Louise Treadwell, Pauline White, Wilma Wittman 

PLACENTIA UNIFIED SCHOOL DISTRICT 

Sandra Alford, Kathleen Baumann, Barbara Brosius, Ruth Beutel, Margret Cyphers, Carol 
Downey, Dale Downey, Marvin Dutcher, Shirley Ellis, Kathleen Forshey, David Hasson, 
Grace Johnson, Joanne Johnson, Frances Johnston, Elizabeth Kissinger, Karen Lau, Barbara 
Legari, Carol Lionello, Anita Lovejoy, Duane Mendell, Jerry Peckham, Mary Schmidt, Irma 
Shrake, Lynette Twiss, Winnifred Walker, Dorotha Warner 

TUSTIN SCHOOL DISTRICT 

Mary Adair, Calvin Burt, Eloise Bussey, Hazel Connelly, Charlotte Davidson, Alta Glossen, 
Mary Lou Hepp, Dorothy Hoyt, Marguerite McColly, Mary Madory, Jo Ann Myers, Sandra 
Schmitz, Carol Smith 


326 


INDEX 


Academic affairs cabinet, 28 
Academic advisement, 61 
Academic disqualification, 68 
Academic probation, 68 
Academic standards committee, 29 
Accounting courses, 271 
Accreditation, 33 
ACT tests, 49 
Administration, 9 
college, 25 
departments, 26 
directory of faculty and, 309 
schools, 26 

Administration and supervision credential, 290 
Admission, 49 

academic probation, 68 
application for, 52 
auditors, 57 
cancellation of, 53 
credential programs, 53 
foreign students, 51 
freshman, 49 
graduate students, 50 
health requirements for, 54 
honors at entrance, 53 
nonresidents, 49 
probation, 51 
procedures, 52 
readmission, 51 
residence statement, 52 
summer session students, 5 1 
undergraduate entrance testing, 53 
undergraduate transfers, 50 
Advanced placement, 55 
Advisement, academic, 61 
Advisory board, 15 

Advisory committee on radiological safety, 28 
Advisory councils, 16 
Announcement of courses, 175 
Anthropology, 83 

bachelor of arts degree, 83 
courses, 178 
department, 83 
minor, 84 
Application, 49 
admission, 49 
fee, 58 
Art, 84 

bachelor of arts degree, 85 
courses, 181 
department, 84 
education courses, 86 
master of arts degree, 86 
minor, 86 

Associated students fee, 58 
Athletics, 40 

student-faculty board, 28 
Audiovisual services, 36 
Auditors, 57 
fee, 59 

registration of, 59 
Auxiliary organizations, 21 

Bachelor’s degree, 70 
degrees offered, 79 
general requirements, 70 
graduation requirements, 71 
Biological science, 87 

bachelor of arts degree, 88 
courses, 188 
department, 87 
master of arts degree, 90 
minor, 90 

Biology (see biological science), 87 
Business administration, 131 
bachelor of arts degree, 134 
courses, 273 
school of, 131 


majors, 134 

master of business administration, 136 
Business education, 136 
courses, 273 
major, 134 

Calendar, 6 

California State Colleges, 14 
California State Guaranteed Loans, 45 
Campus Planning Committee, 27 
Chancellor’s Office, 13 
Change of program, 59 
fee, 59 

Chemistry, 91 

bachelor of arts degree, 91 
courses, 193 
department, 91 
minor, 92 

Classification in college, 65 

College administration, 25 

College committees, 27 

College curricula, 77 

College level examination program, 56 

College union fee, 58 

Committees of the college, 27 

Communications, 94 

bachelor of arts degree, 94 
courses, 196 
department, 94 
master of arts degree, 96 
minor, 96 

teacher credential requirements, 96 
Comparative literature, 97 
bachelor of arts degree, 97 
courses, 199 
Computer center, 36 
Concurrent enrollment, 57 
Conduct, student, 68 
Conferences, 35 
Continuous residency, 67 
Correspondence courses, 55 
Counseling, 42 
Course numbering codes, 177 
Credential programs, 53, 157 
Credit, 54 

acceptance of, 55 
advanced placement, 55 
challenge examination, 56 
college level examination, 56 
correspondence course, 55 
examination, 56 
extension course, 55 
military service, 55 
transfer, 54, 55 
unit of, 65 

Curriculum Committee, 29 

Dean’s list, 68 
Discipline, 68 
Disqualification, 68 
Drama, 98 

bachelor of arts degree, 98 
courses, 201 
department, 98 
education courses, 205 
master of arts degree, 100 
minor, 100 

Economic Education Center, 38 
Economics, 139 

bachelor of arts degree, 139 
courses, 273 
department, 139 
master of arts degree, 140 
minor, 140 

Educable Mentally Retarded, 151 
Education, 143 

admission to teacher education, 155 


327 


Continued 


INDEX- 

application for student teaching, 156 
courses, 286 

credential programs, 157 
master of science degree, 158 
publications, 39 
school of, 143 

statutory requirements for credentials, 154 
student teaching, 156 
study limits, 157 

Educational opportunity grants, 45 
Educational services committee, 29 
Educational television council, 28 
Elections committee, 29 
Election of regulations, 67 
Elementary education, 146 
courses, 286 
credential program, 146 
Engineering, 165 
advisory council, 16 
bachelor of science degree, 167 
courses, 301 

master of science degree, 172 
school of, 167 
English. 101 

bachelor of arts degree, 101 
courses, 206 
department, 101 
education courses, 209 
master of arts degree, 102 
minor, 102 
Enrollment, 65 
concurrent, 65 
definitions, 65 
Entrance examinations, 49 
Evaluations, 54 

acceptance of credit, 55 
advanced placement credit, 55 
challenge examination credit, 56 
college level examination program, 56 
correspondence course credit, 55 
extension course credit, 55 
general policy, 55 
military service credit, 55 
transfer credits, 54 
Evening classes, 34 
Examinations, 66 

college level program, 56 
challenge, 56 
final, 66 

Executive committee, 30 
Expenses (see Fees), 58 
Extension program, 35 
fee, 58 

Faculty, 309 

affairs committee, 29 
council members, 27 
council standing committees, 27 
directory, 309 
personnel committee, 30 
Fees, 58 

application for admission, 58 
associated students, 58 
auditors, 59 
change of program, 59 
college union, 58 
extension, 58 

foreign students, nonresident, 59 

late registration, 59 

limited student, 58 

music studio lesson, 58 

nonresident tuition, 59 

parking, 59 

refund, 59 

registration, 58 

regular student, 58 

summer session, 58 

transcript, 59 


Finance courses, 277 
Financial aids, 43 
Fiscal affairs committee, 29 
Foreign language and literatures, 103 
credential programs, 104 
department, 103 
education courses, 104 
majors, 104 

master of arts degree, 105 
minor, 104 

Foreign students, 43, 51 
Foundation, 37 

board of trustees, 1 1 
California state college at Fullerton, 37 
Foundations of education, 288 
courses, 288 
French courses, 104 
Friends of the College, 21 

General education, 296 
General regulations, 65 
Geography, 105 

bachelor of arts degree, 105 
courses, 213 
department, 105 
minor, 106 
Geology, 216 
courses, 216 
German courses, 104 
Good standing, 51 
Governmental studies center, 38 
Grade point averages, 66 
Grade reports, 66 
Grading system, 65 
Graduate Council, 28 
Graduate Study, 72 

admission from nonaccredited schools, 73 
applicable catalog and graduate bulletin 
regulations, 73 
assistantships, 75 
candidacy, advancement to, 72 
changes in study plan, 74 
classified status, 74 
courses not applicable to, 75 
courses over seven years old, 74 
coursework limitation prior to classified 
status, 73 

full-time load, minimum, 74 

general requirements for master's degree, 72 

grade point average standards, 74 

grades, CR, S or P, 75 

graduate credit for seniors, 73 

GRE tests, 74 

international study, 75 

policies and procedures, 73 

projects and theses, 75 

requirements for master’s degree, 72 

second master's degree, 75 

standards for, 72 

steps in the master’s degree program, 72 
study plan changes, 74 
tests required, 74 
theses and projects, 75 
waiver of nonresident tuition fee, 75 
waiver of prerequisites, exceptional 
students, 73 

Graduation requirement check, 71 
Graduation requirements, bachelor’s degree, 70 
GRE tests, 74 

Health, 41 

education courses, 296 
requirements, 54 
services, 41 
History, 106 

bachelor of arts degree, 106 
college, 32 
courses, 219 


328 


INDEX— Continued 


department, 106 
master of arts degree, 107 
minor, 107 
Honors, 68 

at entrance, 53 
dean's list, 68 
at graduation, 68 
Housing, 40 

Incomplete work, 66 
Independent study, 177 
Institutes, 35 

Instructional television center, 36 
Interdisciplinary center, 108 
courses, 225 

International education, 75 
International programs, 34, 43, 104 
International study, 75 
courses, 227 

Internship in school administration, 158 
Intramural activities, 40 

Journalism education courses, 228 
Junior college teacher education, 150 
courses, 287 
credential program, 151 

Language laboratory, 104 
Late afternoon classes, 34 
Late registration, 57 
fee, 57 

Latin courses, 228 

Leave of absence, 67 

Lecture series board, student-faculty, 28 

Library, 35 

Library committee, 30 
Linguistics, 108 

bachelor of arts degree, 108 
courses, 229 
Loans, 44 

Management courses, 279 
Marketing courses, 281 
Master’s degree, 72 
degrees offered, 79 
requirements, 72 
Mathematics, 109 

bachelor of arts degree, 109 
courses, 229 
department, 109 
education courses, 232 
minor in mathematics, 110 
minor in mathematics education, 110 
Mentally retarded (see special education), 151 
Music, 110 

bachelor of arts degree, 112 
bachelor of music degree, 114 
courses, 233 
department, 110 
education courses, 238 
master of arts degree, 115 
minor, 114 

requirements of department, 111 

National defense student loans, 44 
Numbering code for courses, 177 

Objectives of the college, 32 
Orientation, 57 

Parking fees, 59 
Patrons of library, 22 
Personnel committee, 30 
Petition, right of, 69 
Philosophy, 116 

bachelor of arts degree, 116 
college (objectives), 32 


courses, 240 
department, 116 
minor, 117 

Physical education, 161 

bachelor of science degree, 161 
courses, 296 
minor, 163 

Physical science courses, 243 
Physics, 117 

bachelor of arts degree, 117 
courses, 243 
department, 117 
minor, 118 

Placement services, 41 
part-time placement, 41 
business, industry and government 
placement, 42 
educational placement, 42 
Political science, 120 

bachelor of arts degree, 120 

courses, 246 

department, 120 

master of arts degree, 121 

master of public administration, 121 

minor, 120 

Portuguese courses, 252 
Premedical committee, 30, 37 
Premedical preparation, 37 
Prerequisites (see particular school) 
President’s cabinet, 27 
Probation, 68 
academic, 68 
admission on, 51 
disciplinary, 68 
Professional committees, 29 
Professional education, 149 
Psychology, 122 

bachelor of arts degree, 122 
courses, 252 
department, 122 
master of arts degree, 123 
Public administration master’s degree, 121 
Publications board, student-faculty, 28 
Public events board, 29 
Pupil personnel services, 288 

Quantitative methods courses, 284 

Radiological safety advisory committee, 29 
Reading, 153 
courses, 289 
curriculum, 289 

Readmission of former students, 51 
Real estate research center, 38 
Recreation courses, 300 
Refund of fees, 59 
Registration, 57 

Regulations, election of, 63, 67 
Relations with schools, 39 
Repetition of courses, 66 
Research centers and clinics, 38 
Research committee, 30 
Residence, 67 
continuous, 67 
statement of, 52 
Right of petition, 69 
Russian courses, 256 

SAT tests, 49 
Scholarships, 43 
Scholarship for graduation, 71 
School 

administration courses, 290 
counseling, 42 
psychometry, 42 
service courses, 293 
Schools and Departments, 26 


329 


INDEX— Continued 


Science, 257 

advisory council, 17 
education courses, 257 

and mathematics education department, 124 
Secondary education, 148 
courses, 291 

credential program, 148 
Selective service, 58 

Social science master of arts degree, 124 
Social welfare courses, 259 
Sociology, 125 

bachelor of arts degree, 125 
courses, 259 
department, 125 
master of arts degree, 126 
minor, 126 
Spanish courses, 104 
Special education, 151 
courses, 294 

credential programs, 157 
Speech, 127 

and hearing clinics, 38 
and hearing credential, 128 
bachelor of arts degree, 127 
courses, 265 

credential programs, 128 
department, 127 
master of arts degree, 129 
minor, 128 
Student, 39 
activities, 39 
affairs committee, 30 
athletics, 40 
conduct, 68 

extramural program, 40 
— faculty athletics board, 28 
— faculty lecture series board, 28 
— faculty publications board, 28 
— faculty public events board, 29 
health services, 41 
honors, 68 
housing, 40 
insurance, 41 
intramural program, 40 
news bureau, 40 
organizations, 39 


personnel services, 39 
publications, 39 
teaching, 156 
writing, 66 

Study list limits, 65, 157 
Summer sessions, 35 
fee, 58 

Teacher education, 155 
admission, 155 
advisory council, 16 
personnel services for, 154 
Teaching credential statutory requirements, 154 
Technical communications advisory council, 19 
Television center, 36 
Testing office, 42 

Trainable mentally retarded (see special 
education), 151 
Transcripts, 67 
evaluation, 54 
fee, 59 

Trustees of the California State Colleges, 1 1 
Tuition fee, 58 
nonresident, 59 

nonresident foreign student, 59 

Undergraduate, 49 
admission, 49 
degrees offered, 79 

enrollment in graduate level courses, 65 
testing, 53 
transfers, 50 

United student aid funds, 44 
Units, 65 
of credit, 65 
for graduation, 71 
resident, 71 

Urban advisory council, 20 

Veterans, 58 

Withdrawal, 67 
from college, 67 
grades for, 67 
Work-study program, 45 


O 


printed in California office of state printing 


A 76412—701 


1-68 22M 



r 








PERMIT No. 487 

Fullerton, California